| Pomembno pravno obvestilo | Avis juridique important |
| | |
| | | | |
| 32002L0025 | 32002L0025 |
| Direktiva Komisije 2002/25/ES z dne 5. marca 2002 o spremembi Direktive Sveta 98/18/ES o varnostnih predpisih in standardih za potniške ladje | Commission Directive 2002/25/EC of 5 March 2002 amending Council Directive 98/18/EC on safety rules and standards for passenger ships |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| Uradni list L 098 , 15/04/2002 str. 0001 - 0126 | Official Journal L 098 , 15/04/2002 P. 0001 - 0126 |
| CS.ES poglavje 07 zvezek 006 str. 107 - 232 | |
| | |
| ET.ES poglavje 07 zvezek 006 str. 107 - 232 | |
| | Commission Directive 2002/25/EC |
| | of 5 March 2002 |
| | amending Council Directive 98/18/EC on safety rules and standards for passenger ships |
| | THE COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES, |
| | Having regard to the Treaty establishing the European Community, |
| | Having regard to Council Directive 98/18/EC of 17 March 1998 on safety rules and standards for passenger ships(1), and in particular Article 8, point (b) thereof, |
| | Whereas: |
| | (1) For the purpose of Directive 98/18/EC, the international conventions, including the 1974 International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS Convention) and other international codes and resolutions, for the safety rules and standards for passenger vessels, were in force on the date of the adoption of that Directive. |
| | (2) Amendments to the SOLAS Convention and to other international codes and resolutions have entered into force since the date of adoption of Directive 98/18/EC, or will enter into force shortly. |
| | (3) Account should be taken of these new international instruments in Annex I to Directive 98/18/EC. |
| | (4) Directive 98/18/EC should therefore be amended accordingly. |
| | (5) The measures provided for in this Directive are in accordance with the opinion of the Committee set up by Article 12(1) of Council Directive 93/75/EEC(2), as last amended by Commission Directive 98/74/EC(3), |
| | HAS ADOPTED THIS DIRECTIVE: |
| | Article 1 |
| | Annex I to Directive 98/18/EC is replaced by the text in the Annex to this Directive. |
| | Article 2 |
| | 1. Member States shall bring into force the laws, regulations and administrative provisions necessary to comply with this Directive by 15 October 2002 at the latest. They shall forthwith notify the Commission thereof. |
| | When Member States adopt those provisions, they shall contain a reference to this Directive or be accompanied by such a reference on the occasion of their official publication. Member States shall determine how such reference is to be made. |
| | 2. Member States shall communicate to the Commission the provisions of national law, which they adopt in the field covered by this Directive. |
| | Article 3 |
| | This Directive shall enter into force on the day of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Communities. |
| | It shall apply from 1 January 2003, unless otherwise specified in the Annex. |
| | Article 4 |
| | This Directive is addressed to the Member States. |
| | Done at Brussels, 5 March 2002. |
| | For the Commission |
| | Loyola De Palacio |
| | Vice-President |
| | (1) OJ L 144, 15.5.1998, p. 1. |
| | (2) OJ L 247, 5.10.1993, p. 19. |
| | (3) OJ L 276, 13.10.1998, p. 7. |
| | ANNEX |
| | "ANNEX I |
| | SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW AND EXISTING PASSENGER SHIPS ENGAGED ON DOMESTIC VOYAGES |
| | Table of contents |
| | >TABLE> |
| | CHAPTER I |
| | GENERAL PROVISIONS |
| | Where expressly provided, the regulations of this Annex are applicable to new and existing passenger ships of class A, B, C and D, engaged on domestic voyages. |
| | New class B, C and D ships having a length of less than 24 metres have to comply with the requirements of regulations II-1/B/2 to II-1/B/8 and II-1/B/10 of this Annex, unless the Administration of a flag State, whose flag such ships are entitled to fly, ensures that they comply with the flag State's national rules and that such rules guarantee an equivalent level of safety. |
| | Where regulations of this Annex do not apply to new ships of less than 24 metres in length, the Administration of the flag State shall ensure that an equivalent safety level for such ships is provided through compliance with national rules. |
| | Existing class C and D ships do not have to comply with the regulations of Chapters II-1 and II-2 of this Annex, provided that the Administration of a flag State, which flag such ships are entitled to fly, ensures that they comply with the flag State's national rules and that such rules guarantee an equivalent level of safety. |
| | Wherever the application of an IMO resolution is required in this Annex for existing ships, ships constructed until two years after the date of adoption by IMO of such resolution need not comply with such resolution provided they comply with the applicable previous resolution(s), if any. |
| | Under repairs, alterations and modifications of a "major character" is understood, by way of example: |
| | - any change that substantially alters the dimensions of a ship, |
| | example: lengthening by adding new midbody, |
| | - any change that substantially alters the passenger-carrying capacity of a ship, |
| | example: vehicle deck converted to passenger accommodation, |
| | - any change that substantially increases a ship's service life, |
| | example: renewal of passenger accommodation on one entire deck. |
| | The indication "(R...)" that follows several titles of regulations in this Annex refers to the regulations of the 1974 Solas Convention, as amended, on which the regulations of this Annex have been based. |
| | CHAPTER II-1 |
| | CONSTRUCTION - SUBDIVISION AND STABILITY, MACHINERY AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS |
| | PART A |
| | GENERAL |
| | 1 Definitions relating to Part B (R 2) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1.1 Subdivision load line is the waterline used in determining the subdivision of the ship.. |
| | 2 Deepest subdivision load line is the waterline which corresponds to the greatest draught permitted by the subdivision requirements which are applicable.. |
| | 2 Length of the ship is the length measured between perpendiculars taken at the extremities of the deepest subdivision load line.. |
| | 3 Breadth of the ship is the extreme width from outside of frame to outside of frame at or below the deepest subdivision load line.. |
| | 4 Draught is the vertical distance from the moulded base line amidships to the subdivision load line in question.. |
| | 5 Deadweight is the difference in tonnes between the displacement of a ship in water of a specific gravity of 1,025 at the load waterline corresponding to the assigned summer freeboard and the lightweight of the ship.. |
| | 6 Lightweight is the displacement of a ship in tonnes without cargo, fuel, lubricating oil, ballast water, fresh water and feedwater in tanks, consumable stores, and passengers and crew and their effects.. |
| | 7 Bulkhead deck is the uppermost deck up to which the transverse watertight bulkheads are carried.. |
| | 8 Margin line is a line drawn at least 76 mm below the upper surface of the bulkhead deck at side.. |
| | 9 Permeability of a space is the percentage of that space which can be occupied by water. The volume of a space which extends above the margin line shall be measured only to the height of that line.. |
| | 10 Machinery space is to be taken as extending from the moulded base line to the margin line and between the extreme main transverse watertight bulkheads, bounding the spaces containing the main and auxiliary propulsion machinery, and boilers serving the needs of propulsion.. |
| | 11 Passenger spaces are those spaces which are provided for the accommodation and use of passengers, excluding baggage, store, provision and mail rooms.. |
| | 12 Watertight in relation to structure means capable of preventing the passage of water through the structure in any direction under the head of water likely to occur in the intact or damage condition.. |
| | 13 Weathertight means that water will not penetrate into the ship in any sea conditions.. |
| | 14 Ro-ro passenger ship means a passenger ship with ro-ro cargo spaces or special category spaces as defined in regulation II-2/A/2. |
| | 2 Definitions relating to Parts C, D, and E (R 3) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1.1 Steering gear control system is the equipment by which orders are transmitted from the navigating bridge to the steering gear power units. Steering gear control systems comprise transmitters, receivers, hydraulic control pumps and their associated motors, motor controllers, piping and cables.. |
| | 2 Main steering gear is the machinery, rudder actuators, steering gear power units, if any, and ancillary equipment and the means of applying torque to the rudder stock (e.g. tiller or quadrant) necessary for effecting movement of the rudder for the purpose of steering the ship under normal service conditions.. |
| | 2 Steering gear power unit is:. |
| | 1 in the case of electric steering gear, an electric motor and its associated electrical equipment;. |
| | 2 in the case of electrohydraulic steering gear, an electric motor and its associated electrical equipment and connected pump;. |
| | 3 in the case of other hydraulic steering gear, a driving engine and connected pump.. |
| | 3 Auxiliary steering gear is the equipment other than any part of the main steering gear necessary to steer the ship in the event of failure of the main steering gear but not including the tiller, quadrant or components serving the same purpose.. |
| | 4 Normal operational and habitable condition is a condition under which the ship as a whole, the machinery, services, means and aids ensuring propulsion, ability to steer, safe navigation, fire and flooding safety, internal and external communications and signals, means of escape, and emergency boat winches, as well as the designed comfortable conditions of habitability are in working order and functioning normally.. |
| | 5 Emergency condition is a condition under which any services needed for normal operational and habitable conditions are not in working order due to failure of the main source of electrical power.. |
| | 6 Main source of electrical power is a source intended to supply electrical power to the main switchboard for distribution to all services necessary for maintaining the ship in normal operational and habitable condition.. |
| | 7 Dead ship condition is the condition under which the main propulsion plant, boilers and auxiliaries are not in operation due to the absence of power.. |
| | 8 Main generating station is the space in which the main source of electrical power is situated.. |
| | 9 Main switchboard is a switchboard which is directly supplied by the main source of electrical power and is intended to distribute electrical energy to the ship's services.. |
| | 10 Emergency switchboard is a switchboard which in the event of failure of the main electrical power supply system is directly supplied by the emergency source of electrical power or the transitional source of emergency power and is intended to distribute electrical energy to the emergency services.. |
| | 11 Emergency source of electrical power is a source of electrical power, intended to supply the emergency switchboard in the event of failure of the supply from the main source of electrical power.. |
| | 12 Maximum ahead service speed is the greatest speed which the ship is designed to maintain in service at sea at the deepest seagoing draught.. |
| | 13 Maximum astern speed is the speed which it is estimated the ship can attain at the designed maximum astern power at the deepest seagoing draught.. |
| | 14(a) Machinery spaces are all machinery spaces of category A and all other spaces containing propelling machinery, boilers, oil fuel units, steam and internal combustion engines, generators and major electrical machinery, oil filling stations, refrigerating, stabilising, ventilation and air conditioning machinery, and similar spaces, and trunks to such spaces.. |
| | 14(b) Machinery spaces of category A are those spaces and trunks to such spaces which contain:. |
| | 1 internal combustion machinery used for main propulsion; or. |
| | 2 internal combustion machinery used for purposes other than main propulsion where such machinery has in the aggregate a total power output of not less than 375 kW; or. |
| | 3 any oil-fired boiler or oil fuel unit.. |
| | 15 Power actuating system is the hydraulic equipment provided for supplying power to turn the rudderstock, comprising a steering gear power unit or units, together with the associated pipes and fittings, and a rudder actuator. The power actuating systems may share common mechanical components, i.e. tiller, quadrant and rudder stock, or components serving the same purpose.. |
| | 16 Control stations are those spaces in which the ship's radio or main navigating equipment or the emergency source of power is located or where the fire recording or fire control equipment is centralised. |
| | PART B |
| | INTACT STABILITY, SUBDIVISION AND DAMAGE STABILITY |
| | 1 Intact stability Resolution A.749 (18) |
| | NEW CLASS A, B, C AND D SHIPS OF 24 METRES IN LENGTH AND ABOVE: |
| | All classes of new ships of 24 metres in length and above shall comply with the relevant provisions for passenger ships of the Code on Intact Stability as adopted on 4 November 1993 by the IMO at the 18th session of its Assembly through Resolution A.749 (18). |
| | Where Member States consider the application of the Severe Wind and Rolling Criterion of IMO Resolution A.749 (18) inappropriate, an alternative approach ensuring satisfactory stability may be applied. This should be supported by evidence to the Commission which confirms that an equivalent level of safety is achieved. |
| | EXISTING CLASS A AND B SHIPS OF 24 METRES IN LENGTH AND ABOVE: |
| | All existing class A and B ships shall, in all loading conditions, satisfy the following stability criteria after due correction for the effect of free surface of liquids in tanks in accordance with the assumptions of paragraph 3.3 of IMO Resolution A.749 (18), or equivalent. |
| | (a) The area under the curve of righting lever (GZ curve) shall not be less than: |
| | (i) 0,055 metre-radians up to an angle of heel of 30°; |
| | (ii) 0,09 metre-radians up to an angle of heel of either 40° or the angle of flooding, i.e. the angle of heel at which the lower edges of any openings in the hull, superstructures or deckhouses, being openings that can not be closed weathertight, are immersed, if that angle be less than 40°; |
| | (iii) 0,03 metre-radians between the angles of heel of 30° and 40° or between 30° and the angle of flooding if this angle is less than 40°; |
| | (b) The righting lever GZ shall be at least 0,20 metre at an angle of heel equal to or greater than 30°. |
| | (c) The maximum righting lever GZ shall occur at an angle of heel preferably exceeding 30° but not less than 25°. |
| | (d) The initial transverse metacentric height shall not be less than 0,15 metre. |
| | The loading conditions to be considered in order to verify the compliance with the above stability criteria shall include at least those listed in paragraph 3.5.1.1 of IMO Resolution A.749 (18). |
| | All existing ships of classes A and B having a length of 24 metres and over shall also comply with the additional criteria as given in IMO Resolution A.749(18), paragraph 3.1.2.6 (additional criteria for passenger ships) and paragraph 3.2 (Severe Wind and Rolling Criterion). |
| | Where Member States consider the application of the Severe Wind and Rolling Criterion of A.749 (18) inappropriate, an alternative approach to ensuring satisfactory stability may be applied. This should be supported by evidence to the Commission which confirms that an equivalent level of safety is achieved. |
| | 2 Watertight subdivision |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS: |
| | Every ship shall be subdivided by bulkheads, which shall be watertight up to the bulkhead deck, into watertight compartments the maximum length of which shall be calculated according to the specific requirements given below. |
| | Instead of those requirements, the regulations on subdivision and stability of passenger ships as an equivalent to Part B of Chapter II of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, as given in IMO Resolution A.265 (VIII) may be used, if applied in their entirety. |
| | Every other portion of the internal structure which affects the efficiency of the subdivision of the ship shall be watertight. |
| | 3 Floodable length (R 4) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 The floodable length at a given point is the maximum portion of the length of the ship, having its centre at the point in question, which can be flooded, under the assumption for permeability given below, without the ship being submerged beyond the margin line.. |
| | 2 In case of a ship not having a continuous bulkhead deck, the floodable length at any point may be determined to an assumed continuous margin line which at no point is less than 76 mm below the top of the deck at side to which the bulkheads concerned and the shell are carried watertight.. |
| | 3 Where a portion of an assumed margin line is appreciably below the deck to which bulkheads are carried, the Administration of the flag State may permit a limited relaxation in the watertightness of those portions of the bulkheads which are above the margin line and immediately under the higher deck. |
| | 4 Permissible length of compartments (R 6) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS: |
| | The maximum permissible length of a compartment having its centre at any point in the ship's length is obtained from the floodable length by multiplying the latter by an appropriate factor called factor of subdivision. |
| | 5 Permeability (R 5) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS: |
| | The definite assumptions referred to in regulation 3 relate to the permeability of the spaces below the margin line. |
| | In determining the floodable length, the assumed average permeability of the spaces below the margin line shall be as indicated in the table in regulation 8.3. |
| | 6 Subdivision factor |
| | The factor of subdivision shall be: |
| | FOR NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS AND EXISTING CLASS B RO-RO PASSENGER SHIPS: |
| | 1,0 when the number of persons the ship is certified to carry is less than 400, and |
| | 0,5 when the number of persons the ship is certified to carry is 400 or more. |
| | Existing class B ro-ro passenger ships have to comply with this requirement not later than the date of compliance laid down in regulation II-1/B/8-2, paragraph 2. |
| | FOR EXISTING CLASS B NON RO-RO PASSENGER SHIPS: 1,0 |
| | 7 Special requirements concerning ship subdivision (R 7) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Where in a portion or portions of a ship the watertight bulkheads are carried to a higher deck than in the remainder of the ship and it is desired to take advantage of this higher extension of the bulkheads in calculating the floodable length, separate margin lines may be used for each such portion of the ship provided that:. |
| | 1 the sides of the ship are extended throughout the ship's length to the deck corresponding to the upper margin line and all openings in the shell plating below this deck throughout the length of the ship are treated as being below a margin line, for the purpose of regulation 15; and. |
| | 2 the two compartments adjacent to the "step" in the bulkhead deck are each within the permissible length corresponding to their respective margin lines, and, in addition, their combined length does not exceed twice the permissible length based on the lower margin line.. |
| | 2 A compartment may exceed the permissible length determined by the rules of regulation 4 provided the combined length of each pair of adjacent compartments to which the compartment in question is common does not exceed either the floodable length or twice the permissible length, whichever is less.. |
| | 3 A main transverse bulkhead may be recessed provided that all parts of the recess lie inboard of vertical surfaces on both sides of the ship, situated at a distance from the shell plating equal to one fifth of the breadth of the ship, and measured at right angles to the centreline at the level of the deepest subdivision load line. Any part of a recess which lies outside these limits shall be dealt with as a step in accordance with paragraph 6.. |
| | 4 Where a main transverse bulkhead is recessed or stepped, an equivalent plane bulkhead shall be used in determining the subdivision.. |
| | 5 Where a main transverse watertight compartment contains local subdivision and the Administration of the flag State is satisfied that, after any assumed side damage extending over a length of 3,0 metres plus 3 % of the length of the ship or 11 metres, or 10 % of the length of the ship whichever is the less, the whole volume of the main compartment will not be flooded, a proportionate allowance may be made in the permissible length otherwise required for such compartment. In such a case the volume of the effective buoyancy assumed on the undamaged side shall not be greater than that assumed on the damaged side. |
| | Allowance under this paragraph will only be made if such allowance is not likely to prevent compliance with regulation 8. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 6 A main transverse bulkhead may be stepped provided that it meets one of the following conditions:. |
| | 1 the combined length of the two compartments, separated by the bulkhead in question, does not exceed either 90 % of the floodable length or twice the permissible length, except that, in ships having a subdivision factor equal to 1, the combined length of the two compartments in question shall not exceed the permissible length;. |
| | 2 additional subdivision is provided in way of the step to maintain the same level of safety as that secured by a plane bulkhead;. |
| | 3 the compartment over which the step extends does not exceed the permissible length corresponding to a margin line taken 76 mm below the step.. |
| | 7 In ships of 100 metres in length and upwards, one of the main transverse bulkheads abaft the forepeak shall be fitted at a distance from the forward perpendicular which is not greater than the permissible length.. |
| | 8 If the distance between two adjacent main transverse bulkheads, or their equivalent plank bulkheads, or the distance between the transverse planes passing through the nearest stepped portions of the bulkheads, is less than 3,0 metres plus 3 % of the length of the ship, or 11,0 metres, or 10 % of the length of the ship, whichever is less, only one of these bulkheads shall be regarded as forming part of the subdivision of the ship.. |
| | 9 Where the required subdivision factor is 0,50, the combined length of any two adjacent compartments shall not exceed the floodable length. |
| | 8 Stability in damaged conditions (R 8) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1.1 Sufficient intact stability shall be provided in all service conditions so as to enable the ship to withstand the final stage of flooding of any one main compartment which is required to be within the floodable length.. |
| | 1.2 Where two adjacent main compartments are separated by a bulkhead which is stepped under the conditions of regulation 7.6.1, the intact stability shall be adequate to withstand the flooding of those two adjacent compartments.. |
| | 1.3 Where the required factor of subdivision is 0,50, the intact stability shall be adequate to withstand the flooding of any two adjacent compartments.. |
| | 2.1 The requirements of subparagraph .1 shall be determined by calculations which are in accordance with paragraphs .3,.4 and.6 and which take into consideration the proportions and design characteristics of the ship and the arrangement and configuration of the damaged compartments. In making these calculations the ship is to be assumed in the worst anticipated service condition as regards stability.. |
| | 2.2 Where it is proposed to fit decks, inner skins or longitudinal bulkheads of sufficient tightness to seriously restrict the flow of water, proper consideration is to be given to such restrictions in the calculations. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS AND EXISTING CLASS B RO-RO PASSENGER SHIPS AND EXISTING CLASS B NON RO-RO PASSENGER SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 29 APRIL 1990:. |
| | 2.3 The stability required in the final condition after damage, and after equalisation where provided, shall be determined as follows:. |
| | 2.3.1 The positive residual righting lever curve shall have a minimum range of 15° beyond the angle of equilibrium. This range may be reduced to a minimum of 10°, in the case where the area under the righting lever curve is that specified in subparagraph .2.3.2 multiplied by the ratio 15/range, where range is expressed in degrees.. |
| | 2.3.2 The area under the righting lever curve shall be at least 0,015 m-rad, measured from the angle of equilibrium to the lesser of:. |
| | 1 the angle at which progressive flooding occurs;. |
| | 2 22° (measured from upright) in the case of one-compartment flooding, or 27° (measured from the upright) in the case of the simultaneous flooding of two adjacent compartments.. |
| | 2.3.3 A residual righting lever is to be obtained within the range of positive stability, taking into account the greatest of the following heeling moments:. |
| | 1 the crowding of all passengers towards one side;. |
| | 2 the launching of all fully loaded davit-launched survival craft on one side;. |
| | 3 due to wind pressure; |
| | as calculated by the formula: |
| | >REFERENCE TO A GRAPHIC> |
| | However, in no case is the righting lever to be less than 0,10 metres.. |
| | 2.3.4 For the purpose of calculating the heeling moments in paragraph .2.3.3 the following assumptions shall be made:. |
| | 1 Moment due to crowding of passengers:. |
| | 1.1 four persons per square metre;. |
| | 1.2 a mass of 75 kg for each passenger;. |
| | 1.3 passengers shall be distributed on available deck areas towards one side of the ship on the decks where assembly stations are located and in such a way that they produce the most adverse heeling moment.. |
| | 2 Moment due to launching of all fully loaded davit-launched survival craft on one side:. |
| | 2.1 all lifeboats and rescue boats fitted on the side to which the ship has heeled after having sustained damage shall be assumed to be swung out fully loaded and ready for lowering;. |
| | 2.2 for lifeboats which are arranged to be launched fully loaded from the stowed position, the maximum heeling moment during launching shall be taken;. |
| | 2.3 a fully loaded davit-launched life-raft attached to each davit on the side to which the ship has heeled after having sustained damage shall be assumed to be swung out ready for lowering;. |
| | 2.4 persons not in the life-saving appliances which are swung out shall not provide either additional heeling or righting moment;. |
| | 2.5 life-saving appliances on the side of the ship opposite to the side to which the ship has heeled shall be assumed to be in a stowed position.. |
| | 3 Moments due to wind pressure:. |
| | 3.1 class B: a wind pressure of 120 N/m2 to be applied; |
| | classes C and D: a wind pressure of 80 N/m2 to be applied;. |
| | 3.2 the area applicable shall be the projected lateral area of the ship above the waterline corresponding to the intact condition;. |
| | 3.3 the moment arm shall be the vertical distance from a point at one half of the mean draught corresponding to the intact condition to the centre of gravity of the lateral area.. |
| | 2.4 When major progressive flooding occurs, that is when it causes a rapid reduction in the righting lever of 0,04 metres or more, the righting lever curve is to be considered as terminated at the angle the progressive flooding occurs and the range and the area referred to in.2.3.1 and.2.3.2 should be measured to that angle.. |
| | 2.5 In cases where the progressive flooding is of limited nature that does not continue unabated and causes an acceptably slow reduction in righting lever of less than 0,04 metres, the remainder of the curve shall be partially truncated by assuming that the progressively flooded space is so flooded from the beginning.. |
| | 2.6 In intermediate stages of flooding, the maximum righting lever shall be at least 0,05 metres and the range of positive righting levers shall be at least 7. In all cases, only one breach in the hull and only one free surface need be assumed. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 3 For the purpose of making damaged stability calculations the volume and surface permeabilities shall be as follows: |
| | >TABLE> |
| | Higher surface permeabilities are to be assumed in respect of spaces which, in the vicinity of the damaged waterplane, contain no substantial quantity of accommodation or machinery and spaces which are not generally occupied by any substantial quantity of cargo or stores.. |
| | 4 Assumed extent of damage shall be as follows:. |
| | 1 longitudinal extent: 3,0 metres plus 3 % of the length of the ship, or 11,0 metres or 10 % of the length of the ship, whichever is less;. |
| | 2 transverse extent (measured inboard from the ship's side, at right angles to the centreline at the level of the deepest subdivision load line): a distance of one fifth of the breadth of the ship; and. |
| | 3 vertical extent: from the base line upwards without limit;. |
| | 4 if any damage of lesser extent than that indicated in.4.1,.4.2,.4.3 would result in a more severe condition regarding heel or loss of metacentric height, such damage shall be assumed in the calculations.. |
| | 5 Unsymmetrical flooding is to be kept to a minimum consistent with efficient arrangements. Where it is necessary to correct large angles of heel, the means adopted shall, where practicable, be self-acting, but in any case where controls to cross-flooding fittings are provided they shall be operable from above the bulkhead deck. For new class B, C and D ships the maximum angle of heel after flooding but before equalisation shall not exceed 15°. Where cross-flooding fittings are required the time for equalisation shall not exceed 15 minutes. Suitable information concerning the use of cross-flooding fittings shall be supplied to the master of the ship.. |
| | 6 The final conditions of the ship after damage and, in the case of unsymmetrical flooding, after equalisation measures have been taken shall be as follows:. |
| | 1 in the case of symmetrical flooding there shall be a positive residual metacentric height of at least 50 mm as calculated by the constant displacement method;. |
| | 2a unless provided otherwise in paragraph 6.2b, in the case of unsymmetrical flooding the angle of heel for one-compartment flooding shall not exceed 7° for class B ships (new and existing) and 12° for classes C and D ships (new). |
| | For the simultaneous flooding of two adjacent compartments, a heel of 12° may be permitted for existing and new class B ships, provided that the factor of subdivision is nowhere greater than 0,50 in that part of the ship that is flooded;. |
| | 2b for existing class B non ro-ro passenger ships, constructed before 29 April 1990, in the case of unsymmetrical flooding, the angle shall not exceed 7°, except that in exceptional cases the Administration may allow additional heel due to the unsymmetrical moment, but in no case the final heel shall exceed 15°.. |
| | 3 in no case shall the margin line be submerged in the final stage of flooding. If it is considered that the margin line may become submerged during an intermediate stage of flooding, the Administration of the flag State may require such investigations and arrangements as it considers necessary for the safety of the ship.. |
| | 7 The master of the ship shall be supplied with the data necessary to maintain sufficient intact stability under service conditions to enable the ship to withstand the critical damage. In the case of ships requiring cross-flooding, the master of the ship shall be informed of the conditions of stability on which the calculations of heel are based and be warned that excessive heeling might result should the ship sustain damage when in a less favourable condition.. |
| | 8 The data referred to in paragraph.7 to enable the master to maintain sufficient intact stability shall include information which indicates the maximum permissible height of the ship's centre of gravity above keel (KG), or alternatively the minimum permissible metacentric height (GM), for a range of draughts or displacements sufficient to include all service conditions. The information shall show the influence of various trims taking into account the operational limits.. |
| | 9 Each ship shall have scales of draughts marked clearly at the bow and stern. In the case where the draught marks are not located where they are easily readable, or operational constraints for a particular trade make it difficult to read the draught marks, then the ship shall also be fitted with a reliable draught indicating system by which the bow and stern draughts can be determined.. |
| | 10 On completion of loading of the ship and prior to its departure, the master shall determine the ship's trim and stability and also ascertain and record that the ship is in compliance with stability criteria in the relevant regulations. The determination of the ship's stability shall always be made by calculation. An electronic loading and stability computer or equivalent means may be used for this purpose.. |
| | 11 No relaxation from the requirements for damage stability may be considered by the Administration of the flag State unless it is shown that the intact metacentric height in any service condition necessary to meet these requirements is excessive for the service intended.. |
| | 12 Relaxations from the requirements for damage stability shall be permitted only in exceptional cases and subject to the condition that the Administration of the Flag State is to be satisfied that the proportions, arrangements and other characteristics of the ship are the most favourable to stability after damage which can practically and reasonably be adopted in the particular circumstances. |
| | 8-1 Stability of ro-ro passenger ships in damaged conditions (R 8-1) |
| | EXISTING CLASS B RO-RO PASSENGER SHIPS:. |
| | 1 |
| | >TABLE> |
| | 8-2 Special requirements for ro-ro passenger ships carrying 400 persons or more (R 8-2) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B RO-RO PASSENGER SHIPS: |
| | Notwithstanding the provisions of regulation II-1/B/8 and II-1/B/8-1:. |
| | 1 new ro-ro passenger ships certified to carry 400 persons or more shall comply with the provisions of paragraph .2.3 of regulation II-1/B/8, assuming the damage applied anywhere within the ship's length L; and. |
| | 2 existing ro-ro passenger ships certified to carry 400 persons or more shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 1 not later than the date of the first periodical survey after the date of compliance prescribed in subparagraph .2.1,.2.2 or.2.3 which occurs the latest:. |
| | 2.1 |
| | >TABLE>.2.2 |
| | >TABLE>.2.3 Age of the ship equal or greater than 20 years: |
| | where the age of the ship means the time counted from the date on which the keel was laid or the date on which it was at a similar stage of construction or from the date on which the ship was converted to a ro-ro passenger ship. |
| | 8-3 Special requirements for passenger ships, other than ro-ro passenger ships, carrying 400 persons or more |
| | CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003, OTHER THAN RO-RO PASSENGER SHIPS. |
| | Notwithstanding the provisions of regulation II-I/B/8 passenger ships, other than ro-ro passenger ships, certified to carry more than 400 persons shall comply with the provisions of paragraphs 2.3 and 2.6 of regulation II-1/B/8, assuming the damage applied anywhere within the ship's length L. |
| | 9 Peak and machinery space bulkheads (R 10) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 A forepeak or collision bulkhead shall be fitted which shall be watertight up to the bulkhead deck. This bulkhead shall be located at a distance from the forward perpendicular of not less than 5 % of the length of the ship and not more than 3 metres plus 5 % of the length of the ship.. |
| | 2 Where any part of the ship below the waterline extends forward of the forward perpendicular, e. g. a bulbous bow, the distances stipulated in paragraph 1 shall be measured from a point either:. |
| | 1 at the mid-length of such extension; or. |
| | 2 at a distance 1,5 % of the length of the ship forward of the forward perpendicular; or. |
| | 3 at a distance 3 metres forward of the forward perpendicular, whichever gives the smallest measurement.. |
| | 3 Where a long forward superstructure is fitted, the forepeak or collision bulkhead shall be extended weathertight to the next full deck above the bulkhead deck. The extension shall be so arranged as to preclude the possibility of the bow door causing damage to it in the case of damage to, or detachment of, a bow door.. |
| | 4 The extension required in paragraph 3 need not be fitted directly above the bulkhead below provided all parts of the extension are not located forward of the forward limit specified in paragraph 1 or in paragraph 2. |
| | However in existing class B ships:. |
| | 1 where a sloping loading ramp forms part of the extension of the collision bulkhead above the bulkhead deck, the part of the ramp which is more than 2,3 metres above the bulkhead deck may extend no more than 1,0 metre forward of the forward limits specified in paragraphs .1 and.2;. |
| | 2 where the existing ramp does not comply with the requirements for acceptance as an extension to the collision bulkhead and the position of the ramp prevents the siting of such extension within the limits specified in paragraph .1 or paragraph .2, the extension may be sited within a limited distance aft of the aft limit specified in paragraph .1 or paragraph .2. The limited distance aft should be nor more than is necessary to ensure non-interference with the ramp. The extension to the collision bulkhead shall open forward and comply with the requirements of paragraph .3 and shall be so arranged as to preclude the possibility of the ramp causing damage to it in the case of damage to, or detachment of, the ramp.. |
| | 5 Ramps not meeting the above requirements shall be disregarded as an extension to the collision bulkhead.. |
| | 6 In existing class B ships, the requirements of paragraph .3 and.4 shall apply not later than the date of the first periodical survey after the date referred to in Article 14(1) of this Directive.. |
| | 7 An afterpeak bulkhead, and bulkheads dividing the machinery space, from the cargo and passenger spaces forward and aft, shall also be fitted and made watertight up to the bulkhead deck. The afterpeak bulkhead may, however, be stepped below the bulkhead deck, provided the degree of safety of the ship as regards subdivision is not thereby diminished.. |
| | 8 In all cases stern tubes shall be enclosed in watertight spaces. The stern gland shall be situated in a watertight shaft tunnel or other watertight space separate from the stern tube compartment and of such volume that, if flooded by leakage through the stern gland, the margin line will not be submerged. |
| | 10 Double bottoms (R 12) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS, AND NEW SHIPS CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003 WITH A LENGTH OF 24 METRES AND ABOVE.. |
| | 1 In new class B, C and D and existing class B ships, and new ships constructed on or after 1 January 2003 with a length of 24 metres and above, a double bottom shall be fitted extending from the forepeak bulkhead to the afterpeak bulkhead as far as this is practicable and compatible with the design and proper working of the ship.. |
| | 1 In ships of 50 metres and upwards but less than 61 metres in length, a double bottom shall be fitted at least from the machinery space to the forepeak bulkhead, or as near thereto as practicable.. |
| | 2 In ships of 61 metres and upwards but less than 76 metres in length, a double bottom shall be fitted at least outside the machinery space and shall extend to the fore and after peak bulkheads or as near thereto as practicable.. |
| | 3 In ships of 76 metres in length and upwards, a double bottom shall be fitted admidships and shall extend to the fore and after peak bulkhead or as near as practicable.. |
| | 2 Where a double bottom is required to be fitted its depth shall comply with the standards of a recognised organisation and the inner bottom shall be continued out to the ship's sides in such a manner as to protect the bottom to the turn of the bilge. Such protection will be deemed satisfactory if the line of intersection of the outer edge of the margin plate with the bilge plating is not lower at any part than a horizontal plane passing through the point of intersection with the frame line amidships of a transverse diagonal line inclined at 25° to the base line and cutting it at a point one half of the ship's moulded breadth from the middle line.. |
| | 3 Small wells constructed in the double bottom in connection with drainage arrangements of holds, etc., shall not extend downwards more than necessary. The depth of the well shall in no case be more than the depth less 460 mm of the double bottom at the centreline, nor shall the well extend below the horizontal plane referred to in paragraph .2. A well extending to the outer bottom is, however, permitted at the after end of the shaft tunnel. Other wells (e.g. for lubricating oil under main engines) may be permitted by the Administration of the flag State if satisfied that the arrangements give protection equivalent to that afforded by a double bottom complying with this regulation.. |
| | 4 A double bottom need not be fitted in way of watertight compartments of moderate size used exclusively for the carriage of liquids, provided the safety of the ship, in the event of bottom or side damage, is not, in the opinion of the Administration of the flag State, thereby impaired.. |
| | 5 Notwithstanding paragraph.1 of this regulation 10, the Administration of the flag State may permit a double bottom to be dispensed with in any part of the ship which is subdivided by a factor not exceeding 0,5, if satisfied that the fitting of a double bottom in that part would not be compatible with the design and proper working of the ship. |
| | 11 Assigning, marking and recording of subdivision load lines (R 13) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 In order that the required degree of subdivision shall be maintained, a load line corresponding to the approved subdivision draught shall be assigned and marked on the ship's sides amidships. A ship having spaces which are specially adapted for the accommodation of passengers and the carriage of cargo alternatively may, if owners desire, have one or more additional load lines assigned and marked to correspond with the subdivision draughts which the Administration of the flag State may approve for alternative service conditions.. |
| | 2 The subdivision load lines assigned and marked shall be recorded in the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate, and shall be identified by the notation C.1 if there is only one subdivision load line. |
| | If there is more than one subdivision load line, the alternative conditions shall be identified by the notations C.2, C.3, C.4 etc.(1).. |
| | 3 The freeboard corresponding to each of these load lines shall be measured at the same position and from the same deck line as the freeboards determined in accordance with the International Convention on Load Lines in force.. |
| | 4 The freeboard corresponding to each approved subdivision load line and the conditions of service for which it is approved, shall be clearly indicated on the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate.. |
| | 5 In no case shall any subdivision load line mark be placed above the deepest load line in salt water as determined by the strength of the ship or the International Convention on Load Lines in force.. |
| | 6 Whatever may be the position of the subdivision load line marks, a ship shall in no case be loaded so as to submerge the load line mark appropriate to the season and locality as determined in accordance with the International Convention on Load Lines in force.. |
| | 7 A ship shall in no case be so loaded that the subdivision load line mark appropriate to the particular voyage and condition of service is submerged. |
| | 12 Construction and initial testing of watertight bulkheads, etc. (R 14) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Each watertight subdivision bulkhead, whether transverse or longitudinal, shall be constructed in such a manner that it shall be capable of supporting, with a proper margin of resistance, the pressure due to the maximum head of water which it might have to sustain in the event of damage to the ship but at least the pressure due to a head of water up to the margin line. The construction of these bulkheads shall be in accordance with the standards of a recognised organisation.. |
| | 2.1 Steps and recesses in bulkheads shall be watertight and as strong as the bulkhead at the place where each occurs.. |
| | 2.2 Where frames or beams pass through a watertight deck or bulkhead, such deck or bulkhead shall be made structurally watertight without the use of wood or cement.. |
| | 3 Testing main compartments by filling them with water is not compulsory. When testing by filling with water is not carried out, a hose test shall be carried out where practicable. This test shall be carried out in the most advanced stage of the fitting out of the ship. Where a hose test is not practicable because of possible damage to machinery, electrical equipment insulation or out fitting items, it may be replaced by a careful visual examination of welded connections, supported where deemed necessary by means such as a dye penetrant test or ultrasonic leak test or an equivalent test. In any case, a thorough inspection of the watertight bulkheads shall be carried out.. |
| | 4 The forepeak, double bottoms (including duct keels) and inner skins shall be tested with water to a head corresponding to the requirements of paragraph .1.. |
| | 5 Tanks which are intended to hold liquids, and which form part of the subdivision of the ship, shall be tested for tightness with water to a head up to the deepest subdivision load line or to a head corresponding to two thirds of the depth from the top of keel to the margin line in way of the tanks, whichever is the greater, provided that in no case shall the test head be less than 0,9 metres above the top of the tank; if testing by water is impracticable, air leak testing while the tanks are subjected to an air pressure of not more than 0,14 bar may be accepted.. |
| | 6 The tests referred to in paragraphs .4 and.5 are for the purpose of ensuring that the subdivision structural arrangements are watertight and are not to be regarded as a test of the fitness of any compartment for the storage of oil fuel or for other special purposes for which a test of a superior character may be required depending on the height to which the liquid has access in the tank or its connections. |
| | 13 Openings in watertight bulkheads (R 15) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 The number of openings in watertight bulkheads shall be reduced to the minimum compatible with the design and proper working of the ship; satisfactory means shall be provided for closing these openings.. |
| | 2.1 Where pipes, scuppers, electrical cables, etc., are carried through watertight subdivision bulkheads, arrangements shall be made to ensure the watertight integrity of the bulkheads.. |
| | 2.2 Valves not forming part of a piping system shall not be permitted in watertight subdivision bulkheads.. |
| | 2.3 Lead or other heat sensitive materials shall not be used in systems which penetrate watertight subdivision bulkheads, where deterioration of such systems in the event of fire would impair the watertight integrity of the bulkheads.. |
| | 3.1 No doors, manholes, or access openings are permitted:. |
| | 1 in the collision bulkhead below the margin line;. |
| | 2 in watertight transverse bulkheads dividing a cargo space from an adjoining cargo space, except as provided for in paragraph .10.1 and in regulation 14.. |
| | 3.2 Except as provided in paragraph .3.3, the collision bulkhead may be pierced below the margin line by no more than one pipe for dealing with fluid in the fore peak tank, provided that the pipe is fitted with a screw-down valve capable of being operated from above the bulkhead deck, the valve chest being secured inside the fore peak to the collision bulkhead. However the fitting of this valve on the afterside of the collision bulkhead may be accepted provided that the valve is readily accessible under all service conditions and the space in which it is located is not a cargo space.. |
| | 3.3 If the fore peak is divided to hold two different kinds of liquids, the collision bulkhead may be pierced below the margin line by two pipes each of which is fitted as required by paragraph .3.1, provided there is no practical alternative to the fitting of such a second pipe and that, having regard to the additional subdivision provided in the forepeak, the safety of the ship is maintained.. |
| | 4 Within spaces containing the main and auxiliary propulsion machinery including boilers serving the needs of propulsion not more than one door apart from the doors to shaft tunnels may be fitted in each main transverse bulkhead. Where two or more shafts are fitted the tunnels shall be connected by an intercommunicating passage. There shall be only one door between the machinery space and the tunnel spaces where two shafts are fitted and only two doors where there are more than two shafts. All these doors shall be of the sliding type and shall be so located as to have their sills as high as practicable. The hand gear for operating these doors from above the bulkhead deck shall be situated outside the spaces containing the machinery.. |
| | 5.1 EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS AND NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS OF LESS THAN 24 METRES IN LENGTH: |
| | Watertight doors shall be sliding doors or hinged doors or doors of an equivalent type. Plate doors secured only by bolts and doors required to be closed by dropping or by the action of a dropping weight are not permitted. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS OF 24 METRES IN LENGTH AND OVER: |
| | Watertight doors, except as provided in paragraph .10.1 or regulation 14, shall be power-operated sliding doors complying with the requirements of paragraph 7 capable of being closed simultaneously from the central operating console at the navigating bridge in not more than 60 seconds with the ship in upright position.. |
| | 5.2 EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS AND NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS OF LESS THAN 24 METRES IN LENGTH: |
| | Sliding doors may be either: |
| | - hand-operated only, or |
| | - power-operated as well as hand-operated. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS OF 24 METRES IN LENGTH AND OVER: |
| | In ships where the total number of watertight doors is not more than two and these doors are situated in the machinery space or in the bulkheads bounding such space, the Administration of the flag State may allow these two doors to be hand-operated only. Where hand-operated sliding doors are fitted, such doors are to be closed before the vessel leaves its berth on a passenger carrying voyage and shall be kept closed during navigation. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 5.3 The means of operation whether by power or by hand of any sliding watertight door whether power-operated or not shall be capable of closing the door with the ship listed to 15° either way. Consideration shall also be given to the forces which may act on either side of the doors as may be experienced when water is flowing through the opening applying a static head equivalent to a water height of at least 1 metre above the sill on the centreline of the door. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS OF 24 METRES IN LENGTH AND OVER:. |
| | 5.4 Watertight door controls, including hydraulic piping and electric cables, shall be kept as close as practicable to the bulkhead in which the doors are fitted, in order to minimise the likelihood of them being involved in any damage which the ship may sustain. The positioning of watertight doors and their controls shall be such that if the ship sustains damage within one fifth of the breadth of the ship, such distance being measured at right angles to the centreline at the level of the deepest subdivision load line, the operation of the watertight doors clear of the damaged portion of the ship is not impaired.. |
| | 5.5 All power-operated and hand-operated sliding watertight doors shall be provided with means of indication which will show at all remote operating positions whether the doors are open or closed. Remote operating positions shall only be at the navigating bridge as required by paragraph .7.1.5 and the location where hand operation above the bulkhead deck is required by paragraph .7.1.4. |
| | EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS AND NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS OF LESS THAN 24 METRES IN LENGTH:. |
| | 5.6 Watertight doors which do not comply with paragraphs .5.1 to.5.5 shall be closed before the voyage commences, and shall be kept closed during navigation; the time of opening such doors in port and of closing them before the ship leaves port shall be entered in the logbook. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS OF LESS THAN 24 METRES IN LENGTH AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 6.1 Hand-operated sliding doors may have a horizontal or vertical motion. It shall be possible to operate the mechanism at the door itself from either side, and from an accessible position above the bulkhead deck, with an all round crank motion, or some other movement providing the same guarantee of safety and of an approved type. When operating a hand gear the time necessary for the complete closure of the door with the vessel upright, shall not exceed 90 seconds. |
| | EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 6.2 Power-operated sliding doors may have a vertical or horizontal motion. If a door is power-operated from a central control, the gearing shall be so arranged that the door can also be operated by power at the door itself from both sides. Local control handles in connection with the power gear shall be provided on each side of the bulkhead and shall be so arranged as to enable persons passing through the doorway to hold both handles in the open position without being able to set the closing mechanism in operation accidentally. Power-operated sliding doors shall be provided with hand gear workable at the door itself on either side and from an accessible position above the bulkhead deck, with an all round crank motion or some other movement providing the same guarantee of safety and of an approved type. Provision shall be made to give warnings by sound signal that the door has begun to close and will continue to sound until it is completely closed. Additionally, in areas of high ambient noise an audible alarm shall be required to be supplemented by an intermittent visual signal at the door. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS OF 24 METRES IN LENGTH AND OVER:. |
| | 7.1 Each power-operated sliding watertight door:. |
| | 1 shall have a vertical or horizontal motion;. |
| | 2 shall, subject to paragraph .11, be normally limited to a maximum clear width of 1,2 metres. The Administration of the flag State may permit larger doors only to the extent considered necessary for the effective operation of the ship provided that other safety measures, including the following, are taken into consideration:. |
| | 2.1 special consideration shall be given to the strength of the door and its closing appliances in order to prevent leakages;. |
| | 2.2 the door shall be located outside the damage zone B/5;. |
| | 2.3 the door shall be kept closed when the ship is at sea, except for limited periods when absolutely necessary as determined by the Administration of the flag State;. |
| | 3 shall be fitted with the necessary equipment to open and close the door using electric power, hydraulic power, or any other form of power that is acceptable to the Administration of the flag State;. |
| | 4 shall be provided with an individual hand-operated mechanism. It shall be possible to open and close the door by hand at the door itself from either side, and in addition, close the door from an accessible position above the bulkhead deck with an all round crank motion or some other movement providing the same degree of safety acceptable to the Administration of the flag State. Direction of rotation or other movement is to be clearly indicated on all operating positions. The time necessary for the complete closure of the door, when operated by hand gear, shall not exceed 90 seconds with the ship in upright position;. |
| | 5 shall be provided with controls for opening and closing the door by power from both sides of the door and also for closing the door by power from the central operating console at the navigating bridge;. |
| | 6 shall be provided with an audible alarm, distinct from any other alarm in the area, which will sound whenever the door is closed remotely by power and which shall sound for at least 5 seconds but no more than 10 seconds before the door begins to move and shall continue sounding until the door is completely closed. In the case of remote hand operation it is sufficient for the audible alarm to sound only when the door is moving. Additionally, in passenger areas and areas of high ambient noise, the Administration of the flag State may require the audible alarm to be supplemented by an intermittent visual signal at the door; and. |
| | 7 shall have an approximately uniform rate of closure under power. The closure time, from the time the door begins to move to the time it reaches the completely closed position, shall in no case be less than 20 seconds and no more than 40 seconds with the ship in upright position.. |
| | 7.2 The electrical power required for power-operated sliding watertight doors shall be supplied from the emergency switchboard either directly or by a dedicated distribution board situated above the bulkhead deck; the associated control, indication and alarm circuits shall be supplied from the emergency switchboard either directly or by a dedicated distribution board situated above the bulkhead deck and be capable of being automatically supplied by the transitional source of emergency electrical power in the event of failure of either the main or emergency source of electrical power.. |
| | 7.3 Power-operated sliding watertight doors shall have either:. |
| | 1 a centralised hydraulic system with two independent power sources each consisting of a motor and pump capable of simultaneously closing all doors. In addition, there shall be for the whole installation hydraulic accumulators of sufficient capacity to operate all the doors at least three times, i. e. closed-open-closed, against an adverse list of 15°. This operating cycle shall be capable of being carried out when the accumulator is at the pump cut-in pressure. The fluid used shall be chosen considering the temperature liable to be encountered by the installation during its service. The power-operating system shall be designed to minimise the possibility of having a single failure in the hydraulic piping adversely affect the operation of more than one door. The hydraulic system shall be provided with a low-level alarm for hydraulic fluid reservoirs serving the power-operated system and a low gas pressure alarm or other effective means of monitoring loss of stored energy in hydraulic accumulators. These alarms are to be audible and visual and shall be situated on the central operating console at the navigating bridge; or. |
| | 2 an independent hydraulic system for each door with each power source consisting of a motor and pump capable of opening and closing the door. In addition, there shall be a hydraulic accumulator of sufficient capacity to operate the door at least three times, i. e. closed-open-closed, against an adverse list of 15°. This operating cycle shall be capable of being carried out when the accumulators at the pump cut-in pressure. The fluid used shall be chosen considering the temperatures liable to be encountered by the installation during its service. A low gas pressure group alarm or other effective means of monitoring loss of stored energy in hydraulic accumulators shall be provided at the central operating console on the navigating bridge. Loss of stored energy indication at each local operating position shall also be provided; or. |
| | 3 An independent electrical system and motor for each door with each power source consisting of a motor capable of opening and closing the door. The power source shall be capable of being automatically supplied by the transitional source of emergency electrical power in the event of failure of either the main or emergency source of electrical power and with sufficient capacity to operate the door at least three times, i. e. closed-open-closed, against an adverse list of 15°. |
| | For the systems specified in.7.3.1,.7.3.2 and.7.3.3, provision should be made as follows: |
| | Power systems for power-operated watertight sliding doors shall be separate from any other power system. A single failure in the electric or hydraulic power-operated systems excluding the hydraulic actuator shall not prevent the hand operation of any door.. |
| | 7.4 Control handles shall be provided at each side of the bulkhead at a minimum height of 1,6 metres above the floor and shall be so arranged as to enable persons passing through the doorway to hold both handles in the open position without being able to set the power closing mechanism in operation accidentally. The direction of movement of the handles in opening and closing the door shall be in the direction of door movement and shall be clearly indicated. Hydraulic control handles for watertight doors in accommodation spaces shall, if only one action is required to start the door's closing movement, be so placed that children cannot operate them, e. g. behind panel doors with bolts placed at least 170 cm above deck level. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS OF 24 METRES IN LENGTH AND OVER: |
| | On both sides of the doors there shall be a plate with instructions as to how the door system is to be operated. On both sides of each door there shall also be a plate with text or pictures warning of the danger of remaining in the door opening when the door has begun its closing movement. These plates shall be made of durable material, and shall be firmly fixed. The text on the instruction or warning plate shall include information about the closing time of the door in question. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS OF 24 METRES IN LENGTH AND OVER:. |
| | 7.5 As far as practicable, electrical equipment and components for watertight doors shall be situated above the bulkhead deck and outside hazardous areas and spaces.. |
| | 7.6 The enclosures of electrical components necessarily situated below the bulkhead deck shall provide suitable protection against the ingress of water.. |
| | 7.7 Electric power, control, indication and alarm circuits shall be protected against fault in such a way that a failure in one door circuit will not cause a failure in any other door circuit. Short circuits or other faults in the alarm or indicator circuits of a door shall not result in a loss of power operation of that door. Arrangements shall be such that leakage of water into the electrical equipment located below the bulkhead deck will not cause the door to open.. |
| | 7.8 A single electrical failure in the power operating or control system of a power-operated sliding watertight door shall not result in a closed door opening. Availability of the power supply should be continuously monitored at a point in the electrical circuit as near as practicable to each of the motors required by paragraph .7.3. Loss of any such power supply should activate an audible and visual alarm at the central operating console at the navigating bridge.. |
| | 8.1 The central operating console at the navigating bridge shall have a "master mode" switch with two modes of control: a "local control" mode which shall allow any door to be locally opened and locally closed after use without automatic closure, and a "doors closed" mode which shall automatically close any doors that are open. The "doors closed" mode shall permit doors to be opened locally and shall automatically re-close the door upon release of the local control mechanism. The "master mode" switch shall normally be in the "local control" mode. The "door closed" mode shall only be used in an emergency or for testing purposes.. |
| | 8.2 The central operating console at the navigating bridge shall be provided with a diagram showing the location of each door, with visual indicators to show whether each door is open or closed. A red light shall indicate a door is fully open and a green light shall indicate a door is fully closed. When the door is closed remotely the red light shall indicate the intermediate position by flashing. The indicating circuit shall be independent of the control circuit for each door.. |
| | 8.3 It shall not be possible to open any door remotely from the central control position. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 9.1 All watertight doors shall be kept closed during navigation except that they may be opened during navigation as specified in paragraphs 9.2 and 9.3. Watertight doors of width of more than 1,2 metres permitted by paragraph 11 may only be opened in the circumstances detailed in that paragraph. Any door which is opened in accordance with this paragraph shall be ready to be immediately closed.. |
| | 9.2 A watertight door may be opened during navigation to permit the passage of passengers or crew, or when work in the immediate vicinity of the door necessitates it being opened. The door must be immediately closed when transit through the door is complete or when the task which necessitated it being open is finished.. |
| | 9.3 Certain watertight doors may be permitted to remain open during navigation only if considered absolutely necessary; that is, being open is determined essential to the safe and effective operation of the ship's machinery or to permit passengers normally unrestricted access throughout the passenger area. Such determination shall be made by the Administration of the flag State only after careful consideration of the impact on ship operations and survivability. A watertight door permitted to remain thus open shall be clearly indicated in the ship's stability information and shall always be ready to be immediately closed. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 10.1 If the Administration of the flag State is satisfied that such doors are essential, watertight doors of satisfactory construction may be fitted in watertight bulkheads dividing cargo between deck spaces. Such doors may be hinged, rolling or sliding doors but shall not be remotely controlled. They shall be fitted at the highest level and as far from the shell plating as practicable, but in no case shall the outboard vertical edges be situated at a distance from the shell plating which is less than one fifth of the breadth of the ship, such distance being measured at right angles to the centreline at the level of the deepest subdivision load line.. |
| | 10.2 Such doors shall be closed before the voyage commences and shall be kept closed during navigation; the time of opening such doors in port and of closing them before the ship leaves port shall be entered in the logbook. Should any of the doors be accessible during the voyage, they shall be fitted with a device which prevents unauthorised opening. When it is proposed to fit such doors, the number and the arrangements shall receive the special consideration of the Administration of the flag State.. |
| | 11 Portable plates on bulkheads shall not be permitted except in machinery spaces. Such plates shall always be in place before the ship leaves port, and shall not be removed during navigation except in case of urgent necessity at the discretion of the master. The Administration of the flag State may permit not more than one power-operated sliding watertight door in each main transverse bulkhead larger than those specified in paragraph .7.1.2 to be substituted for these portable plates, provided these doors are closed before the ship leaves the port and remain closed during navigation except in case of urgent necessity at the discretion of the master. These doors need not meet the requirements of paragraph 7.1.4 regarding complete closure by hand-operated gear in 90 seconds. The time of opening and closing these doors, whether the ship is at sea or in port, shall be recorded in the logbook. |
| | 14 Ships carrying goods vehicles and accompanying personnel (R 16) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 This regulation applies to passenger ships designed or adapted for the carriage of goods vehicles and accompanying personnel.. |
| | 2 If in such a ship the total number of passengers, including persons accompanying vehicles, does not exceed N = 12 + A/25, where A = total deck area (square metres) of spaces available for the stowage of goods vehicles and where the clear height at the stowage position and at the entrance to such spaces is not less than 4 metres, the provisions of regulation 13, paragraph .10, in respect of watertight doors apply except that the doors may be fitted at any level in watertight bulkheads dividing cargo spaces. Additionally, indicators are required on the navigating bridge to show automatically when each door is closed and all door fastenings are secured.. |
| | 3 When applying the provisions of this chapter to such a ship, N shall be taken as the maximum number of passengers for which the ship may be certified in accordance with this regulation. |
| | 15 Openings in the shell plating below the margin line (R 17) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 The number of openings in the shell plating shall be reduced to the minimum compatible with the design and proper working of the ship.. |
| | 2.1The arrangement and efficiency of the means for closing any opening in the shell plating shall be consistent with its intended purpose and the position in which it is fitted.. |
| | 2.2 Subject to the requirements of the International Convention of the Load Line in force, no side scuttles shall be fitted in such a position that its sill is below a line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side and having its lowest point 2,5 % of the breadth of the ship above the deepest subdivision load line, or 500 mm, whichever is the greater.. |
| | 2.3 All side scuttles the sills of which are below the margin line shall be of such construction as will effectively prevent any person opening them without the consent of the master of the ship.. |
| | 2.4 Where in a between-deck, the sills of any of the sidescuttles referred to in paragraph .2.3 are below a line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side and having its lowest point 1,4 metres plus 2,5 % of the breadth of the ship above the water when the ship departs from any port, all the sidescuttles in that between-deck shall be closed watertight and locked before the ship leaves port, and they shall not be opened before the ship arrives at the next port. In the application of this paragraph the appropriate allowance for fresh water may be made when applicable.. |
| | 2.5 Sidescuttles and their deadlights which will not be accessible during navigation shall be closed and secured before the ship leaves port.. |
| | 3 The number of scuppers, sanitary discharges and other similar openings in the shell plating shall be reduced to the minimum either by making each discharge serve for as many as possible of the sanitary and other pipes, or in any other satisfactory manner.. |
| | 4 All inlets and discharges in the shell plating shall be fitted with efficient and accessible arrangements for preventing the accidental admission of water into the ship.. |
| | 4.1 Subject to the requirements of the International Convention on Load Lines in force, and except as provided in paragraph .5, each separate discharge led through the shell plating from spaces below the margin line shall be provided with either one automatic nonreturn valve fitted with a positive means of closing it from above the bulkhead deck or with two automatic nonreturn valves without positive means of closing, provided that the inboard valve is situated above the deepest subdivision load line and is always accessible for examination under service conditions. |
| | Where a valve with positive means of closing is fitted, the operating position above the bulkhead deck shall always be readily accessible and means shall be provided for indicating whether the valve is open or closed.. |
| | 4.2 The requirements of the International Convention on Load Lines in force shall apply to discharges led through the shell plating from spaces above the margin line.. |
| | 5 Machinery space main and auxiliary sea inlets and discharges in connection with the operation of machinery shall be fitted with readily accessible valves between the pipes and the shell plating or between the pipes and fabricated boxes attached to the shell plating. The valves may be controlled locally and shall be provided with indicators showing whether they are open or closed. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 The handwheels or handles of the sea cocks shall be easily accessible for operation. All valves which are used as seacocks shall close by clockwise movement of their handwheels.. |
| | 2 Discharge taps or valves on the side of the ship for blow-off water from boilers shall be located in easily accessible locations and not beneath deck plating. Taps or valves shall be so designed that it is easy to see whether they are open or closed. Taps shall be provided with safety screens, so designed that the key cannot be lifted off when the tap is open.. |
| | 3 All valves and taps in pipe systems such as bilge and ballast systems, fuel oil and lubricating oil systems, fire extinguishing and sluicing systems, cooling water and sanitary systems, etc. shall be clearly marked as to their functions.. |
| | 4 Other outlet pipes shall, if they emerge below the deepest subdivision load line, be provided with equivalent means of shut-off on the side of the ship; if they emerge above the deepest subdivision load line, they shall be provided with an ordinary storm valve. In both cases the valves may be omitted if pipes are used of the same thickness as the plating indirect outlets from toilets and wash-basins, and floor outlets from washrooms etc. provided with deadlights or otherwise protected against water shock. The wall thickness of such pipes need not, however, be greater than 14 mm.. |
| | 5 If a valve with a direct closing mechanism is fitted, the place from which it may be operated shall always be easily accessible, and there shall be a means of indicating whether the valve is open or closed.. |
| | 6 When valves with direct closing mechanisms are placed in machinery spaces, it is sufficient that they be operable from where they are located, provided that this place is easily accessible under all conditions.. |
| | 6 All shell fittings and valves required by this regulation shall be of steel, bronze or other approved ductile material. Valves of ordinary cast iron or similar material are not acceptable. All pipes to which this regulation refers shall be of steel or other equivalent material to the satisfaction of the Administration of the flag State.. |
| | 7 Gangway, and cargo ports fitted below the margin line shall be of sufficient strength. They shall be effectively closed and secured watertight before the ship leaves port, and shall be kept closed during navigation.. |
| | 8 Such ports shall in no case be so fitted as to have their lowest point below the deepest subdivision load line. |
| | 16 Watertight integrity of passenger ships above the margin line (R 20) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 All reasonable and practicable measures shall be taken to limit the entry and spread of water above the bulkhead deck. Such measures may include partial bulkheads or webs. When partial watertight bulkheads and webs are fitted on the bulkhead deck, above or in the immediate vicinity of main subdivision bulkheads, they shall have watertight shell and bulkhead deck connections so as to restrict the flow of water along the deck when the ship is in a heeled damaged condition. Where the partial watertight bulkhead does not line up with the bulkhead below, the bulkhead deck between shall be made effectively watertight.. |
| | 2 The bulkhead deck or a deck above it shall be weathertight. All openings in the exposed weather deck shall have coamings of ample height and strength and shall be provided with efficient means for expeditiously closing them weathertight. Freeing ports, open rails and scuppers shall be fitted as necessary for rapidly clearing the weather deck of water under all weather conditions.. |
| | 3 In existing class B ships, the open end of air pipes terminating within a superstructure shall be at least 1 metre above the waterline when the ship heels to an angle of 15 °C, or the maximum angle of heel during intermediate stages of flooding, as determined by direct calculation, whichever is the greater. Alternatively, air pipes from tanks other than oil tanks may discharge through the side of the superstructure. The provisions of this paragraph are without prejudice to the provisions of the International Convention on Load Lines in force.. |
| | 4 Sidescuttles, gangway, cargo ports and the other means for closing openings in the shell plating above the margin line shall be of efficient design and construction and of sufficient strength having regard to the spaces in which they are fitted and their positions relative to the deepest subdivision load line.. |
| | 5 Efficient inside deadlights, so arranged that they can be easily and effectively closed and secured watertight, shall be provided for all sidescuttles to spaces below the first deck above the bulkhead deck. |
| | 17 Closure of cargo loading doors (R 20-1) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 The following doors, located above the margin line, shall be closed and locked before the ship proceeds on any voyage, and shall remain closed and locked until the ship is at its next berth:. |
| | 1 cargo loading doors in the shell or the boundaries of enclosed superstructures;. |
| | 2 bow visors fitted in positions, as indicated in paragraph.1.1;. |
| | 3 cargo loading doors in the collision bulkhead;. |
| | 4 weathertight ramps forming an alternative closure to those defined in paragraphs .1.1 to.1.3 inclusive. Provided that where a door cannot be opened or closed while the ship is at the berth, such a door may be opened or left open while the ship approaches or draws away from the berth, but only so far as may be necessary to enable the door to be immediately operated. In any case, the inner bow door must be kept closed.. |
| | 2 Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph .1.1 and.1.4, the Administration of the flag State may authorise that particular doors can be opened at the discretion of the master, if necessary for the operation of the ship or the embarking and disembarking of passengers, when the ship is at safe anchorage and provided that the safety of the ship is not impaired.. |
| | 3 The master shall ensure that an effective system of supervision and reporting of the closing and opening of the doors referred to in paragraph .1 is implemented.. |
| | 4 The master shall ensure, before the ship proceeds on any voyage, that an entry in the logbook, as required in regulation 22, is made of the time of the last closing of the doors specified in paragraph .1 and the time of any opening of particular doors in accordance with paragraph .2. |
| | 17-1 Watertight integrity from the ro-ro deck (bulkhead deck) to spaces below (R 20-2) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D RO-RO PASSENGER SHIPS:. |
| | 1.1 Subject to the provisions of paragraphs .1.2 and.1.3, all accesses that lead to spaces below the bulkhead deck shall have a lowest point which is not less than 2,5 metres above the bulkhead deck;. |
| | 1.2 where vehicle ramps are installed to give access to spaces below the bulkhead deck, their openings shall be able to be closed weathertight to prevent ingress of water below, alarmed and indicated to the navigation bridge;. |
| | 1.3 the Administration of the flag State may permit the fitting of particular accesses to spaces below the bulkhead deck provided they are necessary for the essential working of the ship, e.g. movement of machinery and stores, subject to such accesses being made watertight, alarmed and indicated to the navigation bridge;. |
| | 1.4 the accesses referred to in paragraphs .1.2 and.1.3 shall be closed before the ship leaves the berth on any voyage and shall remain closed until the ship is at its next berth;. |
| | 1.5 the master shall ensure that an effective system of supervision and reporting of the closing and opening of such accesses referred to in paragraphs .1.2 and.1.3 is implemented; and. |
| | 1.6 the master shall ensure, before the ship leaves the berth on any voyage, that an entry in the logbook, as required by regulation II-1/B/22, is made of the time of the last closing of the accesses referred to in paragraphs .1.2 and.1.3;. |
| | 1.7 new class C ro-ro passenger ships of less than 40 metres in length and new class D ro-ro passenger ships may, instead of complying with paragraphs .1.1 to.1.6, comply with paragraphs .2.1 to.2.4, provided that coaming and sill heights are at least 600 mm on open ro-ro cargo decks and at least 380 mm on enclosed ro-ro cargo decks. |
| | EXISTING CLASS B RO-RO PASSENGER SHIPS:. |
| | 2.1 All accesses from the ro-ro deck that lead to spaces below the bulkhead deck shall be made weathertight and means shall be provided on the navigation bridge, indicating whether the access is open or closed;. |
| | 2.2 all such accesses shall be closed before the ship leaves the berth on any voyage and shall remain closed until the ship is at its next berth;. |
| | 2.3 notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph .2.2, the Administration of the flag State may permit some accesses to be opened during the voyage but only for a period sufficient to permit through passage and, if required, for the essential working of the ship; and. |
| | 2.4 the requirements of paragraph .2.1 shall apply not later than the date of the first periodical survey after the date referred to in paragraph 1 of Article 14 of this Directive. |
| | 17-2 Access to ro-ro decks (R 20-3) |
| | ALL RO-RO PASSANGER SHIPS: |
| | The master, or the designated officer shall ensure that, without the expressed consent of the master or the designated officer, no passengers are allowed access to an enclosed ro-ro deck when the ship is underway. |
| | 17-3 Closure of bulkheads on the ro-ro deck (R 20-4) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B RO-RO PASSENGER SHIPS:. |
| | 1 All transverse and longitudinal bulkheads which are taken into account as effective to confine the seawater accumulated on the ro-ro deck shall be in place and secured before the ship leaves the berth and remain in place and secured until the ship is at its next berth.. |
| | 2 Nothwithstanding the requirements of paragraph .1, the Administration of the flag State may permit some accesses within such bulkheads to be opened during the voyage but only for sufficient time to permit through passage and, if required, for the essential working of the ship. |
| | 18 Stability information (R 22) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Every passenger ship, shall be inclined upon its completion and the elements of its stability determined. The master shall be supplied with such information, approved by the Administration of the flag State, as is necessary to enable him by rapid and simple processes to obtain accurate guidance as to the stability of the ship under varying conditions of service.. |
| | 2 Where any alterations are made to a ship so as to affect materially the stability information supplied to the master, amended stability information shall be provided. If necessary the ship shall be re-inclined.. |
| | 3 At periodical intervals not exceeding five years, a lightweight survey shall be carried out to verify any changes in the light ship displacement and longitudinal centre of gravity. The ship shall be re-inclined whenever, in comparison with the approved stability information, a deviation from the lightship displacement exceeding 2 % or a deviation of the longitudinal centre of gravity exceeding 1 % of the length of the ship is found or anticipated.. |
| | 4 The Administration of the flag State may allow the inclining test of an individual ship to be dispensed with provided basic stability data are available from the inclining test of a sister ship and it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration of the flag State that reliable stability information for the exempted ship can be obtained from such basic data. |
| | 19 Damage control plans (R 23) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS: |
| | There shall be permanently exhibited, for the guidance of the officer in charge of the ship, plans showing clearly for each deck and hold the boundaries of the watertight compartments, the openings therein with the means of closure and position of any controls thereof, and the arrangements for the correction of any list due to flooding. In addition, booklets containing the aforementioned information shall be made available to the officers of the ship. |
| | 20 Integrity of the hull and superstructure, damage prevention and control (R 23-2) |
| | This regulation applies to all ro-ro passenger ships, except that for existing ships paragraph .2 shall apply not later than the date of the first periodical survey after the date referred to in Article 14 (1) of this Directive.. |
| | 1 Indicators shall be provided on the navigating bridge for all shell doors, loading doors and other closing appliances which, if left open or not properly secured, could lead to flooding of a special category space or ro-ro cargo space. The indicator system shall be designed on the fail-safe principle and shall show by visual alarms if the door is not fully closed or if any of the securing arrangements are not in place and fully locked and by audible alarms if such door or closing appliances become open or the securing arrangements become unsecured. The indicator panel on the navigating bridge shall be equipped with a mode selection function "harbour/sea voyage" so arranged that an audible alarm is given on the navigation bridge if the ship leaves harbour with the bow doors, inner doors, stern ramp or any other shell doors not closed or any closing device not in correct position. The power supply for the indicator system shall be independent of the power supply for operating and securing the doors. Indicator systems, approved by the Administration of the flag State, which were installed on board existing ships, need not be changed.. |
| | 2 Television surveillance and a water leakage detection system shall be arranged to provide an indication to the navigation bridge and to the engine control station of any leakage through inner and outer bow doors, stern doors or any other shell doors which could lead to flooding of special category spaces or ro-ro cargo spaces.. |
| | 3 Special category spaces and ro-ro cargo spaces shall be continuously patrolled or monitored by effective means, such as television surveillance, so that any movement of vehicles in adverse weather conditions and unauthorised access by passengers thereto can be detected whilst the ship is underway.. |
| | 4 Documented operating procedures for closing and securing all shell doors, loading doors and other closing appliances which, if left open or not properly secured, could lead to flooding of a special category space or ro-ro cargo space, shall be kept on board and posted at an appropriate place. |
| | 21 Marking, periodical operation and inspection of watertight doors, etc. (R 24) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Drills for the operating of the watertight doors, sidescuttles, valves and closing mechanisms of scuppers shall take place weekly.. |
| | 2 All watertight doors in main transverse bulkheads, in use at sea, shall be operated daily.. |
| | 3 The watertight doors and all mechanisms and indicators connected herewith, all valves, the closing of which is necessary to make a compartment watertight, and all valves the operation of which is necessary for damage control cross-connections shall be periodically inspected at sea at least once a week.. |
| | 4 Such valves, doors and mechanisms shall be suitably marked to ensue that they may be properly used to provide maximum safety. |
| | 22 Entries in log (R 25) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Hinged doors, portable plates, sidescuttles, gangway and cargo ports and other openings, which are required by these regulations to be kept closed during navigation, shall be closed before the ship leaves the port. The time of closing and the time of opening (if permissible under these regulations) shall be recorded in the logbook.. |
| | 2 A record of all drills and inspections required by regulation 21 shall be entered in the logbook with an explicit record of any defects which may be disclosed. |
| | 23 Hoistable car platforms and ramps |
| | NEW CLASS A, B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS: |
| | On ships fitted with suspended decks for transport of passenger vehicles, the construction, installation and operation shall be carried out in accordance with measures imposed by the Administration of the flag State. With regard to the construction, the relevant rules of a recognised organisation shall be used. |
| | 24 Railings |
| | NEW CLASS A, B, C AND D SHIPS CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003: |
| | 1. On external decks to which passengers are permitted access, and where there is no bulwark of adequate height provided, railings shall be provided of a height of minimum 1100 mm above the deck and of such design and construction as to prevent any passenger from climbing on these railings and from accidentally falling from that deck. |
| | 2. Stairs and landings on such external decks shall be provided with railings of equivalent construction. |
| | PART C |
| | MACHINERY |
| | 1 General (R 26) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 The machinery, boilers and other pressure vessels, associated piping systems and fittings shall be so installed and protected as to reduce to a minimum any danger to persons on board, due regard being paid to moving parts, hot surfaces and other hazards.. |
| | 2 Means shall be provided whereby normal operation of propulsion machinery can be sustained or restored even though one of the essential auxiliaries becomes inoperative.. |
| | 3 Means shall be provided to ensure that the machinery can be brought into operation from the dead ship condition without external aid. |
| | NEW CLASS B AND C SHIPS:. |
| | 4 Main propulsion machinery and all auxiliary machinery essential to the propulsion and the safety of the ship shall, as fitted in the ship, be designed to operate when the ship is upright and when inclined at any angle of list up to and including 15° either way under static conditions and 22,5° under dynamic conditions (rolling) either way and simultaneously inclined dynamically (pitching) 7,5° by bow or stern. |
| | NEW CLASS A, B, C AND D SHIPS AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 5 Means shall be provided for the propulsion machinery and the propeller to be stopped in cases of emergencies from relevant positions outside of the engine room/engine control room, e.g. open deck or the wheel house. |
| | CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003:. |
| | 6 Location and arrangement of vent pipes for fuel oil service, settling and lubricating oil tanks shall be such that in the event of a broken vent pipe this shall not directly lead to the risk of ingress of seawater splashes or rainwater. Two fuel oil service tanks for each type of fuel used on board necessary for propulsion and vital systems or equivalent arrangements shall be provided on each ship, with a capacity of at least 8 hours for class B ships and at least 4 hours for class C and D ships, at maximum continuous rating of the propulsion plant and normal operating load at sea of the generator plant. |
| | 2 Internal combustion engines (R 27) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Internal combustion engines of a cylinder diameter of 200 mm, or a crankcase volume of 0,6 m3 and above shall be provided with crankcase explosion relief valves of a suitable type with sufficient relief area. The relief valves shall be arranged or provided with means to ensure that discharge from them is so directed as to minimise the possibility of injury to personnel. |
| | 3 Bilge pumping arrangement (R 21) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1.1 An efficient bilge pumping system shall be provided, capable of pumping from and draining any watertight compartment other than a space permanently appropriated for the carriage of fresh water, water ballast, oil fuel or liquid cargo and for which other efficient means of pumping are provided, under all practical conditions. Efficient means shall be provided for draining water from insulated holds.. |
| | 1.2 Sanitary, ballast and general service pumps may be accepted as independent power bilge pumps if fitted with the necessary connections to the bilge pumping system.. |
| | 1.3 All bilge pipes used in or under fuel storage tanks or in boiler or machinery spaces, including spaces in which oil-settling tanks or oil fuel pumping units are situated, shall be of steel or other suitable material.. |
| | 1.4 The arrangement of the bilge and ballast pumping system shall be such as to prevent the possibility of water passing from the sea and from water ballast spaces into the cargo and machinery spaces, or from one compartment to another. Provision shall be made to prevent any deep tank having bilge and ballast connections being inadvertently flooded from the sea when containing cargo, or being discharged through a bilge pump when containing water ballast.. |
| | 1.5 All distribution boxes and manually operated valves in connection with the bilge pumping arrangements shall be in positions which are accessible under ordinary circumstances. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1.6 Provision shall be made for the drainage of enclosed cargo spaces situated on the bulkhead deck.. |
| | 1.6.1 Where the freeboard to the bulkhead deck is such that the deck edge is immersed when the ship heels more than 5°, the drainage shall be by means of a sufficient number of scuppers of suitable size discharging directly overboard, fitted in accordance with the requirements of regulation 15.. |
| | 1.6.2 Where the freeboard is such that the edge of the bulkhead deck is immersed when the ship heels 5° or less, the drainage of the enclosed cargo spaces on the bulkhead deck shall be led to a suitable space, or spaces, of adequate capacity, having high water level alarm and provided with suitable arrangements for discharge overboard. In addition it will be ensured that:. |
| | 1 the number, size and disposition of the scuppers are such as to prevent unreasonable accumulation of free water;. |
| | 2 the pumping arrangements required by this regulation take account of the requirements for any fixed pressure water spraying fire-extinguishing system;. |
| | 3 water contaminated with petrol or other dangerous substances is not drained to machinery spaces or other spaces where sources of ignition may be present; and. |
| | 4 where the enclosed cargo space is protected by a carbon dioxide fire-extinguishing system the deck scuppers are fitted with means to prevent the escape of the smothering gas. |
| | NEW CLASS A, B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1.6.3 The drainage from ro-ro decks and car decks shall be of sufficient capacity that the scuppers, wash ports etc. on the starboard and the port side shall be able to cope with a quantity of water originating from drencher and fire pumps, taking into account the ship's conditions of heel and trim.. |
| | 1.6.4 When provided with sprinkler installations and hydrants, passenger and crew lounges shall have an adequate number of scuppers, sufficient to cope with the quantity of water originating from fire extinguishing by the room's sprinkler heads and from two fire hoses with jets. The scuppers shall be located in the most effective positions, e.g. in each corner. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 2.1 The bilge pumping system required by paragraph .1.1 shall be capable of operation under all practicable conditions after a casualty whether the ship is upright or listed. For this purpose wing suctions shall generally be fitted except in narrow compartments at the end of the ship where one suction may be sufficient. In compartments of unusual form, additional suctions may be required. Arrangements shall be made whereby water in the compartment may find its way to the suction pipes.. |
| | 2.2 Where practicable, the power bilge pumps shall be placed in separate watertight compartments and so arranged or situated that these compartments will not be flooded by the same damage. If the main propulsion machinery, auxiliary machinery and boilers are in two or more watertight compartments, the pumps available for bilge service shall be distributed as far as is possible throughout these compartments.. |
| | 2.3 With the exception of additional pumps which may be provided for peak compartments only, each required bilge pump shall be so arranged as to draw water from any space required to be drained by paragraph .1.1.. |
| | 2.4 Each power bilge pump shall be capable of pumping water through the required main bilge pipe at a speed of not less than 2 m/sec. Independent power bilge pumps situated in machinery spaces shall have direct suctions from these spaces, except that not more than two such suctions shall be required in any one space. Where two or more such suctions are provided there shall be at least one on each side of the ship. Direct suctions shall be suitably arranged and those in a machinery space shall be of a diameter not less than that required for the bilge main.. |
| | 2.5 In addition to the direct bilge suction or suctions required by paragraph .2.4 a direct emergency bilge suction fitted with a non-return valve shall be led from the largest available independent power driven pump to the drainage level of the machinery space; the suction shall be of the same diameter as the main inlet to the pumps used.. |
| | 2.6 The spindles of the sea inlet and direct suction valves shall extend well above the engine-room platform.. |
| | 2.7 All bilge suction piping up to the connection to the pumps shall be independent of other piping.. |
| | 2.8 The diameter "d" of the main and branch bilge suction pipes shall be calculated according to the following formulae. However, the actual internal diameter may be rounded off to the nearest standard size acceptable to the Administration of the flag State: main bilge suction pipe: |
| | >REFERENCE TO A GRAPHIC> |
| | branch bilge suction pipes between collecting boxes and suctions: |
| | >REFERENCE TO A GRAPHIC> |
| | >TABLE>.2.9 Provision shall be made to prevent the compartment served by any bilge suction pipe being flooded in the event of the pipe being severed or otherwise damaged by collision or grounding in any other compartment. For this purpose, where the pipe is at any part situated nearer the side of the ship than one fifth of the breadth of the ship (measured at right angles to the centreline at the level of the deepest subdivision load line), or is in a duct keel, a non-return valve shall be fitted to the pipe in the compartment containing the open end.. |
| | 2.10 Distribution boxes, cocks and valves in connection with the bilge pumping system shall be so arranged that, in the event of flooding, one of the bilge pumps may be operative on any compartment; in addition, damage to a pump or its pipe connecting to the bilge main outboard of a line drawn at one fifth of the breadth of the ship shall not put the bilge system out of action. If there is only one system of pipes common to all the pumps, the necessary valves for controlling the bilge suctions must be capable of being operated from above the bulkheads deck. Where in addition to the main bilge pumping system an emergency bilge pumping system is provided, it shall be independent of the main system and so arranged that a pump is capable of operating on any compartment under flooding condition as specified in paragraph .2.1; in the case only the valves necessary for the operation of the emergency system need be capable of being operated from above the bulkhead deck.. |
| | 2.11 All cocks and valves referred to in paragraph .2.10 which can be operated from above the bulkhead deck shall have their controls at their place of operation clearly marked and shall be provided with means to indicate whether they are open or closed. |
| | 4 Number and type of bilge pumps (R 21) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS: |
| | >TABLE> |
| | The main engine pump may be replaced by one independent power pump. |
| | The drainage of very small compartments may be dealt with movable hand pumps. |
| | 5 Means of going astern (R 28) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Sufficient power for going astern shall be provided to secure proper control of the ship in all normal circumstances.. |
| | 2 The ability of the machinery to reverse the direction of thrust of the propeller in sufficient time, and so to bring the ship to rest within a reasonable distance from maximum ahead service speed, shall be demonstrated and recorded.. |
| | 3 The stopping times, ship headings and distances recorded on trials, together with the results of trials to determine the ability of ships having multiple propellers to navigate and manoeuvre with one or more propellers inoperative, shall be available on board for use of the master or designated personnel. |
| | 6 Steering gear (R 29) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Every ship shall be provided with an efficient main and auxiliary steering system. The main steering system and the auxiliary steering system shall be so arranged that the failure of one of them will not render the other one inoperative.. |
| | 2 The main steering gear and rudder stock where fitted shall be:. |
| | 2.1 of adequate strength, and capable to steer the ship at maximum service speed ahead, and so designed that they will not be damaged at maximum speed astern;. |
| | 2.2 capable of putting the rudder over from 35° on one side to 35° on the other side with the ship at its deepest seagoing draught and running ahead at maximum ahead service speed and, under the same conditions from 35° on either side to 30° on the other side in not more than 28 seconds;. |
| | 2.3 operated by power where necessary to meet the requirements of paragraph .2.2.2 and in any case when a rudder stock over 120 mm in diameter in way of the tiller, excluding strengthening for navigation in ice, is required in order to comply with paragraph .2.2.1.. |
| | 3 If fitted, the auxiliary steering gear shall be:. |
| | 1 of adequate strength and capable of steering the ship at navigable speed and of being brought speedily into action in an emergency;. |
| | 2 capable of putting the rudder over from 15° on one side to 15° on the other side in not more than 60 seconds with the ship at its deepest seagoing draught and running ahead at one half of the maximum ahead service speed or 7 knots, whichever is the greater; and. |
| | 3 operated by power where necessary to meet the requirements of paragraph .3.2 and in any case where a rudder stock is more than 230 mm in diameter in way of the tiller, excluding strengthening for navigation in ice. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 4 Steering power units shall be:. |
| | 1 arranged to restart automatically when power is restored after a power failure; and. |
| | 2 capable of being brought into operation from a position on the navigating bridge. In the event of a power failure to any of the steering power units, an audible and visual alarm shall be given on the navigating bridge. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 5 Where the main steering gear comprises two or more identical power units, an auxiliary steering gear need not be fitted, provided that:. |
| | 1 the main steering gear is capable of operating the rudder as required by paragraph .2.2 while any one of the power unit is out of operation;. |
| | 2 the main steering gear is so arranged that after a single failure in its piping system or in one of the power units the defect can be isolated so that the steering capability can be maintained or speedily regained. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 6 Steering gear control shall be provided:. |
| | 1 for the main steering gear, both on the navigating bridge and in the steering compartment;. |
| | 2 when the main steering gear is arranged in accordance with paragraph .4, by two independent control systems, both operable from the navigating bridge. This does not require duplication of the steering wheel or steering lever. Where the control system consists of an hydraulic telemotor, a second independent system need not be fitted;. |
| | 3 for the auxiliary steering gear, in the steering gear compartment and, if power operated, it shall also be operable from the navigating bridge and shall be independent of the control system for the main steering gear.. |
| | 7 Any main and auxiliary steering gear control system operable from the navigating bridge shall comply with the following:. |
| | 1 if electric, it shall be served by its own separate circuit supplied from a steering gear power circuit from a point within the steering gear compartment, or directly from switchboard busbars supplying that steering gear power circuit at a point on the switchboard adjacent to the supply to the steering gear power circuit;. |
| | 2 means shall be provided in the steering gear compartment for disconnecting any control system operable from the navigating bridge from the steering gear it serves;. |
| | 3 the system shall be capable of being brought into operation from a position on the navigating bridge;. |
| | 4 in the event of a failure in the electrical power supply to the control system, an audible and visual alarm shall be given in the navigating bridge; and. |
| | 5 short circuit protection only shall be provided for steering gear control supply circuits.. |
| | 8 The electrical power circuits and the steering gear control systems with their associated components, cables and pipes required by this regulation and by regulation 7 shall be separated as far as is practicable throughout their length.. |
| | 9 A means of communication shall be provided between the navigating bridge and the steering gear compartment or alternative steering position.. |
| | 10 The angular position of the rudder(s) shall:. |
| | 1 if the main steering gear is power operated, be indicated on the navigating bridge. The rudder angle indication shall be independent of the steering gear control system;. |
| | 2 be recognisable in the steering gear compartment.. |
| | 11 Hydraulic power-operated steering gear shall be provided with the following:. |
| | 1 arrangements to maintain the cleanliness of the hydraulic fluid taking into consideration the type and design of the hydraulic system;. |
| | 2 a low-level alarm for each hydraulic fluid reservoir to give the earliest practical indication of hydraulic fluid leakage. Audible and visual alarms shall be given on the navigating bridge and in the machinery space where they can be readily observed; and. |
| | 3 a fixed storage tank having sufficient capacity to recharge at least one power actuating system including the reservoir, where the main steering gear is required to be power-operated. The storage tank shall be permanently connected by piping in such manner that the hydraulic systems can be readily recharged from a position within the steering gear compartment and shall be provided with a contents gauge.. |
| | 12 The steering gear compartments shall be:. |
| | 1 readily accessible and, as far as practicable, separated from machinery spaces; and. |
| | 2 provided with suitable arrangements to ensure working access to steering gear machinery and controls. These arrangements shall include handrails and gratings or other nonslip surfaces to ensure suitable working conditions in the event of hydraulic fluid leakage. |
| | 7 Additional requirements for electric and electro-hydraulic steering gear (R 30) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Means for indicating that the motors of electric and electro-hydraulic steering gears are running shall be installed on the navigating bridge and at a suitable main machinery control position. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 2 Each electric or electro-hydraulic steering system comprising one or more power units shall be served by at least two exclusive circuits fed directly from the main switchboard; however, one of the circuits may be supplied through the emergency switchboard. An auxiliary electric or electro-hydraulic steering system associated with a main electric or electro-hydraulic steering system may be connected to one of the circuits supplying this main steering system. The circuits supplying an electric or electro-hydraulic steering system shall have adequate rating for supplying all motors which can be simultaneously connected to them and may be required to operate simultaneously. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 3 Short circuit protection and an overload alarm shall be provided for steering gear electric and electro-hydraulic circuits and motors. Protection against excess current, including starting current, if provided, shall be for not less than twice the full load current of the motor or circuit so protected, and shall be arranged to permit the passage of the appropriate starting currents. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS: |
| | The alarms required in this paragraph shall be both audible and visual and shall be situated in a conspicuous position in the main machinery space or control room from which the main machinery is normally controlled and as may be required by regulation 6 of Part E of this chapter.. |
| | 4 When an auxiliary steering gear required by regulation 6.3.3 to be operated by power is not electrically powered or is powered by an electric motor primarily intended for other services, the main steering system may be fed by one circuit from the main switchboard. Where such an electric motor primarily intended for other services is arranged to power such an auxiliary steering system, the requirements of paragraph .3 may be waived by the Administration of the flag State, if satisfied with the protection arrangement together with the requirements of regulation 6.4.1 and.4.2 applicable to auxiliary steering systems. |
| | 8 Ventilating systems in machinery spaces (R 35) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS: |
| | Machinery spaces of category A shall be adequately ventilated so as to ensure that when machinery or boilers therein are operating at full power in all weather conditions including heavy weather, an adequate supply of air is maintained to the spaces for the safety and comfort of personnel and the operation of the machinery. |
| | 9 Communication between the navigating bridge and machinery space (R 37) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS: |
| | At least two independent means of communication shall be provided for communication orders from the navigating bridge to the position in the machinery space or in the control room from which the speed and direction of thrust of the propellers are normally controlled: one of these shall be an engine-room telegraph which provides visual indication of the orders and responses both in the machinery space and on the navigating bridge. Appropriate means of communication shall be provided to any other position from which the speed or direction of thrust of the propellers may be controlled. |
| | 10 Engineers' alarm (R 38) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS: |
| | An engineers' alarm shall be provided to be operated from the engine control room or at a manoeuvering platform as appropriate, and shall be clearly audible in the engineers' accommodation, and/or navigating bridge as appropriate. |
| | 11 Location of emergency installations (R 39) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS: |
| | Emergency sources of electrical power, fire pumps, bilge pumps except those specifically serving the spaces forward of the collision bulkhead, and fixed fire-extinguishing system required by Chapter II-2 and other emergency installations which are essential for the safety of the ship, except anchor windlasses, shall not be installed forward of the collision bulkhead. |
| | 12 Machinery controls (R 31) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Main and auxiliary machinery essential for the propulsion and the safety of the ship shall be provided with effective means for its operation and control.. |
| | 2 Where remote control of propulsion machinery from the navigating bridge is provided and the machinery spaces are intended to be manned, the following shall apply:. |
| | 1 the speed, direction of thrust and, if applicable, the pitch of the propeller shall be fully controllable from the navigating bridge under all sailing conditions, including manoeuvring;. |
| | 2 the remote control shall be performed, for each independent propeller, by a control device so designed and constructed that its operation does not require particular attention to the operational details of the machinery. Where multiple propellers are designed to operate simultaneously, they may be controlled by one control device.. |
| | 3 the main propulsion machinery shall be provided with an emergency stopping device on the navigating bridge which shall be independent of the navigating bridge control system;. |
| | 4 propulsion machinery orders from the navigating bridge shall be indicated in the main machinery control room or at the manoeuvring platform as appropriate;. |
| | 5 remote control of the propulsion machinery shall be possible only from one location at a time; at such locations interconnected control positions are permitted. At each location there shall be an indicator showing which location is in control of the propulsion machinery. The transfer of control between the navigating bridge and machinery spaces shall be possible only in the main machinery space or the main machinery control room. This system shall include means to prevent the propelling thrust from altering significantly when transferring control from one location to another;. |
| | 6 it shall be possible to control the propulsion machinery locally, even in the case of failure in any part of the remote control system;. |
| | 7 the design of the remote control system shall be such that in case of its failure an alarm will be given. The pre-set speed and direction of thrust of the propellers shall be maintained until local control is in operation;. |
| | 8 indicators shall be fitted on the navigating bridge for:. |
| | 1 propeller speed and direction of rotation in the case of fixed pitch propellers;. |
| | 2 propeller speed and pitch position in the case of controllable pitch propellers;. |
| | 9 an alarm shall be provided on the navigating bridge and in the machinery space to indicate low starting air pressure which shall be set at a level to permit further main engine starting operations. If the remote control system of the propulsion machinery is designed for automatic starting, the number of automatic consecutive attempts which fail to produce a start shall be limited in order to safeguard sufficient starting air pressure for starting locally.. |
| | 3 Where the main propulsion and associated machinery, including sources of main electrical power supply, are provided with various degrees of automatic and remote control and are under continuous manual supervision from a control room the arrangements and controls shall be so designed, equipped and installed that the machinery operation will be as safe and effective as if it were under direct supervision; for this purpose regulations II-1/E/1 to II-1/E/5 shall apply as appropriate. Particular consideration shall be given to protect such spaces against fire and flooding.. |
| | 4 In general, automatic starting, operational and control systems shall include provisions for manually overriding the automatic controls. Failure of any part of such systems shall not prevent the use of the manual override. |
| | CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003:. |
| | 5 The ships shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs .1 to .4 with the following modifications:. |
| | 1 paragraph 1 is replaced by the following: |
| | "1. Main and auxiliary machinery essential for the propulsion, control and safety shall be provided with effective means for its operation and control. All control systems essential for the propulsion, control and safety of the ship shall be independent or designed such that failure of one system does not degrade the performance of another system". |
| | 2 in the first and second lines of paragraph 2, the words "and the machinery spaces are intended to be manned" are deleted.. |
| | 3 the first sentence of paragraph 2.2 is replaced by the following: |
| | ".2 the control shall be performed by a single control device for each independent propeller with automatic performance of all associated services including, where necessary, means of preventing overload of the propulsion machinery".. |
| | 4 paragraph 2.4 is replaced by the following: |
| | ".4 propulsion machinery orders from the navigation bridge shall be indicated in the main machinery control room and at the manoeuvring platform".. |
| | 5 a new sentence is added at the end of paragraph 2.6 to read as follows: |
| | "It shall also be possible to control the auxiliary machinery, essential for the propulsion and safety of the ship, at or near the machinery concerned"; and. |
| | 6 paragraphs 2.8, 2.8.1 and 2.8.2 are replaced by the following: |
| | ".8 indicators shall be fitted in the navigation bridge, the main machinery control room and at the manoeuvring platform for:. |
| | 8.1 propeller speed and direction of rotation in the case of fixed pitch propellers, and. |
| | 8.2 propeller speed and pitch position in the case of controllable pitch propellers." |
| | 13 Steam pipe systems (R 33) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Every steam pipe and every fitting connected thereto through which steam may pass shall be so designed, constructed and installed as to withstand the maximum working stresses to which it may be subjected.. |
| | 2 Means shall be provided for draining every steam pipe in which dangerous water hammer action might otherwise occur.. |
| | 3 If a steam pipe or fitting may receive steam from any source at a higher pressure than that for which it is designed a suitable reducing valve, relief valve and pressure gauge shall be fitted. |
| | 14 Air pressure systems (R 34) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Means shall be provided to prevent overpressure in any part of compressed air systems and wherever water jackets or casings of air compressors and coolers might be subjected to dangerous overpressure due to leakage into them from air pressure parts. Suitable pressure relief arrangements shall be provided for all systems.. |
| | 2 The main starting air arrangements for main propulsion internal combustion engines shall be adequately protected against the effects of backfiring and internal explosion in the starting air pipes.. |
| | 3 All discharge pipes from starting air compressors shall lead directly to the starting air receivers, and all starting pipes from the air receivers to main and auxiliary engines shall be entirely separate from the compressor discharge pipe system.. |
| | 4 Provision shall be made to reduce to a minimum the entry of oil into the air pressure systems and to drain these systems. |
| | 15 Protection against noise (R 36)(2) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS: |
| | Measures shall be taken to reduce machinery noise in machinery spaces to acceptable levels. If this noise cannot be sufficiently reduced the source of excessive noise shall be suitably insulated or isolated or a refuge from noise shall be provided if the space is required to be manned. Ear protectors shall be provided for personnel required to enter such spaces. |
| | 16 Lifts |
| | NEW CLASS A, B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Passenger and goods lifts shall, in respect of dimensioning, layout, number of passengers and/or quantity of goods, comply with the provisions laid down by the Administration of the flag State in each individual case or for each type of plant.. |
| | 2 Installation drawings and maintenance instructions, including provisions governing periodical inspections, shall be approved by the Administration of the flag State, which shall inspect and approve the plant before it is taken into use.. |
| | 3 Following approval, the Administration of the flag State will issue a certificate which is to be kept on board.. |
| | 4 The Administration of the flag State may permit the periodical inspections to be carried out by an expert authorised by the Administration, or by a recognised organisation. |
| | PART D |
| | ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS |
| | 1 General (R 40) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Electrical installations shall be such that:. |
| | 1 all electrical auxiliary services necessary for maintaining the ship in normal operational and habitable conditions will be ensured without recourse to the emergency source of electrical power;. |
| | 2 electrical services essential for safety will be ensured under various emergency conditions; and. |
| | 3 the safety of passengers, crew and ship from electrical hazards will be ensured.. |
| | 2 The Administration of the flag State shall take appropriate steps to ensure uniformity of implementation and application of the provision of this part in respect of electrical installations(3). |
| | 2 Main source of electrical power and lighting (R 41) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 New ships of class C and D in which the electrical power is the only power for maintaining the auxiliary services essential for the safety of the ship, and new and existing ships of class B in which the electrical power is the only power for maintaining the auxiliary services essential for the safety and the propulsion of the ship, shall be provided with two or more main generating sets of such power that the aforesaid services can be operated when any one sets is out of service. |
| | In new class C and D ships of less than 24 metres in length, one of the main generating sets may be main propulsion engine driven, provided it is of such power that the aforesaid services can be operated when any one other set is out of service.. |
| | 2.1 A main electric lighting system which shall provide illumination throughout those parts of the ship normally accessible to and used by passengers or crew shall be supplied from the main source of electrical power.. |
| | 2.2 The arrangement of the main electric lighting system shall be such that a fire or other casualty in spaces containing the main source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, the main switchboard and the main lighting switchboard, will not render the emergency lighting system, required by regulation 3, inoperative.. |
| | 2.3 The arrangement of the emergency electric lighting system shall be such that a fire or other casualty in spaces containing the emergency source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, the emergency switchboard and the emergency lighting switchboard will not render the main electric lighting system required by this regulation inoperative.. |
| | 3 The main switchboard shall be so placed relative to one main generating station that, as far as is practicable, the integrity of the normal electrical supply may be affected only by a fire or other casualty in the space where the generating set and the switchboard are installed. |
| | 3 Emergency source of electrical power (R 42) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Every ship shall be provided with a self-contained emergency source of electrical power with emergency switchboard located above the bulkhead deck, in a readily accessible space which shall not be contiguous to the boundaries of machinery spaces of category A or of those spaces containing the main source of electrical power or main switchboard.. |
| | 2 The emergency source of electric power may be either an accumulator battery capable of complying with the requirements of subparagraph .5, without being recharged or suffering an excessive voltage drop, or a generator, capable of complying with the requirements of paragraph .5, driven by internal combustion type of machinery with an independent supply of fuel having a flashpoint of not less than 43 °C, with automatic starting arrangements for new ships and approved starting arrangements for existing ships, and provided with a transitional source of emergency electrical power according to paragraph .6, unless, in the case of new class Ca nd D ships of less than 24 metres in length a suitably located independent battery arrangement is provided for that particular consumer for the period of time required for these regulations.. |
| | 3 The emergency source of electric power shall be so arranged that it will operate efficiently when the ship is listed to 22,5° and when the trim of the ship is 10° from an even keel. Emergency generator set(s) shall be capable of being readily started in any cold condition likely to be encountered and, in new ships, capable of being started automatically.. |
| | 4 The emergency switchboard shall be situated as near as practicable to the emergency source of power.. |
| | 5 The emergency source of power required by paragraph .1 shall:. |
| | 1 be capable of operating in general for a period of: |
| | 12 hours for class B ships (new and existing) |
| | 6 hours for class C ships (new) |
| | 3 hours for class D ships (new);. |
| | 2 in particular, be capable to operate simultaneously the consumers as identified within the following services as required for the class of ships for the times indicated above: |
| | (a) the ship's emergency bilge pump and one of the fire pumps; |
| | (b) emergency lighting: |
| | 1. at every assembly or embarkation station and over the sides; |
| | 2. in all alleyways, stairways and exits giving access to the assembly or embarkation stations; |
| | 3. in the machinery spaces, and in the place where the emergency generator is situated; |
| | 4. in the control stations where radio and main navigating equipment are situated; |
| | 5. as required in regulations II-2/B/16.1.3.7 and II-2/B/6.1.7; |
| | 6. at all stowage positions for firefighter's outfits; |
| | 7. at the emergency bilge pump and one of the fire pumps, referred to in subparagraph (a) and at the starting position of their motors; |
| | (c) the ship's navigation lights; |
| | (d) 1. all communication equipment, |
| | 2. the general alarm system, |
| | 3. the fire detecting system, and |
| | 4. all signals which may be required in an emergency, if they are electrically operated from the ship's main generating sets; |
| | (e) the ship's sprinkler pump, if any and if it is electrically operated; and |
| | (f) the ship's daylight signalling lamp, if it is operated by the ship's main source of electric power;. |
| | 3 be capable to operate, for a period of half an hour, the power-operated watertight doors together with the associated control, indication and alarm circuits.. |
| | 6 The transitional source of emergency electrical power required by paragraph .2 shall consist of an accumulator battery suitably located for the use in an emergency which shall operate without recharging or suffering an excessive voltage drop for half an hour: |
| | (a) the lighting required by paragraph .2(b)1 of this regulation; |
| | (b) the watertight doors, as required by paragraphs .7.2 and.7.3 of regulation II-1/B/13, but not necessarily all of them simultaneously, unless an independent temporary source of stored energy is provided; and |
| | (c) the control, indication and alarm circuits as required by paragraph .7.2 of regulation II-1/B/13.. |
| | 7 CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003: |
| | Where electrical power is necessary to restore propulsion, the capacity shall be sufficient to restore propulsion to the ship in conjunction with other machinery, as appropriate, from a dead ship condition within 30 min. after blackout. |
| | 4 Supplementary emergency lighting for ro-ro ships (R 42-1) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS: |
| | In addition to the emergency lighting required in regulation II-1/D/3.5.2(b), on every ship with ro-ro cargo spaces or special category spaces:. |
| | 1 all passenger public spaces and alleyways shall be provided with supplementary electric lighting that can operate for at least three hours when all other sources of electrical power have failed and under any condition of heel. The illumination provided shall be such that the approach to the means of escape can be readily seen. The source of power for the supplementary lighting shall consist of accumulator batteries located within the lighting units that are continuously charged, where practicable, from the emergency switchboard. Alternatively, any other means of lighting which is at least as effective may be accepted by the Administration of the flag State. The supplementary lighting shall be such that any failure of the lamp will be immediately apparent. Any accumulator battery provided shall be replaced at intervals having regards to the specific service life in the ambient conditions that they are subject to in service; and. |
| | 2 a portable rechargeable battery operated lamp shall be provided in every crew space alleyway, recreational space and every working space which is normally occupied unless supplementary emergency lighting, as required by paragraph .1 is provided. |
| | 5 Precautions against shock, fire and other hazards of electrical origin (R 45) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Exposed metal parts of electrical machines or equipment which are not intended to be live but which are liable under fault conditions to become live shall be earthed unless the machines or equipment are:. |
| | 1 supplied at a voltage not exceeding 50 V direct current or 50 V, root mean square, between conductors; auto-transformers shall not be used for the purpose of achieving this voltage; or. |
| | 2 supplied at a voltage not exceeding 250 V by safety isolating transformers supplying only one consuming device; or. |
| | 3 constructed in accordance with the principle of double insulation.. |
| | 2 All electrical apparatus shall be so constructed and so installed as not to cause injury when handled or touched in the normal manner.. |
| | 3 The sides and the rear and, where necessary, the front of switchboards shall be suitably guarded. Exposed live parts having voltages to earth exceeding the voltage specified under 1.1 shall not be installed on the front of such switchboards. Where necessary, non-conducting mats or gratings shall be provided at the front and rear of the switchboard.. |
| | 4 In distribution systems with no connection to earth, a device capable of monitoring the insulation level to earth and giving an audible or visual indication of abnormally low insulation values shall be provided.. |
| | 5.1 All metal sheaths and armour of cables shall be electrically continuous and shall be earthed.. |
| | 5.2 All electrical cables and wiring external to equipment shall be at least of a flame-retarding type and shall be so installed as not to impair their original flame-retarding properties. Where necessary for particular application the Administration of the flag State may permit the use of special type of cables such as radio frequency cables, which do not comply with the foregoing. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 5.3 Cables and wiring serving essential or emergency power, lighting, internal communications or signals shall so far as practicable be routed clear of galleys, laundries, machinery spaces of category A and their casings and other high fire risk areas. In new and existing ro-ro passenger ships, cabling for emergency alarms and public address systems installed on or after the date referred to in Article 14(1) of this Directive shall be approved by the Administration of the flag State having regard to the recommendations developed by the IMO. Cables connecting fire pumps to the emergency switchboard shall be of a fire-resistant type where they pass through high fire risk areas. Where practicable all such cables should be run in such a manner as to preclude their being rendered unserviceable by heating of the bulkheads that may be caused by a fire in an adjacent space.. |
| | 6 Cables and wiring shall be installed and supported in such a manner as to avoid chafing or other damage. Terminations and joints in all conductors shall be so made as to retain the original electrical, mechanical flame-retarding and, where necessary, fire resisting. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 7.1 Each separate circuit shall be protected against short circuit and against overload, except as permitted in regulations II-1/C/6 and II-1/C/7. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 7.2 Lighting fittings shall be so arranged as to prevent temperature rises which could damage the cables and wiring, and to prevent surrounding material from becoming excessively hot.. |
| | 8.1 Accumulator batteries shall be suitably housed, and compartments used primarily for their accommodation shall be properly constructed and efficiently ventilated.. |
| | 8.2 Electrical or other equipment which may constitute a source of ignition of flammable vapours shall not be permitted in these compartments.. |
| | 9 Distribution systems shall be so arranged that fire in any main vertical zone, as is defined in regulation II-2/A/2.9, will not interfere with services essential for safety in any other such zone. This requirement will be met if main and emergency feeders passing through any such zone are separated both vertically and horizontally as wide as is practicable. |
| | PART E |
| | ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PERIODICALLY UNATTENDED MACHINERY SPACES |
| | Special consideration (R 54) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS: |
| | All new ships of class B, C and D and existing class B ships shall be specially considered by the Administration of the flag State as to whether or not their machinery spaces may be periodically unattended and if so whether additional requirements to those stipulated in these regulations are necessary to achieve equivalent safety to that of normally attended machinery spaces. |
| | 1 General (R 46) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 The arrangements provided shall be such as to ensure that the safety of the ship in all sailing conditions, including manoeuvering, is equivalent to that of a ship having the machinery spaces manned.. |
| | 2 Measures shall be taken to ensure that the equipment is functioning in a reliable manner and that satisfactory arrangements are made for regular inspections and routine tests to ensure continuous reliable operation.. |
| | 3 Every ship shall be provided with documentary evidence of its fitness to operate with periodically unattended machinery spaces. |
| | 2 Fire precautions (R 47) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Means shall be provided to detect and give alarms at an early stage in case of fires:. |
| | 1 in boiler air supply casings and exhausts (uptakes); and. |
| | 2 in scavenging air belts of propulsion machinery, unless it is considered to be unnecessary in a particular case.. |
| | 2 Internal combustion engines of 2250 kW and above or having cylinders of more than 300 mm bore shall be provided with crankcase oil mist detectors or engine bearing temperature monitors or equivalent devices. |
| | 3 Protection against flooding (R 48) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Bilge wells in periodically unattended machinery spaces shall be located and monitored in such a way that the accumulation of liquids is detected at normal angles of trim and heel, and shall be large enough to accommodate easily the normal drainage during the unattended period.. |
| | 2 Where the bilge pumps are capable of being started automatically, means shall be provided to indicate when the influx of liquid is greater than the pump capacity or when the pump is operating more frequently than would normally be expected. In these cases, smaller bilge wells to cover a reasonable period of time may be permitted. Where automatically controlled bilge pumps are provided, special attention shall be given to oil pollution prevention requirements.. |
| | 3 The location of the controls of any valve serving a sea inlet, a discharge below the waterline or a bilge injection system shall be so sited as to allow adequate time for operation in case of influx of water to the space, having regard to the time likely to be required in order to reach and operate such controls. If the level to which the space could become flooded with the ship in the fully loaded condition so requires, arrangements shall be made to operate the controls from a position above such level. |
| | 4 Control of propulsion machinery from the navigating bridge (R 49) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Under all sailing conditions, including manoeuvring, the speed, direction of thrust and, if applicable, the pitch of the propeller shall be fully controllable from the navigating bridge.. |
| | 1 Such remote control shall be performed by a separate control device for each independent propeller, with automatic performance of all associated services, including, where necessary, means of preventing overload of the propulsion machinery.. |
| | 2 The main propulsion machinery shall be provided with an emergency stopping device on the navigating bridge which shall be independent of the navigating bridge control system.. |
| | 2 Propulsion machinery orders from the navigating bridge shall be indicated in the main machinery control room or at the propulsion machinery control position as appropriate.. |
| | 3 Remote control of the propulsion machinery shall be possible only from one location at a time; at such locations interconnected control positions are permitted. At each location there shall be an indicator showing which location is in control of the propulsion machinery. The transfer of control between the navigating bridge and machinery spaces shall be possible only in the main machinery space or in the main machinery control room. The system shall include means to prevent the propelling thrust from altering significantly when transferring control from one location to another.. |
| | 4 It shall be possible for all machinery essential for the safe operation of the ship to be controlled from a local position, even in the case of failure in any part of the automatic or remote control systems.. |
| | 5 The design of the remote automatic control system shall be such that in case of its failure an alarm will be given. Unless it is considered impracticable, the preset speed and direction of thrust of the propeller shall be maintained until local control is in operation.. |
| | 6 Indicators shall be fitted on the navigating bridge for:. |
| | 1 propeller speed and direction of rotation in the case of fixed pitch propellers; or. |
| | 2 propeller speed and pitch position in the case of controllable pitch propellers.. |
| | 7 The number of consecutive automatic attempts which fail to produce a start shall be limited to safeguard sufficient starting air pressure. An alarm shall be provided to indicate low starting air pressure set at a level which still permits starting operations of the propulsion machinery. |
| | 5 Communication (R 50) |
| | NEW AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS AND NEW CLASS C AND D SHIPS OF 24 METRES IN LENGTH AND ABOVE: |
| | A reliable means of vocal communication shall be provided between the main machinery control room or the propulsion machinery control position as appropriate, the navigating bridge and the engineer officers' accommodation. |
| | 6 Alarm system (R 51) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 An alarm system shall be provided indicating any fault requiring attention and shall:. |
| | 1 be capable of sounding an audible alarm in the main machinery control room or at the propulsion machinery control position, and indicate visually each separate alarm function at a suitable position;. |
| | 2 have a connection to the engineers' public rooms and to each of the engineers' cabins through a selector switch, to ensure connection to a least one of those cabins. Alternative arrangements may be permitted if they are considered to be equivalents;. |
| | 3 activate an audible and visual alarm on the navigating bridge for any situation which requires action by or attention of the officer on watch;. |
| | 4 as far as is practicable be designed on the fail-to-safety principle; and. |
| | 5 activate the engineers' alarm required by regulation II-1/C/10, if an alarm function has not received attention locally within a limited time.. |
| | 2.1 The alarm system shall be continuously powered and shall have an automatic changeover to a stand-by power supply in case of loss of normal power supply.. |
| | 2.2 Failure of the normal power supply of the alarm system shall be indicated by an alarm.. |
| | 3.1 The alarm system shall be able to indicate at the same time more than one fault and the acceptance of any alarm shall not inhibit another alarm.. |
| | 3.2 Acceptance at the position referred to in paragraph .1 of any alarm condition shall be indicated at the positions where it was shown. Alarms shall be maintained until they are accepted and the visual indications of individual alarms shall remain until the fault has been corrected, when the alarm system shall automatically reset to the normal operating condition. |
| | 7 Safety systems (R 52) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS: |
| | A safety system shall be provided to ensure that serious malfunction in machinery or boiler operations, which presents an immediate danger, shall initiate the automatic shutdown of that part of the plant and that an alarm shall be given. Shutdown of the propulsion system shall not be automatically activated except in cases which could lead to serious damage, complete breakdown, or explosion. Where arrangements for overriding the shutdown of the main propelling machinery are fitted, these shall be such as to preclude inadvertent operation. Visual means shall be provided to indicate when the override has been activated. Automatic machinery safety shut down and slow down controls should be separated from the alarm installation. |
| | 8 Special requirements for machinery, boiler and electrical installations (R 53) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 The main source of electrical power shall comply with the following:. |
| | 1 where the electrical power can normally be supplied by one generator, suitable load-shedding arrangements shall be provided to ensure the integrity of supplies to services required for propulsion and steering as well as the safety of the ship. In the case of loss of the generator in operation, adequate provision shall be made for automatic starting and connecting to the main switchboard of a stand-by generator of sufficient capacity to permit propulsion and steering and to ensure the safety of the ship with automatic restarting of the essential auxiliaries including, where necessary, sequential operations;. |
| | 2 if the electrical power is normally supplied by more than one generator simultaneously in parallel operation, provision shall be made, for instance by load shedding, to ensure that, in case of loss of one of these generating sets, the remaining ones are kept in operation without overload to permit propulsion and steering, and to ensure the safety of the ship.. |
| | 2 Where stand-by machines are required for other auxiliary machinery essential to propulsion, automatic changeover devices shall be provided. |
| | 9 Automatic control and alarm system (R 53.4) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 The control system shall be such that the services needed for the operation of the main propulsion machinery and its auxiliaries are ensured through the necessary automatic arrangements.. |
| | 2 An alarm shall be given on the automatic changeover.. |
| | 3 An alarm system complying with regulation 6 shall be provided for all important pressures, temperatures and fluid levels and other essential parameters.. |
| | 4 A centralised control position shall be arranged with the necessary alarm panels and instrumentation indicating any alarm.. |
| | 5 Means shall be provided to keep the starting air pressure at the required level where internal combustion engines essential for main propulsion are started by compressed air. |
| | CHAPTER II-2 |
| | FIRE PROTECTION, FIRE DETECTION AND FIRE EXTINCTION |
| | PART A |
| | GENERAL |
| | 1 Basic principles (R 2) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 The fire safety objectives of this chapter are to:. |
| | 1 prevent the occurrence of fire and explosion;. |
| | 2 reduce the risk to life caused by fire;. |
| | 3 reduce the risk of damage caused by fire to the ship, its cargo and the environment;. |
| | 4 contain, control and suppress fire and explosion in the compartment of origin; and. |
| | 5 provide adequate and readily accessible means of escape for passengers and crew.. |
| | 2 In order to achieve the fire objectives set out in paragraph .1 the following basic principles underlie the regulations in this chapter and are embodied in the regulations as appropriate, having regard to the type of ships and the potential fire hazard involved:. |
| | 1 division of ship into main vertical zones by thermal and structural boundaries;. |
| | 2 separation of accommodation spaces from the remainder of the ship by thermal and structural boundaries;. |
| | 3 restricted use of combustible materials;. |
| | 4 detection of any fire in the zone of origin;. |
| | 5 containment and extinction of any fire in the space of origin;. |
| | 6 protection of means of escape or access for fire-fighting;. |
| | 7 ready availability of fire-extinguishing appliances;. |
| | 8 minimisation of possible ignition of flammable cargo vapour.. |
| | 3 The fire safety objectives set out in paragraph 1 above shall be achieved by ensuring compliance with the prescriptive requirements specified in this chapter or by alternative design and arrangements which comply with Part F of the revised Chapter II-2 of SOLAS 1974, which applies to ships constructed on or after 1 January 2003. A ship shall be considered to meet the functional requirements set out in paragraph .2 and to achieve the fire safety objectives set out in paragraph .1 when either:. |
| | 1 the ship's designs and arrangements, as a whole, complies with the relevant prescriptive requirements in this chapter;. |
| | 2 the ship's designs and arrangements, as a whole, have been reviewed and approved in accordance with Part F of the revised Chapter II-2 of SOLAS 1974, which applies to ships constructed on or after 1 January 2003;. |
| | 3 part(s) of the ship's designs and arrangements have been reviewed and approved in accordance with the above mentioned Part F of the revised SOLAS Chapter II-2 and the remaining parts of the ship comply with the relevant prescriptive requirements of this chapter.. |
| | 4 All ships which undergo repairs, alterations, modifications and outfitting related thereto shall continue to comply with at least the requirements previously applicable to these ships. |
| | Repairs, alterations and modifications which substantially alter the dimensions of a ship or the passenger accommodation spaces, or substantially increase a ship's service life and outfitting related thereto shall meet the latest requirements for new ships in so far as the Administration of the flag State deems reasonable and practicable. |
| | EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 5 Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph .4, existing class B ships carrying more than 36 passengers when undergoing repairs, alterations, modifications and outfitting related thereto shall comply with the following:. |
| | 1 all materials introduced to these ships shall comply with the requirements with regard to material applicable to new class B ships; and. |
| | 2 all repairs, alterations, modifications and outfitting related thereto involving the replacement of material of 50 tonnes or above, other than that required by regulation II-2/B/16, shall comply with the requirements applicable to new class B ships. |
| | 2 Definitions (R 3) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Non-combustible material is a material which neither burns nor gives off flammable vapours in sufficient quantity for self-ignition when heated to approximately 750 °C, this being determined by a fire test in accordance with the IMO Resolution A.799 (19) "Revised recommendation on test methods for qualifying marine construction materials as non-combustible". Any other material is a combustible material.. |
| | 1.a FOR B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003: |
| | Non-combustible material is a material which neither burns nor gives off flammable vapours in sufficient quantity for self-ignition when heated to approximately 750 °C, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code. Any other material is a combustible material.. |
| | 2 |
| | >TABLE>.2a. FOR CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003: |
| | A standard fire test is one in which the specimens of the relevant bulkheads and decks are exposed in a test furnace to temperatures corresponding approximately to the standard temperature curve. The test methods shall be in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code.. |
| | 3 "A" class divisions are those divisions formed by bulkheads and decks which comply with the following:. |
| | 1 they shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent material;. |
| | 2 they shall be suitably stiffened;. |
| | 3 they shall be so constructed as to be capable of preventing the passage of smoke and flame to the end of the one-hour standard fire test;. |
| | 4 |
| | >TABLE>.5 The Administration of the flag State shall require a test of a prototype bulkhead or deck to ensure that it meets the above requirements for integrity and temperature rise in accordance with the IMO Resolution A.754 (18). |
| | For class B, C and D ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003 "IMO Resolution A.754 (18)" shall read "Fire Test Procedures Code".. |
| | 4 "B" class divisions are those divisions formed by bulkheads, decks, ceilings or linings which comply with the following:. |
| | 1 they shall be so constructed as to be capable of preventing the passage of flame to the end of the first half hour of the standard fire test;. |
| | 2 |
| | >TABLE>.3 they shall be constructed of approved non-combustible materials and all materials entering into the construction and erection of "B" class divisions shall be non-combustible, with the exception that combustible veneers may be permitted provided they meet other requirements of this chapter;. |
| | 4 the Administration of the flag State shall require a test of a prototype division to ensure that it meets the above requirements for integrity and temperature rise in accordance with IMO Resolution A.754 (18). |
| | For class B, C and D ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003 "IMO Resolution 754 (18)" shall read "Fire Test Procedures Code".. |
| | 5 "C" class divisions are divisions constructed of approved non-combustible materials. They need meet neither requirements relative to the passage of smoke and flame nor limitations relative to the temperature rise. Combustible veneers are permitted provided they meet other requirements of this chapter.. |
| | 6 Continuous "B" class ceilings or linings are those "B" class ceilings or linings which terminate only at an "A" or "B" class division.. |
| | 7 Steel or other equivalent material. Where the words "steel or other equivalent material" occur, "equivalent material" means any non-combustible material which, by itself or due to insulation provided, has structural and integrity properties equivalent to steel at the end of the applicable exposure to the standard fire test (e.g. aluminium alloy with appropriate insulation).. |
| | 8 Low flame spread means that the surface thus described will adequately restrict the spread of flame, this being determined by a fire test according to IMO Resolution A.653 (16), for bulkhead, ceiling and deck finish materials.. |
| | 8a FOR CLASS B, C, AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003: |
| | Low flame spread means that the surface thus described will adequately restrict the spread of flame, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code.. |
| | 9 Main vertical zones are those sections into which the hull, superstructure, and deckhouses are divided by "A" class divisions, the mean length and width of which on any deck does not in general exceed 40 metres.. |
| | 10 Accommodation spaces are those spaces used for public spaces, corridors, lavatories, cabins, offices, hospitals, cinemas, games and hobbies rooms, barber shops, pantries containing no cooking appliances and similar spaces.. |
| | 11 Public spaces are those portions of the accommodation which are used for halls, dining rooms, lounges and similar permanently enclosed spaces.. |
| | 12 Service spaces are those spaces used for galleys, pantries containing cooking appliances, lockers, mail and specie rooms, storerooms, workshops other than those forming part of the machinery spaces, and similar spaces and trunks to such spaces.. |
| | 13 Cargo spaces are all spaces used for cargo (including cargo oil tanks) and trunks to such spaces.. |
| | 13-1 Vehicle spaces are cargo spaces intended for the carriage of motor vehicles with fuel in their tanks for their own propulsion.. |
| | 14 Ro-ro cargo spaces are spaces not normally subdivided in any way and extending to either a substantial length or the entire length of the ship in which motor vehicles with fuel in their tanks for their own propulsion and/or goods (packaged or in bulk, in or on rail or road cars, vehicles (including road and rail tankers), trailers, containers, pallets, dismountable tanks or in or on similar stowage units or other receptacles) can be loaded and unloaded normally in a horizontal direction.. |
| | 15 Open ro-ro cargo spaces are ro-ro cargo spaces either open at both ends, or open at one end and provided with adequate natural ventilation effective over the entire length through permanent openings in the side plating or deckhead, or from above, and for ships constructed on or after 1 January 2003 having a total area of at least 10 % of the total area of the space sides.. |
| | 15-1 Open vehicle spaces are those vehicle spaces either open at both ends or have an opening at one end and are provided with adequate natural ventilation effective over their entire length through permanent openings distributed in the side plating or deckhead or from above, and for ships constructed on or after 1 January 2003 having a total area of at least 10 % of the total area of the space sides.. |
| | 16 Closed ro-ro cargo spaces are ro-ro cargo spaces which are neither open ro-ro cargo spaces nor weather decks.. |
| | 16-1 Closed vehicle spaces are vehicle spaces which are neither open vehicle spaces nor weather decks.. |
| | 17 Weather deck is a deck which is completely exposed to the weather from above and from at least two sides.. |
| | 18 Special category spaces are those enclosed vehicle spaces above or below the bulkhead deck into and from which such vehicles can be driven and to which passengers have access. Special category spaces may be accommodated on more than one deck provided that the total overall clear height for vehicles does not exceed 10 metres.. |
| | 19.1 Machinery spaces of category A are those spaces and trunks to such spaces which contain:. |
| | 1 internal combustion machinery used for main propulsion; or. |
| | 2 internal combustion machinery used for purposes other than main propulsion where such machinery has in the aggregate a total power output of not less than 375 kW; or. |
| | 3 any oil-fired boiler or oil fuel unit.. |
| | 19.2 Machinery spaces are all machinery spaces of category A and all other spaces containing propelling machinery, boilers, oil fuel units, steam and internal combustion engines, generators and major electrical machinery, oil filling stations, refrigerating, stabilising, ventilation and air conditioning machinery, and similar spaces, and trunks to such spaces.. |
| | 20 Oil fuel unit is the equipment used for the preparation of oil fuel for delivery to an oil-fired boiler, or equipment used for the preparation for delivery of heated oil to an internal combustion engine, and includes any oil pressure pumps, filters and heaters dealing with oil at a pressure of more than 0,18 N/mm2.. |
| | 21 Control stations are those spaces in which the ship's radio or main navigating equipment or the emergency source of power is located or where the fire recording or fire control equipment is centralised.. |
| | 21.1 Central control station is a control station in which the following control and indicator functions are centralised:. |
| | 1 fixed fire detection and alarm systems;. |
| | 2 automatic sprinklers, fire detection and alarm systems;. |
| | 3 fire door indicator panels;. |
| | 4 fire doors closures;. |
| | 5 watertight door indicator panels;. |
| | 6 watertight door closures;. |
| | 7 ventilation fans;. |
| | 8 general/fire alarms;. |
| | 9 communication systems including telephones; and. |
| | 10 microphones to public address systems.. |
| | 21.2 Continuously manned central control station is a central control station which is continuously manned by a responsible member of the crew.. |
| | 22 Rooms containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk are, for the purpose of regulation II-2/B/4, those rooms containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk (whether cabins, public spaces, offices and other types of accommodation) in which:. |
| | 1 all case furniture such as desks, wardrobes, dressing tables, bureaux, dressers, is constructed entirely of approved non-combustible materials, except that a combustible veneer not exceeding 2 mm may be used on the working surface of such articles;. |
| | 2 all free-standing furniture such as chairs, sofas, tables, is constructed with frames of non-combustible materials;. |
| | 3 all draperies, curtains and other suspended textile materials have qualities of resistance to the propagation of flame not inferior to those of wool of mass 0,8 kg/m2, in accordance with IMO Resolution A.471 (XII) and its amendments adopted by Resolution A.563 (14). |
| | For class B, C and D ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003 "IMO Resolution A.471 (XII) and its amendments adopted by Resolution A.563 (14)" shall read "Fire Test Procedures Code";. |
| | 4 all floor coverings have qualities of resistance to the propagation of flame not inferior to those of an equivalent woollen material used for the same purpose. |
| | For class B, C and D ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003 this subparagraph shall read: |
| | all floor coverings have low flame spread characteristics;. |
| | 5 all exposed surfaces of bulkheads, linings and ceilings have low flame-spread characteristics; and. |
| | 6 all upholstered furniture has qualities of resistance to the ignition and propagation of flame in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures of Upholstered Furniture of IMO Resolution A.652 (16) |
| | For class B, C and D ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003 "IMO Resolution A.652 (16)" shall read "Fire Test Procedures Code". |
| | FOR CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003. |
| | 7 all bedding components have qualities of resistance to the ignition and propagation of flame, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code.. |
| | 23 Ro-ro passenger ship means a passenger ship with ro-ro cargo spaces or special category spaces as defined in this regulation.. |
| | 24 Fire Test Procedures Code means the International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures, as adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of IMO by Resolution MSC 61 (67), as amended by IMO.. |
| | 25 Fire Safety Systems Code means the International Code for Fire Safety Systems as adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of IMO by Resolution MSC.98 (73), as may be amended by IMO, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIII of the present SOLAS Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than Chapter I thereof.. |
| | 26 Flashpoint is the temperature in degrees Celsius (closed cup test) at which a product will give off enough flammable vapour to be ignited, as determined by an approved flashpoint apparatus.. |
| | 27 Prescriptive requirements mean the constructive characteristics, limiting dimensions or fire safety systems specified in this chapter. |
| | 3 Fire pumps, fire mains, hydrants, hoses and nozzles (R 4) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1.1 Every ship shall be provided with fire pumps, fire mains, hydrants, hoses and nozzles complying as applicable with the requirements of this regulation. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED BEFORE 1 JANUARY 2003:. |
| | 1.2 Where more than one independent fire pump is required, isolating valves to separate the section of the fire main within the machinery space containing the main fire pump or pumps from the rest of the fire main shall be fitted in an easily accessible and tenable position outside this machinery space. The fire main shall be so arranged that when the isolating valves are shut all the hydrants on the ship, except those in the machinery space referred above, can be supplied with water by a fire pump not located in this machinery space through pipes which do not enter this space. Exceptionally, short lengths of the emergency fire pump suction and discharge piping may penetrate the machinery space if it is impracticable to route it externally provided that the integrity of the fire main is maintained by the enclosure of the piping in a substantial steel casing. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003:. |
| | 1.3 Isolating valves to separate the section of the fire main within the machinery space containing the main fire pump or pumps from the rest of the fire main shall be fitted in an easily accessible and tenable position outside the machinery spaces. The fire main shall be so arranged that when the isolating valves are shut all the hydrants on the ship, except those in the machinery space referred to above, can be supplied with water by another pump or an emergency fire pump. The emergency pump, its seawater inlet and suction and delivery pipes and isolating valves shall be located outside the machinery space. If this arrangement cannot be made, the sea-chest may be fitted in the machinery space if the valve is remotely controlled from a position in the same compartment as the emergency pump and the suction pipe is as short as practicable. Short lengths of suction or discharge piping may penetrate the machinery space, provided they are enclosed in a substantial steel casing or are insulated to A-60 standards. The pipes shall have substantial wall thickness, but in no case less than 11 mm and shall be welded except for the flanged connection to the sea inlet valve. |
| | ALL NEW AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS AND NEW CLASS C AND D SHIPS OF 24 METRES IN LENGTH AND ABOVE:. |
| | 2 Capacity of fire pumps. |
| | 1 The required fire pumps shall be capable of delivering for fire-fighting purposes a quantity of water, at the pressure specified in paragraph .4.2 not less than two thirds of the quantity required to be dealt with by the bilge pumps when employed for bilge pumping.. |
| | 2 In every ship which is required by this regulation to be provided with more than one power fire pump, each of the required fire pumps shall have a capacity not less than 80 % of the total required capacity divided by the minimum number of required fire pumps but in any case not less than 25 m3/h and each such pump shall in any event be capable of delivering at least the two required jets of water. These fire pumps shall be capable of supplying the fire main system under the required conditions.. |
| | 3 In ships constructed on or after 1 January 2003 where more pumps than the minimum required pumps are installed such additional pumps shall have a capacity of at least 25 m3/h and shall be capable of delivering at least the two jets of water required in paragraph .5 of this regulation.. |
| | 3 Arrangements of fire pumps, fire mains and ready availability of water supply. |
| | 1 Ships shall be provided with power driven fire pumps as follows:. |
| | 1 ships certified to carry more than 500 passengers: at least three, one of which may be a main engine driven pump;. |
| | 2 ships certified to carry up to 500 passengers or less: at least two, one of which may be a main engine driven pump.. |
| | 2 Sanitary, ballast, bilge or general service pumps may be accepted as fire pumps, provided that they are not normally used for pumping oil and that if they are subject to occasional duty for the transfer or pumping of oil fuel, suitable changeover arrangements are fitted.. |
| | 3 The arrangement of sea connections, fire pumps and their sources of power shall be such as to ensure that in ship certified to carry more than 250 passengers, in the event of a fire in any one compartment all the fire pumps will not be put out of action. |
| | In new class B ships certified to carry up to 250 passengers or less, if a fire in any one compartment could put all the pumps out of action, the alternative means of providing water for fire-fighting purposes shall be an independently driven, power-operated emergency fire pump and with its source of power and sea connection located outside the machinery space. Such an independently driven, power operated emergency fire pump shall comply with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code for ships constructed on or after 1 January 2003.. |
| | 4 In new class B ships certified to carry more than 250 passengers, the arrangements for the ready availability of water supply shall be such that at least one effective jet of water is immediately available from any hydrant in an interior location and so as to ensure the continuation of the output of water by the automatic starting of a required fire pump.. |
| | 5 In ships with a periodically unattended machinery space or when only one person is required on watch, there shall be immediate water delivery from the fire main system at a suitable pressure, either by remote starting of one of the main fire pumps with remote starting from the navigating bridge and fire control station, if any, or permanent pressurisation of the fire main system by one of the main fire pumps.. |
| | 6 The delivery valve of each fire pump shall be fitted with a non-return valve.. |
| | 4 Diameter of and pressure in the fire mains. |
| | 1 The diameter of the fire main and water service pipes shall be sufficient for the effective distribution of the maximum required discharge from two fire pumps operating simultaneously.. |
| | 2 |
| | >TABLE>.3 The maximum pressure at any hydrant shall not exceed that at which the effective control of a fire hose can be demonstrated.. |
| | 5 Number and position of hydrants. |
| | 1 The number and position of hydrants shall be such that at least two jets of water not emanating from the same hydrant, one of which shall be from a single length of hose, may reach any part of the ship normally accessible to the passengers or crew while the ship is being navigated and any part of any cargo space when empty, any ro-ro cargo space or any special category space in which latter case the two jets shall reach any part of such space, each from a single length of hose. Furthermore, such hydrants shall be positioned near the accesses to the protected spaces.. |
| | 2 In the accommodation, service and machinery spaces the number and position of the hydrants shall be such that the requirements of paragraph .5.1 may be complied with when all watertight doors and all doors in main vertical zone bulkheads are closed.. |
| | 3 Where access is provided to a machinery space at a low level from an adjacent shaft tunnel, two hydrants shall be provided external to, but near the entrance to that machinery space. Where such access is provided from other spaces, in one of those spaces two hydrants shall be provided near the entrance of the machinery space. Such provision need not be made where the tunnel or adjacent spaces are not part of the escape route.. |
| | 6 Pipes and hydrants. |
| | 1 Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat shall not be used for fire mains and hydrants unless adequately protected. The pipes and hydrants shall be so placed that the fire hoses may be easily coupled to them. The arrangement of pipes and hydrants shall be such as to avoid the possibility of freezing. In ships where deck cargo may be carried, the positions of the hydrants shall be such that they are always readily accessible and the pipes shall be arranged as far as practicable to avoid risk of damage by such cargo.. |
| | 2 A valve shall be fitted to serve each fire hose so that any fire hose may be removed while the fire pumps are at work.. |
| | 3 On ships constructed on or after 1 January 2003 isolating valves shall be installed for all open deck fire main branches used for purposes other than fire-fighting.. |
| | 7 Fire hoses. |
| | 1 Fire hoses shall be of non-perishable material, approved by the Administration of the flag State, and shall be sufficient in length to project a jet of water to any of the spaces in which they may be required to be used. Each hose shall be provided with a nozzle and the necessary couplings. There shall be complete interchangeability of hose couplings and nozzles. Hoses specified in this chapter as "fire hoses" shall together with any necessary fittings and tools, be kept ready for use in conspicuous positions near the water service hydrants or connections. Additionally, in interior locations in ships carrying more than 36 passengers fire hoses shall be permanently connected to the hydrants.. |
| | 2 There shall be at least one fire hose for each of the hydrants required by paragraph .5. The length of a fire hose should be restricted to not more than 20 metres on deck and in superstructures and to 15 metres in machinery spaces and on smaller ships respectively to 15 metres and 10 metres.. |
| | 8 Nozzles. |
| | 1.1 For the purposes of this chapter, standard nozzle sizes shall be 12 mm, 16 mm and 19 mm or as near thereto as possible. In cases where other systems are used - such as fog systems - different diameter nozzles may be permitted.. |
| | 1.2 All nozzles shall be of an approved dual-purpose type (i.e., spray/jet type), and shall have a shutoff facility.. |
| | 2 For accommodation and service spaces, a nozzle size greater than 12 mm need not be used,. |
| | 3 For machinery spaces and exterior locations, the nozzle size shall be such as to obtain the maximum discharge possible from two jets at the pressure mentioned in paragraph .4 from the smallest pump, provided that a nozzle size greater than 19 mm need not be used. |
| | NEW CLASS C AND D SHIPS OF LESS THAN 24 METRES IN LENGTH:. |
| | 9 Fire pumps, fire mains, hydrants, hoses, nozzles and ready availability of water supply. |
| | 1 One independent fire pump is required, which shall be capable of delivering for fire-fighting purposes at least one jet of water from any fire hydrant, at the pressure specified below. The quantity of water so delivered is not to be less than two thirds of the quantity required to be dealt with by the bilge pumps when employed for bilge pumping. Such fire pump shall be capable, when discharging the maximum amount referred to above through fire hydrants with nozzles of 12 or 16 or 19 mm, of maintaining at any hydrant minimum pressures as required in class B ships.. |
| | 2 Every ship carrying over 250 passengers shall be provided with an additional fire pump which shall be permanently connected to the fire main. Such pump shall be operated by power. Such pump and its source of power shall not be situated in the same compartment as the pump required by paragraph .9.1 and shall be provided with a permanent sea connection situated outside the machinery space. Such pump shall be capable of delivering at least one jet of water from any fire hydrants provided in the ship maintaining a pressure of at least 0,3 N/mm2.. |
| | 3 Sanitary, ballast, bilge or general service pumps may be accepted as fire pumps.. |
| | 4 Every ship shall be provided with a fire main having a diameter sufficient for the effective distribution of the maximum discharge given above. The number and position of the hydrants shall be such that at least one jet of water may reach any part of the ship using one single max. length of hose as given for class B ships in paragraph .7.2.. |
| | 5 Every ship shall be fitted with at least one fire hose for every hydrant fitted.. |
| | 6 In ships with a periodically unattended machinery space or when only one person is required on watch, there shall be immediate water delivery from the fire main system at a suitable pressure, either by remote starting of one of the main fire pumps with remote starting from the navigating bridge and fire control station, if any, or permanent pressurisation of the fire main system by one of the main fire pumps.. |
| | 7 The delivery valve of each fire pump shall be fitted with a non-return valve. |
| | 4 Fixed fire-extinguishing systems (R 5 + 8 + 9 + 10). |
| | 1 Fixed gas fire-extinguishing systems: General (R 5.1) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED BEFORE 1 JANUARY 2003 AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 The necessary pipes for conveying fire-extinguishing medium into protected spaces shall be provided with control valves so marked as to indicate clearly the spaces to which the pipes are led. Suitable provision shall be made to prevent inadvertent admission of the medium to any space.. |
| | 2 The piping for the distribution of fire-extinguishing medium shall be arranged and discharge nozzles so positioned that a uniform distribution of medium is obtained.. |
| | 3 Means shall be provided to close from outside the protected spaces all openings which may admit air to or allow gas to escape from the protected space.. |
| | 4 Means shall be provided for automatically giving audible warning of the release of fire-extinguishing medium into any space in which personnel normally work or to which they have access. The alarm shall operate for a suitable period before the medium is released.. |
| | 5 The means of control of any fixed gas fire-extinguishing system shall be readily accessible and simple to operate and shall be grouped together in as few locations as possible at positions not likely to be cut off by a fire in a protected space. At each location there shall be clear instructions relating to the operation of the system having regard to the safety of personnel.. |
| | 6 Automatic release of fire-extinguishing medium shall not be permitted, except as permitted in respect of local automatically operated units fitted, in addition to and independent of any required fixed fire-extinguishing system, in machinery spaces over equipment having a high fire risk or in enclosed areas of high fire risk within machinery spaces.. |
| | 7 Where the quantity of extinguishing medium is required to protect more than one space, the quantity of medium available need not be more than the largest quantity required for any one space so protected.. |
| | 8 Except as otherwise permitted, pressure containers required for the storage of fire-extinguishing medium, shall be located outside protected spaces in accordance with paragraph.1.11.. |
| | 9 Means shall be provided for the crew or shore personnel to safely check the quantity of medium in the containers.. |
| | 10 Containers for the storage of fire extinguishing medium and associated pressure components shall be designed to appropriate codes of practice having regard to their locations and maximum ambient temperatures expected in service.. |
| | 11 When the fire-extinguishing medium is stored outside a protected space, it shall be stored in a room which shall be situated in a safe and readily accessible position and shall be effectively ventilated. Any entrance to such a storage room shall preferably be from the open deck and in any case shall be independent of the protected space. |
| | Access doors shall open outwards, and bulkheads and decks including doors and other means of closing any opening therein, which form the boundaries between such rooms and adjoining enclosed spaces shall be gastight. For the purpose of application of the tables for fire integrity of bulkheads and decks in regulations II-2/B/4 or II-2/B/5, as applicable, such storage rooms shall be treated as control stations.. |
| | 12 The use of a fire-extinguishing medium, which either by itself or under expected conditions of use gives off toxic gases in such quantities as to endanger persons or gives off gases which are harmful to the environment, in fire-extinguishing systems on board new ships and in such new installations on board existing ships, is not permitted. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003:. |
| | 13 Fixed gas fire-extinguishing systems shall comply with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code.. |
| | 14 Means shall be provided to close from outside the protected space all openings which may admit air to or allow gas escape from the protected space.. |
| | 15 When the fire-extinguishing medium is stored outside a protected space, it shall be stored in a room which is located behind the forward collision bulkhead and is used for no other purposes. Any entrance to such a storage room shall preferably be from the open deck and shall be independent of the protected space. If the storage place is located below deck, it shall be located no more than one deck below the open deck and shall be directly accessible by a stairway or ladder from the open deck. |
| | Spaces which are located below deck or spaces where access from the open deck is not provided shall be fitted with a mechanical ventilation system designed to take exhaust air from the bottom of the space and shall be sized to provide at least 6 air changes per hour. Access doors shall open outwards and bulkheads and decks including doors and other means of closing any opening therein, which form boundaries between such rooms and adjacent enclosed spaces, shall be gastight. For the purpose of the application of tables 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 and 5.2 such storage rooms shall be treated as fire control stations. |
| | NEW CLASS A, B, C AND D SHIPS AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 16 Where the volume of free air contained in air receivers in any space is such that, if released in such space in the event of fire, such release of air within that space would seriously affect the efficiency of the fixed fire-extinguishing system, an additional quantity of fire-extinguishing medium shall be provided.. |
| | 17 Suppliers of fixed fire-extinguishing installations shall provide a description of the installation, including a checklist for maintenance, in English and in the official language(s) of the flag State.. |
| | 18 The quantity of the fire-extinguishing medium shall be checked at least once a year by either an expert authorised by the Administration, the supplier of the installation or a recognised organisation.. |
| | 19 The periodic checking which is carried out by the ship's chief engineer or organised by the ship's management shall be entered in the ship's logbook stating the scope and the time of such checking.. |
| | 20 Non-prescribed fire extinguishing equipment which is installed e.g. in store rooms shall, in its construction and dimensioning, comply with the provisions of this regulation for the type of installation in question.. |
| | 21 All doors to spaces protected by CO2 /halon installation shall be marked "This space is protected by a CO2 /halon installation and shall be evacuated when the alarm equipment comes into operation".. |
| | 2 Carbon dioxide systems (R 5.2) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED BEFORE 1 JANUARY 2003 AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1.1 For cargo spaces the quantity of CO2 available shall, unless otherwise provided, be sufficient to give a minimum volume of free gas equal to 30 % of the gross volume of the largest cargo space so protected in the ship. |
| | If there is a connection through ventilation ducts between two or more cargo spaces, these shall be considered one space. In ships used for the carriage of vehicles, the necessary quantity of CO2 shall be calculated as 45 % of the gross cubic content of the largest cargo space.. |
| | 1.2 For machinery spaces the quantity of carbon dioxide carried shall be sufficient to give a minimum volume of free gas equal to the larger of the following volumes, either:. |
| | 1 40 % of the gross volume of the largest machinery space so protected, the volume to exclude that part of the casing above the level at which the horizontal area of the casing is 40 % or less of the horizontal area of the space concerned taken midway between the tank top and the lowest part of the casing; or. |
| | 2 35 % of the gross volume of the largest machinery space protected, including the casing; provided that if two or more machinery spaces are not entirely separated they shall be considered as forming one space.. |
| | 2 For the purpose of this paragraph the volume of free carbon dioxide shall be calculated at 0,56 m3/kg.. |
| | 3 The fixed piping system shall be such that 85 % of the gas can be discharged into the space within 2 min.. |
| | 4 Release mechanism of carbon dioxide:. |
| | 1 Two separate controls shall be provided for releasing carbon dioxide into a protected space and to ensure the activities of the alarm. One control shall be used to discharge the gas from its storage containers. A second control shall be used for opening the valve of the piping which conveys the gas into the protected space.. |
| | 2 The two controls shall be located inside a release box clearly identified for the particular space. If the box containing the controls is to be locked, a key to the box shall be in a break-glass type enclosure conspicuously located adjacent to the box.. |
| | 5 The Administration of the flag State shall ensure that the spaces in which the CO2 batteries are located will be properly arranged as regards their access, ventilation and communication equipment. It shall take the necessary safety measures regarding the construction, installation, marking, filling and testing of CO2 cylinders, pipes and fittings, and for the control and alarm equipment for such installation. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003:. |
| | 6 Carbon dioxide systems shall comply with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code.. |
| | 7 The Administration of the flag State shall ensure that the spaces in which the CO2 batteries are located will be properly arranged as regards their access, ventilation and communication equipment. It shall take the necessary safety measures regarding the construction, installation, marking, filling and testing of CO2, cylinders piping and fittings and for control and alarm equipment for such installation.. |
| | 3 Fixed low-expansion foam fire-extinguishing systems in machinery spaces (R 8) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED BEFORE 1 JANUARY 2003 AND EXISTING B CLASS SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Where in any machinery space a fixed low-expansion foam fire-extinguishing system is fitted in addition to the requirements of regulation 6, such system shall be capable of discharging through fixed discharge outlets in not more than five minutes a quantity of foam sufficient to cover to a depth of 150 mm the largest single area over which oil fuel is liable to spread. The system shall be capable of generating foam suitable for extinguishing oil fires. Means shall be provided for effective distribution of the foam through a permanent system of piping and control valves or cocks to suitable discharge outlets and for the foam to be effectively directed by fixed sprayers on other main fire hazards in the protected space. The expansion ratio of the foam shall not exceed 12 to 1.. |
| | 2 The means of control of any such systems shall be readily accessible and simple to operate and shall be grouped together in as few locations as possible at positions not likely to be cut off by a fire in the protected space. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003:. |
| | 3 Fixed low-expansion foam fire-extinguishing systems in machinery spaces shall comply with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code.. |
| | 4 Fixed high-expansion foam fire-extinguishing systems in machinery spaces (R 9) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED BEFORE 1 JANUARY 2003 AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Any required fixed high-expansion foam system in machinery spaces shall be capable of rapidly discharging through fixed discharge outlets a quantity of foam sufficient to fill the greatest space to be protected at a rate of at least 1 metre in depth per minute. The quantity of foam-forming liquid available shall be sufficient to produce a volume of foam equal to five times the volume of the largest space to be protected. The expansion ratio of the foam shall not exceed 1000 to 1.. |
| | 2 Supply ducts for delivering foam, air intakes to the foam generator and the number of foam-producing units shall be such as will provide effective foam production and distribution.. |
| | 3 The arrangement of the foam generator delivery ducting shall be such that a fire in the protected space will not affect the foam generating equipment.. |
| | 4 The foam generator, its sources of power supply, foam forming liquid and means of controlling the system shall be readily accessible and simple to operate and shall be grouped in as few locations as possible at positions not likely to be cut off by a fire in the protected space. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003:. |
| | 5 Fixed high expansion foam fire-extinguishing systems in machinery spaces shall comply with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code.. |
| | 5 Fixed pressure water-spraying fire-extinguishing systems in machinery spaces (R 10) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS CONSTRUCTED BEFORE 1 JANUARY 2003 AND EXISTING B CLASS SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Any required fixed pressure water-spraying fire-extinguishing system in machinery spaces shall be provided with spraying nozzles of an approved type.. |
| | 2 The number and arrangement of the nozzles shall be such as to ensure an effective average distribution of water of at least 5 litres/m2 per minute in the spaces to be protected. Increased application rates may be considered if necessary for particular hazardous areas. Nozzles shall be fitted above bilges, tank tops and other areas over which oil fuel is liable to spread and also above other specific fire hazards in the machinery spaces.. |
| | 3 The system may be divided into sections, the distribution valves of which shall be operated from easily accessible positions outside the spaces to be protected and will not be readily cut off by a fire in the protected space.. |
| | 4 The system shall be kept charged at the necessary pressure and the pump supplying the water for the system shall be put automatically into action by a pressure drop in the system.. |
| | 5 The pump shall be capable of simultaneously supplying at the necessary pressure all sections of the system in any one compartment to be protected. The pump and its controls shall be installed outside the space or spaces to be protected. It shall not be possible for a fire in the space or spaces protected by the water-spraying system to put the system out of action.. |
| | 6 Precautions shall be taken to prevent the nozzles from becoming clogged by impurities in the water or corrosion of piping, nozzles, valves and pump. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED BEFORE 1 JANUARY 2003:. |
| | 7 The pump may be driven by an independent internal combustion machinery but, if it is dependent upon power being supplied from the emergency generator fitted in compliance with the provisions of Part D of Chapter II-1, that generator shall be so arranged as to start automatically in case of main power failure so that power for the pump required by paragraph .5 is immediately available. When the pump is driven by independent internal combustion machinery it shall be so situated that a fire in the protected space will not affect the air supply to the machinery. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003:. |
| | 8 Fixed pressure water-spraying fire-extinguishing systems in machinery spaces shall comply with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code. |
| | 5 Portable fire extinguishers (R 6) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED BEFORE 1 JANUARY 2003 AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 All fire extinguishers shall be of approved types and designs.. |
| | 2 The capacity of required portable fluid extinguishers shall be not more than 13,5-litre and not less than 9 litres. Other extinguishers shall be at least as portable as the 13,5-litre fluid extinguisher and shall have a fire-extinguishing capability at least equivalent to that of a 9-litre fluid extinguisher.. |
| | 3 Spare charges shall be carried for 50 % of the total of each type of extinguisher on board. Another extinguisher of the same type is a spare charge for an extinguisher which cannot be readily recharged on board.. |
| | 4 In general, portable CO2 fire extinguishers shall not be located in accommodation spaces. Where such extinguishers are provided in radio rooms, at switchboards and other similar positions, the volume of any space containing one or more extinguishers shall be such as to limit the concentration of vapour that can occur due to discharge to not more than 5 % of the net volume of the space for the purpose of this regulation. The volume of CO2 shall be calculated at 0,56 m3/kg. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003:. |
| | 5 Portable fire extinguishers shall comply with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code.. |
| | 6 Carbon dioxide fire extinguishers shall not be placed in accommodation spaces. In control stations and other spaces containing electrical or electronic equipment or appliances necessary for the safety of the ship, fire extinguishers should be provided whose extinguishing media are neither electrically conductive nor harmful to the equipment and appliances.. |
| | 7 Fire extinguishers shall be situated ready for use at easily visible places, which can be reached quickly and easily at any time in the event of a fire and in such a way that their serviceability is not impaired by the weather, vibration or other external factors. Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided with devices which indicate whether they have been used.. |
| | 8 Spare charges shall be provided for 100 % of the first 10 extinguishers and 50 % of the remaining fire extinguishers capable of being recharged on board.. |
| | 9 For the extinguishers which cannot be recharged on board, additional portable fire extinguishers of the same quantity, type, capacity and number as determined in paragraph .13 below shall be provided in lieu of spare charges. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 10 Fire extinguishers containing an extinguishing medium which either by itself or under expected conditions of use gives off toxic gases in such quantities as to endanger persons or gives off gases which are harmful to the environment shall not be permitted.. |
| | 11 The fire extinguishers shall be suitable for extinguishing fires which are possible in the vicinity of the fire extinguisher location.. |
| | 12 One of the portable fire extinguishers intended for use in any space shall be located near the entrance of that space.. |
| | 13 The minimum number of fire extinguishers shall be as follows:. |
| | 1 in accommodation and service spaces: |
| | the fire extinguishers shall be so located that no point in the space is more than 10 metres walking distance from an extinguisher;. |
| | 2 an extinguisher suitable for use in high voltage areas shall be located in the proximity of any electric panel or subpanel having a power of 20 kW or more;. |
| | 3 in galleys the extinguishers shall be so located that no point in the space is more than 10 metres walking distance from an extinguisher;. |
| | 4 an extinguisher shall be located in the proximity of paint lockers store rooms containing readily flammable products;. |
| | 5 at least one extinguisher shall be located on the navigating bridge and in each control station.. |
| | 14 Portable fire extinguishers provided for use in accommodation or service spaces shall so far as practicable have a uniform method of operation.. |
| | 15 Periodic inspection of fire extinguishers: |
| | the Administration of the Flag State shall ensure that portable fire extinguishers shall be periodically inspected, function-tested and pressure-tested. |
| | 6 Fire-extinguishing arrangements in machinery spaces (R 7) |
| | Machinery spaces of category A shall be provided with: |
| | IN NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS OF 24 METRES IN LENGTH AND OVER:. |
| | 1 any one of the following fixed fire-extinguishing systems:. |
| | 1 a gas system complying with the relevant provisions of paragraphs .1 and.2 of regulation 4, or an equivalent water-based system as an alternative arrangement for halon systems, complying with the provisions of MSC/Circ. 668 of 30 December 1994 and MSC/Circ. 728 of June 1996, taking into consideration the date of construction of the ship;. |
| | 2 a high-expansion foam system complying with the relevant provisions of paragraph .4 of regulation 4, taking into consideration the date of construction of the ship;. |
| | 3 a pressure water-spraying system complying with the relevant provisions of paragraph .5 of regulation 4, taking into consideration the date of construction of the ship.. |
| | 2 at least one set of portable air-foam equipment consisting of an air-foam nozzle of an inductor type capable of being connected to the fire main by a fire hose, together with a portable tank containing at least 20 litres of foam-making liquid and one spare tank. The nozzle shall be capable of producing effective foam suitable for extinguishing an oil fire, at a rate of at least 1,5 m3 per min.. |
| | 3 In each such space, approved foam-type fire extinguishers, each of at least 45 litres capacity, or equivalent, sufficient in number to enable foam or its equivalent to be directed on to any part of the fuel and lubricating oil pressure systems, gearing and other fire hazards. In addition, there shall be provided a sufficient number of portable foam extinguishers or equivalent which shall be so located that no point in the space is more than 10 metres walking distance from an extinguisher and that there are at least two such extinguishers in each such space. |
| | IN NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS OF LESS THAN 24 METRES IN LENGTH AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 4 one of the fixed fire-extinguishing systems specified in paragraph.1 above, and in addition in any space containing internal combustion engines, or oil fuel settling tanks or oil-fuel units, one foam fire-extinguisher of at least 45 litres capacity or one carbon dioxide extinguisher of at least 16 kg capacity shall be provided, and. |
| | 5 one portable fire extinguisher suitable for extinguishing oil fires for each 736 kW or part thereof of such machinery; provided that not less than two nor more than six such extinguishers shall be required in any such space. |
| | The use of low expansion foam fixed system in lieu of some of the six portable fire extinguishers required by this regulation is permitted. |
| | IN NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS CARRYING MORE THAN 36 PASSENGERS:. |
| | 6 Each machinery space shall be provided with two suitable water fog applicators, consisting of a metal L-shaped pipe, the long limb being about two metres in length capable of being fitted to a fire hose and the short limb being about 250 mm in length fitted with a fixed water fog nozzle or capable of being fitted with a water spray nozzle. |
| | IN NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 7 When heated oil is used as heating medium, it may be additionally required that boiler rooms are equipped with permanently-installed or portable equipment for local systems for jet spraying of water under pressure or the spreading of foam above and below the floor for fire-extinguishing purposes |
| | IN NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003, WITH A LENGTH OF 24 METRES AND ABOVE: |
| | 8..8.1 Machinery spaces of category A above 500 m3 in volume shall, in addition to the fixed fire-extinguishing system required in this regulation, be protected by an approved type of fixed water-based or equivalent local application fire-fighting system, based on the guidelines developed by IMO, see MSC/Circ. 913 "Guidelines for the approval of fixed water-based local application fire-fighting systems for use in category A machinery spaces". |
| | In the cases of periodically unattended machinery spaces, the fire-fighting system shall have both automatic and manual release capabilities. In the case of continuously manned machinery spaces the fire-fighting system is only required to have a manual release capability.. |
| | 2 Fixed local application fire-fighting systems are to protect areas such as the following without the necessity of engine shutdown, personnel evacuation or sealing of spaces:. |
| | 1 the fire hazard portions of internal combustion machinery used for the ship's main propulsion and power generation,. |
| | 2 boiler fronts,. |
| | 3 the fire hazard portions of incinerators and. |
| | 4 purifiers for heated fuel oil.. |
| | 3 Activation of any local application system shall give a visual and distinct audible alarm in the protected space and at continuously manned stations. The alarm shall indicate the specific system activated. The system alarm requirements described within this paragraph are in addition to and not a substitute for the detection and fire alarm systems required elsewhere in this chapter. |
| | IN NEW CLASS B, C AND D, CONSTRUCTED BEFORE 1 JANUARY 2003 AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS AND ALL CERTIFIED TO CARRY MORE THAN 400 PASSENGERS:. |
| | 9 Fixed local application fire-fighting systems shall be fitted in accordance with paragraph.8 of this Regulation not later than 1 October 2005. |
| | 7 Special arrangements in machinery spaces (R 11) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 The number of skylights, doors, ventilators, openings in funnels to permit exhaust ventilation and other openings to machinery spaces shall be reduced to a minimum consistent with the needs of ventilation and the proper and safe working of the ship.. |
| | 2 Skylights shall be of steel and shall not contain glass panels. Suitable arrangements shall be made to permit the release of smoke in the event of fire, from the space to be protected. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 3 Doors other than power-operated watertight doors, shall be so arranged that positive closure is assured in case of fire in the space, by power-operated closing arrangements or by the provision of self-closing doors capable of closing against an inclination of 3,5° opposing closure and having a fail-safe hold-back facility, provided with a remotely operated release device. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 4 Windows shall not be fitted in machinery space boundaries. This does not preclude the use of glass in control rooms within the machinery spaces.. |
| | 5 Means of control shall be provided for:. |
| | 1 opening and closure of skylights, closure of openings in funnels which normally allow exhaust ventilation, and closure of ventilator dampers;. |
| | 2 permitting the release of smoke;. |
| | 3 closing power-operated doors or actuating release mechanism on doors other than power-operated watertight doors;. |
| | 4 stopping ventilating fans; and. |
| | 5 stopping forced and induced draught fans, oil fuel transfer pumps, oil fuel unit pumps and other similar fuel pumps. Other similar fuel pumps means for ships constructed on or after 1 January 2003 lubricating oil service pumps, thermal oil circulating pumps and oil separators. However paragraph.6 of this regulation need not apply to oily water separators.. |
| | 6 The controls required in paragraph.5 and regulation II-2/A/10.2.5 shall be located outside the space concerned, where they will not be cut off in the event of fire in the space they serve. Such controls and the controls for any required fire-extinguishing system shall be situated at one control position or grouped in as few positions as possible. Such positions shall have a safe access from the open deck.. |
| | 7 When access to any machinery space of category A is provided at a low level from an adjacent shaft tunnel, there shall be provided in the shaft tunnel, near the watertight door, a light steel fire-screen door operable from each side. |
| | 8 Automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm systems (R 12) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED BEFORE 1 JANUARY 2003, AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Any required automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system shall be capable of immediate operation at all times and no action by the crew shall be necessary to set it in operation. It shall be of the wet pipe type but small exposed sections may be of the dry pipe type where this is a necessary precaution. Any parts of the system which may be subjected to freezing temperatures in service shall be suitably protected against freezing. It shall be kept charged at the necessary pressure and shall have provision for a continuous supply of water as required in this regulation.. |
| | 2 Each section of sprinklers shall include means for giving a visual and audible alarm signal automatically at one or more indicating units whenever any sprinkler comes into operation. Such units shall indicate in which section served by the system fire has occurred and shall be centralised on the navigation bridge and in addition, visible and audible alarms from the unit shall be placed in a position other than on the navigating bridge so as to ensure that the indication of fire is immediately received by the crew. The alarm system shall be such as to indicate if any fault occurs in the system.. |
| | 3 Sprinklers shall be grouped into separate sections, each of which shall contain not more than 200 sprinklers. Any section of sprinklers shall not serve more than two decks and shall not be situated in more than one main vertical zone, unless it can be demonstrated that arrangements with a section of sprinklers serving more than two decks or situated in more than one main vertical zone will not reduce the protection of the ship against fire.. |
| | 4 Each section of sprinklers shall be capable of being isolated by one stop valve only. The stop valve in each section shall be readily accessible and its location shall be clearly and permanently indicated. Means shall be provided to prevent the operation of the stop valves by any unauthorised person.. |
| | 5 A gauge indicating the pressure in the system shall be provided at each section stop valve and at a central station.. |
| | 6 The sprinklers shall be resistant to corrosion by marine atmosphere. In accommodation and service spaces the sprinklers shall come into operation within the temperature range from 68 to 79 °C, except that in locations such as drying rooms, where high ambient temperatures might be expected, the operating temperature may be increased by not more than 30 °C above the maximum deckhead temperature.. |
| | 7 A list or plan shall be displayed at each indicating unit showing the spaces covered and the location of the zone in respect of each section. Suitable instructions for testing and maintenance shall be available.. |
| | 8 Sprinklers shall be placed in an overhead position and spaced in a suitable pattern to maintain an average application rate of not less than 5 litres/m2 per minute over the nominal area covered by the sprinklers. |
| | Sprinklers shall be placed as clear as possible of beams or other objects likely to obstruct the projections of water and in such positions that combustible material in the space will be well sprayed.. |
| | 9 A pressure tank having a volume equal to at least twice that of the charge of water specified in this paragraph shall be provided. The tank shall contain a standing charge of fresh water, equivalent to the amount of water which would be discharged in one minute by the pump referred to in paragraph .12, and the arrangements shall provide for maintaining an air pressure in the tank such as to ensure that where the standing charge of fresh water in the tank has been used the pressure will be not less than the working pressure of the sprinkler, plus the pressure exerted by a head of water measured from the bottom of the tank to the highest sprinkler in the system. Suitable means of replenishing the air under pressure and of replenishing the fresh water charge in the tank shall be provided. A glass gauge shall be provided to indicate the correct level of the water in the tank.. |
| | 10 Means shall be provided to prevent the passage of seawater into the tank. The pressure tank shall be fitted with an efficient relief valve and a pressure gauge. Stop valves or cocks shall be provided at each of the gauge connections.. |
| | 11 An independent power pump shall be provided solely for the purpose of continuing automatically the discharge of water from the sprinklers. The pump shall be brought into action automatically by the pressure drop in the system before the standing fresh water charge in the pressure tank is completely exhausted.. |
| | 12 The pump and the piping system shall be capable of maintaining the necessary pressure at the level of the highest sprinkler to ensure a continuous output of water sufficient for the simultaneous coverage of a minimum area of 280 m2 at the application rate specified in paragraph.8. For new class C and D ships of less than 40 metres in length with a total protected area of less than 280 m2, the Administration may specify the appropriate area for sizing of pumps and alternative supply components.. |
| | 13 The pump shall have fitted on the delivery side a test valve with a short open-ended discharge pipe. The effective area through the valve and the pipe shall be adequate to permit the release of the required pump output while maintaining the pressure in the system specified in paragraph.9.. |
| | 14 The sea inlet to the pump shall wherever possible be in the space containing the pump and shall be so arranged that when the ship is afloat it will not be necessary to shut off the supply of seawater to the pump for any purpose other than the inspection or repair of the pump.. |
| | 15 The sprinkler pump and tank shall be situated in a position reasonably remote from any machinery space and shall not be situated in any space required to be protected by the sprinkler system.. |
| | 16 There shall be not less than two sources of power supply for the seawater pump and automatic alarm and detection system. Where the sources of power for the pump are electrical, these shall be a main generator and an emergency source of power. One supply for the pump shall be taken from the main switchboard, and one from the emergency switchboard by separate feeders reserved solely for that purpose. The feeders shall be so arranged as to avoid galleys, machinery spaces and other enclosed spaces of high fire risk except in so far as it is necessary to reach the appropriate switchboards, and shall be run to an automatic changeover switch situated near the sprinkler pump. This switch shall permit the supply of power from the main switchboard so long as a supply is available therefrom, and to be so designed that upon failure of that supply it will automatically change over to the supply from the emergency switchboard. The switches on the main switchboard and the emergency switchboard shall be clearly labelled and normally kept closed. No other switch shall be permitted in the feeders concerned. One of the sources of power supply for the alarm and detection system shall be an emergency source. Where one of the sources of power for the pump is an internal combustion engine it shall, in addition to complying with the provisions of paragraph .15, be so situated that a fire in any protected space will not affect the air supply to the machinery.. |
| | 17 The sprinkler system shall have a connection from the ship's fire main by way of a lockable screw-down non-return valve at the connection which will prevent a backflow from the sprinkler system to the fire main.. |
| | 18 A test valve shall be provided for testing the automatic alarm for each section of sprinklers by a discharge of water equivalent to the operation of one sprinkler. The test valve for each section shall be situated near the stop valve for that section.. |
| | 19 Means shall be provided for testing the automatic operation of the pump on reduction of pressure in the system.. |
| | 20 Switches shall be provided at one of the indicating positions referred to in paragraph.2 which will enable the alarm and the indicators for each section of sprinklers to be tested.. |
| | 21 At least 6 spare sprinkler heads shall be provided for each section. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003:. |
| | 22 The automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm systems shall be of an approved type, complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety System Code.. |
| | 23 For new C and D class ships of less than 40 metres in length and with a total protected area of less than 280 m2 the Administration may specify the appropriate area for sizing of pumps and alternative components. |
| | 9 Fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems (R 13) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED BEFORE 1 JANUARY 2003 AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 General. |
| | 1 Any required fixed fire detection and fire alarm system with manually operated call points shall be capable of immediate operation at all times.. |
| | 2 Power supplies and electric circuits necessary for the operation of the system shall be monitored for loss of power or fault conditions as appropriate. Occurrence of a fault condition shall initiate a visual and audible fault signal at the control panel which shall be distinct from a fire signal.. |
| | 3 There shall be not less than two sources of power supply for the electrical equipment used in the operation of the fire detection and fire alarm system, one of which shall be an emergency source. The supply shall be provided by separate feeders reserved solely for that purpose. Such feeders shall run to an automatic changeover switch situated in or adjacent to the control panel for the fire detection system.. |
| | 4 Detectors and manually operated call points shall be grouped into sections. The activation of any detector or manually operated call point shall initiate a visual and audible fire signal at the control panel and indicating units. If the signals have not received attention within 2 minutes an audible alarm shall be automatically sounded throughout the crew accommodation and service spaces, control stations and machinery spaces. This alarm sounder system need not be an integral part of the detection system.. |
| | 5 The control panel shall be located on the navigating bridge or in the main fire control station.. |
| | 6 Indicating units shall, as a minimum, denote the section in which a detector or manually operated call point has operated. At least one unit shall be so located that it is easily accessible to responsible members of the crew at all times, when at sea or in port, except when the ship is out of service. One indicating unit shall be located on the navigating bridge if the control panel is located in the main fire control station.. |
| | 7 Clear information shall be displayed on or adjacent to each indicating unit about the spaces covered and the location of the sections.. |
| | 8 Where the fire detection system does not include means of remotely identifying each detector individually, no section covering more than one deck within accommodation, service and control stations shall normally be permitted except a section which covers an enclosed stairway. In order to avoid delay in identifying the source of fire, the number of enclosed spaces included in each section shall be limited as determined by the Administration of the flag State. In no case shall more than 50 enclosed spaces be permitted in any section. If the detection system is fitted with remotely and individually identifiable fire detectors, the sections may cover several decks and serve any number of enclosed spaces.. |
| | 9 If there is no fire detection system capable of remotely and individually identifying each detector, a section of detectors shall not serve spaces on both sides of the ship nor on more than one deck and neither shall it be situated in more than one main vertical zone except that the Administration of the flag State, if it is satisfied that the protection of the ship against fire will not thereby be reduced, may permit such a section of detectors to serve both sides of the ship and more than one deck. In ships fitted with individually identifiable fire detectors, a section may serve spaces on both sides of the ship and on several decks but may not be situated in more than one main vertical zone.. |
| | 10 A section of fire detectors which covers a control station, a service space or an accommodation space shall not include a machinery space.. |
| | 11 Detectors shall be operated by heat, smoke or other products of combustion, flame or any combination of these factors. Detectors operated by other factors indicative of incipient fires may be considered by the Administration of the flag State provided that they are not less sensitive than such detectors. Flame detectors shall only be used in addition to smoke or heat detectors.. |
| | 12 Suitable instructions and component spares for testing and maintenance shall be provided.. |
| | 13 The function of the detection system shall be periodically tested to the satisfaction of the Administration of the flag State by means of equipment producing hot air at the appropriate temperature, or smoke or aerosol particles having the appropriate range of density or particle size, or other phenomena associated with incipient fires to which the detector is designed to respond. |
| | All detectors shall be of a type such that they can be tested for correct operation and restored to normal surveillance without the renewal of any component.. |
| | 14 The fire detection system shall not be used for any other purpose, except that closing of fire doors and similar functions may be permitted at the control panel.. |
| | 15 Fire detection systems with a zone address identification capability shall be so arranged that: |
| | - a loop cannot be damaged at more than one point by a fire; |
| | - means are provided to ensure that any fault (e.g. power break, short circuit, earth) occurring in the loop will not render the whole loop ineffective, |
| | - all arrangements are made to enable the initial configuration of the system to be restored in the event of failure (electrical, electronic, informatic), |
| | - the first initiated fire alarm will not prevent any other detector to initiate further fire alarms.. |
| | 2 Installation requirements. |
| | 1 Manually operated call points shall be installed throughout the accommodation spaces, service spaces and control stations. One manually operated call point shall be located at each exit. Manually operated call points shall be readily accessible in the corridors of each deck such that no part of the corridor is more than 20 metres from a manually operated call point.. |
| | 2 Smoke detectors shall be installed in all stairways, corridors and escape routes within accommodation spaces.. |
| | 3 Where a fixed fire detection and fire alarm is required for the protection of spaces other than those specified in paragraph .2.2 above, at least one detector complying with paragraph .1.11 shall be installed in each such space.. |
| | 4 Detectors shall be located for optimum performance. Positions near beams and ventilation ducts or other positions where patterns of airflow could adversely affect performance and positions where impact or physical damage is likely shall be avoided. In general, detectors which are located on the overhead shall be a minimum distance of 0,5 metres away from bulkheads.. |
| | 5 |
| | >TABLE> |
| | The Administration of the flag State may require or permit other spacings based upon test data which demonstrate the characteristics of the detectors.. |
| | 6 Electrical wiring which forms part of the system shall be so arranged as to avoid galleys, machinery spaces, and other enclosed spaces of high fire risk except where it is necessary to provide for fire detection or fire alarm in such spaces or to connect to the appropriate power supply.. |
| | 3 Design requirements. |
| | 1 The system and equipment shall be suitably designed to withstand supply voltage variation and transients, ambient temperature changes, vibration, humidity, shock, impact and corrosion normally encountered in ships.. |
| | 2 Smoke detectors to be installed in stairways, corridors and escape routes within accommodation spaces as required by paragraph .2.2 shall be certified to operate before the smoke density exceeds 12,5 % obscuration per metre, but not until the smoke density exceeds 2 % obscuration per metre. |
| | Smoke detectors to be installed in other spaces shall operate within sensitivity limits to the satisfaction of the Administration of the flag State having regard to the avoidance of detector insensitivity or oversensitivity.. |
| | 3 Heat detectors shall be certified to operate before the temperature exceeds 78 °C but not until the temperature exceeds 54 °C, when the temperature is raised to those limits at a rate less than 1 °C per minute. At higher rates of temperature rise, the heat detector shall operate within temperature limits to the satisfaction of the Administration of the flag State having regard to the avoidance of detector insensitivity or oversensitivity.. |
| | 4 The permissible temperature of operation of heat detectors may be increased to 30 °C above the maximum deckhead temperature in drying rooms and similar spaces of a normal high ambient temperature. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003:. |
| | 4.1 The fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems shall be of an approved type, complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code.. |
| | 4.2 Manually operated call points complying with the Fire Safety Systems Code shall be installed throughout the accommodation spaces, service spaces and control stations. One manually operated call point shall be located at each exit. Manually operated call points shall be readily accessible in the corridors of each deck such that no part of the corridor is more than 20 metres from a manually operated call point. |
| | NEW CLASS A, B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 5 In addition to the above provisions, the Administration of the flag State shall ensure that safety provisions on the installations regarding their independence from other installations or systems, the corrosion resistance of their components, the electrical power supply to their control system, and the availability of instructions for their operation and maintenance shall be complied with. |
| | 10 Arrangements for oil fuel, lubricating oil and other flammable oils (R 15) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Limitations in the use of oil as fuel |
| | The following limitations shall apply to the use of oil as fuel:. |
| | 1 Except as otherwise permitted by this paragraph, no oil fuel with a flashpoint of less than 60 °C shall be used.. |
| | 2 In emergency generators, oil fuel with a flashpoint of not less than 43 °C may be used.. |
| | 3 Subject to such additional precautions as it may consider necessary and on condition that the ambient temperature of the space in which such oil fuel is stored or used shall not be allowed to rise to within 10 °C below the flashpoint of the oil fuel, the Administration of the flag State may permit the general use of oil fuel having a flashpoint of less than 60 °C but not less than 43 °C. |
| | For ships constructed on or after 1 January 2003 oil fuel having a flashpoint of less than 60 °C but not less than 43 °C may be permitted subject to the following:. |
| | 3.1 fuel oil tanks except those arranged in double bottom compartments shall be located outside of machinery spaces of category A;. |
| | 3.2 provisions for the measurement of oil temperature are provided on the suction pipe of the fuel pump;. |
| | 3.3 stop valves and/or cocks are provided on the inlet side and outlet side of the oil fuel strainers and;. |
| | 3.4 pipe joints of welded construction or of circular cone type or spherical type union joint are applied as much as possible. |
| | The flashpoint of oils shall be determined by an approved closed cup method.. |
| | 2 Oil fuel arrangements |
| | In a ship in which oil fuel is used, the arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilisation of the oil fuel shall be such as to ensure the safety of the ship and persons on board and shall at least comply with the following provisions:. |
| | 1.1 As far as practicable, parts of the oil fuel system containing heated oil under pressure exceeding 0,18 N/mm2 shall not be placed in a concealed position such that defects and leakage cannot readily be observed. The machinery spaces in way of such parts of the oil fuel system shall be adequately illuminated.. |
| | 1.2 By heated oil is meant oil the temperature of which after heating is higher than 60 °C or higher than the current flashpoint of the oil, if this is lower than 60 °C.. |
| | 2 The ventilation of machinery spaces shall be sufficient under all normal conditions to prevent accumulation of oil vapour.. |
| | 3 As far as practicable, oil fuel tanks shall be part of the ship's structure and shall be located outside machinery spaces. Where oil fuel tanks, other than double bottom tanks, are necessarily located adjacent to or within machinery spaces, at least one of their vertical sides shall be contiguous to the machinery space boundaries, and shall preferably have a common boundary with the double bottom tanks, and the area of the tank boundary common with the machinery spaces shall be kept to a minimum. Where such tanks are situated within the boundaries of machinery spaces they shall not contain oil fuel having a flashpoint of less than 60 °C. The use of freestanding oil fuel tanks shall be avoided and shall be prohibited in machinery spaces.. |
| | 4 No oil fuel tank shall be situated where spillage or leakage therefrom can constitute a hazard by falling on heated surfaces. Precautions shall be taken to prevent any oil that may escape under pressure from any pump, filter or heater from coming into contact with heated surfaces.. |
| | 5 Every oil fuel pipe, which, if damaged, would allow oil to escape from a storage, settling or daily service tank, having a capacity of 500 litres or above, situated above the double bottom, shall be fitted with a cock or valve directly on the tank capable of being closed from a safe position outside the space concerned in the event of a fire occurring in the space in which such tanks are situated. In the special case of deep tanks situated in any shaft or pipe tunnel or similar space, valves on the tank shall be fitted but control in the event of fire may be effected by means of an additional valve on the pipe or pipes outside the tunnel or similar space. If such additional valve is fitted in the machinery space it shall be operated from a position outside this space. |
| | In ships constructed on or after 1 January 2003 the controls for remote operation of the valve for the emergency generator fuel tank shall be in a separate location from the controls for remote operation of other valves located in machinery spaces.. |
| | 6 Safe and efficient means of ascertaining the amount of oil fuel contained in any oil fuel tank shall be provided. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Sounding pipes shall not terminate in any space where the risk of ignition of spillage from the sounding pipe might arise. In particular, they shall not terminate in passenger or crew spaces. As a general rule, sounding pipes shall not terminate in machinery spaces. However, where the Administration of the flag State considers that these latter requirements are impracticable, it may permit termination of sounding pipes in machinery spaces on condition that all the following requirements are met:. |
| | 1.1 in addition, an oil-level gauge is provided meeting the requirements of subparagraph .2.6.2;. |
| | 1.2 the sounding pipes terminate in locations remote from ignition hazards unless precautions are taken, such as the fitting of effective screens, to prevent the oil fuel in the case of spillage through the terminations of the sounding pipes from coming into contact with a source of ignition;. |
| | 1.3 the termination of sounding pipes are fitted with self-closing blanking devices and with a small-diameter self-closing control cock located below the blanking device for the purpose of ascertaining before the blanking device is opened that oil fuel is not present. Provision shall be made as to ensure that any spillage of oil fuel through the control cock involves no ignition hazard. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 2 Other means of ascertaining the amount of oil fuel contained in any oil fuel tank may be permitted if such means, like the means provided in subparagraph .2.6.1.1, do not require penetration below the top of the tank, and providing their failure or overfilling of the tanks will not permit release of fuel.. |
| | 3 Means prescribed in subparagraph .2.6.2 shall be maintained in the proper condition to ensure their continued accurate functioning in service.. |
| | 7 Provision shall be made to prevent overpressure in any oil tank or in any part of the oil fuel system, including the filling pipes served by pumps on board. Any relief valves and air or overflow pipes shall discharge to a position where there is no risk of fire or explosion from the emergence of oils and vapour and shall not lead into crew spaces, passenger spaces nor into special category spaces, closed ro-ro spaces, machinery spaces or similar spaces, situated in ships,constructed on or after 1 January 2003.. |
| | 8 Oil fuel pipes and their valves and fittings shall be of steel or other approved material, except that restricted use of flexible pipes may be permitted. Such flexible pipes and end attachments shall be of approved fire-resisting materials of adequate strength. |
| | For valves, fitted to oil fuel tanks and which are under static pressure, steel or spheroidal-graphite cast iron may be accepted. However, ordinary cast iron valves may be used in piping systems, where the design pressure is lower than 7 bar and the design temperature is below 60 °C. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 9 All external high pressure fuel delivery lines between the high pressure fuel pumps and fuel injectors shall be protected with a jacketed piping system capable of containing fuel from a high pressure line failure. A jacketed pipe incorporates an outer pipe into which the high-pressure fuel pipe is placed forming a permanent assembly. The jacketed piping system shall include a means for collection of leakages and arrangements shall be provided for an alarm to be given of a fuel line failure.. |
| | 10 All surfaces with temperatures above 220 °C which may be impinged as a result of a fuel system failure shall be properly insulated.. |
| | 11 Oil fuel lines shall be screened or otherwise suitably protected to avoid as far as practicable oil spray or oil leakages onto hot surfaces, into machinery air intakes, or other sources of ignition. The number of joints in such piping systems shall be kept to a minimum. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003:. |
| | 12 Oil fuel lines shall not be located immediately above or near units of high temperature including boilers, steam pipelines, exhaust manifolds, silencers or other equipment required to be insulated. As far as practicable, oil fuel lines shall be arranged far apart from hot surfaces, electrical installations or other sources of ignition and shall be screened or otherwise suitably protected to avoid oil spray or oil leakage onto the sources of ignition. The number of joints in such piping systems shall be kept to a minimum.. |
| | 13 Components of a diesel engine fuel system shall be designed considering the maximum peak pressure which will be experienced in service, including any high pressure pulses which are generated and transmitted back into fuel supply and spill lines by the action of fuel injection pumps. Connections within the fuel supply and spill lines shall be constructed having regard to their ability to prevent pressurised oil fuel leaks while in service and after maintenance.. |
| | 14 In multi-engine installations which are supplied from the same fuel source, means of isolating the fuel supply and spill piping to individual engines, shall be provided. The means of isolation shall not affect the operation of the other engines and shall be operable from a position not rendered inaccessible by a fire on any of the engines. |
| | 15 Where the Administration of the flag State may permit the conveying of oil and combustible liquids through accommodation and service spaces, the pipes conveying oil or combustible liquids shall be of a material approved by the Administration having regarded of the fire risk.. |
| | 16 Existing class B ships shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs .2.9 to.2.11 not later than 1 July 2003, except that a suitable enclosure of engines having an output of 375 kW or less having fuel injection pumps serving more than one injector may be used as an alternative to the jacketed piping system in paragraph .2.9. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 3 Lubricating oil arrangements |
| | The arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilisation of oil used in pressure lubrication systems shall be such as to ensure the safety of the ship and persons on board, and such arrangements in machinery spaces shall at least comply with the provisions of paragraphs .2.1,.2.4,.2.5,.2.6,.2.7,.2.8,.2.10 and.2.11, except that:. |
| | 1 this does not preclude the use of sight-flow glasses in lubricating systems provided that they are shown by test to have a suitable degree of fire resistance. If sight-flow glasses are used, the pipe shall be provided with valves in both ends. The valve at the lower end of the pipe shall be of a self-closing type;. |
| | 2 sounding pipes may be authorised in machinery spaces; the requirements of paragraphs .2.6.1.1 and.2.6.1.3 need not be applied on condition that the sounding pipes are fitted with appropriate means of closure. |
| | For ships constructed on or after 1 January 2003 the provisions of paragraph 10.2.5 shall also apply to lubricating oil tanks except those of having a capacity less than 500 litres, storage tanks on which valves are closed during the normal operation of the ship or where it is determined that the unintended operation of a quick closing valve on the lubricating oil tank would endanger the safe operation of the main propulsion and essential auxiliary machinery.. |
| | 4 Arrangements for other flammable oils |
| | The arrangements for the storage, distribution and utilisation of other flammable oils employed under pressure in power transmission systems, control and activating systems and heating systems shall be such as to ensure the safety of the ship and persons on board. In locations where means of ignition are present, such arrangements shall at least comply with the provisions of paragraphs .2.4,.2.6,.2.10 and.2.11 and with the provisions of paragraphs .2.7 and.2.8 in respect of strength and construction.. |
| | 5 Periodically unattended machinery spaces |
| | In addition to the requirements of provisions 1 to 4, the oil fuel and lubricating oil systems shall comply with the following:. |
| | 1 where daily service oil fuel tanks are filled automatically, or by remote control, means shall be provided to prevent overflow spillages. Other equipment which treats flammable liquids automatically, e.g. oil fuel purifiers, which, whenever practicable, shall be installed in a special space reserved for purifiers and their heaters, shall have arrangements to prevent overflow spillages;. |
| | 2 where daily service oil fuel tanks or settling tanks are fitted with heating arrangements, a high temperature alarm shall be provided if the flashpoint of the oil fuel can be exceeded.. |
| | 6 Prohibition of carriage of flammable oils in forepeak tanks |
| | Fuel oil, lubrication oil and other flammable oils shall not be carried in forepeak tanks. |
| | 11 Firefighter's outfit (R 17) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 A firefighter's outfit shall consist of:. |
| | 1.1 Personal equipment comprising:. |
| | 1 protective clothing of material to protect the skin from the heat radiating from the fire and from burns and scalding by steam. The outer surface shall be water-resistant;. |
| | 2 boots and gloves of rubber or other electrically non-conducting material;. |
| | 3 a rigid helmet providing effective protection against impact;. |
| | 4 an electric safety lamp (hand lantern) of an approved type with a minimum burning period of three hours;. |
| | 5 a firefighter's axe.. |
| | 1.2 A breathing apparatus of an approved type consisting of a self-contained compressed-air-operated breathing apparatus (SCBA), the volume of air contained in the cylinders of which shall be at least 1200 litres, or other self-contained breathing apparatus which shall be capable of functioning for at least 30 minutes. Every SCBA shall be provided with fully charged spare cylinders having a spare storage capacity of at least 2400 litres of free air except that: |
| | (i) if the ship is carrying five or more SCBA, the total spare storage capacity of free air need not to exceed 9600 litres; or |
| | (ii) if the ship is equipped with means for recharging the air cylinders with full pressure with air, free from contamination, the spare storage capacity of the fully charged spare cylinders of each SCBA shall be at least 1200 litres of free air, and the total spare storage capacity of free air provided in the ship shall not be required to exceed 4800 litres of free air. |
| | All air cylinders for SCBA's shall be interchangeable.. |
| | 2 For each breathing apparatus a fireproof lifeline of sufficient length and strength shall be provided capable of being attached by means of a snaphook to the harness of the apparatus or to a separate belt in order to prevent the breathing apparatus becoming detached when the lifeline is operated.. |
| | 3 New class B and existing class B ships of 24 metres in length and above and all new class C and D ships of 40 metres in length and above shall carry at least two firefighter's outfits.. |
| | 1 In ships of 60 metres in length and above, in addition there shall be provided, if the aggregate of the lengths of all passenger spaces and service spaces on the deck which carries such spaces is more than 80 metres, or, if there is more than one such deck, on the deck which has the largest aggregate of such lengths, two firefighter's outfits and two sets of personal equipment for every 80 metres, or part thereof, of such aggregate of lengths. |
| | In ships carrying more than 36 passengers, two additional firefighter's outfits shall be provided for each main vertical zone, except for stairway enclosures which constitute individual main vertical zones and for main vertical zones of limited length in the fore and aft end of a ship which do not include, machinery spaces or main galleys.. |
| | 2 In ships of 40 metres in length and above but less than 60 metres two firefighter's outfits have to be provided.. |
| | 3 In new class B and existing class B ships of 24 metres in length and above but less than 40 metres, also two firefighter's outfits have to be provided, but with only one spare aircharge for self-contained breathing apparatus.. |
| | 4 In new and existing class B ships of less than 24 metres length and in new class C and D ships of less than 40 metres in length no firefighter's outfit has to be provided.. |
| | 5 The firefighter's outfits or sets of personal equipment shall be so stored as to be easily accessible and ready for use and, where more than one fire-fighter's outfit or more than one set of personal equipment is carried, they shall be stored in widely separated positions. At least one firefighter's outfit and one set of personal equipment shall be available at any one such position. |
| | 12 Miscellaneous items (R 18) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Where class "A" divisions are penetrated for the passage of electric cables, pipes, trunks, ducts etc., or for girders, beams or other structural members, arrangements shall be made to ensure that the fire resistance is not impaired in so far as is reasonable and practicable. |
| | For ships, which are constructed on or after 1 January 2003, where "A" class divisions are penetrated, such penetrations shall be tested in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code, to ensure that the fire resistance of the divisions is not impaired. |
| | In the case of ventilation ducts regulations II-2/B/9.2.2b and II-2/B/9.3 apply. |
| | However, where a pipe penetration is made of steel or equivalent material having a thickness of 3 mm or greater and a length of not less than 900 mm (preferably 450 mm on each side of the division) and no openings, testing is not required. |
| | Such penetrations shall be suitably insulated by extension of the insulation at the same level of the division.. |
| | 2 Where class "B" divisions are penetrated for the passage of electric cables, pipes, trunks, ducts etc., or for the fitting of ventilation terminals, lighting fixtures and similar devises, arrangements shall be made to ensure that the fire resistance is not impaired in so far as is reasonable and practicable. In ships, which are constructed on or after 1 January 2003 for such penetrations arrangements shall be made to ensure that the fire resistance of the divisions is not impaired. |
| | Pipes other than steel or copper that penetrate "B" class divisions shall be protected by either:. |
| | 1 a fire tested penetration device, suitable for the fire resistance of the division pierced and the type of the pipe used; or. |
| | 2 a steel sleeve, having a thickness of not less than 1,8 mm and a length of not less than 900 mm for pipe diameters of 150 mm or more and not less than 600 mm for pipe diameters of less than 150 mm ( preferably equally divided to each side of the division). |
| | The pipe shall be connected to the ends of the sleeve by flanges or couplings or the clearance between the sleeve and the pipe shall not exceed 2,5 mm or any clearance between pipe and sleeve shall be made tight by means of non-combustible or other suitable material.. |
| | 3 Pipes penetrating "A" or "B" class divisions shall be of approved materials having regard to the temperature such divisions are required to withstand. |
| | In ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003, no-insulated metallic pipes penetrating "A" or "B" class divisions shall be of materials having a melting temperature which exceeds 950 °C for "A-0" and 850 °C for "B-0" class divisions.. |
| | 4 In accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations, pipes intended to convey oil or other flammable liquids shall be of a suitable material and construction having regard to the fire risk.. |
| | 5 Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat shall not be used for over board scuppers, sanitary discharges, and other outlets which are close to the waterline and where the failure of the material in the event of fire would give rise to danger of flooding.. |
| | 6 Electric radiators, if used, shall be fixed in position and so constructed as to reduce fire risks to a minimum. No such radiators shall be fitted with an element so exposed that clothing, curtains, or other similar materials can be scorched or set on fire by heat from the element.. |
| | 7 All waste receptacles shall be constructed of non-combustible materials with no openings in the sides or bottom.. |
| | 8 In spaces where penetration of oil products is possible, the surface of insulation shall be impervious to oil or oil vapours. |
| | NEW CLASS A, B, C AND D SHIPS: In spaces in which there is a risk of oils splashing or oil vapour, e.g. in machinery spaces of category A, the surface of the insulating material shall be impermeable by oil and oil vapour. Where there is covering by non-perforated steel plate or other non-combustible materials (not aluminium) which is the ultimate physical surface, this covering may be joined by seaming, riveting, etc.. |
| | 9 Paint lockers and flammable liquid lockers shall be protected by an approved fire-extinguishing arrangement, enabling the crew to extinguish a fire without entering the space. |
| | In ships, which are constructed on or after 1 January 2003:. |
| | 1 Paint lockers shall be protected by:. |
| | 1.1 a carbon dioxide system, designed to give a minimum volume of free gas equal to 40 % of the gross volume of the protected space;. |
| | 1.2 a dry powder system, designed for at least 0,5 kg powder/m3;. |
| | 1.3 a waterspraying or sprinkler system, designed for 5 litres/m2 min. Water spraying systems may be connected to the fire main of the ship; or. |
| | 1.4 a system providing equivalent protection, as determined by the Administration of the flag State. |
| | In any case the system shall be operable from outside the protected space.. |
| | 2 Flammable liquid lockers shall be protected by an appropriate fire extinguishing arrangement approved by the Administration of the flag State.. |
| | 3 For lockers of a deck area of less than 4 m2, which do not give access to accommodation spaces, a carbon dioxide portable extinguisher sized to provide a minimum volume of free gas equal to 40 % of the gross volume of the space may be accepted in lieu of a fixed system. |
| | A discharge port shall be arranged in the locker to allow the discharge of the extinguisher without having to enter into the protected space. The required portable fire extinguisher shall be stowed adjacent to the port. Alternatively a port or hose connection may be provided to facilitate the use of fire main water. |
| | NEW CLASS A, B, C AND D SHIPS AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 10 Deep-fat friers, boiling and roasting apparatus: |
| | When deep-fat friers, boiling and roasting apparatus are installed and used in spaces outside the main galley, the Administration of the flag State shall impose additional safety measures with regard to the specific fire hazards associated with the use of this type of equipment. |
| | In ships, which are constructed on or after 1 January 2003, deep-fat cooking equipment shall be fitted with the following:. |
| | 1 an automatic or manual extinguishing system tested to an international standard in accordance with Publication ISO 15371:2000 on fire-extinguishing systems for protection of galley deep-fat cooking equipment;. |
| | 2 a primary and backup thermostat with an alarm to alert the operator in the event of failure of either thermostat;. |
| | 3 arrangements for automatically shutting off the electrical power upon activation of the extinguishing system;. |
| | 4 an alarm for indicating operation of the extinguishing system in the galley where the equipment is installed; and. |
| | 5 controls for manual operation of the extinguishing system, which are clearly labelled for ready use of the crew. |
| | In ships, which are constructed before 1 January 2003, new installations for deep-fat cooking equipment shall comply with the requirements of this paragraph. |
| | NEW CLASS A, B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 11 Heat bridges: |
| | In the implementation of fire proofing measures, steps shall be undertaken by the Administration of the flag State to prevent heat transfer through heat bridges, e.g. between decks and bulkheads. |
| | In ships, which are constructed on or after 1 January 2003, the insulation of a deck or bulkhead shall be carried past the penetration, intersection or terminal point for a distance of at least 450 mm in the case of steel and aluminium structures. If a space is divided with a deck or a bulkhead of "A" class standard having insulation of different values, the insulation with the higher value shall continue on the deck or bulkhead with the insulation of the lesser value for a distance of at least 450 mm. |
| | NEW CLASS A, B, C AND D SHIPS AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 12 Pressurised gas containers: |
| | All portable containers for gases which are compressed, liquefied or broken down under pressure, which may feed a possible fire, shall immediately after use be put in a suitable place above the bulkhead deck, from which there is direct access to open deck. |
| | 13 Fire control plans (R 20) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 In all ships general arrangement plans shall be permanently exhibited for the guidance of the ship's officers, showing clearly for each deck the control stations, the various fire sections enclosed by "A" class divisions, the sections enclosed by "B" class divisions together with particulars of the fire detection and fire alarm systems, the sprinkler installation, the fire-extinguishing appliances, means of access to different compartments, decks, etc. and the ventilating system including particulars of the fan control positions, the position of dampers and identification numbers of the ventilating fans serving each section. Alternatively the aforementioned details may be set out in a booklet, a copy of which shall be supplied to each officer, and one copy shall at all times be available on board in an accessible position. Plans and booklets shall be kept up to date, any alterations being recorded thereon as soon as practicable. Description in such plans and booklets shall be in the official language of the flag State. If the language is neither English nor French, a translation into one of these languages shall be included. In the case the ship is engaged on domestic voyages in another Member State, a translation into the official language of that host State, if this language is neither English nor French, shall be included. |
| | For new class B, C and D ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003 the information to be provided with the required fire control plans and booklets and the graphical symbols to be used for the fire control plans shall be in accordance with the IMO Resolutions A.756 (18) and A.654 (16).. |
| | 2 In all ships with a length of 24 metres and over a duplicate set of fire control plans or a booklet containing such plans shall be permanently stored in a prominently marked weather tight enclosure outside the deckhouse for the assistance of shore side fire-fighting personnel. |
| | 14 Operational readiness and maintenance |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 General requirements |
| | At all times while the ship is in service, the fire protection systems and fire-fighting systems and appliances shall be maintained ready for use. |
| | A ship is not in service when:. |
| | 1 it is in for repairs or lay-up (either at anchor or at port ) or in dry-dock;. |
| | 2 it is declared not in service by the owner or the owner's representative; and. |
| | 3 if there are no passengers on board. |
| | The following fire protection systems shall be kept in good order so as to ensure their required performance if a fire occurs:. |
| | 1.1 Operational readiness. |
| | 1 structural fire protection including fire resisting divisions and protection of openings and penetrations in these divisions;. |
| | 2 fire detection and fire alarm systems; and. |
| | 3 means of escape systems and appliances. |
| | Fire-fighting systems and appliances shall be kept in good working order and readily available for immediate use. Portable extinguishers which have been discharged shall be immediately recharged or replaced with an equivalent unit.. |
| | 1.2 Maintenance, testing and inspections |
| | Maintenance, testing and inspections shall be carried out based on the guidelines developed by IMO and in a manner having due regard to ensuring the reliability of fire-fighting systems and appliances. |
| | A maintenance plan shall be kept on board the ship and shall be available for inspection, whenever required by the Administration of the flag State. |
| | The maintenance plan shall include at least the following fire protection systems and fire-fighting systems and appliances, where installed:. |
| | 1 fire mains, fire pumps and hydrants including hoses and nozzles;. |
| | 2 fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems;. |
| | 3 fixed fire-extinguishing systems and other fire-extinguishing appliances;. |
| | 4 automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm systems;. |
| | 5 ventilation systems including fire and smoke dampers, fans and their controls;. |
| | 6 emergency shut down of fuel supply;. |
| | 7 fire doors including their controls;. |
| | 8 general emergency alarm systems;. |
| | 9 emergency escape breathing devices;. |
| | 10 portable fire extinguishers including spare charges; and. |
| | 11 firefighter's outfits. |
| | The maintenance programme may be computer-based.. |
| | 2 Additional requirements |
| | For new class B, C and D ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003, carrying more than 36 passengers a maintenance plan for low-location lighting and public address systems shall be developed in addition to the maintenance plan mentioned under paragraph .1.2. |
| | 15 Instructions, on-board training and drills |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Instructions, duties and organisation. |
| | 1 Crew members shall receive instructions on fire safety on-board the ship.. |
| | 2 Crew members shall receive instructions on their assigned duties.. |
| | 3 Parties responsible for fire extinguishing shall be organised. These parties shall have the capability to complete their duties at all times while the ship is in service.. |
| | 2 On-board training and drills. |
| | 1 Crew members shall be trained to be familiar with the arrangements of the ship as well as the location and operation of any fire-fighting systems and appliances that they may be called upon to use.. |
| | 2 Training in the use of the emergency escape breathing devices shall be considered as a part of on-board training.. |
| | 3 Performance of crew members assigned fire-fighting duties shall be periodically evaluated by conducting on-board training and drills to identify areas in need of improvement, to ensure competency in fire-fighting skills is maintained and to ensure the operational readiness of the fire-fighting organisation.. |
| | 4 On-board training in the use of the ship's fire-extinguishing systems and appliances shall be planned and conducted in accordance with provisions of regulation III/19.4.1 of SOLAS 1974, as amended.. |
| | 5 Fire drills shall be conducted and recorded in accordance with the provisions of regulations III/19.3.4, III/19.5 and III/30 of SOLAS 1974, as amended.. |
| | 3 Training manuals |
| | A training manual shall be provided in each crew mess room and recreation room or in each crew cabin. The training manual shall be written in the working language of the ship. The training manual, which may comprise several volumes, shall contain the instructions and the information required in this paragraph in easily understood terms and illustrated wherever possible. Any part of such information may be provided in the form of audio-visual aides in lieu of the manual. The training manual shall explain the following in detail:. |
| | 1 general fire safety practice and precautions related to the dangers of smoking, electrical hazards, flammable liquids and similar common shipboard hazards;. |
| | 2 general instructions on fire-fighting activities and fire-fighting procedures including procedures for notification of a fire and use of manually operated call points;. |
| | 3 meanings of ship's alarms;. |
| | 4 operation and use of fire-fighting systems and appliances;. |
| | 5 operation and use of fire doors;. |
| | 6 operation and use of fire and smoke dampers; and. |
| | 7 escape systems and appliances.. |
| | 4 Fire control plans |
| | Fire control plans have to comply with the requirements of regulation II-2/A-13. |
| | 16. Operations |
| | NEW CLASS B, C, D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 To provide information and instruction for proper ship and cargo handling operations in relation to fire safety, operational booklets shall be provided on board.. |
| | 2 The required fire operational booklet shall contain the necessary information and instructions for the safe operation of the ship and cargo handling operations in relation to fire safety. The booklet shall include information concerning the crew's responsibilities for the general fire safety of the ship while loading and discharging cargo and while underway. For ships carrying dangerous goods the fire safety booklet shall provide reference to the pertinent fire-fighting and emergency cargo handling instructions contained in the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code.. |
| | 3 The fire safety operational booklet shall be written in the working language of the ship.. |
| | 4 The fire safety operational booklet may be combined with the training manuals required in regulation II-2/A/15.3. |
| | PART B |
| | FIRE SAFETY MEASURES |
| | 1 Structure (R 23) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 The hull, superstructures, structural bulkheads, decks and deckhouses shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent material. For the purpose of applying the definition of steel or other equivalent material as given in regulation II-2/A/2.7, the "applicable fire exposure" shall be according to the integrity and insulation standards given in the tables of regulations 4 and 5. For example, where divisions such as decks or sides and ends of deckhouses are permitted to have "B-0" fire integrity, the "applicable fire exposure" shall be half an hour.. |
| | 2 However, in cases where any part of the structure is of aluminium alloy, the following shall apply:. |
| | 1 The insulation of aluminium alloy components of "A" or "B" class divisions, except structure which is non-load-bearing, shall be such that the temperature of the structural core does not rise more than 200 °C above the ambient temperature at any time during the applicable fire exposure to the standard fire test.. |
| | 2 Special attention shall be given to the insulation of aluminium alloy components of columns, stanchions and other structural members required to support lifeboat and life-raft stowage, launching and embarkation areas, and "A" and "B" class divisions to ensure:. |
| | 1 that for such members supporting lifeboat and life-raft areas and "A" class divisions, the temperature rise limitation specified in paragraph .2.1 shall apply at the end of one hour; and. |
| | 2 that for such members required to support "B" class divisions, the temperature rise limitation specified in paragraph .2.1 shall apply at the end of half an hour.. |
| | 3 Crowns and casings of machinery spaces shall be of steel construction adequately insulated and openings therein, if any, shall be suitably arranged and protected to prevent the spread of fire. |
| | 2 Main vertical zones and horizontal zones (R 24) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1.1 In ships carrying more than 36 passengers, the hull, superstructure and deckhouses shall be subdivided into main vertical zones by A-60 class divisions. |
| | Steps and recesses shall be kept to a minimum but where they are necessary, they shall also be A-60 class divisions. |
| | Where an open deck space, a sanitary or similar space or a tank including a fuel oil tank, void space or auxiliary machinery space having little or no fire risk, is on one side or where fuel oil tanks are on both sides of the division the standard may be reduced to A-0. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1.2 For new class B, C and D ships carrying not more than 36 passengers and for existing class B ships carrying more than 36 passengers, the hull, superstructure and deckhouses in way of accommodation and service spaces shall be subdivided into main vertical zones by "A" class divisions. These divisions shall have insulation values in accordance with the tables in regulation 5. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 2 As far as practicable, the bulkheads forming the boundaries of the main vertical zones above the bulkhead deck shall be in line with watertight subdivision bulkheads situated immediately below the bulkhead deck. The length and width of main vertical zones may be extended to a maximum of 48 metres in order to bring the ends of main vertical zones to coincide with subdivision watertight bulkheads or in order to accommodate a large public space extending for the whole length of the main vertical zone provided that the total area of the main vertical zone is not greater than 1600 m2 on any deck. The length or width of a main vertical zone is the maximum distance between the furthermost points of the bulkheads bounding it. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS CARRYING MORE THAN 36 PASSENGERS:. |
| | 3 Such bulkheads shall extend from deck to deck and to the shell or other boundaries.. |
| | 4 Where a main vertical zone is subdivided by horizontal "A" class divisions into horizontal zones for the purpose of providing an appropriate barrier between sprinkled and non-sprinklered zones of the ship, the divisions shall extend between adjacent main vertical zone bulkheads and to the shell or exterior boundaries of the ship and shall be insulated in accordance with the fire insulation and integrity values given in table 4.2 for new ships carrying more than 36 passengers, respectively table 5.2 for new ships carrying not more than 36 passengers and existing class B ships carrying more than 36 passengers.. |
| | 5.1 On ships designed for special purposes, such as automobile or railroad car ferries where the provision of main vertical zone bulkheads would defeat the purpose for which the ship is intended, equivalent protection shall be obtained by dividing space in horizontal zones.. |
| | 2 However, in a ship with special category spaces, any such space shall comply with the applicable provisions of regulation II-2/B/14 and in so far as such compliance would be inconsistent with compliance with other requirements of this part, the requirements of regulation II-2/B/14 shall prevail. |
| | 3 Bulkheads within a main vertical zone (R 25) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS CARRYING MORE THAN 36 PASSENGERS:. |
| | 1.1 For new ships carrying more than 36 passengers all bulkheads which are not required to be "A" class divisions shall be at least "B" class or "C" class divisions as prescribed in the tables in regulation 4. All such divisions may be faced with combustible materials in accordance with the provisions of regulation 11. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS CARRYING NOT MORE THAN 36 PASSENGERS AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS CARRYING MORE THAN 36 PASSENGERS:. |
| | 1.2 For new ships carrying not more than 36 passengers and existing class B ships carrying more than 36 passengers all bulkheads within accommodation and service spaces which are not required to be "A" class divisions shall be at least "B" class or "C" class divisions as prescribed in the tables in regulation 5. |
| | If such divisions may be faced with combustible materials in accordance with the provisions of regulation 11. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 2 In new class B, C and D ships carrying not more than 36 passengers and in existing class B ships carrying more than 36 passengers all corridor bulkheads where not required to be "A" class shall be "B" class divisions which shall extend from deck to deck except:. |
| | 1 when continuous "B" class ceilings or linings are fitted on both sides of the bulkhead, the portion of the bulkhead behind the continuous ceiling or lining shall be of material which, in thickness and composition, is acceptable in the construction of "B" class divisions but which shall be required to meet "B" class integrity standards only in so far as is reasonable and practicable;. |
| | 2 in the case of a ship protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of regulation II-2/A/8, the corridor bulkheads of "B" class materials may terminate at a ceiling in the corridor provided such ceiling is of material which, in thickness and composition, is acceptable in the construction of "B" class divisions. |
| | Notwithstanding the requirements of regulations 4 and 5, such bulkheads and ceilings shall be required to meet "B" class integrity standards only in so far as is reasonable and practicable. All doors and frames in such bulkheads shall be of non-combustible materials and shall be so constructed and erected as to provide substantial fire resistance.. |
| | 3 All bulkheads required to be "B" class division, except corridor bulkheads prescribed in paragraph.2, shall extend from deck to deck and to the shell or other boundaries unless the continuous "B" class ceilings or linings fitted on both sides of the bulkheads are at least of the same fire resistance as the bulkhead, in which case the bulkhead may terminate at the continuous ceiling or lining. |
| | 4 Fire integrity of bulkheads and decks in new ships carrying more than 36 passengers (R 26) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 In addition to complying with the specific provisions for fire integrity of bulkheads and decks mentioned elsewhere in this part, the minimum fire integrity of all bulkheads and decks shall be as prescribed in tables 4.1 and 4.2.. |
| | 2 The following requirements shall govern the application of the tables:. |
| | 1 Table 4.1 shall apply to bulkheads not bounding either main vertical zones or bounding horizontal zones. |
| | Table 4.2 shall apply to decks not forming steps in main vertical zones nor bounding horizontal zones.. |
| | 2 For determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to be applied to boundaries between adjacent spaces, such spaces are classified according to their fire risk as shown in categories (1) to (14). Where the contents and use of a space are such that there is a doubt as to its classification for the purpose of this regulation, it shall be treated as a space within the relevant category having the most stringent boundary requirements. The title of each category is intended to be typical rather than restrictive. The number in parentheses preceding each category refers to the applicable column or row in the tables. |
| | (1) Control stations: |
| | - spaces containing emergency sources of power and lighting, |
| | - wheelhouse and chartroom, |
| | - spaces containing the ship's radio equipment, |
| | - fire-extinguishing rooms, fire control rooms and fire-recording stations, |
| | - control room for propulsion machinery when located outside the propulsion machinery space, |
| | - spaces containing centralised fire alarm equipment, |
| | - spaces containing centralised emergency public address system stations and equipment. |
| | (2) Stairways: |
| | - interior stairways, lifts and escalators (other than those wholly contained within the machinery spaces) for passengers and crew and enclosures thereto; |
| | - in this connection a stairway which is enclosed at only one level shall be regarded as part of the space from which it is not separated by a fire door. |
| | (3) Corridors: |
| | - passenger and crew corridors. |
| | (4) Evacuation stations and external escape routes: |
| | - survival craft stowage area, |
| | - open deck spaces and enclosed promenades forming lifeboat and life-raft embarkation and lowering stations, |
| | - assembly stations, internal and external, |
| | - external stairs and open decks used for escape routes, |
| | - the ship's side to the waterline in the lightest seagoing condition, superstructure and deckhouse sides situated below and adjacent to the life-rafts and evacuation slide's embarkation areas. |
| | (5) Open deck spaces: |
| | - open deck spaces and enclosed promenades clear of lifeboat and life-raft embarkation and lowering stations, |
| | - air spaces (the space outside superstructures and deckhouses). |
| | (6) Accommodation spaces of minor fire risk: |
| | - cabins containing furniture and furnishing of restricted fire risk, |
| | - offices and dispensaries containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk, |
| | - public spaces containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk and having a deck area of less than 50 m2. |
| | (7) Accommodation spaces of moderate fire risk: |
| | - spaces as in category (6) above but containing furniture and furnishing of other than restricted fire risk, |
| | - public spaces containing furniture and furnishing of restricted fire risk and having a deck area of 50 m2 or more, |
| | - isolated lockers and small storerooms in accommodation spaces having areas less than 4 m2 (in which flammable liquids are not stowed), |
| | - sale shops, |
| | - motion picture projection and film stowage rooms, |
| | - diet kitchens (containing no open flame), |
| | - cleaning gear lockers (in which flammable liquids are not stowed), |
| | - laboratories (in which flammable liquids are not stowed), |
| | - pharmacies, |
| | - small drying rooms (having a deck area of 4 m2 or less), |
| | - specie rooms, |
| | - operating rooms. |
| | (8) Accommodation spaces of greater fire risk: |
| | - public spaces containing furniture and furnishing of other than restricted fire risk and having a deck area of 50 m2 or more, |
| | - barber shops and beauty parlours. |
| | (9) sanitary and similar spaces: |
| | - communal sanitary facilities, shower, baths, water closets, etc., |
| | - small laundry rooms, |
| | - indoor swimming pool area, |
| | - isolated pantries containing no cooking appliances in accommodation spaces, |
| | - private sanitary facilities shall be considered a portion of the space in which they are located. |
| | (10) Tanks, voids and auxiliary machinery spaces having little or no fire risk: |
| | - water tanks forming part of the ship's structure; |
| | - voids and cofferdams; |
| | - auxiliary machinery spaces which do not contain machinery having a pressure lubrication system and where storage of combustibles is prohibited, such as; |
| | - ventilation and air-conditioning rooms; windlass room; steering gear room; stabiliser equipment room; electrical propulsion motor room; rooms containing section switchboards and purely electrical equipment other than oil-filled electrical transformers (above 10 kVA); shaft alleys and pipe tunnels; spaces for pumps and refrigeration machinery (not handling or using flammable liquids), |
| | - closed trunks serving the spaces listed above, |
| | - other closed trunks such as pipe and cable trunks. |
| | (11) Auxiliary machinery spaces, cargo spaces, cargo and other oil tanks and other similar spaces of moderate fire risk: |
| | - cargo oil tanks, |
| | - cargo holds, trunkways and hatchways, |
| | - refrigerated chambers, |
| | - oil fuel tanks (where installed in a separate space with no machinery), |
| | - shaft alleys and pipe tunnels allowing storage of combustibles, |
| | - auxiliary machinery spaces as in category (10) which contain machinery having a pressure lubrication system or where storage of combustibles is permitted, |
| | - oil fuel filling stations, |
| | - spaces containing oil-filled electrical transformers (above 10 kVA), |
| | - spaces containing small internal combustion engines of power output up to 110 kW driving generators, sprinkler, drencher or fire pumps, bilge pumps, etc., |
| | - closed trunks serving the spaces listed above. |
| | (12) Machinery spaces and main galleys: |
| | - main propulsion machinery rooms (other than electric propulsion motor rooms) and boiler rooms, |
| | - auxiliary machinery spaces other than those in categories (10) and (11) which contain internal combustion machinery or other oil burning, heating or pumping units, |
| | - main galleys and annexes, |
| | - trunks and casings to the spaces listed above. |
| | (13) Storesrooms, workshops, pantries, etc.: |
| | - main pantries not annexed to galleys, |
| | - main laundry, |
| | - large drying rooms (having a deck area of more than 4 m2), |
| | - miscellaneous stores, |
| | - mail and baggage rooms, |
| | - garbage rooms, |
| | - workshops (not part of machinery spaces, galleys, etc.), |
| | - lockers and storerooms having areas greater than 4 m2, other than those spaces that have provisions for the storage of flammable liquids. |
| | (14) Other spaces in which flammable liquids are stowed: |
| | - paint lockers, |
| | - storerooms containing flammable liquids (including dyes, medicines, etc.), |
| | - laboratories (in which flammable liquids are stowed).. |
| | 3 Where a single value is shown for the fire integrity of a boundary between two spaces, that value shall apply in all cases.. |
| | 4 There are no special requirements for material or integrity of boundaries where only a dash appears in the tables.. |
| | 5 The Administration of the flag State shall determine in respect of category (5) spaces whether the insulation values in table 4.1 shall apply to ends of deckhouses and superstructures, and whether the insulation values in table 4.2 shall apply to weather decks. In no case shall the requirements of category (5) of table 4.1 or 4.2 necessitate enclosure of spaces which in the opinion of the Administration of the flag State need not be enclosed.. |
| | 3 Continuous "B" class ceiling or linings, in association with the relevant decks or bulkheads, may be accepted as contributing wholly or in part, to the required insulation and integrity of a division.. |
| | 4 In approving structural fire protection details the Administration of the flag State shall have regard to the risk of heat transmission at intersections and terminal points of required thermal barriers. |
| | >TABLE> |
| | >TABLE> |
| | 5 Fire integrity of bulkheads and decks in new ships carrying not more than 36 passengers and existing class B ships carrying more than 36 passengers (R 27) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C, AND D SHIPS CARRYING NOT MORE THAN 36 PASSENGERS AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS CARRYING MORE THAN 36 PASSENGERS:. |
| | 1 In addition to complying with the specific provisions for fire integrity of bulkheads and decks mentioned elsewhere in this part, the minimum fire integrity of bulkheads and decks shall be as prescribed in tables 5.1 and 5.2. |
| | In approval of structural precautions for fire protection in new ships, account shall be taken of the risk of heat transfer between heat bridges at intersection points, and where the thermal barring devices terminate.. |
| | 2 The following requirements shall govern application of the tables:. |
| | 1 Tables 5.1 and 5.2 shall apply respectively to the bulkheads and decks separating adjacent spaces.. |
| | 2 For determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to be applied to divisions between adjacent spaces, such spaces are classified according to their fire risk as shown in categories (1) to (11) below. The title of each category is intended to be typical rather than restrictive. The number in parentheses preceding each category refers to the applicable column or row in the tables. |
| | (1) Control stations: |
| | - spaces containing emergency sources of power and lighting, |
| | - wheelhouse and chartroom, |
| | - spaces containing the ship's radio equipment, |
| | - fire-extinguishing rooms, fire control rooms and fire-recording stations, |
| | - control room for propulsion machinery when located outside the propulsion machinery space, |
| | - spaces containing centralised fire alarm equipment. |
| | (2) Corridors: |
| | - passenger and crew corridors and lobbies. |
| | (3) Accommodation spaces: |
| | - spaces as defined in regulation II-2/A/2.10 excluding corridors. |
| | (4) Stairways: |
| | - interior stairways, lifts and escalators (other than those wholly contained within the machinery spaces) and enclosures thereto, |
| | - in this connection, a stairway which is enclosed only at one level shall be regarded as part of the space from which it is not separated by a fire door. |
| | (5) Service spaces (low risk): |
| | - lockers and storerooms not having provisions for the storage of flammable liquids and having areas less than 4 m2 and drying rooms and laundries. |
| | (6) Machinery spaces of category A: |
| | - spaces as defined in regulation II-2/A/2.19.1. |
| | (7) Other machinery spaces: |
| | - spaces as defined in regulation II-2/A/2.19.2 excluding machinery spaces of category A. |
| | (8) Cargo spaces: |
| | - all spaces used for cargo (including cargo oil tanks) and trunkways and hatchways to such spaces, other than special category spaces. |
| | (9) Service spaces (high risk): |
| | - galleys, pantries containing cooking appliances, paint and lamp rooms, lockers and storerooms having areas of 4 m2 or more, spaces for the storage of flammable liquids, and workshops other than those forming part of the machinery spaces. |
| | (10) Open decks: |
| | - open deck spaces and enclosed promenades having no fire risk. Air spaces (the space outside superstructures and deckhouses). |
| | (11) Special category spaces: |
| | - spaces as defined in regulation II-2/A/2.18.. |
| | 3 In determining the applicable fire integrity standard of a boundary between two spaces within a main vertical zone or horizontal zone which is not protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of regulation II-2/A/8 or between such zones neither of which is so protected, the higher of the two values given in the tables shall apply.. |
| | 4 In determining the applicable fire integrity standard of a boundary between two spaces within a main vertical zone or horizontal zone which is protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of regulation II-2/A/8 or between such zones both of which are so protected, the lesser of the two values given in the tables shall apply. Where a sprinklered zone and a non-sprinklered zone meet within accommodation and service spaces, the higher of the two values given in the tables shall apply to the division between the zones.. |
| | 3 Continuous "B" class ceilings or linings, in association with the relevant decks or bulkheads, may be accepted as contributing, wholly or in part, to the required insulation and integrity of a division.. |
| | 4 External boundaries which are required in regulation 1.1 to be of steel or other equivalent material may be pierced for the fitting of windows and sidescuttles provided that there is no requirement for such boundaries to have "A" class integrity elsewhere in this part. Similarly, in such boundaries which are not required to have "A" class integrity, doors may be of materials to the satisfaction of the Administration of the flag State. |
| | In ships, which are constructed on or after 1 January 2003, however, where a deck, except in a category (10) space, is penetrated for the passage of electric cables, pipes and ventilation ducts, such penetration shall be made tight to prevent the passage of flame and smoke. Divisions between control stations (emergency generators) and open decks may have air intake openings without means for closure, unless a fixed gas fire-fighting system is fitted. |
| | For the application of regulation 2.1.2 an asterisk, where appearing in table 5.2, except for categories (8) and (10), shall be read as "A-0". |
| | >TABLE> |
| | >TABLE> |
| | 6 Means of escape (R 28) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Stairways and ladders, corridors and doors shall be arranged to provide ready means of escape to the lifeboat and life-raft embarkation deck from all passenger and crew spaces and from spaces in which the crew is normally employed, other than machinery spaces. In particular, the following provisions shall be complied with:. |
| | 1 Below the bulkhead deck two means of escape, at least one of which shall be independent of watertight doors, shall be provided from each watertight compartment or similarly restricted space or group of spaces. Exceptionally one of the means of escape may be dispensed with, due regard being paid to the nature and location of spaces and to the number of persons who might be normally employed there. |
| | In such a case the sole means of escape shall provide safe escape. |
| | For ships, which are constructed on or after 1 January 2003, the abovementioned dispensation may only be given for crew spaces that are entered only occasionally, in which case the required escape route shall be independent of watertight doors.. |
| | 2 Above the bulkhead deck there shall be at least two means of escape from each main vertical zone or similarly restricted space or group of spaces at least one of which shall give access to a stairway forming a vertical escape.. |
| | 3 If a radiotelegraph station has no direct access to the open deck, two means of escape from or access to such station shall be provided, one of which may be a porthole or window of sufficient size or another means.. |
| | 4 In existing class B ships, a corridor, or part of a corridor from which there is only one route of escape shall not exceed 5 metres in length. |
| | In new class A, B, C and D ships of 24 metres in length and above, a corridor, lobby or part of a corridor from which there is only one route of escape shall be prohibited. |
| | Dead-end corridors used in service areas which are necessary for the practical utility of the ship, such as fuel oil stations and athwartship supply corridors, shall be permitted, provided such dead-end corridors are separated from crew accommodation areas and inaccessible from passenger accommodation areas. A part of a corridor that has a depth not exceeding its width is considered a recess or local extension and is permitted. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS OF 24 METRES IN LENGTH AND ABOVE, CONSTRUCTED BEFORE 1 JANUARY 2003:. |
| | 5 At least one of the means of escape required by paragraphs .1.1 and.1.2 shall consist of a readily accessible enclosed stairway, which shall provide continuous fire shelter from the level of its origin to the appropriate lifeboat and life-raft embarkation decks, or to the uppermost deck if the embarkation deck does not extend to the main vertical zone being considered. |
| | In the latter case, direct access to the embarkation deck by way of external open stairways and passageways shall be provided and shall have emergency lighting in accordance with regulation III/5.3 and slip-free surfaces underfoot. Boundaries facing external open stairways and passageways forming part of an escape route shall be so protected that a fire in any enclosed space behind such boundaries would not impede escape to the embarkation stations. |
| | The widths, number and continuity of escapes shall be as follows:. |
| | 1 Stairways shall not be less than 900 mm in clear width, if reasonable and practicable to the satisfaction of the Member State, but shall in no case be less than 600 mm. Stairways shall be fitted with handrails on each side. The minimum clear width of stairways shall be increased by 10 mm for every one person provided for in excess of 90 persons. The maximum clear width between handrails where stairways are wider than 900 mm shall be 1800 mm. The total number of persons to be evacuated by such stairways shall be assumed to be two thirds of the crew and the total number of passengers in the areas served by such stairways. The width of the stairways shall at least conform to the standard as given in IMO Resolution A.757 (18).. |
| | 2 All stairways sized for more than 90 persons shall be aligned before and after.. |
| | 3 Doorways and corridors and intermediate landings included in means of escape shall be sized in the same manner as stairways.. |
| | 4 Stairways shall not exceed 3,5 metres in vertical rise without the provision of a landing and shall not have an angle of inclination greater than 45°.. |
| | 5 Landings at each deck level shall not be less than 2 m2 in area and shall increase by 1 m2 for every 10 persons provided for in excess of 20 persons but need not exceed 16 m2, except for those landings servicing public spaces having direct access onto the stairway enclosure. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS OF 24 METRES IN LENGTH AND ABOVE, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003:. |
| | 5a At least one of the means of escape required in the paragraphs .1.1 and.1.2 shall consist of a readily accessible enclosed stairway, which shall provide continuous fire shelter from the level of its origin to the appropriate lifeboat and life-raft embarkation decks or to the uppermost weather deck if the embarkation deck does not extend to the main vertical zone being considered. |
| | In the latter case direct access to the embarkation deck by way of external open stairways and passageways shall be provided and shall have emergency lighting in accordance with regulation III/5.3 and slip-free surfaces underfoot. Boundaries facing external open stairways and passageways forming part of an escape route and boundaries in such a position that their failure during a fire would impede escape to the embarkation deck shall have fire integrity, including insulation values, in accordance with tables 4.1 to 5.2, as appropriate. |
| | The widths, number and continuity of escapes shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Fire Safety Systems Code. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D, CONSTRUCTED BEFORE 1 JANUARY 2003 AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 6 Satisfactory protection of access from the stairway enclosures to the lifeboat and life-raft embarkation areas shall be provided. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003:. |
| | 6a Protection of access from the stairway enclosures to the lifeboat and life-raft embarkation areas shall be provided either directly or through protected internal routes which have fire integrity and insulation values for stairway enclosures as determined by tables 4.1 to 5.2, as appropriate. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 7 In addition to the emergency lighting required by regulations II-1/D/3 and III/5.3, the means of escape including stairways and exits, shall be marked by lighting or photoluminescent strip indicators placed not more than 0,3 metres above the deck at all points of the escape route including angles and intersections. The marking must enable passengers to identify all the routes of escape and readily identify the escape exits. If electric illumination is used, it shall be supplied by the emergency source of power and it shall be so arranged that the failure of any single light or cut in a lighting strip will not result in the marking being ineffective. Additionally, all escape route signs and fire equipment location markings shall be of photoluminescent material or marked by lighting. The Administration of the flag State shall ensure that such lighting or photoluminescent equipment have been evaluated, tested and applied in accordance with the guidelines as given in IMO Resolution A.752 (18). |
| | However, for new class B, C and D ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003 the Administration of the Flag State shall ensure that such lighting or photoluminescent equipment has been evaluated, tested and applied in accordance with the Fire Safety Systems Code. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003:. |
| | 8 In ships carrying more than 36 passengers the requirements of paragraph .1.7 of this regulation shall also apply to the crew accommodations.. |
| | 9 Normally locked doors that form part of an escape route.. |
| | 1 Cabin and stateroom doors shall not require keys to unlock them from inside the room. |
| | Neither shall there be any doors along any designated escape route which require keys to unlock them when moving in the direction of escape.. |
| | 2 Escape doors from public spaces that are normally latched shall be fitted with a means of quick release. Such means shall consist of a door-latching mechanism incorporating a device that releases the latch upon the application of a force in the direction of escape flow. Quick release mechanisms shall be designed and installed to the satisfaction of the Administration of the flag State and in particular:. |
| | 2.1 consist of bars or panels, the actuating portion of which extends across at least one half of the width of the door leaf, at least 760 mm and not more than 1120 mm above the deck;. |
| | 2.2 cause the door latch to release when a force not exceeding 67 N is applied; and. |
| | 2.3 not be equipped with any locking device, set screw or other arrangement that prevents the release of the latch when pressure is applied to the releasing device. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 2.1 In special category spaces the number and disposition of the means of escape both below and above the bulkhead deck shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration of the flag State and in general the safety of access to the embarkation deck shall be at least equivalent to that provided under paragraphs .1.1,.1.2,.1.5 and.1.6. |
| | In new class B, C and D ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003, such spaces shall be provided with designated walkways to the means of escape with a breadth of at least 600 mm, and where practicable and reasonable those designated longitudinal walkways shall raise at least 150 mm above the deck surface. The parking arrangements for the vehicles shall maintain the walkways clear at all times.. |
| | 2 One of the escape routes from the machinery spaces where the crew is normally employed shall avoid direct access to any special category space.. |
| | 3 Hoistable drive-up/down ramps to platform decks must not be capable of blocking the approved escape routes when in lowered position.. |
| | 3.1 Two means of escape shall be provided from each machinery space. In particular, the following provisions shall be complied with:. |
| | 1 Where the space is below the bulkhead deck the two means of escape shall consist of either:. |
| | 1 two sets of steel ladders as widely separated as possible, leading to doors in the upper part of the space similarly separated and from which there is access to the appropriate lifeboat and life-raft embarkation decks. In new ships, one of these ladders shall provide continuous fire shelter from the lower part of the space to a safe position outside the space. In new class B, C and D ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003 that ladder shall be located within a protected enclosure that satisfies regulation II-2/B/4, category (2) or II-2/B/5, category (4), as appropriate, from the lower part of the space it serves to a safe position outside the space. Self-closing fire doors of the same fire integrity standards shall be fitted in the enclosure. The ladder shall be fixed in such a way that heat is not transferred into the enclosure through non-insulated fixing points. The protected enclosure shall have minimum internal dimensions of at least 800 mm × 800 mm, and shall have emergency lighting provisions; or. |
| | 2 one steel ladder leading to a door from which access is provided to the embarkation deck and additionally, in the lower part of the space and in a position well separated from the ladder referred to, a steel door capable of being operated from each side and which provides access to a safe escape route from the lower part of the space to the embarkation deck.. |
| | 2 Where the space is above the bulkhead deck, the two means of escape shall be as widely separated as possible and the doors leading from such means of escape shall be a position from which access is provided to the appropriate lifeboat and life-raft embarkation decks. Where such means of escape require the use of ladders, these shall be of steel. |
| | NEW CLASS A, B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 3 From spaces for monitoring of operation of machinery, and from work spaces, there shall be at least two means of escape, of which one shall be independent of the machinery space and give access to the embarkation deck.. |
| | 4 The underside of stairs in machinery spaces shall be shielded. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 3.2 In a ship of less than 24 metres in length, the Administration of the flag State may dispense with one of the means of escape in machinery spaces, due regard being paid to the width and disposition of the upper part of the space. |
| | In a ship of 24 metres in length and above, the Administration of the flag State may dispense with one means of escape from any such space so long as either a door or a steel ladder provides a safe escape route to the embarkation deck, due regard being paid to the nature and location of the space and whether persons are normally employed in that space. In new class B, C and D ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003, a second means of escape shall be provided in the steering gear space when the emergency steering position is located in that space unless there is a direct access to the open deck.. |
| | 3.3 Two means of escape shall be provided from a machinery control room located within a machinery space, at least one of which will provide continuous fire shelter to a safe position outside the machinery space.. |
| | 4 In no case shall lifts be considered as forming one of the required means of escape.. |
| | 5 NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS OF 40 METRES IN LENGTH AND ABOVE:. |
| | 1 Emergency escape breathing devices shall be carried, complying with the Fire Safety Systems Code.. |
| | 2 At least two emergency escape breathing devices shall be carried in each main vertical zone. |
| | 3 In ships carrying more than 36 passengers, two emergency escape breathing devices, in addition to those required in subparagraph .5.2 shall be carried in each main vertical zone.. |
| | 4 However, subparagraphs .5.2 and.5.3 do not apply to stairway enclosures which constitute individual main vertical zones and for the main vertical zones in the fore or aft end of a ship, which do not contain spaces of categories (6), (7), (8) or (12) defined in regulation II-2/B/4.. |
| | 5 Within the machinery spaces, emergency escape breathing devices shall be situated ready for use at easily visible places, which can be reached quickly and easily at any time in the event of fire. The location of emergency escape breathing devices shall take into account the layout of the machinery space and the number of persons normally working in the space.. |
| | 6 Reference is made to the IMO Guidelines for the performance, location, use and care of emergency breathing devices. (MSC/Circ. 849).. |
| | 7 The number and location of these devices shall be indicated in the fire control plan required in regulation II-2/A/13. |
| | 6-1 Escape routes on ro-ro passenger ships (R 28-1). |
| | 1 REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B RO-RO PASSENGER SHIPS. |
| | 1.1 This paragraph applies to new class B, C and D and existing class B ro-ro passenger ships. For existing ships the requirements of the regulation shall apply not later than the date of the first periodical survey after the date referred to in paragraph .1 of regulation II-2/B/16.. |
| | 1.2 Handrails or other handholds shall be provided in all corridors along the entire escape route, so that a firm handhold is available every step of the way, where possible, to the assembly stations and embarkation stations. Such handrails shall be provided on both sides of longitudinal corridors more than 1,8 metres in width and transverse corridors more than 1 metre in width. Particular attention shall be paid to the need to be able to cross lobbies, atriums and other large open spaces along escape routes. Handrails and other handholds shall be of such strength as to withstand a distributed horizontal load of 750 N/m applied in the direction of the centre of the corridor or space, and a distributed vertical load of 750 N/m applied in the downward direction. The two loads need not be applied simultaneously.. |
| | 1.3 Escape routes shall not be obstructed by furniture or other obstructions. With the exception of tables and chairs which may be cleared to provide open space, cabinets and other heavy furnishings in public spaces and along escape routes shall be secured in place to prevent shifting if the ship rolls or lists. Floor coverings shall also be secured in place. When the ship is underway, escape routes shall be kept clear of obstructions such as cleaning carts, bedding, luggage and boxes of goods.. |
| | 1.4 Escape routes shall be provided from every normally occupied space on the ship to an assembly station. These escape routes shall be arranged so as to provide the most direct route possible to the assembly station, and shall be marked with symbols related to life-saving appliances and arrangements, adopted by IMO by Resolution A.760 (18).. |
| | 1.5 Where enclosed spaces adjoin an open deck, openings from the enclosed space to the open deck shall, where practicable, be capable of being used as an emergency exit.. |
| | 1.6 Decks shall be sequentially numbered, starting with "1" at the tank top or lowest deck. These numbers shall be prominently displayed at stair landings and lift lobbies. Decks may also be named, but the deck number shall always be displayed with the name.. |
| | 1.7 Simple "mimic" plans showing the "you are here" position and escape routes marked by arrows shall be prominently displayed on the inside of each cabin door and in public spaces. The plan shall show the directions of escape, and shall be properly oriented in relation to its position on the ship.. |
| | 1.8 Cabin and stateroom doors shall not require keys to unlock them from inside the room. Neither shall there be any doors along any designed escape route which require keys to unlock them when moving in the direction of escape.. |
| | 2 REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO NEW CLASS B, C AND D RO-RO PASSENGER SHIPS. |
| | 2.1 The lowest 0,5 metres of bulkheads and other partitions forming vertical divisions along escape routes shall be able to sustain a load of 750 N/m2 to allow them to be used as walking surfaces from the side of the escape route with the ship at large angles of heel.. |
| | 2.2 The escape route from cabins to stairway enclosures shall be as direct as possible, with a minimum number of changes in direction. It shall not be necessary to cross from one side of the ship to the other to reach an escape route. It shall not be necessary to climb more than two decks up or down in order to reach an assembly station or open deck from any passenger space.. |
| | 2.3 External routes shall be provided from open decks, referred to in paragraph 2.2, to the survival craft embarkation stations.. |
| | 3 REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO NEW CLASS B, C AND D RO-RO PASSENGER SHIPS CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JULY 1999 |
| | For new class B, C and D ro-ro passenger ships constructed on or after 1 July 1999, escape routes shall be evaluated by an evacuation analysis early in the design process. The analysis shall be used to identify and eliminate, as far as practicable, congestion which may develop during an abandonment, due to normal movement of passengers and crew along escape routes, including the possibility that crew may need to move along these routes in a direction opposite the movement of the passengers. In addition, the analysis shall be used to demonstrate that escape arrangements are sufficiently flexible to provide for the possibility that certain escape routes, assembly stations, embarkation stations or survival craft may not be available as a result of a casualty. |
| | 7 Penetrations and openings in "A" and "B" class divisions (R 30, 31) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 All openings in "A" class divisions shall be provided with permanently attached means of closing which shall be as effective for resisting fires as the divisions in which they are fitted.. |
| | 2 The construction of all doors and door frames in "A" class divisions, with the means of securing them when closed, shall provide resistance to fire as well as to the passage of smoke and flame, as far as practicable, equivalent to that of the bulkheads in which the doors are situated. Such doors and doorframes shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent material. Watertight doors need not be insulated.. |
| | 3 It shall be possible for each door to be opened and closed from each side of the bulkhead by one person only.. |
| | 4 Fire doors in main vertical zone bulkheads and stairways enclosures other than power-operated sliding watertight doors and doors normally locked, shall satisfy the following requirements:. |
| | 1 The doors shall be self-closing and be capable of closing with an angle of up to 3,5° opposing closure. The speed of closure shall, if necessary, be controlled so as to prevent undue danger to persons. In new ships the uniform rate of closure shall be no more than 0,2 m/s and no less than 0,1 m/s with the ship in the upright position. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 2 Remote-controlled sliding or power-operated doors shall be equipped with an alarm that sounds at least 5 seconds but no more than 10 seconds before the door begins to move and continue sounding until the door is completely closed. Doors designed to re-open upon contacting an object in its path shall re-open sufficiently to allow a clear passage of at least 0,75 metres, but no more than one metre.. |
| | 3 All doors, except fire doors which are normally kept closed, shall be capable of remote and automatic release from a continuously manned central control station, either simultaneously or in groups, and also individually from a position at both sides of the door. Indication must be provided at the fire control panel in the continuously manned central control station whether each of the remote-controlled doors is closed. The release mechanism shall be so designed that the door will automatically close in the event of disruption of the control system or central power supply. Release switches shall have an on-off function to prevent automatic resetting of the system. Holdback hooks not subject to central control station release are prohibited.. |
| | 4 Local power accumulators for power-operated doors shall be provided in the immediate vicinity of the doors to enable the doors to be operated at least 10 times (fully opened and closed) using the local controls.. |
| | 5 Double-leaf doors equipped with a latch necessary to their fire integrity shall have a latch that is automatically activated by the operation of the doors when released by the system.. |
| | 6 Doors giving direct access to special category spaces which are power-operated and automatically closed need not be equipped with alarms and remote-release mechanisms required in.4.2 and.4.3. |
| | CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003: |
| | Instead of.4 the following paragraph .4a shall apply. |
| | 4a Fire doors in main vertical zone bulkheads, galley boundaries and stairway enclosures other than power-operated watertight doors and those which are normally locked, shall satisfy the following requirements:. |
| | 1 the doors shall be self-closing and be capable of closing against an angle of inclination of up to 3,5° opposing closure;. |
| | 2 the approximate time of closure for hinged fire doors shall be no more than 40 seconds and no less than 10 seconds from the beginning of their movement with the ship in upright position. The approximate uniform rate of closure for sliding fire doors shall be of no more than 0,2 m/s and no less than 0,1 m/s with the ship in the upright position;. |
| | 3 the doors shall be capable of remote release from the continuously manned central control station, either simultaneously or in groups and shall be capable of release also individually from a position at both sides of the door. Release switches shall have an on-off function to prevent automatic resetting of the system;. |
| | 4 hold-back hooks not subject to central control station release are prohibited;. |
| | 5 a door closed remotely from the central control station shall be capable of being reopened at both sides of the door by local control. After such local opening the door shall automatically close again;. |
| | 6 indication shall be provided at the fire door indicator panel in the continuously manned central control station whether each of the remote-released doors are closed;. |
| | 7 the release mechanism shall be so designed that the door will automatically close in the event of disruption of the control system or main source of electric power;. |
| | 8 local power accumulators for power-operated doors shall be provided in the immediate vicinity of the doors to enable the doors to be operated after disruption of the control system or main source of electric power at least 10 times (fully opened or closed) using the local controls;. |
| | 9 disruption of the control system or main source of electric power at one door shall not impair the safe functioning of the other doors;. |
| | 10 remote-released sliding or power-operated doors shall be equipped with an alarm that sounds for at least 5 seconds but no more than 10 seconds after the door is released from the central control station and before the door begins to move and continue sounding until the door is completely closed;. |
| | 11 a door designed to re-open upon contacting an object in its path shall re-open not more than one metre from the point of contact;. |
| | 12 double-leaf doors equipped with latch necessary to their fire integrity shall have a latch that is automatically activated by the operation of the doors when released by the control system;. |
| | 13 doors giving direct access to special category spaces which are power-operated and automatically closed need not be equipped with the alarms and remote-release mechanisms required in paragraph .3 and.10;. |
| | 14 the components of the local control system shall be accessible for maintenance and adjusting; and. |
| | 15 power-operated doors shall be provided with a control system of an approved type which shall be able to operate in case of fire, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedure Code. This system shall satisfy the following requirements:. |
| | 15.1 the control system shall be able to operate the door at a temperature of at least 200 °C for at least 60 minutes, served by the power supply;. |
| | 15.2 the power supply for all other doors not subject to fire shall not be impaired, and;. |
| | 15.3 at temperatures exceeding 200 °C the control system shall be automatically isolated from the power supply and shall be capable of keeping the door closed up to at least 945 °C. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 5 The requirements for "A" class integrity of the outer boundaries of a ship shall not apply to glass partitions, windows and sidescuttles, provided that there is no requirement for such boundaries to have "A" class integrity in regulation 10. Similarly, the requirements for "A" class integrity shall not apply to exterior doors in superstructures and deckhouses. |
| | CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003: |
| | Instead of.5: the following paragraph .5a shall apply:. |
| | 5a The requirements for "A" class integrity of the outer boundaries of a ship shall not apply to glass partitions, windows and sidescuttles, provided that there is no requirement for such boundaries to have a "A" class integrity in regulation 10. |
| | The requirements for "A" class integrity of the outer boundaries of the ship shall not apply to exterior doors, except for those in superstructures and deckhouses facing life-saving appliances. embarkation and external assembly station areas, external stairs and open decks used for escape routes. Stairway enclosure doors need not meet this requirement. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 6 Except for watertight doors, weathertight doors (semi-watertight doors), doors leading to the open deck and doors which need to be reasonably gastight all "A" class doors located in stairways, public spaces and main vertical zone bulkheads in escape routes shall be equipped with a self-closing hose port of material, construction and fire resistance which is equivalent to the door into which it is fitted, and shall be a 150 mm square clear opening with the door closed and shall be inset into the lower edge of the door, opposite to the door hinges, or in the case of sliding doors, nearest the opening. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 7 Doors and door frames in "B" class divisions and means of securing them shall provide a method of closure which shall have resistance to fire equivalent to that of the divisions except that ventilation openings may be permitted in the lower portion of such doors. Where such opening is in or under a door the total net area of any such opening or openings shall not exceed 0,05 m2. Alternatively, a non-combustible air balance duct routed between the cabin and the corridor and located below the sanitary unit is permitted where the cross-sectional area of the duct does not exceed 0,05 m2. All ventilation openings shall be fitted with a grill made of non-combustible material. Doors shall be non combustible.. |
| | 7.1 For reasons of noise reduction, the Administration may approve, as an equivalent, doors with built-in ventilation sound-locks with openings at the bottom on one side of the door and at the top on the other side, on condition that the following provisions have been complied with:. |
| | 1 The upper opening shall always face towards the corridor and shall be provided with a grating of non-combustible material and an automatically operating fire damper, which is activated at a temperature of about 70 °C.. |
| | 2 The lower opening shall be provided with a grating made of a non-combustible material.. |
| | 3 The doors shall be tested in accordance with Resolution A.754 (18). |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 8 Cabin doors in "B" class divisions shall be of a self-closing type. Hold-backs are not permitted. |
| | NEW CLASS B,C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 9 The requirements for "B" class integrity of the outer boundaries of a ship shall not apply to glass partitions, windows and sidescuttles. Similarly the requirements for "B" class integrity shall not apply to exterior doors in superstructures and deckhouses. For ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, the Administration of the flag State may permit the use of combustible materials in doors separating cabins from the individual interior sanitary spaces such as showers. |
| | 8 Protection of stairways and lifts in accommodation and service spaces (R 29) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 All stairways shall be of steel frame construction and shall be within enclosures formed of "A" class divisions, with positive means of closure of all openings except that:. |
| | 1 a stairway connecting only two decks need not be enclosed, provided the integrity of the deck is maintained by proper bulkheads or doors in one between-deck space. When a stairway is closed in one between-deck space, the stairway enclosure shall be protected in accordance with the tables for decks in regulations 4 and 5;. |
| | 2 stairways may be fitted in the open in a public space, provided they lie wholly within such public space. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 2 Stairway enclosures shall have direct access with the corridors and be of a sufficient area to prevent congestion, having in view the number of persons likely to use them in an emergency. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS: Within the perimeter of such stairway enclosures only public toilets, lockers of non-combustible material providing storage for safety equipment and open information counters are permitted. |
| | Only public spaces, corridors, public toilets, special category spaces, other escape stairways required by regulation 6-1.5 and external areas are permitted to have direct access to these stairway enclosures. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 3 Lift trunks shall be so fitted as to prevent the passage of smoke and flame from one between-deck to another and shall be provided with means of closing so as to permit the control of draught and smoke. |
| | 9 Ventilation systems (R 32). |
| | 1 Ships carrying more than 36 passengers |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 The ventilation system shall, in addition to paragraph .1 of this regulation, also be in compliance with subparagraphs .2.2 to.2.6,.2.8 and.2.9 of this regulation. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 2 In general, the ventilation fans shall be so disposed that the ducts reaching the various spaces remain within the main vertical zone.. |
| | 3 Where ventilation systems penetrate decks, precautions shall be taken, in addition to those relating to fire integrity of the deck required by regulation II-2/A/12.1, to reduce the likelihood of smoke and hot gases passing from one between-deck space to another through the system. In addition to insulation requirements contained in this regulation, vertical ducts shall, if necessary, be insulated as required by the appropriate tables in regulation 4. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 4 Ventilation ducts shall be constructed of the following materials:. |
| | 1 ducts not less than 0,075 m2 in sectional area and all vertical ducts serving more than a single between-deck space shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent material;. |
| | 2 ducts less than 0,075 m2 in sectional area other than vertical ducts referred to in subparagraph .1.4.1, shall be constructed of non-combustible materials. Where such ducts penetrate "A" or "B" class divisions due regard shall be given to ensuring the fire integrity of the division;. |
| | 3 short lengths of duct, not in general exceeding 0,02 m2 in sectional area nor two metres in length, need not be non-combustible provided that all of the following conditions are met:. |
| | 1 the duct is constructed of a material of low fire risk to the satisfaction of the Administration of the flag State;. |
| | 2 the duct is used only at the terminal end of the ventilation system, and. |
| | 3 the duct is not located closer than 600 mm measured along its length to a penetration of an "A" or "B" class division, including continuous "B" class ceilings. |
| | CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003: |
| | instead of subparagraph .1 the following subparagraph .1a shall apply:. |
| | 1a the duct shall be of a material which has low flame spread characteristics.. |
| | 5 Stairway enclosures shall be ventilated and shall be served only by an independent fan and duct system which shall not serve any other spaces in the ventilation system. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 6 All power ventilation, except machinery space and cargo space ventilation and any alternative system which may be required under subparagraph .9.2.6, shall be fitted with controls so grouped that all fans may be stopped from either of two separate positions which shall be situated as far apart as practicable. Controls provided for the power ventilation serving machinery spaces shall also be grouped so as to be operable from two positions, one of which shall be outside such spaces. Fans serving power ventilation systems to cargo spaces shall be capable of being stopped from a safe position outside such spaces. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 7 Where public spaces span three or more open decks and contain combustibles such as furniture and enclosed spaces such as shops, offices and restaurants, the space shall be equipped with a smoke extraction system. The smoke extraction system shall be activated by the required smoke detection system and be capable of manual control. The fans shall be sized such that the entire volume within the space can be exhausted in 10 minutes or less.. |
| | 8 Ventilation ducts shall be provided with suitably located hatches for inspection and cleaning, where reasonable and practicable.. |
| | 9 Exhaust ducts from galley ranges in which grease or fat is likely to accumulate shall meet requirements of subparagraphs .9.2.3.2.1 and.9.2.3.2.2 and shall be fitted with:. |
| | 1 a grease trap readily removable for cleaning unless an alternative approved grease removal system is fitted;. |
| | 2 a fire damper located in the lower end of the duct which is automatically and remotely operated, and in addition a remotely operated fire damper located in the upper end of the duct;. |
| | 3 a fixed means for extinguishing a fire within the duct;. |
| | 4 remote control arrangements for shutting off the exhaust fans and supply fans, for operating the fire dampers mentioned in.2 and for operating the fire-extinguishing system, which shall be placed in a position close to the entrance to the galley. Where a multi-branch system is installed, means shall be provided to close all branches exhausting through the same main duct before an extinguishing medium is released into the system; and. |
| | 5 suitably located hatches for inspection and cleaning.. |
| | 2 Ships carrying not more than 36 passengers |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Ventilation ducts shall be of non-combustible material. Short ducts, however, not generally exceeding two metres in length and with a cross-section not exceeding 0,02 m2 need not be non-combustible, subject to the following conditions:. |
| | 1 these ducts shall be of a material which, in the opinion of the Administration of the flag State, has a low fire risk;. |
| | 2 they may only be used at the end of the ventilation device;. |
| | 3 they shall not be situated less than 600 mm, measured along the duct, from an opening in an "A" or "B" class division, including continuous "B" class ceilings. |
| | CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003: |
| | instead of subparagraph .1 the following subparagraph .1a shall apply:. |
| | 1a these ducts shall be of a material which has low flame spread characteristics.. |
| | 2a Where the ventilation ducts with a free-sectional area exceeding 0,02 m2 pass through class "A" bulkheads or decks, the openings shall be lined with a steel sheet sleeve unless the ducts passing through the bulkheads or decks are of steel in the vicinity of passage through the deck or bulkhead and the ducts and sleeves shall comply in this part with the following:. |
| | 1 The sleeves shall have a thickness of at least 3 mm and a length of at least 900 mm. When passing through bulkheads, this length shall be divided preferably into 450 mm on each side of the bulkhead. These ducts, or sleeves lining such ducts, shall be provided with fire insulation. The insulation shall have at least the same fire integrity as the bulkhead or deck through which the duct passes.. |
| | 2 Ducts with a free cross-sectional area exceeding 0,075 m2 shall be fitted with fire dampers in addition to the requirements of sub-paragraph .9.2.2.1. The fire damper shall operate automatically but shall also be capable of being closed manually from both sides of the bulkhead or deck. The damper shall be provided with an indicator which shows whether the damper is open or closed. Fire dampers are not required, however, where ducts pass through spaces surrounded by "A" class divisions, without serving those spaces, provided those ducts have the same fire integrity as the divisions which they pierce. Fire dampers shall be easily accessible. In new class B, C and D ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003 where fire dampers are placed behind ceilings or linings, these ceilings or linings shall be provided with an inspection door on which a plate reporting the identification number of the fire damper is provided. The fire damper identification number shall also be placed on any remote controls required.. |
| | 2b In new class B, C and D ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003,where a thin plated duct with a free cross-sectional area equal to or less than 0,02 m2 passes through "A" class bulkheads or decks, the opening shall be lined with a steel sleeve having a thickness of at least 3 mm and a length of at least 200 mm, divided preferably into 100 mm on each side of the bulkhead or, in the case of the deck, wholly laid on the lower side of the decks pierced.. |
| | 3 Ducts provided for the ventilation of machinery spaces, galleys, car deck spaces, ro-ro cargo spaces or special category spaces shall not pass through accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations unless they comply with the conditions specified in subparagraphs .9.2.3.1.1 to.9.2.3.1.4 or.9.2.3.2.1 and.9.2.3.2.2:. |
| | 1.1 the ducts are constructed of steel having a thickness of at least 3 mm and 5 mm for ducts the widths or diameters of which are up to and including 300 mm and 760 mm and over respectively and, in the case of such ducts, the widths or diameters of which are between 300 mm and 760 mm having a thickness to be obtained by interpolation;. |
| | 1.2 the ducts are suitably supported and stiffened;. |
| | 1.3 the ducts are fitted with automatic fire dampers close to the boundaries penetrated; and. |
| | 1.4 the ducts are insulated to "A-60" standard from the machinery spaces, galleys, car deck spaces, ro-ro cargo spaces or special category spaces to a point at least 5 metres beyond each fire damper; |
| | or. |
| | 2.1 the ducts are constructed of steel in accordance with paragraphs.9.2.3.1.1 and.9.2.3.1.2; and. |
| | 2.2 the ducts are insulated to "A-60" standard throughout the accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations; |
| | except that penetrations of main zone divisions shall also comply with the requirements of subparagraph .9.2.8. |
| | In new class B, C and D ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003 the ventilation systems for machinery spaces of category A, vehicle spaces, ro-ro spaces, galleys, special category spaces and cargo spaces shall, in general, be separated from each other and from the ventilation systems serving other spaces. Except that the galley ventilation systems on passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers need not be completely separated, but may be served by separate ducts from a ventilation unit serving other spaces. In any case an automatic fire damper shall be fitted in the galley ventilation duct near the ventilation unit.. |
| | 4 Ducts provided for ventilation to accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations shall not pass through machinery spaces, galleys, car deck spaces, ro-ro cargo spaces or special category spaces unless they comply with the conditions specified in subparagraphs .9.2.4.1.1 to.9.2.4.1.3 or.9.2.4.2.1 and.9.2.4.2.2:. |
| | 1.1 the ducts where they pass through a machinery space, galley, car deck space, ro-ro cargo space or special category space are constructed of steel in accordance with subparagraphs .9.2.3.1.1 and.9.2.3.1.2;. |
| | 1.2 automatic fire dampers are fitted close to the boundaries penetrated; and. |
| | 1.3 the integrity of the machinery space, galley, car deck space, ro-ro cargo space or special category space boundaries is maintained at the penetrations; |
| | or. |
| | 2.1 the ducts where they pass through a machinery space, galley, car deck space, ro-ro cargo space or special category space are constructed of steel in accordance with subparagraphs .9.2.3.1.1 and.9.2.3.1.2; and. |
| | 2.2 the ducts are insulated to "A-60" standard throughout the machinery space, galley, car deck space, ro-ro cargo space or special category space; |
| | except that penetrations of main zone divisions shall also comply with the requirements of subparagraph .9.2.8.. |
| | 5 Ventilation ducts with a free-sectional area exceeding 0,02 m2 passing through class "B" bulkheads shall be lined with steel sheet sleeves of 900 mm in length divided preferably into 450 mm on each side of the bulkheads unless the duct is of steel for this length.. |
| | 6 Such measures as are practicable shall be taken in respect of control stations outside machinery spaces in order to ensure that ventilation, visibility and freedom from smoke are maintained, so that in the event of fire the machinery and equipment contained therein may be supervised and continue to function effectively. Alternative and separate means of air supply shall be provided; air inlets of the two sources of supply shall be so disposed that the risk of both inlets drawing in smoke simultaneously is minimised. Such requirements need not apply to control stations situated on, and opening on to, an open deck, or where local closing arrangements would be equally effective.. |
| | 7 Where they pass through accommodation spaces or spaces containing combustible materials, the exhaust ducts from galley ranges shall be constructed of "A" class divisions. Each exhaust duct shall be fitted with:. |
| | 1 a grease trap readily removable for cleaning;. |
| | 2 a fire damper located in the lower end of the duct;. |
| | 3 arrangements, operable from within the galley, for shutting off the exhaust fans; and. |
| | 4 fixed means for extinguishing a fire within the duct.. |
| | 8 Where it is necessary that a ventilation duct passes through a main vertical zone division, a fail-safe automatic closing fire damper shall be fitted adjacent to the division. The damper shall also be capable of being manually closed from each side of the division. The operating position shall be readily accessible and be marked in red light-reflecting colour. The duct between the division and the damper shall be of steel or other equivalent material and, if necessary, insulated to comply with the requirements of regulation II 2/A/12.1. The damper shall be fitted on at least one side of the division with a visible indicator showing whether the damper is in the open position. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 9 The main inlets and outlets of all ventilation systems shall be capable of being closed from outside the spaces being ventilated. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 10 Power ventilation of accommodation spaces, service spaces, cargo spaces, control stations and machinery spaces shall be capable of being stopped from an easily accessible position outside the space being served. This position should not be readily cut off in the event of a fire in the spaces served. The means provided for stopping the power ventilation of the machinery spaces shall be entirely separate from the means provided for stopping ventilation of other spaces.. |
| | 3 ALL CLASS B,C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003: |
| | The following arrangements shall be tested in accordance with the IMO Fire Test Procedures Code:. |
| | 1 fire dampers including relevant means of operation; and. |
| | 2 duct penetrations through "A" class divisions. Where steel sleeves are directly joined to ventilation ducts by means of riveted or screwed flanges or by welding, the test is not required. |
| | 10 Windows and sidescuttles (R 33) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 1 All windows and sidescuttles in bulkheads within accommodation and service spaces and control stations other than those to which the provisions of regulation 7.5 apply, shall be so constructed as to preserve the integrity requirements of the type of bulkheads in which they are fitted. |
| | In new class B, C and D ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003 this shall be determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code.. |
| | 2 Notwithstanding the requirements of the tables in regulations 4 and 5, all windows and sidescuttles in bulkheads separating accommodation and service spaces and control stations from weather shall be constructed with frames of steel or other suitable material. The glass shall be retained by a metal glazing bed or angle. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS CARRYING MORE THAN 36 PASSENGERS:. |
| | 3 Windows facing life-saving appliances, embarkation and assembly areas, external stairs and open decks used for escape routes, and windows situated below life-raft and escape slide embarkation areas shall have the fire integrity as required in the tables of regulation 4. Where automatic dedicated sprinkler heads are provided for windows, "A-0" windows may be accepted as equivalent |
| | In new class B, C and D ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003, the automatic dedicated sprinkler heads must either be:. |
| | 1 dedicated heads located above the windows and installed in addition to the conventional ceiling sprinklers; or. |
| | 2 conventional ceiling sprinkler heads arranged such that the window is protected by an average application rate of at least 5 litres/m2 per minute and the additional window area is included in the calculation of the area of coverage. |
| | Windows located in the ship's side below the lifeboat embarkation areas shall have the fire integrity at least equal to "A-0" class. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS CARRYING NOT MORE THAN 36 PASSENGERS AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 4 Notwithstanding the requirements of the tables in regulation II-2/B/5, special attention shall be given to the fire integrity of windows facing open or enclosed lifeboat and life-raft embarkation areas and to the fire integrity of windows situated below such areas in such a position that their failure during a fire would impeded the launching of, or embarkation into, lifeboats or life-rafts. |
| | 11 Restricted use of combustible material (R 34) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Except in cargo spaces, mail rooms, baggage rooms, or refrigerated compartments of service spaces, all linings, grounds, draughtstops, ceilings, and insulations shall be of non-combustible materials. Partial bulkheads or decks used to subdivide a space for utility or artistic treatment shall also be of non-combustible material.. |
| | 2 Vapour barriers and adhesives used in conjunction with insulation, as well as insulation of pipe fittings, for cold service systems need not be non-combustible, but they shall be kept to the minimum quantity practicable and their exposed surfaces shall have qualities of resistance to the propagation of flame in accordance with the test procedure of IMO Resolution A.653 (16). |
| | CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003: |
| | Instead of.2 the following paragraph .2a shall apply:. |
| | 2a Vapour barriers and adhesives used in conjunction with insulation, as well as insulation of pipe fittings for cold service systems need not be non-combustible, but they shall be kept to the minimum quantity practicable and their exposed surfaces shall have low flame spread characteristics.. |
| | 3 The following surfaces shall have low flame-spread characteristics:. |
| | 1 exposed surfaces in corridors and stairway enclosures, and of bulkheads, wall and ceiling linings in all accommodation and service spaces and control stations;. |
| | 2 concealed or inaccessible spaces in accommodation, service spaces and control stations.. |
| | 4 The total volume of combustible facings, mouldings, decorations and veneers in any accommodation and service space shall not exceed a volume equivalent to 2,5 mm veneer on the combined area of the walls and ceilings. Furniture fixed to linings, bulkheads or decks need not be included in the calculation of the total volume of combustible materials. |
| | In the case of ships fitted with an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions of regulation II 2/A/8, the above volume may include some combustible material used for erection of "C" class divisions.. |
| | 5 Veneers used on surfaces and linings covered by the requirements of paragraph .3 shall have a calorific value not exceeding 45 MJ/m2 of the area for the thickness used.. |
| | 6 Furniture in stairway enclosures shall be limited to seating. It shall be fixed, limited to six seats on each deck in each stairway enclosure, be of restricted fire risk, and shall not restrict the passenger escape route. The Administration of the flag State may permit additional seating in the main reception area within a stairway enclosure if it is fixed, non-combustible and does not restrict the passenger escape route. Furniture shall not be permitted in passenger and crew corridors forming escape routes in cabin areas. In addition to the above, lockers of non-combustible material, providing storage for safety equipment required by regulations, may be permitted. Drinking water dispensers and ice cube machines may be permitted in corridors provided they are fixed and do not restrict the width of the escape routes. This applies as well to decorative flower or plant arrangements, statues or other objects of art such as paintings and tapestries in corridors and stairways.. |
| | 7 Paints, varnishes and other finishes used on exposed interior surfaces shall not be capable of producing excessive quantities of smoke and toxic products. |
| | CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003: |
| | Instead of.7 the following paragraph .7a. shall apply:. |
| | 7a Paints, varnishes and other finishes used on exposed interior surfaces shall not be capable of producing excessive quantities of smoke and toxic products, this being determined in accordance with the IMO Fire Test Procedures Code.. |
| | 8 Primary deck coverings, if applied within accommodation and service spaces and control stations, shall be of approved material which will not readily ignite, in accordance with the fire test procedures of IMO Resolution A.687 (17) or give rise to toxic or explosive hazards at elevated temperatures. |
| | CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003: |
| | Instead of paragraph .8 the following paragraph .8a shall apply:. |
| | 8a Primary deck coverings, if applied within accommodation and service spaces and control stations, shall be of an approved material which will not readily ignite or give rise to toxic or explosive hazards at elevated temperatures, this being determined in accordance with the IMO Fire Test Procedure Code. |
| | 12 Details of construction (R 35) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS: |
| | In accommodation and service spaces, control stations, corridors and stairways:. |
| | 1 air spaces enclosed behind ceilings, panelling or linings shall be suitably divided by close-fitting draught stops not more than 14 metres apart;. |
| | 2 in the vertical direction, such enclosed air spaces, including those behind linings of stairways, trunks, etc. shall be closed at each deck. |
| | 13 Fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems and automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system (R 14) (R 36) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 In ships carrying not more than 36 passengers and in ships with a length of less than 24 metres there shall be installed throughout each separate zone, whether vertical or horizontal, in all accommodation and service spaces and in control stations, except spaces which afford no substantial fire risk such as void spaces, sanitary spaces, etc., either:. |
| | 1 a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type and complying with the requirements of regulation II-2/A/9 and so installed and arranged as to detect the presence of fire in such spaces, however in new class B, C and D ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003 providing smoke detection in corridors, stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces, or,. |
| | 2 an automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type complying with the requirements of regulation II-2/A/8 or with the IMO guidelines for an approved equivalent sprinkler system as given in IMO Resolution A.800 (19) and so installed and arranged as to protect such spaces and, in addition, a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type and complying with the requirements of regulation II-2/A/9 and so installed and arranged as to provide smoke detection in corridors, stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces.. |
| | 2 Ships carrying more than 36 passengers, except ships with a length of less than 24 metres, shall be equipped with: |
| | An automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type complying with the requirements of regulation II-2/A/8 or with the IMO guidelines for an approved equivalent sprinkler system as given in IMO Resolution A.800 (19), in all service spaces, control stations and accommodation spaces, including corridors and stairways. |
| | Alternatively control stations where water may cause damage to essential equipment may be fitted with an approved fixed fire-extinguishing system of another type. |
| | A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type, complying with the requirements of regulation II-2/A/9 shall be installed, so installed and arranged as to provide smoke detection in service spaces, control stations and accommodation spaces, including corridors and stairways. Smoke detectors need not be fitted in private bathrooms and galleys. |
| | Spaces having little or no fire risk such as voids, public toilets, carbon dioxide rooms and similar spaces need not be fitted with an automatic sprinkler system or fixed fire detection and alarm system.. |
| | 3 In periodically unattended machinery spaces a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type, in accordance with the relevant provisions of regulation II-2/A/9, shall be installed. |
| | This fire detection system shall be so designed and the detectors so positioned as to detect rapidly the onset of fire in any part of those spaces and under any normal conditions of operation of the machinery and variations of ventilation as required by the possible range of ambient temperatures. Except in spaces of restricted height and where their use is specially appropriate, detection systems using only thermal detectors shall not be permitted. The detection system shall initiate audible and visual alarms distinct in both respects from the alarms of any other system not indicating fire, in sufficient places to ensure that the alarms are heard and observed on the navigating bridge and by a responsible engineer officer. |
| | When the navigating bridge is unmanned the alarm shall sound in a place where a responsible member of the crew is on duty. |
| | After installation the system shall be tested under varying conditions of engine operation and ventilation. |
| | 14 Protection of special category spaces (R 37). |
| | 1 Provisions applicable to special category spaces whether above or below the bulkhead deck |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS CARRYING MORE THAN 36 PASSENGERS:. |
| | 1 General. |
| | 1 The basic principle underlying the provisions of this regulation is that as normal main vertical zoning may not be practicable in special category spaces, equivalent protection must be obtained in such spaces on the basis of a horizontal zone concept and by the provision of an efficient fixed fire-extinguishing system. Under this concept a horizontal zone for the purpose of this regulation may include special category spaces on more than one deck provided that the total overall clear height for vehicles does not exceed 10 metres.. |
| | 2 The requirements of regulations II-2/A/12, II-2/B/7 and II-2/B/9 for maintaining the integrity of vertical zones shall be applied equally to decks and bulkheads forming the boundaries separating horizontal zones from each other and from the remainder of the ship.. |
| | 2 Structural protection. |
| | 1 In new ships carrying more than 36 passengers the boundary bulkheads and decks of special category spaces shall be insulated to "A-60" class standard. However, where an open deck space (as defined in regulation 4.2.2(5)), a sanitary or similar space (as defined in regulation 4.2.2(9)) or a tank, void or auxiliary machinery space having little or no fire risk (as defined in regulation 4.2.2(10)), is on one side of the division the standard may be reduced to "A-0". |
| | Where fuel oil tanks are below a special category space, the integrity of the deck between such spaces may be reduced to "A-0" standard.. |
| | 2 In new ships carrying not more than 36 passengers and existing class B ships carrying more than 36 passengers the boundary bulkheads of special category spaces shall be insulated as required for category (11) spaces in table 5.1 of regulation 5 and the horizontal boundaries as required for category (11) in table 5.2 of regulation 5.. |
| | 3 Indicators shall be provided on the navigating bridge which shall indicate when any fire door leading to or from the special category spaces is closed. |
| | Doors to special category spaces shall be of such a construction that they cannot be kept open permanently and shall be kept closed during the voyage.. |
| | 3 Fixed fire-extinguishing system |
| | Each special category space shall be fitted with an approved fixed pressure water-spraying system for manual operation which shall protect all parts of any deck and vehicle platform in such space. |
| | In new class B, C and D ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003, such water spray systems shall have:. |
| | 1 a pressure gauge on the valve manifold;. |
| | 2 clear marking on each manifold valve indicating the spaces served;. |
| | 3 instructions for maintenance and operation located in the valve room; and. |
| | 4 a sufficient number of drainage valves. |
| | The Administration of the flag State may permit the use of any other fixed fire-extinguishing system that has been shown by full-scale test in conditions simulating a flowing petrol fire in a special category space to be not less effective in controlling fires likely to occur in such a space. Such fixed pressure water-spraying system or other equivalent fire-extinguishing system shall comply with the provisions of IMO Resolution A.123 (V) and the IMO MSC/Circ. 914 "Guidelines when approving alternative water-based fire-fighting systems for use in special category spaces" shall be taken into consideration.. |
| | 4 Patrols and detection. |
| | 1 An efficient patrol system shall be maintained in special category spaces. In any such space in which the patrol is not maintained by a continuous fire watch at all times during the voyage there shall be provided a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type complying with the requirements of regulation II-2/A/9. The fixed fire detection system shall be capable of rapidly detecting the onset of fire. The type and the spacing and location of detectors shall determined taking into account the effects of ventilation and other relevant factors. |
| | In new class B, C and D ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003, after being installed the system shall be tested under normal ventilation conditions and shall give an overall response time to the satisfaction of the Administration of the flag State.. |
| | 2 Manually operated call points shall be provided as necessary throughout the special category spaces and one shall be placed close to each exit from such spaces. |
| | In new class B, C and D ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003, manually operated call points shall be spaced so that no part of the space is more than 20 metres from a manually operated call point. |
| | 5 Portable fire-extinguishing equipment |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D, CONSTRUCTED BEFORE 1 January 2003 AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 5a There shall be provided in each special category space:. |
| | 1 at least three water fog applicators;. |
| | 2 one portable foam applicator unit complying with the provisions of regulation II-2/A/6.2, provided that at least two such units are available in the ship for use in such spaces; and. |
| | 3 at least one portable extinguisher located at each access to such spaces. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C, AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003:. |
| | 5b Portable extinguishers shall be provided at each deck level in each hold or compartment where vehicles are carried, spaced not more than 20 metres apart on both sides of the space. At least one portable fire extinguisher shall be located at each access to such space. |
| | In addition the following fire extinguishing appliances shall be provided in special category spaces:. |
| | 1 at least three water-fog applicators; and. |
| | 2 one portable foam applicator unit complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code, provided that at least two such units are available in the ship for use in such ro-ro space. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS:. |
| | 6 Ventilation system. |
| | 1 There shall be provided an effective power ventilation system for the special category spaces sufficient to give at least 10 air changes per hour. The system for such spaces shall be entirely separated from other ventilation systems and shall be operating at all times when vehicles are in such spaces. The number of air changes shall be increased at least to 20 during loading and unloading of vehicles. |
| | Ventilation ducts serving special category spaces capable of being effectively sealed shall be separated for each such space. The system shall be capable of being controlled from a position outside such spaces.. |
| | 2 The ventilation shall be such as to prevent air stratification and the formation of air pockets.. |
| | 3 Means shall be provided to indicate on the navigating bridge any loss or reduction of the required ventilating capacity.. |
| | 4 Arrangements shall be provided to permit a rapid shutdown and effective closure of the ventilation system in case of fire, taking into account the weather and sea conditions.. |
| | 5 Ventilation ducts, including dampers, shall be made of steel and their arrangement shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration of the flag State. |
| | In new class B, C and D ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003 ventilation ducts that pass through horizontal zones or machinery spaces shall be "A-60" class steel ducts constructed in accordance with regulations II-2/B/9.2.3.1.1 and II-2/B/9.2.3.1.2.. |
| | 2 Additional provisions applicable only to special category spaces above the bulkhead deck |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1.1 Scuppers |
| | In view of the serious loss of stability which could arise due to large quantities of water accumulating on the deck or decks consequent on the operation of the fixed pressure water-spraying system, scuppers shall be fitted so as to ensure that such water is rapidly discharged directly overboard. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B RO-RO PASSENGER SHIPS:. |
| | 1.2 Discharges. |
| | 1.2.1 Discharge valves for scuppers, fitted with positive means of closing operable from a position above the bulkhead deck in accordance with the requirements of the International Convention on Load Lines in force, shall be kept open while the ships are at sea.. |
| | 1.2.2 Any operation of the valves referred to in subparagraph .1.2.1 shall be recorded in the logbook. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 2 Precautions against ignition of flammable vapours. |
| | 1 On any deck or platform, if fitted, on which vehicles are carried and on which explosive vapours might be expected to accumulate, except platforms with openings of sufficient size permitting penetration of petrol gases downwards, equipment which may constitute a source of ignition of flammable vapours and, in particular, electrical equipment and wiring, shall be installed at least 450 mm above the deck or platform. Electrical equipment installed at more than 450 mm above the deck or platform shall be of a type so enclosed and protected as to prevent the escape of sparks. However, if the installation of electrical equipment and wiring at less than 450 mm above the deck or platform is necessary for the safe operation of the ship, such electrical equipment and wiring may be installed provided that it is of a certified safe type approved for use in an explosive petrol and air mixture.. |
| | 2 Electrical equipment and wiring, if installed in an exhaust ventilation duct, shall be of a type approved for use in explosive petrol and air mixtures and the outlet from any exhaust duct shall be sited in a safe position, having regard to other possible sources of ignition.. |
| | 3 Additional provisions applicable only to special category spaces below the bulkhead deck |
| | NEW CLASS B,C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Bilge pumping and drainage |
| | In view of the serious loss of stability which could arise due to large quantities of water accumulating on the deck or tank top consequent on the operation of the fixed pressure water-spraying system, the Administration of the flag State may require pumping and drainage facilities to be provided additional to the requirements of regulation II-1/C/3. |
| | In new class B, C and D ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003 in such case, the drainage system shall be sized to remove not less than 125 % of the combined capacity of both the water spraying system pumps and the required number of fire hose nozzles. The drainage system valves shall be operable from outside the protected space at a position in the vicinity of the extinguishing system controls. Bilge wells shall be of sufficient holding capacity and shall be arranged at the side shell of the ship at a distance from each other of not more than 40 metres in each watertight compartment.. |
| | 2 Precautions against ignition of flammable vapours. |
| | 1 Electrical equipment and wiring, if fitted, shall be of a type suitable for use in explosive petrol and air mixtures. Other equipment which may constitute a source of ignition of flammable vapours shall not be permitted.. |
| | 2 Electrical equipment and wiring, if installed in an exhaust ventilation duct, shall be of a type approved for use in explosive petrol and air mixtures and the outlet from any exhaust duct shall be sited in a safe position, having regard to other possible sources of ignition.. |
| | 4 Permanent openings |
| | CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003: |
| | Permanent openings in the side plating, the ends or deckhead of special category spaces shall be so situated that a fire in the special category space does not endanger stowage areas and embarkation stations for survival craft and accommodation spaces, service spaces and control stations in superstructures and deckhouses above the special category spaces. |
| | 15 Fire patrols, detection, alarms and public address systems (R 40) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Manually operated call points complying with the requirements of regulation II-2/A/9 shall be installed.. |
| | 2 All ships shall at all times when at sea, or in port (except when out of service), be so manned or equipped as to ensure that any initial fire alarm is immediately received by a responsible member of the crew.. |
| | 3 A special alarm, operated from the navigating bridge or fire control station, shall be fitted to summon the crew. This alarm may be part of the ship's general alarm system but it shall be capable of being sounded independently of the alarm to the passenger spaces.. |
| | 4 A public address system or other effective means of communication shall be available throughout the accommodation and service spaces and control stations and open decks. |
| | In new class B, C and D ships, constructed on or after 1 January 2003, this public address system shall comply with the requirements of regulation III/6.5.. |
| | 5 NEW CLASS B, C AND D AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS: |
| | For ships carrying more than 36 passengers an efficient patrol system shall be maintained so that an outbreak of fire may be promptly detected. Each member of the fire patrol shall be trained to be familiar with the arrangements of the ship as well as the location and operation of any equipment he or she may be called upon to use. Each member of the fire patrol shall be provided with a two-way portable radio telephone apparatus. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 6 Ships carrying more than 36 passengers shall have the detection alarms for the systems required by regulation 13.2 centralised in a continuously manned central control station. In addition, controls for remote closing of the fire doors and shutting down the ventilation fans, shall be centralised in the same location. The ventilation fans shall be capable of reactivation by the crew at the continuously manned control station. The control panel in the central control station shall be capable of indicating open or closed positions of fire doors, closed or off status of the detectors, alarms and fans. The control panel shall be continuously powered and should have an automatic changeover to standby power supply in case of loss of normal power supply. The control panel shall be powered from the main source of electrical power and the emergency source of electrical power defined by regulation II-1/D/3 unless other arrangements are permitted by the regulations, as applicable.. |
| | 7 The control panel shall be designed on the fail-safe principle, e.g. an open detector circuit shall cause an alarm condition. |
| | 16 Upgrading of existing class B ships carrying more than 36 passengers (R 41-1) |
| | In addition to the requirements for existing class B ships in this Chapter II-2, existing class B ships carrying more than 36 passengers shall comply with the following requirements:. |
| | 1 Not later than 1 October 2000:. |
| | 1 All accommodation and service spaces, stairway enclosures and corridors shall be equipped with a smoke detection and alarm system of an approved type, and complying with the requirements of regulation II-2/A/9. Such system need not be fitted in private bathrooms, and spaces having little or no fire risk such as voids and similar spaces. Detectors operated by heat instead of smoke shall be installed in galleys.. |
| | 2 Smoke detectors connected to the fire detection and alarm system shall also be fitted above ceilings in stairways and corridors in the areas where ceilings are of combustible construction.. |
| | 3.1 Hinged fire doors in stairway enclosures, main vertical zone bulkheads and galley boundaries which are normally kept open shall be self-closing and be capable of release from a central control station and from a position at the door.. |
| | 3.2 A panel shall be placed in a continuously manned central control station to indicate whether the fire doors in stairway enclosures, main vertical zone bulkheads and galley boundaries are closed.. |
| | 3.3 Exhaust ducts from galley ranges in which grease or fat is likely to accumulate and which pass through accommodation spaces or spaces containing combustible materials shall be constructed of "A" class divisions. Each galley range exhaust duct shall be fitted with:. |
| | 1 a grease trap readily removable for cleaning unless an alternative grease removal process is fitted;. |
| | 2 a fire damper located in the lower end of the duct;. |
| | 3 arrangements operable from within the galley for shutting off the exhaust fans;. |
| | 4 fixed means for extinguishing a fire within the duct; and. |
| | 5 suitably located hatches for inspection and cleaning.. |
| | 3.4 Only public toilets, lifts, lockers of non-combustible materials providing storage for safety equipment and open information counters may be located within the stairway enclosure boundaries. Other existing spaces within the stairway enclosure:. |
| | 1 shall be emptied, permanently closed and disconnected from the electrical system; or. |
| | 2 shall be separated from the stairway enclosure by the provision of "A" class divisions in accordance with regulation 5. Such spaces may have direct access to stairway enclosures by the provision of "A" class doors in accordance with regulation 5, and subject to a sprinkler system being provided in these spaces. However, cabins shall not directly open into the stairway enclosure.. |
| | 3.5 Spaces other than public spaces, corridors, public toilets, special category spaces, other stairways required by regulation 6.1.5, open deck spaces and spaces covered by paragraph .3.4.2 are not permitted to have direct access to stairway enclosures.. |
| | 3.6 Existing machinery spaces of category (10) described in regulation II-2/B/4 and back offices for information counters which open directly into the stairway enclosure may be retained, provided that they are protected by smoke detectors and that back offices for information counters contain only furniture of restricted fire risk.. |
| | 3.7 In addition to the emergency lighting required by regulations II-1/D/3 and III/5.3, the means of escape including stairways and exits shall be marked, at all points of the escape route including angles and intersections, by lighting or photoluminescent strip indicators placed not more than 0,3 metres above the deck. The marking must enable passengers to identify all the routes of escape and readily identify the escape exits. If electric illumination is used, it shall be supplied by the emergency source of power and it shall be so arranged that the failure of any single light or cut in a lighting strip, will not result in the marking being ineffective. Additionally, all escape route signs and fire equipment location markings shall be of photoluminescent material or marked by lighting. The Administration of the flag State shall ensure that such lighting or photoluminescent equipment have been evaluated, tested and applied in accordance with the guidelines as given in IMO Resolution A.752 (18) or in ISO Standard 15370-2001.. |
| | 3.8 A general emergency alarm system shall be provided. The alarm shall be audible throughout all the accommodation and normal crew working spaces and open decks, and its sound pressure level shall comply with the standards of the Code on Alarms and Indicators adopted by IMO in Resolution A.686 (17).. |
| | 3.9 A public address system or other effective means of communication shall be available throughout the accommodation, public and service spaces, control stations and open decks.. |
| | 3.10 Furniture in stairway enclosures shall be limited to seating. It shall be fixed, limited to six seats on each deck in each stairway enclosure, be of restricted fire risk, and shall not restrict the passenger escape route. The Administration of the flag State may permit additional seating in the main reception area within a stairway enclosure, if it is fixed, non-combustible, and does not restrict the passenger escape route. Furniture shall not be permitted in passenger and crew corridors forming escape routes in cabin areas. In addition to the above, lockers of non-combustible material, providing storage for safety equipment required by regulations, may be permitted.. |
| | 2 Not later than 1 October 2003:. |
| | 1 All stairways in accommodation and service spaces shall be of steel frame construction except where the Administration of the flag State sanctions the use of other equivalent material, and shall be within enclosures formed of "A" class divisions, with positive means of closure at all openings, except that:. |
| | 1 a stairway connecting only two decks need not be enclosed, provided the integrity of the deck is maintained by proper bulkheads or doors in one between-deck space. When a stairway is closed in one between-deck space, the stairway enclosure shall be protected in accordance with the tables for decks in regulation 5;. |
| | 2 stairways may be fitted in the open in a public space, provided they lie wholly within such public space.. |
| | 2 Machinery spaces shall be fitted with a fixed fire-extinguishing system complying with the requirements of regulation II-2/A/6.. |
| | 3 Ventilation ducts passing through divisions between main vertical zones shall be equipped with a fail-safe automatic closing fire damper which shall also be capable of being manually closed from each side of the division. In addition, fail-safe automatic closing fire dampers with manual operation from within the enclosure shall be fitted to all ventilation ducts serving both accommodation and service spaces and stairway enclosures where they pierce such enclosures. Ventilation ducts passing through a main fire zone division without serving spaces on both sides or passing through a stairway enclosure without serving that enclosure need not be fitted with dampers provided that the ducts are constructed and insulated to "A-60" standard and have no openings within the stairway enclosure or in the trunk on the side which is not directly served.. |
| | 4 Special category spaces shall comply with the requirements of regulation II-2/B/14.. |
| | 5 All fire doors in stairway enclosures, main vertical zone bulkheads and galley boundaries which are normally kept open shall be capable of release from a central control station and from a position at the door.. |
| | 6 The requirements of paragraph .1.3.7 of this regulation shall also apply to the accommodations.. |
| | 3 Not later than 1 October 2005 or 15 years after the date of construction of the ship, whichever is the later:. |
| | 1 Accommodation and service spaces, stairway enclosures and corridors shall be fitted with an automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system complying with the requirements of regulation II-2/A/8 or with the IMO guidelines for an approved equivalent sprinkler system as given in IMO Resolution A.800 (19). |
| | 17 Special requirements for ships carrying dangerous goods (R 41) |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED BEFORE 1 JANUARY 2003, AND EXISTING CLASS B SHIPS: |
| | The requirements of SOLAS regulation II-2/54 shall apply, as appropriate, to passenger ships carrying dangerous goods. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003: |
| | The requirements of regulation 19 of Part G of the SOLAS Chapter II-2, as revised per 1 January 2003, shall apply, as appropriate, to passenger ships carrying dangerous goods. |
| | 18 Special requirements for helicopter facilities |
| | NEW CLASS B,C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003: |
| | Ships equipped with helidecks shall comply with the requirements of regulation 18 of Part G of the SOLAS Chapter II-2, as revised per 1 January 2003. |
| | CHAPTER III |
| | LIFE SAVING APPLIANCES |
| | 1 Definitions (R 3) |
| | NEW AND EXISTING CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS: |
| | For the purpose of this chapter, unless expressly provided otherwise, the definitions of SOLAS 1974 regulation III/3, as amended, shall apply. |
| | 2 Communication, survival craft and rescue boats, personal life-saving appliances (R 6 + 7 + 18 + 21 + 22) |
| | NEW AND EXISTING CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS: |
| | Every ship shall carry at least the radio life-saving appliances, radar transponders, personal life-saving appliances, survival craft and rescue boats, distress flares, line-throwing appliances specified in the following table and relative notes, on the basis of the ship's class. |
| | All above appliances, including their launching appliances where applicable, shall comply with the regulations of Chapter III of the Annex to the 1974 SOLAS Convention, as amended, unless expressly provided otherwise in the following paragraphs. |
| | Furthermore every ship shall carry immersion suits and thermal protective aids to be used by persons to be accommodated in lifeboats and rescue boats as far as required by the regulations of Chapter III of the Annex to the 1974 SOLAS Convention, as amended. |
| | Ships not carrying a lifeboat or a rescue boat shall for rescue purposes be provided with at least one immersion suit. However if the ship is constantly engaged in warm climates where to the opinion of the Administration thermal protection is unnecessary, this protective clothing need not be carried. |
| | >TABLE> |
| | 3 Emergency alarm, operating instructions, training manual, assembly lists and emergency instructions (R 6 + 8 + 9 +19 + 20) |
| | NEW AND EXISTING CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS: |
| | Every ship shall be provided with:. |
| | 1 A general emergency alarm system (R 6.4.2) |
| | It must comply with the requirements of paragraph 7.2.1.1 of the LSA Code, and be suitable for summoning passengers and crews to assembly stations and to initiate the actions included in the assembly list. |
| | In all ships carrying more than 36 passengers the emergency alarm system shall be supplemented by a public address system that can be used from the bridge. The system shall be of a such nature and so arranged and located that messages read out over the system are readily audible for persons whose hearing is normal, in all places where persons are likely to stay when the main engine is in operation. |
| | FOR NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003: |
| | The general emergency alarm systems shall be audible on all open decks and minimum sound pressure levels for the emergency alarm tone shall be in accordance with paragraphs 7.2.1.2 and 7.2.1.3 of the LSA Code.. |
| | 2 A public address system (R 6.5). |
| | 2.1 In addition to the requirements of regulation II-2/B/15.4 and of paragraph .1, all passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers shall be fitted with a public address system. With respect to existing ships the requirements of paragraphs .2.2,.2.3 and .2.5, subject to the provisions of paragraph .2.6, shall apply not later than the date of the first periodical survey after the date referred to in Article 14(1) of this Directive.. |
| | 2.2 The public address system shall be a loudspeaker installation enabling the broadcast of messages into all spaces where crew members or passengers, or both, are normally present, and to assembly stations. It shall allow for the broadcast of messages from the navigation bridge and such other places on board the ship as the Administration of the flag State deems necessary. It shall be installed with regard to acoustically marginal conditions and not require any action from the addressee.. |
| | 2.3 The public address system shall be protected against unauthorised use and be clearly audible above the ambient noise in all spaces, prescribed by paragraph .2.2, and shall be provided with an override function controlled from one location on the navigation bridge and such other places on board as the Administration of the flag State deems necessary, so that all emergency messages will be broadcast if any loudspeaker in the spaces concerned has been switched off, its volume has been turned down or the public address system is used for other purposes. |
| | FOR NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003: |
| | The minimum sound pressure levels for broadcasting emergency announcements shall be in accordance withparagraph 7.2.2.2 of the LSA Code.. |
| | 2.4 NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 The public address system shall have at least two loops which shall be sufficiently separated throughout their length and have two separate and independent amplifiers; and. |
| | 2 the public address system and its performance standards shall be approved by the Administration of the flag State having regard to the recommendations adopted by the IMO.. |
| | 2.5 The public address system shall be connected to the emergency source of electrical power.. |
| | 2.6 Existing ships which are already fitted with the public address system approved by the Administration of the flag State which comply substantially with those required byparagraph .2.2,.2.3 and .2.5 are not required to change their system.. |
| | 3 Assembly list and emergency instructions (R 8) |
| | Clear instructions to be followed in the event of an emergency shall be provided for every person on board, in accordance with IMO Resolution A.691 (17). |
| | Assembly lists and emergency instructions complying with the requirements of SOLAS regulation III/37 shall be exhibited in conspicuous places throughout the ship including the navigating bridge, engine room and crew accommodation spaces. |
| | Illustrations and instructions in appropriate languages shall be posted in passenger cabins and be conspicuously displayed at assembly stations and other passenger spaces to inform passengers of: |
| | (i) their assembly station; |
| | (ii) the essential actions they must take in an emergency; |
| | (iii) the method of donning life jackets. |
| | The person, who in accordance to SOLAS regulation IV/16, is designated to have primary responsibility for radio-communications during distress situations, shall have no other duties assigned in such situations. The above shall be reflected in the assembly list and the emergency instructions.. |
| | 4 Operating instructions (R 9) |
| | Posters or signs shall be provided on or in the vicinity of survival craft and their launching controls and shall: |
| | (i) illustrate the purpose of controls and the procedures for operating the appliance and give relevant instructions or warnings; |
| | (ii) be easily seen under emergency lighting conditions; |
| | (iii) use symbols in accordance with IMO Resolution A.760 (18).. |
| | 5 Training manual |
| | A training manual complying with the requirements of SOLAS regulation III/35 shall be provided in each crew messroom and recreation room or in each crew cabin.. |
| | 6 Instruction for maintenance (R 20.3) |
| | Instructions for on-board maintenance of life-saving appliances or a shipboard planned maintenance programmes which includes the maintenance of life-saving appliances, shall be provided on board and maintenance shall be carried out accordingly. The instructions shall be in compliance with the requirements of SOLAS regulation III/36. |
| | 4 Manning of survival craft and supervision (R 10) |
| | NEW AND EXISTING CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 There shall be a sufficient number of trained persons on board for assembling and assisting untrained persons.. |
| | 2 There shall be a sufficient number of crew members on board for operating the survival craft and launching arrangements required for abandonment of the total number of persons on board.. |
| | 3 An officer or certified person shall be placed in charge of each survival craft to be used. However, a crew member practised in the handling and operation of life-rafts, may be placed in charge of each life-raft or group of life-rafts. Every rescue boat and motorised survival craft shall have a person assigned who is capable of operating the engine and carrying out minor adjustments.. |
| | 4 The master shall ensure the equitable distribution of persons referred to in paragraphs .1,.2 and .3 among the ship's survival craft. |
| | 5 Survival craft assembly and embarkation arrangements (R 11 + 23 + 25) |
| | NEW AND EXISTING CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Survival craft for which approved launching appliances are required shall be stowed as close to accommodation and service spaces as possible.. |
| | 2 Assembly stations shall be provided close to the embarkation stations and shall be readily accessible from accommodation and work areas and have ample room for marshalling and instruction of the passengers. Clear deck space at least 0,35 m2 per person.. |
| | 3 Assembly and embarkation stations, alleyways, stairways and exits giving access to the assembly and embarkation stations shall be adequately illuminated. |
| | Such lighting shall be capable of being supplied by the emergency source of electrical power required by regulations II-1/D/3 and II-1/D/4. |
| | In addition to and as part of the markings required under II-2/B 6.1.7 for new class B, C and D ships, routes to assembly stations shall be indicated with the assembly station symbol, intended for that purpose, in accordance with IMO Resolution A.760 (18). This requirement shall also be applied to existing class B ships, carrying more than 36 passengers.. |
| | 4 Lifeboats shall be capable of being boarded either directly from the stowed position or from an embarkation deck, but not both.. |
| | 5 Davit-launched life-raft shall be capable of being boarded from a position immediately adjacent to the stowed position or from a position the life-raft is transferred to prior to launching.. |
| | 6 Where necessary means shall be provided for bringing the davit-launched survival craft against the ship's side and holding them alongside so that persons can safely embark. |
| | NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 7 If a survival craft launching arrangement does not allow embarkation into the survival craft before it is on the water and the height from the embarkation station to the water is more than 4,5 metres above the waterline in the lightest seagoing condition, an approved type of MES (Marine Evacuation System) complying with section 6.2 of the LSA Code shall be installed. |
| | On ships fitted with a marine evacuation system communication between the embarkation station and the platform of the survival craft shall be ensured.. |
| | 8 There shall be at least one embarkation ladder, complying with the requirements ofparagraph 6.1.6 of the LSA Code on each side of the ship; the Administration of the flag State may exempt a ship from this requirement provided that, in all undamaged and prescribed damage conditions of trim and heel, the freeboard between the intended embarkation position and the waterline is not more than 1,5 metres. |
| | 5-1 Requirements for ro-ro passenger ships (R 26) |
| | NEW AND EXISTING CLASS B, C AND D RO-RO SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Existing ro-ro passenger ships shall comply with the requirements of paragraph .5 not later than the date of the first periodical survey after the date referred to in Article 14(1) of this Directive and with paragraphs .2,.3 and .4 not later than the date of the first periodical survey after 1 July 2000.. |
| | 2 Life-rafts. |
| | 1 The ro-ro passenger ship's life-rafts shall be served by marine evacuation systems complying with section 6.2 of the LSA Code or launching appliances complying with paragraph 6.1.5 of the LSA Code equally distributed on each side of the ship. |
| | Communication between the embarkation station and the platform shall be ensured.. |
| | 2 Every life-raft on ro-ro passenger ships shall be provided with float-free stowage arrangements complying with the requirements of SOLAS regulation III/13.4.. |
| | 3 Every life-raft on ro-ro passenger ships shall be of a type fitted with a boarding ramp complying with the requirements of paragraph 4.2.4.1 or 4.3.4.1 of the LSA Code as appropriate.. |
| | 4 Every life-raft on ro-ro passenger ships shall either be automatically self-righting or be a canopied reversible life-raft which is stable in a seaway and is capable of operating safely whichever way up it is floating. Open reversible life-rafts may be permitted if the Administration of the flag State considers this appropriate in view of the sheltered nature of the voyage and the favourable climatic conditions of the area and period of operation, and provided that such life-rafts entirely comply with the requirements of Annex 10 of the High Speed Craft Code. |
| | Alternatively, the ship shall carry automatically self-righting life-rafts or canopied reversible life-rafts in addition to its normal complement of life-rafts, of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate at least 50 % of the persons not accommodated in lifeboats. This additional life-raft capacity shall be determined on the basis of the difference between the total number of persons on board and the number of persons accommodated in lifeboats. Every such life-raft shall be approved by the Administration of the flag State having regard to the recommendations adopted by the IMO, with MSC/Circ. 809.. |
| | 3 Fast rescue boats. |
| | 1 At least one of the rescue boats on a ro-ro passenger ship shall be a fast rescue boat approved by the Administration of the flag State having regard to the recommendations adopted by the IMO with MSC Circ. 809.. |
| | 2 Each fast rescue boat shall be served by a suitable launching appliance approved by the Administration of the flag State. When approving such appliances, the Administration of the flag State shall take into account that the fast rescue boat is intended to be launched and retrieved even under severe adverse weather conditions, and also have regard to the recommendations adopted by the IMO.. |
| | 3 At least two crews of each fast rescue boat shall be trained and drilled regularly having regard to section A-VI/2, table A-VI/2-2 "Specification of the minimum standard of competence in fast rescue boats" of the Seafarers Training, Certification and Watchkeeping (STCW) Code and the recommendations adopted by the IMO by Resolution A.771 (18), as amended. The training and drills shall include all aspects of rescue, handling, manoeuvring, operating these craft in various conditions, and righting them after capsize.. |
| | 4 In the case where the arrangement or size of an existing ro-ro passenger ship is such as to prevent the installation of the fast rescue boat required by paragraph .3.1, the fast rescue boat may be installed in place of an existing lifeboat which is accepted as a rescue boat or boat for use in an emergency, provided that all of the following conditions are met:. |
| | 1 the fast rescue boat installed is served by a launching appliance complying with the provisions of paragraph .3.2;. |
| | 2 the capacity of the survival craft lost by the above substitution is compensated by the installation of life-rafts capable of carrying at least an equal number of persons served by the lifeboat replaced; and. |
| | 3 such life-rafts are served by the existing launching appliances or marine evacuation systems.. |
| | 4 Means of rescue. |
| | 1 Each ro-ro passenger ship shall be equipped with efficient means for rapidly recovering survivors from the water and transferring survivors from rescue units or survival craft to the ship.. |
| | 2 The means of transfer of survivors to the ship may be part of a marine evacuation system, or may be part of a system designed for rescue purposes. |
| | These means shall be approved by the flag State having regard to the recommendations adopted by IMO with MSC/Circ. 810.. |
| | 3 If the slide of a marine evacuation system in intended to provide the means of transfer of survivors to the deck of the ship, the slide shall be equipped with handlines or ladders to aid in climbing up the slide.. |
| | 5 Life-jackets. |
| | 1 Notwithstanding the requirements of SOLAS regulations III/7.2 and III/22.2 a sufficient number of life-jackets shall be stowed in the vicinity of the assembly stations so that passengers do not have to return to their cabins to collect their life-jackets.. |
| | 2 In ro-ro passenger ships, each life-jacket shall be fitted with a light complying with the requirements of paragraph 2.2.3 of the LSA Code. |
| | 5-2 Helicopter landing and pick-up areas (R 28) |
| | NEW AND EXISTING CLASS B, C AND D RO-RO SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Existing ro-ro passenger ships shall comply with the requirements of paragraph .2 of this regulation not later than the date of the first periodical survey after the date referred to in Article 14(1) of this Directive.. |
| | 2 Ro-ro passenger ships shall be provided with a helicopter pick-up area approved by the Administration of the flag State having regard to the recommendations adopted by the IMO in Resolution A.229(VII), as amended.. |
| | 3 New ro-ro passenger ships of class B, C and D of 130 metres and upwards in length shall be fitted with a helicopter landing area approved by the Administration of the flag State having regard to the recommendations adopted by the IMO. |
| | 5-3 Decision support system for masters (R 29) |
| | NEW AND EXISTING CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Existing ships shall comply with the requirements of this regulation not later than the date of the first periodical survey after 1 July 1999.. |
| | 2 In all ships, a decision support system for emergency management shall be provided on the navigation bridge.. |
| | 3 The system shall, as a minimum, consist of a printed emergency plan or plans. All foreseeable emergency situations shall be identified in the emergency plan or plans, including but not limited to, the following main groups of emergencies:. |
| | 1 fire;. |
| | 2 damage to ship;. |
| | 3 pollution;. |
| | 4 unlawful acts threatening the safety of the ship and the security of its passengers and crew;. |
| | 5 personnel accidents; and. |
| | 6 cargo-related accidents;. |
| | 7 emergency assistance to other ships.. |
| | 4 The emergency procedures established in the emergency plan or plans shall provide decision support to masters for handling any combination of emergency situations.. |
| | 5 The emergency plan or plans shall have a uniform structure and be easy to use. Where applicable, the actual loading condition as calculated for the ship's voyage stability shall be used for damage control purposes.. |
| | 6 In addition to the printed emergency plan or plans the Administration of the flag State may also accept the use of a computer-based decision-support system on the navigation bridge which provides all the information contained in the emergency plan or plans, procedures, check lists, etc., which is able to present a list of recommended actions to be carried out in foreseeable emergencies. |
| | 6 Launching stations (R 12) |
| | NEW AND EXISTING CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS: |
| | Launching stations shall be in such positions as to ensure safe launching having particular regard to clearance from the propeller and steeply overhanging portions of the hull, and so that survival craft can be launched down the straight side of the ship. If positioned forward they shall be positioned abaft the collision bulkhead, in a sheltered position. |
| | 7 Stowage of survival craft (R 13 + 24 ) |
| | NEW AND EXISTING CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Each survival craft shall be stowed: |
| | a. so that neither the survival craft nor its stowage arrangements will interfere with other survival craft launching operations; |
| | b. as near to the water surface as is safe and practicable; for a davit-launched survival craft the height of the davit head, with the survival craft in embarkation position, shall, as far as practicable, not exceed 15 metres to the waterline when the ship is in its lightest seagoing condition, and the position of a davit launched survival craft in the embarkation position shall be such that it stays clear of the waterline with the ship in the fully loaded condition under unfavourable conditions of trim of up to 10° and listed up to 20° either way for new ships, respectively up to at least 15° either way for existing ships, or to the angle at which the ship's weatherdeck becomes submerged, whichever is less; |
| | c. in a state of continuous readiness so that two crew members can prepare it for embarkation and launching within 5 minutes; |
| | d. as far forward of the propeller as is practicable; and |
| | e. fully equipped, as required by the relevant SOLAS regulations, except that additional life-rafts as defined in note 3 to the table of regulation III/2 may be exempted from some of the SOLAS requirements for equipment as mentioned in this note;. |
| | 2 Lifeboats shall be stowed attached to launching appliances, and on passenger ships of 80 metres in length and upwards, each lifeboat shall be so stowed that the after end of the lifeboat is not less than 1,5 times the length of the lifeboat forward of the propeller.. |
| | 3 Every life-raft shall be stowed: |
| | a. with its painter attached to the ship; |
| | b. with a float-free arrangement, complying with the requirements paragraph 4.1.6 of the LSA Code enabling the life-raft to float free and, if inflatable, to inflate automatically when the ship sinks. One float-free arrangement may be used for two or more life-rafts if the float-free arrangement is sufficient to comply with the requirements paragraph 4.1.6 of the LSA Code; |
| | c. so as to permit manual release from its securing arrangements.. |
| | 4 Davit-launched life-rafts shall be stowed within reach of the lifting hooks, unless some means of transfer is provided which is not rendered inoperable within the limits of trim of up to 10° and list up to 20° either way for new ships, respectively up to at least 15° either way for existing ships, or by ship motion or power failure.. |
| | 5 Life-rafts intended for throw-overboard launching shall be so stowed as to be in a position providing easy side to side transfer at a single open deck level. If this stowing arrangement cannot be met additional life-rafts shall be provided so that the total capacity available on each side will accommodate 75 % of the total number of persons on board.. |
| | 6 Life-rafts associated with a Marine Evacuation System (MES) shall: |
| | a. be stowed close to the container containing the MES; |
| | b. be capable of release from its stowage rack with arrangements which will enable it to be moored and inflated alongside the boarding platform; |
| | c. be capable of release as an independent survival craft; and |
| | d. be provided with retrieving lines to the boarding platform. |
| | 8 Stowage of rescue boats (R 14) |
| | NEW AND EXISTING CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS: |
| | Rescue boats shall be stowed:. |
| | 1 in a state of continuous readiness for launching in no more than 5 minutes;. |
| | 2 in a position suitable for launching and recovery;. |
| | 3 so that neither the rescue boat nor its stowage arrangements will interfere with the operation of any survival craft at any other launching station;. |
| | 4 if it is also a lifeboat, in compliance with the requirements of regulation 7. |
| | 8a Stowage of marine evacuation systems (R 15) |
| | NEW CLASS B,C AND D SHIPS AND EXISTING CLASS B, C AND D RO-RO SHIPS: |
| | 1. The shipside shall not have any openings between the embarkation station of the marine evacuation system and the waterline in the lightest seagoing condition and means shall be provided to protect the system from any projections. |
| | 2. Marine evacuation systems shall be in such position as to ensure safe launching having particular regard to clearance from the propeller and steeply overhanging positions of the hull and so that, as far as practicable, the system can be launched down the straight side of the ship. |
| | 3. Each marine evacuation system shall be stowed so that neither the passage nor the platform nor its stowage or operational arrangements will interfere with the operation of any other life-saving appliance at any other launching station. |
| | 4. Where appropriate, the ship shall be so arranged that the marine evacuation systems in their stowed positions are protected from damage by heavy seas. |
| | 9 Survival craft launching and recovering arrangements (R 16) |
| | NEW AND EXISTING CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Launching appliances complying with the requirements of section 6.1 of the LSA Code shall be provided for all survival craft and except:. |
| | 1 FOR EXISTING CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS: |
| | a. survival craft which are boarded from a position on deck which is less than 4,5 metres above the waterline in the lightest seagoing condition and which either: |
| | - have a mass of not more than 185 kg; or |
| | - are stowed for launching directly from the stowed position under unfavourable conditions of trim of up to 10° and list up to at least 15° either way; or |
| | b. survival craft which are carried in excess of the survival craft for 110 % of the total number of persons on board; or survival craft provided for use in conjunction with a marine evacuation system (MES) complying with the requirements of section 6.2 of the LSA Code and stowed for launching directly from the stowed position under unfavourable conditions of trim of up to 10° and list of up to 20° either way.. |
| | 2 FOR NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS: |
| | where, subject to survival craft and rescue boat embarkation arrangements being effective within the environmental conditions in which the ship is likely to operate and in all undamaged and prescribed damage conditions of trim and heel, the freeboard between the intended embarkation position and the waterline in the lightest seagoing condition is not more than 4,5 metres, the Administration of the flag State may accept a system where persons board life-rafts directly.. |
| | 2 Each lifeboat shall be provided with an appliance which is capable of launching and recovering the lifeboat. |
| | FOR NEW CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 January 2003: |
| | In addition there shall be provision for hanging-off the lifeboat to free the release gear for maintenance.. |
| | 3 Launching and recovering arrangements shall be such that the appliance operator on the ship is able to observe the survival craft at all times during launching and for lifeboats during recovery.. |
| | 4 Only one type of release mechanism shall be used for similar survival craft carried on board the ship.. |
| | 5 Falls, where used, shall be long enough for survival craft to reach the water with the ship in its lightest seagoing condition, under unfavourable conditions of trim of up to 10° and list of up to 20° either way for new ships, respectively up to at least 15° either way for existing ships.. |
| | 6 Preparation and handling of survival craft at any one launching station shall not interfere with the prompt preparation and handling of any other survival craft or rescue boat at any other station.. |
| | 7 Means shall be available to prevent any discharge of water on survival craft during abandonment.. |
| | 8 During preparation and launching, the survival craft, its launching appliance, and the area of water into which it is to be launched shall be adequately illuminated by lighting supplied from the emergency source of electrical power required by regulations II-1/D/3 and II-1/D/4. |
| | 10 Rescue boat embarkation, launching and recovery arrangements (R 17) |
| | NEW AND EXISTING CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 The rescue boat embarkation and launching arrangements shall be such that the rescue boat can be boarded and launched in the shortest possible time.. |
| | 2 The rescue boat shall be capable of being boarded and launched directly from the stowed position with the number of persons assigned to crew the rescue boat on board.. |
| | 3 If the rescue boat is included in the capacity of the survival craft and the other lifeboats are boarded from the embarkation deck the rescue boat shall, in addition to paragraph .2, also be capable of being boarded from the embarkation deck.. |
| | 4 Launching arrangements shall comply with the requirements of regulation 9. However all rescue boats shall be capable of being launched, where necessary utilising painters, with the ship making headway at speeds up to 5 knots in calm water.. |
| | 5 Recovery time of the rescue boat shall be not more than 5 minutes in moderate sea conditions when loaded with its full complement of persons and equipment. If the rescue boat is included in the capacity of the survival craft, this recovery time shall be possible when loaded with its survival craft equipment and the approved rescue boat complement of at least 6 persons.. |
| | 6 FOR NEW CLASS B,C AND D SHIPS, CONSTRUCTED ON OR AFTER 1 JANUARY 2003: |
| | Rescue boat embarkation and recovery arrangements shall allow for safe and efficient handling of a stretcher case. Foul weather recovery strops shall be provided for safety if heavy fall blocks constitute a danger. |
| | 11 Emergency instructions (R 19) |
| | NEW AND EXISTING CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS: |
| | Whenever new passengers embark a passenger safety briefing shall be given immediately before or after departure. This briefing shall at least include the instructions required by regulation III/3.3. It shall be made by means of an announcement in one or more languages likely to be understood by the passengers. The announcement shall be made on the ship's public address system or by other suitable means likely to be heard at least by the passengers who have not yet heard it during the voyage. |
| | 12 Operational readiness, maintenance and inspections (R 20) |
| | NEW AND EXISTING CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Before the ship leaves port and at all times during the voyage all life-saving appliances shall be in working order and ready for immediate use.. |
| | 2 Maintenance and inspections of life-saving appliances shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements of SOLAS regulation III/20. |
| | 13 Abandon ship training and drills (R 19 + R 30) |
| | NEW AND EXISTING CLASS B, C AND D SHIPS:. |
| | 1 Every crew member with assigned emergency duties shall be familiar with these duties before the voyage begins.. |
| | 2 An abandon ship drill and fire drill shall take place weekly. |
| | Each member of the crew shall participate in at least one abandon ship drill and one fire drill every month. The drills of the crew shall take place before departure of the ship if more than 25 % of the crew have not participated in abandon ship and fire drills on board that particular ship in the previous month. When a ship enters into service for the first time, after modification of a major character or when a new crew is engaged, the above mentioned drills shall be held before sailing.. |
| | 3 Each abandon ship drill shall include the actions required in SOLAS regulation III/19.3.3.1.. |
| | 4 Lifeboats and rescue boats shall be lowered at successive drills in accordance with the provision of SOLAS regulation III/19.3.3.2, 3.3.3, 3.3.6, and 3.3.7. |
| | The Administration of the flag State may allow ships not to launch the lifeboats on one side if their berthing arrangements in port and their trading patterns do not permit launching of lifeboats on that side. However, all such lifeboats shall be lowered at least once every 3 months and launched at least annually.. |
| | 5 If a ship is fitted with marine evacuation systems drills shall include the actions required in SOLAS regulation III/19.3.3.8.. |
| | 6 Emergency lighting for assembling and abandonment shall be tested at each abandon ship drill.. |
| | 7 Fire drills shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions of SOLAS regulation III/19.3.4.. |
| | 8 On-board training and instructions shall be given to crew members in accordance with the provisions of SOLAS regulation III/19.4. |
| | (1) The arabic numerals following the letter "C" in the subdivision load line notations may be replaced by roman numerals or letters if the Administration of the flag State considers this necessary to make the distinction with the international subdivision load line notations. |
| | (2) Refer to the Code on Noise levels on Board Ships, adopted by IMO Assembly Resolution A.468 (XII). |
| | (3) Reference is made to the recommendations published by the International Electrotechnical Commission and, in particular, Publication 92 - Electrical Installations in Ships." |
| HU.ES poglavje 07 zvezek 006 str. 107 - 232 | |
| LT.ES poglavje 07 zvezek 006 str. 107 - 232 | |
| LV.ES poglavje 07 zvezek 006 str. 107 - 232 | |
| MT.ES poglavje 07 zvezek 006 str. 107 - 232 | |
| PL.ES poglavje 07 zvezek 006 str. 107 - 232 | |
| SK.ES poglavje 07 zvezek 006 str. 107 - 232 | |
| SL.ES poglavje 07 zvezek 006 str. 107 - 232 | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| Direktiva Komisije 2002/25/ES | |
| z dne 5. marca 2002 | |
| o spremembi Direktive Sveta 98/18/ES o varnostnih predpisih in standardih za potniške ladje | |
| KOMISIJA EVROPSKIH SKUPNOSTI JE - | |
| ob upoštevanju Pogodbe o ustanovitvi Evropske skupnosti, | |
| ob upoštevanju Direktive Sveta 98/18/ES z dne 17. marca 1998 o varnostnih predpisih in standardih za potniške ladje [1] ter zlasti točke (b) člena 8 Direktive, | |
| ob upoštevanju naslednjega: | |
| (1) Za namen Direktive 98/18/ES so bile mednarodne konvencije, vključno z Mednarodno konvencijo o varstvu človeškega življenja na morju (Konvencija SOLAS) iz leta 1974 ter drugimi mednarodnimi kodeksi in resolucijami, ki zadevajo varnostne predpise in standarde za potniška plovila, veljavne na datum sprejetja navedene direktive. | |
| (2) Od sprejetja Direktive 98/18/ES so začele veljati ali bodo kmalu začele veljati spremembe Konvencije SOLAS ter drugih mednarodnih kodeksov in resolucij. | |
| (3) Te nove mednarodne instrumente je treba upoštevati v Prilogi I k Direktivi 98/18/ES. | |
| (4) Direktivo 98/18/ES je treba zato ustrezno spremeniti. | |
| (5) Ukrepi, predvideni s to direktivo, so v skladu z mnenjem Odbora, ustanovljenega s členom 12(1) Direktive Sveta 93/75/EGS [2], nazadnje spremenjene z Direktivo Komisije 98/74/ES [3] - | |
| SPREJELA NASLEDNJO DIREKTIVO: | |
| Člen 1 | |
| Priloga I k Direktivi 98/18/ES se nadomesti z besedilom iz Priloge k tej direktivi. | |
| Člen 2 | |
| 1. Države članice sprejmejo zakone in druge predpise, potrebne za uskladitev s to direktivo, najpozneje do 15. oktobra 2002. O tem takoj obvestijo Komisijo. | |
| Države članice se v sprejetih predpisih sklicujejo na to direktivo ali pa sklic nanjo navedejo ob njihovi uradni objavi. Način sklicevanja določijo države članice. | |
| 2. Države članice predložijo Komisiji predpise nacionalne zakonodaje, sprejete na področju, ki ga ureja ta direktiva. | |
| Člen 3 | |
| Ta direktiva začne veljati na dan objave v Uradnem listu Evropskih skupnosti. | |
| Uporabljati se začne 1. januarja 2003, razen če ni v Prilogi drugače določeno. | |
| Člen 4 | |
| Ta direktiva je naslovljena na države članice. | |
| V Bruslju, 5. marca 2002 | |
| Za Komisijo | |
| Loyola De Palacio | |
| Podpredsednica | |
| [1] UL 144, 15.5.1998, str. 1. | |
| [2] UL L 247, 5.10.1993, str. 19. | |
| [3] UL L 276, 13.10.1998, str. 7. | |
| -------------------------------------------------- | |
| PRILOGA | |
| PRILOGA I | |
| VARNOSTNE ZAHTEVE ZA NOVE IN OBSTOJEČE POTNIŠKE LADJE, KI OPRAVLJAJO POTOVANJA PO TERITORIALNEM MORJU | |
| Vsebina | |
| POGLAVJE I — SPLOŠNE DOLOČBE | |
| POGLAVJE II-l — KONSTRUKCIJA — PREGRAJEVANJE IN STABILNOST, STROJI IN ELEKTRIČNE NAPRAVE | |
| DEL A - SPLOŠNO | |
| 1. Opredelitve, povezane z Delom B (pravilo 2) | |
| 2. Opredelitve, povezane z Deli C, D, in E (pravilo 3) | |
| DEL B - STABILNOST NEPOŠKODOVANE LADJE, PREGRAJEVANJE IN STABILNOST V POŠKODOVANEM STANJU | |
| 1. Resolucija o stabilnosti nepoškodovane ladje A.749 (18) | |
| 2. Neprepustno pregrajevanje | |
| 3. Poplavna dolžina (pravilo 4) | |
| 4. Dovoljena dolžina oddelkov (pravilo 6) | |
| 5. Poplavnost (pravilo 5) | |
| 6. Faktor pregrajevanja | |
| 7. Posebne zahteve, ki zadevajo pregrajevanje ladij (pravilo 7) | |
| 8. Stabilnost v poškodovanem stanju (pravilo 8) | |
| 8-1. Stabilnost ro-ro potniških ladij v poškodovanem stanju (pravilo 8-1) | |
| 8-2. Posebne zahteve za ro-ro potniške ladje, ki prevažajo 400 ali več oseb (pravilo 8-2) | |
| 8-3. Posebne zahteve za potniške ladje, ki niso ro-ro potniške ladje in prevažajo 400 ali več oseb | |
| 9. Pregrade pretežnih tankov (pikov) in pregrade strojnice (pravilo 10) | |
| 10. Dvojna dna (pravilo 12) | |
| 11. Določanje, označevanje in vpisovanje pregradnih tovornih črt (pravilo 13) | |
| 12. Gradnja in prvo preskušanje neprepustnih pregrad itd. (pravilo 14) | |
| 13. Odprtine v nepropustnih pregradah (pravilo 15) | |
| 14. Ladje, ki prevažajo tovorna vozila, in njihovo spremstvo (pravilo 16) | |
| 15. Odprtine v zunanji oplati pod mejno ugrezno črto (pravilo 17) | |
| 16. Neprepustnost potniških ladij nad mejno ugrezno črto (pravilo 20) | |
| 17. Zapiranje vrat za natovarjanje tovora (pravilo 20-1) | |
| 17-1. Neprepustnost iz ro-ro krova (pregradni krov) v prostore pod njim (pravilo 20-2) | |
| 17-2. Dostop na ro-ro krove (pravilo 20-3) | |
| 17-3. Zapiranje pregrad na ro-ro krovu (pravilo 20-4) | |
| 18. Podatki o stabilnosti (pravilo 22) | |
| 19. Kontrolne skice v primeru poškodbe (pravilo 23) | |
| 20. Neprepustnost trupa in nadgradnje, preprečevanje in nadzor poškodb (pravilo 23-2) | |
| 21. Označevanje, občasno upravljanje in pregledi neprepustnih vrat, itd. (pravilo 24) | |
| 22. Zabeležbe v ladijski dnevnik (pravilo 25) | |
| 23. Dvižne platforme in rampe za avtomobile | |
| 24. Ograje | |
| DEL C — STROJI | |
| 1. Splošno (pravilo 26) | |
| 2. Motorji z notranjim izgorevanjem (pravilo 27) | |
| 3. Drenažna naprava (pravilo 21) | |
| 4. Število in vrsta drenažnih črpalk (pravilo 21) | |
| 5. Zadenjske vožnje (pravilo 28) | |
| 6. Krmilna naprava (pravilo 29) | |
| 7. Dodatne zahteve za električne in elektrohidravlične krmilne naprave (pravilo 30) | |
| 8. Ventilacijski sistemi v strojnici (pravilo 35) | |
| 9. Komunikacija med poveljniškim mostom in strojnico (pravilo 37) | |
| 10. Alarm upravitelja stroja (pravilo 38) | |
| 11. Namestitev zasilnih naprav (pravilo 39) | |
| 12. Krmiljenje strojev (pravilo 31) | |
| 13. Sistemi cevi za paro (pravilo 33) | |
| 14. Sistemi zračnega tlaka (pravilo 34) | |
| 15. Zaščita pred hrupom (pravilo 36) | |
| 16. Dvigala | |
| DEL D — ELEKTRIČNE NAPELJAVE | |
| 1. Splošno (pravilo 40) | |
| 2. Glavni vir električne energije in razsvetljava (pravilo 41) | |
| 3. Zasilni vir električne energije (pravilo 42) | |
| 4. Dodatna zasilna razsvetljava na ro-ro ladjah (pravilo 42-1) | |
| 5. Varnostni ukrepi proti električnemu udaru, požaru in drugim nevarnostim v zvezi z električno energijo (pravilo 45) | |
| DEL E — DODATNE ZAHTEVE ZA STROJNICE, KI SO OBČASNO BREZ POSADKE | |
| Posebna obravnava (pravilo 54) | |
| 1. Splošno (pravilo 46) | |
| 2. Protipožarni varnostni ukrepi (pravilo 47) | |
| 3. Zaščita pred poplavljanjem (pravilo 48) | |
| 4. Krmiljenje pogonskih strojev s poveljniškega mostu (pravilo 49) | |
| 5. Komunikacija (pravilo 50) | |
| 6. Sistem alarmiranja (pravilo 51) | |
| 7. Varnostni sistemi (pravilo 52) | |
| 8. Posebne zahteve za stroje, kotle in električne naprave (pravilo 53) | |
| 9. Avtomatski nadzorni in alarmni sistem (pravilo 53.4) | |
| POGLAVJE II-2 — PROTIPOŽARNO VARSTVO, ODKRIVANJE POŽARA IN GAŠENJE POŽARA | |
| DEL A — SPLOŠNO | |
| 1. Temeljna načela (pravilo 2) | |
| 2. Opredelitve (pravilo 3) | |
| 3. Požarne črpalke, glavni požarni vodi, hidranti, upogibne požarne cevi in šobe (pravilo 4) | |
| 4. Vgrajeni sistemi za gašenje požara (pravila 5 + 8 + 9 + 10) | |
| 5. Prenosni aparati za gašenje požara (pravilo 6) | |
| 6. Protipožarna ureditev v strojnicah (pravilo 7) | |
| 7. Posebne naprave v strojnicah (pravilo 11) | |
| 8. Avtomatski sistemi protipožarnih brizgalk, za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm (pravilo 12) | |
| 9. Vgrajeni sistemi za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm (pravilo 13) | |
| 10. Ukrepi za tekoče gorivo, olje za mazanje in druga vnetljiva olja (pravilo 15) | |
| 11. Gasilska oprema (pravilo 17) | |
| 12. Razno (pravilo 18) | |
| 13. Načrti gašenja (pravilo 20) | |
| 14. Pripravljenost za uporabo in vzdrževanje | |
| 15. Navodila, usposabljanje na krovu in vaje | |
| 16. Postopki | |
| DEL B — PROTIPOŽARNI VARNOSTNI UKREPI | |
| 1. Struktura (pravilo 23) | |
| 2. Glavne navpične in vodoravne cone (pravilo 24) | |
| 3. Pregrade znotraj glavne navpične cone (pravilo 25) | |
| 4. Protipožarna celovitost pregrad in krovov na novih ladjah za prevoz več kakor 36 potnikov (pravilo 26) | |
| 5. Protipožarna celovitost pregrad in krovov na novih ladjah za prevoz največ 36 potnikov in obstoječih ladjah RAZREDA B za prevoz največ 36 potnikov (pravilo 27) | |
| 6. Poti in izhodi v sili (pravilo 28) | |
| 6-1. Poti in izhodi v sili na ro-ro potniških ladjah (pravilo 28-1) | |
| 7. Predrtine in odprtine v pregradah razredov ‚A‘ in ‚B‘ (pravilo 30, 31) | |
| 8. Varnost stopnic in dvigal v bivalnih in delovnih prostorih (pravilo 29) | |
| 9. Sistemi prezračevanja (pravilo 32) | |
| 10. Okna in bočna okna (pravilo 33) | |
| 11. Omejena uporaba gorljivega materiala (pravilo 34) | |
| 12. Podrobnosti konstrukcije (pravilo 35) | |
| 13. Vgrajeni sistemi za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm ter sistem avtomatskih brizgalk, za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm (pravilo 14) (pravilo 36) | |
| 14. Zaščita prostorov posebne kategorije (pravilo 37) | |
| 15. Požarne patrulje, odkrivanje, alarmiranje in sistem za obveščanje potnikov (pravilo 40)(R 40) | |
| 16. Posodobitev obstoječih ladij razreda B, ki prevažajo več kakor 36 potnikov (pravilo 41-1) | |
| 17. Posebne zahteve za ladje, ki prevažajo nevarno blago (pravilo 41) | |
| 18. Posebne zahteve za helikoptersko opremo. | |
| POGLAVJE III — REŠEVALNA OPREMA | |
| 1. Opredelitve (pravilo 3) | |
| 2. Komunikacija, reševalna plovila in reševalni čolni, osebna reševalna oprema (pravila 6 + 7 + 18 + 21 + 22) | |
| 3. Alarm za nevarnost, navodila za uporabo, priročnik za usposabljanje, razpored za alarm in navodila v sili (pravila 6 + 8 + 9 + 19 + 20) | |
| 4. Posadka reševalnih plovil in nadzor (pravilo 10) | |
| 5. Zbirna mesta reševalnih plovil in ureditev vkrcanja nanje (pravila 11 + 23 + 25) | |
| 5-1. Zahteve za ro-ro potniške ladje (pravilo 26) | |
| 5-2. Površine za pristajanje helikopterjev in pobiranje s helikopterjem (pravilo 28) | |
| 5-3. Sistem za podporo odločanju za poveljnike (pravilo 29) | |
| 6. Postaje za spuščanje (pravilo 12) | |
| 7. Hramba reševalnih plovil (pravili 13 + 24) | |
| 8. Hramba reševalnih čolnov (pravilo 14) | |
| 8a. Hramba sistemov za evakuacijo na morju (pravilo 15) | |
| 9. Sistemi za spuščanje in dvigovanje reševalnih plovil (pravilo 16) | |
| 10. Sistemi za vkrcavanje, spuščanje in dviganje reševalnega čolna (pravilo 17) | |
| 11. Navodila v sili (pravilo 19) | |
| 12. Pripravljenost za obratovanje, vzdrževanje in pregledi (pravilo 20) | |
| 13. Usposabljanje in vaje za zapuščanje ladje (pravilo 19 + pravilo 30) | |
| POGLAVJE I | |
| SPLOŠNE DOLOČBE | |
| Če je izrecno določeno, se pravila te priloge uporabljajo za nove in obstoječe potniške ladje razreda A, B, C in D, ki opravljajo potovanja v teritorialnih morskih vodah. | |
| Nove ladje razreda B, C in D z dolžino, manjšo od 24 metrov, morajo izpolnjevati zahteve pravil II-l/B/2 do II-l/B/8 in II-l/B/10 te priloge, razen če uprava države zastave, pod katero so te ladje upravičene pluti, zagotavlja, da izpolnjujejo nacionalne predpise države zastave ter da ti predpisi zagotavljajo enako stopnjo varnosti. | |
| Če se določbe te priloge ne uporabljajo za nove ladje krajše od 24 metrov, uprava države zastave zagotovi, da se enaka stopnja varnosti za take ladje zagotovi z izpolnjevanjem nacionalnih predpisov. | |
| Za obstoječe ladje razreda C in D ni potrebno, da izpolnjujejo pravila Poglavja II-l in II-2 te priloge, če uprava države zastave, pod katero so te ladje upravičene pluti, zagotavlja, da izpolnjujejo nacionalne predpise države zastave in da ti predpisi zagotavljajo enako stopnjo varnosti. | |
| Kadar koli se v tej prilogi za obstoječe ladje zahteva uporaba resolucije IMO, za ladje, zgrajene največ dve leti po datumu sprejetja take resolucije s strani IMO, ni potrebno, da so v skladu s tako resolucijo, če izpolnjujejo morebitno(-e) še veljavno(-e) prejšnjo(-e) resolucijo(-e). | |
| Med večja popravila, spremembe in predelave se štejejo na primer: | |
| - vsaka sprememba, ki znatno spremeni dimenzije ladje, primer: podaljšava z dodatkom novega srednjega dela, | |
| - vsaka sprememba, ki znatno spremeni potniške zmogljivosti ladje, primer: krov ladje, namenjen za skladiščenje vozil, spremenjen v potniške bivalne prostore, | |
| - vsaka sprememba, ki znatno podaljša življenjsko dobo ladje, primer: obnovitev prostorov za namestitev potnikov na eni celotni palubi. | |
| Navedba "(pravilo…)", ki sledi številnim naslovom pravil v tej prilogi, se nanaša na pravila Konvencije Solas iz leta 1974 v spremenjeni različici, na katerih temeljijo pravila te priloge. | |
| POGLAVJE II-l | |
| KONSTRUKCIJA — PREGRAJEVANJE IN STABILNOST, STROJI IN ELEKTRIČNE NAPRAVE | |
| DEL A | |
| SPLOŠNO | |
| 1 Opredelitve, povezane z delom B (pravilo 2) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 .1 Pregradna tovorna črta je vodna črta, po kateri se določa pregrajevanje ladje. | |
| .2 Najvišja pregradna tovorna črta je vodna črta, ki ustreza največjemu ugrezu, dovoljenemu po zahtevah za pregrajevanje, ki se uporabljajo. | |
| .2 Dolžina ladje je dolžina, merjena med navpičnima črtama skozi skrajne točke najvišje pregradne tovorne črte. | |
| .3 Širina ladje je največja širina med zunanjimi robovi reber na najvišji pregradni tovorni črti ali pod njo. | |
| .4 Ugrez je navpična razdalja od zgornjega roba gredlja na polovici dolžine ladje do zadevne pregradne tovorne črte. | |
| .5 Nosilnost je razlika v tonah med izpodrivom ladje na poletni tovorni črti v vodi s specifično težo 1,025 in težo prazne ladje. | |
| .6 Teža prazne ladje je izpodriv ladje v tonah brez tovora, goriva, mazalnega olja, balastne vode, sveže vode in pitne vode v rezervoarjih, uporabne preskrbe ter potnikov, posadke in njihovega imetja. | |
| .7 Pregradni krov je najvišji krov, do katerega dosegajo prečne nepropustne pregraje. | |
| .8 Mejna ugrezna črta je na boku označena črta, debela najmanj 76 mm, pod zgornjim robom pregradnega krova. | |
| .9 Poplavnost prostora je odstotek tistega prostora, ki ga lahko zavzame voda. Prostornina prostora, ki seže nad ugrezno mejno črto, se meri samo do višine te črte. | |
| .10 Strojnica je prostor, ki seže od zgornjega roba kobilice do mejne ugrezne črte, kakor tudi med končnimi glavnimi neprepustnimi prečnimi pregrajami, ki obdajajo prostore, v katerih so glavni pogonski in pomožni pogonski stroji ter kotli, ki so namenjeni za potrebe pogona. | |
| .11 Prostori za potnike so tisti prostori, ki so predvideni za namestitev in uporabo potnikov, razen prostorov za prtljago, zaloge, živež in poštne pošiljke. | |
| .12 Neprepusten v zvezi s konstrukcijo pomeni zmožen preprečiti prehod vode skozi konstrukcijo v kateri koli smeri pod pritiskom vode, ki bi lahko nastal v nepoškodovanem ali poškodovanem stanju. | |
| .13 Odporen na vremenske vplive pomeni, da voda ne bo prodrla v ladjo pod nobenimi pogoji na morju. | |
| .14 Ro-ro potniška ladja pomeni potniško ladjo z ro-ro prostori za tovor ali prostori posebne kategorije, kakor so opredeljeni v pravilu II-2/A/2. | |
| 2 Opredelitve, povezane z deli C, D, in E (pravilo 3) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 .1 Sistem za krmiljenje s krmilno napravo je naprava, preko katere se prenašajo povelja od poveljniškega mostu do strojne naprave za pogon krmilne naprave. Sisteme za krmiljenje s krmilno napravo sestavljajo oddajniki, sprejemniki, hidravlične kontrolne črpalke in pripadajoči motorji, regulatorji motorjev, cevi in kabli. | |
| .2 Glavna krmilna naprava sestoji iz strojev, krmilnih stikal, morebitnih strojnih naprav za pogon krmilne naprave, pomožne opreme in elementov za uporabo navora na osi krmila (tj. krmilna ročica ali kvadrant), ki so potrebni, da se krmilo obrača in tako krmili ladja v normalnih razmerah plovbe. | |
| .2 Strojna naprava za pogon krmilne naprave je: | |
| .1 če je krmilna naprava električna, elektromotor in njegova pripadajoča električna oprema; | |
| .2 če je krmilna naprava elektrohidravlična, elektromotor, njegova pripadajoča električna oprema in priključna črpalka; | |
| .3 če je krmilna naprava drugačnega hidravličnega tipa, pogonski motor in priključena črpalka. | |
| .3 Pomožna krmilna naprava je naprava, razen katerega koli dela glavne krmilne naprave, ki je potrebna za krmiljenje ladje v primeru okvare glavne krmilne naprave, vendar ne vključuje krmilne ročice, kvadranta ali komponent, ki služijo enakemu namenu. | |
| .4 Normalni plovni in bivalni pogoji so pogoji, pod katerimi so ladja kot celota, stroji, naprave, sredstva in pripomočki, ki zagotavljajo pogon, sposobnost krmiljenja, varno plovbo, varnost pred požarom in poplavo, notranje in zunanje komunikacije ter signale, ter sredstva za reševanje in vitli rešilnih čolnov, pa tudi predvidene naprave za udobno bivanje delovno urejeni in normalno delujejo. | |
| .5 Izredne razmere so razmere, v katerih katere koli storitve, potrebne za normalne pogoje za delovanje in bivanje, ne delujejo zaradi izpada glavnega vira električne energije. | |
| .6 Glavni vir električne energije je vir, namenjen oskrbi z električno energijo glavne stikalne plošče za razdeljevanje do vseh naprav, ki so potrebne za ohranjanje ladje v normalnih pogojih za delovanje in bivanje. | |
| .7 Stanje ladje v mirovanju je stanje, ko glavni pogonski stroj, kotli in pomožne naprave ne obratujejo zaradi pomanjkanja energije. | |
| .8 Glavna generatorska postaja je prostor, v katerem je glavni vir električne energije. | |
| .9 Glavna stikalna plošča je stikalna plošča, ki se neposredno napaja iz glavnega vira električne energije in je namenjena razdeljevanju električne energije porabnikom na ladji. | |
| .10 Zasilna stikalna plošča je stikalna plošča, ki se v primeru izpada glavnega električnega napajalnega sistema neposredno napaja iz zasilnega vira električne energije ali prehodnega vira zasilne energije in je namenjena razdeljevanju električne energije zasilnim napravam. | |
| .11 Zasilni vir električne energije je vir električne energije, namenjen za napajanje zasilne stikalne plošče v primeru izpada napajanja iz glavnega vira električne energije. | |
| .12 Najvišja servisna hitrost pri vožnji naprej je največja hitrost, katero ladja ohranja pri plovbi pri največjem ugrezu ladje. | |
| .13 Najhitrejša zadenjska hitrost je hitrost, ki jo ladja lahko doseže pri načrtovanem največjem zadenjskem pogonu pri največjem ugrezu ladje. | |
| .14(a) Strojnice so vse strojnice kategorije A in drugi prostori, v katerih so pogonski stroji, kotli, enote za kurilno olje, parni stroji in stroji z notranjim zgorevanjem, generatorji in večji električni stroji, črpalne postaje za gorivo, stroji za hlajenje, stabilizacijo, ventilacijo in klimatizacijo, in podobni prostori ter dostopi do njih. | |
| .14(b) Strojnice kategorije A so vsi prostori in dostopi do teh prostorov, v katerih so: | |
| .1 stroji z notranjim zgorevanjem, ki se uporabljajo za glavni pogon; ali | |
| .2 stroji z notranjim zgorevanjem, ki se uporabljajo za druge namene kakor za glavni pogon, če imajo agregati takih strojev skupno izhodno moč najmanj 375 kW; ali | |
| .3 kakršen koli kotel na zgorevanje olja ali enoto na kurilno olje. | |
| .15 Pogonski sistem je hidravlična oprema, namenjena oskrbi z energijo za obračanje krmilne osi, ki sestoji iz strojne naprave ali strojnih naprav za pogon krmilne naprave, skupaj s pripadajočimi cevovodi in opremo ter krmilnim stikalom. Pogonski sistemi si lahko delijo skupne mehanične elemente, t.j. krmilno ročico, kvadrant in krmilno os ali dele, ki služijo istemu namenu. | |
| .16 Kontrolne postaje so tisti prostori, v katerih so ladijski radio, glavna navigacijska oprema ali zasilni vir energije ali v katerih je oprema za registriranje ali nadzor požara. | |
| DEL B | |
| STABILNOST NEPOŠKODOVANE LADJE, PREGRAJEVANJE IN STABILNOST V POŠKODOVANEM STANJU | |
| 1 Resolucija o stabilnosti nepoškodovane ladje A.749 (18) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA A, B, C IN D Z DOLŽINO 24 METROV IN VEČ: | |
| Vsi razredi novih ladij z dolžino 24 metrov in več izpolnjujejo ustrezne določbe za potniške ladje iz Kodeksa o stabilnosti nepoškodovane ladje, ki ga je 4. novembra 1993 sprejela IMO na 18. seji skupščine z Resolucijo A.749 (18). | |
| Če države članice menijo, da je uporaba Merila za močan veter in bočno zibanje ladje iz Resolucije IMO A.749 (18) neustrezna, se lahko uporabi alternativni pristop, ki zagotavlja zadovoljivo stabilnost. Dokaz o tem je treba predložiti Komisiji, ki potrdi, da je dosežena enakovredna stopnja varnosti. | |
| OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA A IN B Z DOLŽINO 24 METROV IN VEČ: | |
| Vse obstoječe ladje razreda A in B v vseh stanjih naloženosti izpolnjujejo naslednja merila stabilnosti po ustreznem popravku za učinek proste površine tekočin v cisternah v skladu s predpostavkami odstavka 3.3 Resolucije IMO A.749 (18) ali enakovrednimi predpostavkami. | |
| (a) Območje pod krivuljo vzravnalnega vzvoda (GZ krivulja) ni manjše od: | |
| (i) 0,055 metrskega radiana do nagibnega kota 30 °; | |
| (ii) 0,09 metrskega radiana do nagibnega kota 40 ° ali kota poplavljanja, t.j. kota nagiba, pri katerem so spodnji robovi vseh odprtin v trupu, nadgradnjah ali stavbah na krovu, ki se ne dajo neprepustno zapreti, potopljeni v vodo, če je ta kot manjši od 40 °; | |
| (iii) 0,03 metrskega radiana med nagibnim kotom 30 ° in 40 ° ali med 30 ° in kotom poplavljanja, če je ta kot manjši od 40 °; | |
| (b) Vzravnalni moment GZ je vsaj 0,20 metra pod kotom nagiba, enakim ali večjim od 30 °. | |
| (c) Največji vzravnalni moment GZ nastane pod kotom nagiba, za katerega je zaželeno, da je večji od 30 °, vendar ne manjši od 25 °. | |
| (d) Začetna diagonalna metacentrična višina ni manjša od 0,15 metra. | |
| Stanja naloženosti, ki jih je treba upoštevati za preverjanje skladnosti z zgornjimi merili stabilnosti, vključujejo vsaj tiste, navedene v odstavku 3.5.1.1 Resolucije IMO A.749 (18). | |
| Vse obstoječe ladje razreda A in B z dolžino 24 metrov ali več izpolnjujejo tudi dodatna merila, kakor so določena v odstavku 3.1.2.6 (dodatna merila za potniške ladje) in odstavku 3.2 (Merilo za močan veter in bočno zibanje ladje) Resolucije IMO A.749(18). | |
| Če države članice menijo, da je uporaba Merila za močan veter in bočno zibanje ladje iz Resolucije IMO A.749 (18) neustrezna, se lahko uporabi alternativni pristop, ki zagotavlja zadovoljivo stabilnost. Dokaz o tem je treba predložiti Komisiji, ki potrdi, da je dosežena enakovredna stopnja varnosti. | |
| 2 Neprepustno pregrajevanje | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| Vsaka ladja je s pregradami, ki so neprepustne do pregradnega krova, pregrajena v neprepustne oddelke, katerih največja dolžina se izračuna v skladu s posebnimi zahtevami, navedenimi spodaj. | |
| Namesto navedenih zahtev se lahko uporabijo pravila o pregrajevanju in stabilnosti potniških ladij kot enakovredno nadomestilo Delu B Poglavja II Mednarodne konvencije o varstvu človeškega življenja na morju iz leta 1960, kakor je navedeno v Resoluciji IMO A.265 (VIII), če se uporabijo v celoti. | |
| Vsak drugi del notranje stavbe, ki vpliva na učinkovitost pregrajevanja ladje, je neprepusten. | |
| 3 Poplavna dolžina (pravilo 4) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Poplavna dolžina za določeno točko je največji del dolžine ladje, s središčem v zadevni točki, ki je lahko poplavljen, ob spodaj navedeni predpostavki poplavnosti, da ladja ni potopljena pod mejno ugrezno črto. | |
| .2 Na ladjah, ki nimajo neprekinjenega pregradnega krova, se lahko poplavna dolžina za vsako točko določi na podlagi predpostavljene neprekinjene mejne ugrezne črte, ki v nobeni točki ni manjša od 76 mm pod zgornjo površino krova na boku ladje, do katere so zadevne pregrade in zunanja oplata neprepustno izvedene. | |
| .3 Če je del predpostavljene mejne črte znatno pod krovom, do katerega vodjo pregrade, lahko uprava države zastave dovoli omejene odmike pri neprepustnosti za tiste dele pregrad, ki so nad mejno ugrezno črto in neposredno pod višjim krovom. | |
| 4 Dovoljena dolžina oddelkov (pravilo 6) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| Največja dovoljena dolžina oddelka s središčem v kateri koli točki dolžine ladje se določi tako, da se poplavna dolžina množi z ustreznim faktorjem, ki se imenuje faktor pregrajevanja. | |
| 5 Poplavnost (pravilo 5) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| Predpostavke, kakor so določene v pravilu 3 tega poglavja, se nanašajo na poplavnost prostorov pod mejno ugrezno četo. | |
| Pri določitvi poplavne dolžine se uporabi predpostavljena povprečna poplavnost prostorov pod mejno ugrezno črto iz tabele v pravilu 8.3. | |
| 6 Faktor pregrajevanja | |
| Faktor pregrajevanja je: | |
| ZA NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE RO-RO POTNIŠKE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| 1,0, če je število oseb, ki jih sme ladja prevažati, manjše od 400, in | |
| 0,5, če je število oseb, ki jih sme ladja prevažati, 400 ali več. | |
| Obstoječe ro-ro potniške ladje razreda B morajo izpolniti to zahtevo najpozneje do datuma izpolnitve iz odstavka 2 pravila II-l/B/8-2. | |
| ZA OBSTOJEČE POTNIŠKE LADJE, KI NISO RO-RO POTNIŠKE LADJE RAZREDA B: 1,0 | |
| 7 Posebne zahteve v zvezi s pregrajevanjem ladij (pravilo 7) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Če v enem delu ladje ali več neprepustne pregrade segajo do višjega krova kakor v ostalem delu ladje in se to povečanje višine pregrade želi izkoristiti pri izračunu poplavne dolžine, se smejo uporabiti ločene mejne ugrezne črte za vsak takšen del ladje pod pogojem: | |
| .1 da zunanja oplata ladje seže po vsej dolžini ladje do krova, ki ustreza najvišji mejni ugrezni črti in da se vse odprtine v zunanji oplati pod tem krovom po vsej dolžini ladje štejejo, kakor da so v smislu pravila 15 pod mejno ugrezno črto; in | |
| .2 da sta oddelka ob "stopnici" v pregradnem krovu v meji dovoljene dolžine, ki ustreza njunima mejnima ugreznim črtama, in da poleg tega njuna skupna dolžina ne presega dvojne dovoljene dolžine, izračunane glede na spodnjo mejno ugrezno črto. | |
| .2 Dolžina enega oddelka sme biti večja od dovoljene dolžine, določene z določbami pravila 4, če dolžina skupaj z dolžino sosednjega oddelka ne presega bodisi poplavne dolžine bodisi dvojne dovoljene dolžine, glede na nižjo vrednost. | |
| .3 Ena glavnih prečnih pregrad lahko ima vdolbino, če so vsi deli vdolbine med dvema navpičnima ravninama na obeh straneh ladje na razdalji od oplate, ki je enaka petini širine ladje in merjena pravokotno na simetralo ladje na višini najvišje pregradne tovorne črte. Če je kateri del vdolbine zunaj navedenih meja, se šteje za stopnico v skladu z odstavkom 6. | |
| .4 Če ima katera od glavnih prečnih pregrad vdolbino ali stopnico, se pri določanju pregrajevanja uporabi ekvivalentna ravna pregrada. | |
| .5 Če je glavni prečni neprepustni oddelek tudi sam pregrajen in če se lahko uprava države zastave prepriča, da po predpostavljeni bočni poškodbi, ki bi segala v dolžino 3,0 metrov ter 3 % dolžine ladje ali 11 metrov ali 10 % dolžine ladje, glede na manjšo vrednost, ne bo poplavljen ves prostor glavnega oddelka, je mogoče dovoliti sorazmerno povečanje dovoljene dolžine, ki bi bila sicer določena za takšen oddelek. V takem primeru količina dejanskega vzgona, predpostavljenega na nepoškodovani strani, ne sme biti večja od predpostavljenega na poškodovani strani. | |
| Ta odstavek se uporabi le, če ni pričakovati preprečitve izpolnjevanja pravila 8. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .6 Ena od glavnih prečnih pregrad lahko ima stopnico, če je izpolnjen eden od naslednjih pogojev: | |
| .1 skupna dolžina dveh oddelkov, ločenih s to pregrado, ne sme biti večja od 90 % poplavne dolžine ali dvojne dovoljene dolžine oddelka, razen na ladjah s faktorjem pregrajevanja, ki je enak 1, na katerih skupna dolžina teh dveh oddelkov ne sme presegati dovoljene dolžine; | |
| .2 v predelu stopnice je predvideno dopolnilno pregrajevanje, da se ohrani enaka stopnja varnosti, kakor če bi bila pregrada ravna; | |
| .3 oddelek, nad katerim se razprostira stopnica, ne presega dovoljene dolžine, ki ustreza mejni ugrezni črti, ki je 76 mm pod stopnico. | |
| .7 Na ladjah dolžine najmanj 100 metrov je ena glavnih prečnih pregrad za prestrezno pregrado postavljena tako, da njena oddaljenost od premične navpičnice ne znaša več od dovoljene dolžine oddelka. | |
| .8 Če je razdalja med dvema glavnima sosednjima prečnima pregradama ali njunima ekvivalentnima ravnima pregradama ali razdalja med navpičnimi ravninami, ki gredo skozi najbližje stopničaste dele pregrad, manjša od 3,0 metrov ter 3 % dolžine ladje ali 11,0 metrov ali 10 % dolžine ladje, glede na manjšo vrednost, se šteje, da je samo ena od teh pregrad del pregrajevanja ladje. | |
| .9 Če je določeni faktor pregrajevanja enak 0,50, skupna dolžina katerih koli dveh sosednjih oddelkov ne sme biti večja od poplavne dolžine. | |
| 8 Stabilnost v poškodovanem stanju (pravilo 8) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1.1 Predvideti je treba takšno stabilnost nepoškodovane ladje v vseh pogojih obratovanja, da lahko vzdrži popolno poplavljanje katerega koli glavnega oddelka, za katerega se zahteva, da je v okviru poplavne dolžine. | |
| .1.2 Če sta dva sosednja glavna oddelka ločena s stopničasto pregrado, ki ustreza določbam pravila 7.6.1, je stabilnost v nepoškodovanem stanju takšna, da ladja lahko prenese poplavljanje teh dveh sosednjih glavnih oddelkov. | |
| .1.3 Če je določeni faktor pregrajevanja 0,50, mora biti stabilnost v nepoškodovanem stanju takšna, da ladja lahko vzdrži poplavljanje katerih koli dveh sosednjih glavnih oddelkov. | |
| .2.1 Določbe pododstavka .1 se določijo z izračunom v smislu odstavka .3, .4 in .6 ter ob upoštevanju razmerja in glavne značilnosti ladje ter mesta in oblike poškodovanih oddelkov. Pri teh izračunih je treba predpostaviti, da je ladja glede na stabilnost v najbolj neugodnih pogojih obratovanja. | |
| .2.2 Če se predlaga postavitev krovov, notranjih oplat ali vzdolžnih pregrad zadostne neprepustnosti, da zares omejijo vdiranje vode, se take omejitve pri izračunih upoštevajo v ustrezni meri. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE RO-RO POTNIŠKE LADJE RAZREDA B IN OBSTOJEČE POTNIŠKE LADJE, KI NISO RO-RO POTNIŠKE LADJE RAZREDA B, IZDELANE 29. APRILA 1990 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| .2.3 Zahtevana stabilnost v končnem stanju po poškodbi in po izravnavi, če je predvidena, se določi na naslednji način: | |
| .2.3.1 Krivulja vzravnalnih momentov pozitivnih ostankov ima najmanjše območje 15 ° nad kotom ravnovesja. To območje se lahko zmanjša na najmanj 10 °, če je prostor pod krivuljo vzravnalnega momenta tak, kakor je določeno v pododstavku .2.3.2 in pomnožen z razmerjem 15/območje, pri čemer je obseg izražen v stopinjah. | |
| .2.3.2 Prostor pod krivuljo vzravnalnega momenta je vsaj 0,015 m-rad, merjen od kota ravnovesja do manjše od naslednjih vrednosti: | |
| .1 kota, pod katerim se pojavi postopno poplavljanje; | |
| .2 22 ° (merjeno pokončno), če gre za poplavljanje enega oddelka, ali 27 ° (merjeno pokončno), če gre za hkratno poplavljanje dveh sosednjih oddelkov. | |
| .2.3.3 Vzravnalni moment ostanka se dobi znotraj območja pozitivne stabilnosti, ob upoštevanju največjega od naslednjih nagibnih momentov: | |
| .1 množice vseh potnikov na eno stran; | |
| .2 spuščanja vseh popolnoma napolnjenih reševalnih plovil s sošico na eni strani; | |
| .3 zaradi pritiska vetra; | |
| z naslednjo formulo: | |
| GZ | |
| = | |
| + 0,04 | |
| V nobenem primeru pa vzravnalni moment ne sme biti manjši od 0,10 metrov. | |
| .2.3.4 Za namen izračuna nagibnih momentov iz odstavka .2.3.3 se predpostavlja naslednje: | |
| .1 Moment zaradi množice potnikov: | |
| .1.1 štiri osebe na kvadratni meter; | |
| .1.2 teža 75 kg na potnika; | |
| .1.3 potniki se porazdelijo po razpoložljivih prostorih na krovih proti eni strani ladje na krovih, na katerih so zbirna mesta, in na tak način, da ustvarijo najbolj negativen nagibni moment. | |
| .2 Moment zaradi spuščanja vseh popolnoma napolnjenih reševalnih plovil, ki se spuščajo s sošico na eni strani: | |
| .2.1 za vse rešilne in reševalne čolne, ki so na boku, na katerega se je nagnila ladja po poškodbi, se predpostavlja, da so zanihani čez krov popolnoma napolnjeni in pripravljeni za spust; | |
| .2.2 za rešilne čolne, ki so pripravljeni za spust popolnoma napolnjeni s svojega mesta na ladji, se upošteva največji nagibni moment med spuščanjem; | |
| .2.3 za vsak popolnoma napolnjen rešilni splav, ki se spušča s sošico, pritrjen na vsako sošico na boku, na katerega se je nagnila ladja po poškodbi, se predpostavlja, da je zanihan čez krov, pripravljen za spust; | |
| .2.4 osebe, ki niso v reševalni opremi, ki je zanihana čez krov, ne smejo ustvarjati dodatnega nagiba ali vzravnalnega momenta; | |
| .2.5 za reševalno opremo na boku ladje, nasprotnem od tistega, na katerega se je ladja nagnila, se predpostavlja, da je na svojem mestu. | |
| .3 Momenti zaradi pritiska vetra: | |
| .3.1 razred B: pritisk vetra 120 N/m2; | |
| razred C in D: pritisk vetra 80 N/m2; | |
| .3.2 uporabljeno območje je načrtovano lateralno območje ladje nad vodno črto, ki ustreza neokrnjenemu stanju; | |
| .3.3 krak momenta je navpična razdalja od točke na eni polovici povprečnega ugreza, ki ustreza neokrnjenemu stanju težišča lateralnega območja. | |
| .2.4 Kadar nastane večje postopno poplavljanje, to je kadar povzroči hitro zmanjševanje vzravnalnega momenta 0,04 metrov ali več, se šteje, da je krivulja vzravnalnega momenta končana pod kotom, pod katerim se pojavi postopno poplavljanje, območje in površina, navedena v .2.3.1 in .2.3.2, pa se merita do tega kota. | |
| .2.5 Če ima postopno poplavljanje omejen obseg in se ne nadaljuje neprekinjeno ter povzroča sprejemljivo počasno zmanjševanje vzravnalnega momenta, ki je manjši od 0,04 metrov, se preostanek krivulje delno priseka, ob predpostavki, da je postopno poplavljen prostor tako poplavljen od začetka. | |
| .2.6 V vmesnih stopnjah poplavljanja je največji vzravnalni moment vsaj 0,05 metra in obseg pozitivnih vzravnalnih momentov vsaj 7. V vseh primerih je treba predpostavljati le eno razpoko v trupu in le eno prosto površino. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .3 Če nastane poškodba, se pri izračunu stabilnosti upoštevata prostorska in površinska poplavnost, kakor sledi: | |
| Prostori | Poplavnost (%) | | |
| Predvideni za tovor ali ladijske zaloge | 60 | | |
| Zavzeti z bivalnimi prostori | 95 | | |
| Zavzeti s stroji | 85 | | |
| Določen za tekočino | 0 ali 95 [1] | | |
| Večjo površinsko poplavnost je treba predpostaviti za tiste prostore, ki blizu poškodovane vodne črte nimajo veliko prostorov za namestitev potnikov in posadke ali strojev in prostorov, ki v glavnem niso zavzeti s kakršno koli večjo količino tovora ali zalog. | |
| .4 Predpostavljeni obseg poškodbe je: | |
| .1 v vzdolžni smeri: 3,0 metre ter 3 % dolžine ladje ali 11,0 metrov ali 10 % dolžine ladje, glede na manjšo vrednost; | |
| .2 v prečni smeri (merjeno od zunanje oplate znotraj ladje navpično na simetralno ravnino ladje, na višino najvišje pregradne tovorne črte): dolžina enaka petini širine ladje; in | |
| .3 v navpični smeri: od osnovne črte neomejeno navzgor; | |
| .4 če bi kakšna poškodba manjše razsežnosti, kakor je navedeno v .4.1, .4.2, .4.3, povzročila težje pogoje glede prečnega nagiba ali zmanjšanja metacentrične višine, se v izračunih takšna poškodba domneva. | |
| .5 Nesimetrično poplavljanje je treba z ustreznimi napravami zmanjšati na najmanjšo mero. Če je treba izravnavati velike kote prečnih nagibov, se, če je to izvedljivo, uporabijo sredstva z avtomatičnim delovanjem, vendar je treba vedno, kadar obstajajo krmila za napravo za prečno poplavljanje, s takšno napravo ravnati z mesta nad pregradnim krovom. Za nove ladje razreda B, C in D največji kot prečnega nagiba po poplavljanju, vendar pred izravnavo ne sme presegati 15 °. Če se zahtevajo naprave za prečno poplavljanje, čas za izravnavo ne sme preseči 15 minut. Ustrezna navodila za uporabo naprav za izravnavo nagiba morajo biti poslana poveljniku ladje. | |
| .6 Končno stanje ladje po poškodbi in izvedeni izravnavi v primeru nesimetričnega poplavljanja: | |
| .1 v primeru simetričnega poplavljanja je preostala metacentrična višina pozitivna in znaša najmanj 50 mm, izračunana po metodi nespremenljivega spodriva; | |
| .2a če ni drugače določeno v odstavku 6.2b, v primeru nesimetričnega poplavljanja nagib poplavljanja enega oddelka ne presega 7 ° pri ladjah razreda B (nove in obstoječe) in 12 ° pri ladjah razreda C in D (nove). | |
| Pri hkratnem poplavljanju dveh sosednjih oddelkov se lahko dovoli nagib 12 ° za obstoječe in nove ladje razreda B, pod pogojem, da faktor pregrajevanja nikjer ni večji od 0,50 v poplavljenem delu ladje; | |
| .2b za obstoječe potniške ladje razreda B, ki niso ro-ro potniške ladje, izdelane pred 29. aprilom 1990, v primeru nesimetričnega poplavljanja kot ne presega 7 °, razen v posebnih stanjih, za katera uprava lahko dovoli dodatni nagib zaradi nesimetričnega momenta, vendar v nobenem primeru končni nagib ne sme presegati 15 °. | |
| .3 mejna ugrezna črta v končnem stanju poplavljanja ne sme biti potopljena. Če je mogoče, da se mejna ugrezna črta potopi v času samega poplavljanja, lahko uprava države zastave zahteva, da se opravijo preiskave in sprejmejo ukrepi, ki so po njenem mnenju potrebni za varnost ladje. | |
| .7 Poveljnik ladje ima na voljo podatke, potrebne za ohranitev zadostne stabilnosti ladje v nepoškodovanem stanju v pogojih obratovanja, da lahko ladja vzdrži kritično poškodbo. Na ladjah z napravami za prečno poplavljanje je poveljnik ladje seznanjen s pogoji stabilnosti, na podlagi katerih so opravljeni izračuni prečnega nagiba, in opozorjen, da bi utegnila ladja ob manj ugodnih pogojih stabilnosti v poškodovanem stanju dobiti prevelik nagib. | |
| .8 Podatki iz odstavka .7, ki poveljniku ladje omogočajo, da ohrani zadostno stabilnost ladje v nepoškodovanem stanju, vsebujejo informacije o največji dovoljeni višini težišča ladje nad gredljem (KG) ali najmanjši dovoljeni metacentrični višini (GM) za območje ugrezov ali izpodrivov, ki zadostujejo za vključitev vseh pogojev obratovanja. Informacije prikazujejo vpliv različnih prevesov ob upoštevanju obratovalnih omejitev. | |
| .9 Vsaka ladja ima ugrezne lestvice, ki so jasno označene na premcu in krmi. Če ugrezne označbe niso na jasno vidnem mestu ali če obratovalne omejitve določene dejavnosti otežujejo odčitavanje ugreznih oznak, se ladja opremi z zanesljivim sistemom prikaza ugreza, s katerim se lahko določa ugrez na premcu in krmi. | |
| .10 Ko je ladja naložena in preden odpluje, poveljnik ladje določi poravnanost in stabilnost ladje, ter preveri in zapiše, da ladja izpolnjuje merila stabilnosti iz ustreznih pravil. Ugotavljanje stabilnosti ladje se vedno opravi z izračunom. Za ta namen se lahko uporabi elektronski računalnik za izračun nalaganja in stabilnosti ali enakovreden pripomoček. | |
| .11 Uprava države zastave ne sme dovoliti odmikov od zahtev za stabilnost ladje v poškodovanem stanju, razen če se dokaže, da je v vseh pogojih obratovanja metacentrična višina ladje v nepoškodovanem stanju, ki bi zadostila tem zahtevam, prevelika za predvideno obratovanje ladje. | |
| .12 Odmiki od zahtev za stabilnost ladje v poškodovanem stanju se smejo dovoliti le izjemoma in pod pogojem, da se uprava države zastave prepriča, da so razmerja, naprave in druge značilnosti ladje najugodnejše za stabilnost ladje po poškodbi, ki se lahko v določenih okoliščinah praktično in smiselno sprejmejo. | |
| 8-1 Stabilnost ro-ro potniških ladij v poškodovanem stanju (pravilo 8-1) | |
| OBSTOJEČE RO-RO POTNIŠKE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Obstoječe ro-ro potniške ladje razreda B morajo biti v skladu s pravilom 8 najpozneje do datuma prvega rednega pregleda po datumu izpolnitve, ki je predpisan spodaj, v skladu z vrednostjo A/Amax, kakor je opredeljena v Prilogi k Postopku izračuna za ocenitev lastnosti glede sposobnosti preživetja obstoječih ro-ro potniških ladij, kadar se uporablja poenostavljena metoda, temelječa na pravilu A.265 (VIII), ki ga je razvil Odbor za pomorsko varnost na svoji 59. seji junija 1991 (MSC/Circ. 574): | |
| Vrednost A/Amax: | Datum skladnosti: | | |
| manj od 85 % | 1. oktober 1998 | | |
| 85 % ali več, vendar manj kot 90 % | 1. oktober 2000 | | |
| 90 % ali več, vendar manj kot 95 % | 1. oktober 2002 | | |
| 95 % ali več, vendar manj kot 97,5 % | 1. oktober 2004 | | |
| 97,5 % ali več | 1. oktober 2005 | | |
| 8-2 Posebne zahteve za ro-ro potniške ladje, ki prevažajo 400 oseb ali več (pravilo 8-2) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE RO-RO POTNIŠKE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| Ne glede na določbe pravila II-l/B/8 in II-l/B/8-1: | |
| .1 nove ro-ro potniške ladje, ki smejo prevažati 400 oseb ali več, izpolnjujejo določbe odstavka .2.3 pravila II-l/B/8, ob domnevi poškodbe kjer koli na dolžini ladje L; in | |
| .2 obstoječe ro-ro potniške ladje, ki smejo prevažati 400 oseb ali več, izpolnjujejo zahteve odstavka 1 najpozneje do datuma prvega rednega pregleda po datumu izpolnitve, ki je predpisan v pododstavku .2.1, .2.2 ali .2.3, odvisno od tega, kateri je poznejši: | |
| Vrednost A/Amax: | Datum izpolnitve: | | |
| manj kot 85 % | 1. oktober 1998 | | |
| 85 % ali več, vendar manj kot 90 % | 1. oktober 2000 | | |
| 90 % ali več, vendar manj kot 95 % | 1. oktober 2002 | | |
| 95 % ali več, vendar manj kot 97,5 % | 1. oktober 2004 | | |
| 97,5 % ali več | 1. oktober 2010 | | |
| Dovoljeno število oseb na ladji: | | | |
| 1500 ali več | 1. oktober 2002 | | |
| 1000 ali več, vendar manj kot 1500 | 1. oktober 2006 | | |
| 600 ali več, vendar manj kot 1000 | 1. oktober 2008 | | |
| 400 ali več, vendar manj kot 600 | 1. oktober 2010 | | |
| .2.3 Ladje, stare 20 let ali več: | |
| kjer starost ladje pomeni čas, ki se šteje od datuma položitve kobilice ali datuma, ko je bila na podobni stopnji gradnje, ali od datuma, ko je bila ladja spremenjena v ro-ro potniško ladjo. | |
| 8-3 Posebne zahteve za potniške ladje, ki niso ro-ro potniške ladje in prevažajo 400 oseb ali več | |
| LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE, KI NISO RO-RO POTNIŠKE LADJE. | |
| Ne glede na določbe pravila II-I/B/8 potniške ladje, ki niso ro-ro potniške ladje in smejo prevažati več kakor 400 oseb, izpolnjujejo določbe odstavka 2.3 in 2.6 pravila II-l/B/8, ob domnevi poškodbe kjer koli na dolžini ladje L. | |
| 9 Pregrade pretežnih tankov (pikov) in pregrade strojnice (pravilo 10) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Ladja je opremljena s pregrado prednjega pretežnega tanka ali prestrezno pregrado, ki je nepropustna do pregradnega krova. Ta pregrada je postavljena na razdalji od premične navpičnice, ki ni manjša od 5 % dolžine ladje in ni večja od 3 metrov ter 5 % dolžine ladje. | |
| .2 Če kakšen del ladje pod vodno črto sega čez premično navpičnico, npr. balonasti premec, se razdalje, določene v odstavku 1, merijo od točke: | |
| .1 na sredi dolžine takega podaljška; ali | |
| .2 na razdalji 1,5 % od dolžine ladje pred premično navpičnico; ali | |
| .3 na razdalji 3 metrov pred premično navpičnico, glede na manjšo meritev. | |
| .3 Če je ladja opremljena z dolgo sprednjo nadgradnjo, je pregrada prednjega pretežnega tanka ali prestrezna pregrada nepropustno podaljšana do naslednjega polnega krova nad pregradnim krovom. Podaljšek je nameščen tako, da izključuje možnost, da bi mu vrata premca povzročala škodo, če se vrata poškodujejo ali snamejo. | |
| .4 Za podaljšek, ki se zahteva v odstavku 3, ni potrebna namestitev neposredno nad pregrado pod njim, če vsi deli niso nameščeni pred sprednjo mejo, določeno v odstavku 1 ali odstavku 2. | |
| Na obstoječih ladjah razreda B pa: | |
| .1 del rampe, ki sega več kakor 2,3 metra nad pregradni krov, ne sega več kakor 1,0 meter čez sprednje meje, ki so določene v odstavku .1 in .2, če nagnjena nakladalna rampa tvori del podaljška prestrezne pregrade nad pregradnim krovom; | |
| .2 se podaljšek lahko namesti v omejeni razdalji za zadnjo mejo, določeno v odstavku .1 ali odstavku .2, če obstoječa rampa ne izpolnjuje zahtev za priznavanje kot podaljšek k prestrezni pregradi in položaj rampe preprečuje namestitev takega podaljška znotraj meja, določenih v odstavku .1 ali odstavku .2. Omejena zadnja razdalja ni večja, kakor je potrebno za zagotavljanje, da ne pride do trčenja z rampo. Podaljšek prestrezne pregrade se odpira naprej in izpolnjuje zahteve iz odstavka .3 ter je postavljen tako, da izključuje možnost, da bi mu rampa povzročila škodo, če bi se rampa poškodovala ali snela. | |
| .5 Rampe, ki ne izpolnjujejo zgoraj navedenih zahtev, se ne štejejo za podaljške prestreznih pregrad. | |
| .6 Pri obstoječih ladjah razreda B se zahteve iz odstavka .3 in .4 začnejo uporabljati najpozneje na datum prvega rednega pregleda po datumu iz člena 14(1) te direktive. | |
| .7 Vgradijo se tudi pregrada prednjega pretežnega tanka in pregrade, ki ločujejo strojnico od prostorov za tovor in potnike pred strojnico ali za njo in so nepropustne za vodo vse do pregradnega krova. Vendar ni nujno, da pregrada prednjega pretežnega tanka sega do pregradnega krova, če varnost ladje glede na pregrajevanje zaradi tega ni zmanjšana. | |
| .8 Grodnične cevi za osi so vedno v nepropustno zaprtih prostorih. Tesnilo grodnične cevi je v neprepustnem predoru osi ali kakšnem drugem neprepustnem prostoru, ločenem od prostora za grodnične cevi in takšnega volumna, da se mejna ugrezna črta ne pogrezne, če pride do njegove poplavitve zaradi prepuščanja tesnila grodnične cevi. | |
| 10 Dvojna dna (pravilo 12) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B TER NOVE LADJE, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE, Z DOLŽINO 24 METROV IN VEČ | |
| .1 Nove ladje razreda B, C in D, obstoječe ladje razreda B in nove ladje, izdelane 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, z dolžino 24 metrov in več imajo dvojno dno, ki sega od pregrade premčnega pretežnega tanka, če je to praktično izvedljivo ter združljivo s konstrukcijo ladje in njenim normalnim obratovanjem. | |
| .1 Ladje z dolžino najmanj 50 metrov, vendar manjšo od 61 metrov, imajo dvojno dno, ki sega najmanj od strojnice do pregrade premčnega pretežnega tanka ali kolikor mogoče blizu. | |
| .2 Ladje z dolžino najmanj 61 metrov, vendar manjšo od 76 metrov, imajo dvojno dno vsaj zunaj strojnice, sega pa do pregrad premčnega in krmnega pretežnega tanka ali kolikor mogoče blizu. | |
| .3 Ladje z dolžino 76 metrov in več imajo dvojno dno v svojem srednjem delu, ki sega do pregrad premčnega in krmnega pretežnega tanka ali kolikor mogoče blizu. | |
| .2 Če se zahteva dvojno dno, njegova višina izpolnjuje standarde priznane organizacije, notranje dno pa sega proti bokom ladje na način, da varuje dno ladje do krivine. Ta zaščita se šteje za zadostno, če črta prereza zunanjega roba robne plošče z zunanjo oplato ladje ni pod vodoravno ravnino, ki gre skozi sečišče s sredino roba prečne diagonalne črte pod kotom 25 ° do osnovne črte in jo seka na točki, oddaljeni polovico konstrukcijske širine ladje od vzdolžne simetrale. | |
| .3 Drenažni bazeni v dvojnem dnu, izvedeni v povezavi z drenažnimi napravami skladišč itd., niso globlji od potrebnega. Globina bazena nikoli ne presega višine dvojnega dna v simetrali ladje minus 460 mm, prav tako ti bazeni ne segajo pod vodoravno ravnino, navedeno v odstavku .2. Vendar se lahko dovoli, da bazen na zadnjem koncu predora osi sega do zunanje oplate. Druge bazene (na primer za mazalno olje pod pogonskimi stroji) lahko uprava države zastave dovoli, če meni, da takšna naprava zagotavlja zaščito, enakovredno tisti, ki jo daje dvojno dno v smislu tega pravila. | |
| .4 Za območje neprepustnih oddelkov srednje velikosti, ki se uporabljajo izključno za prevoz tekočin, se dvojno dno ne zahteva, če po mnenju uprave države zastave varnost ladje v primeru poškodbe njenega dna ali bokov zaradi tega ni manjša. | |
| .5 Ne glede na odstavek .1 tega pravila 10 lahko uprava države zastave odobri, da dvojno dno ni potrebno v nobenem delu ladje, v katerem je pregrajevanje izvedeno na podlagi faktorja, ki ni večji od 0,5, če meni, da postavljanje dvojnega dna v tem delu ladje ne bi bilo v skladu s konstrukcijo in normalnim delovanjem ladje. | |
| 11 Določanje, označevanje in vpisovanje pregradnih tovornih črt (pravilo 13) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Za vzdrževanje predpisane stopnje pregrajevanja se ladji določi tovorna črta, ki ustreza odobrenemu pregradnemu ugrezu, in se označi na njenih bokih na sredi ladje. Če ima ladja prostore, posebno prilagojene bodisi za nastanitev potnikov bodisi za prevoz tovora, ima lahko, če lastnik ladje želi, določeno in označeno eno dodatno tovorno črto ali več, ki ustrezajo pregradnim ugrezom, ki jih uprava države zastave lahko odobri za posamezne alternativne pogoje obratovanja ladje. | |
| .2 Določene in označene pregradne tovorne črte so vpisane v spričevalo o varnosti potniške ladje in opredeljene z oznako C.1, če je le ena pregradna tovorna črta. | |
| Če je več kakor ena pregradna tovorna črta, se drugi pogoji opredelijo z oznakami C.2, C.3, C4 itd. [2]. | |
| .3 Nadvodje, ki ustreza vsaki od teh tovornih črt, se meri na istem mestu in od iste črte krova kakor nadvodja, določena po veljavni Mednarodni konvenciji o tovornih črtah. | |
| .4 Nadvodje, ki ustreza vsaki odobreni pregradni tovorni črti, in pogoji obratovanja ladje, za katero so odobreni, so jasno navedeni v spričevalu o varnosti potniške ladje. | |
| .5 Označbe pregradne tovorne črte v nobenem primeru ne smejo biti nad najvišjo tovorno črto za slano vodo, določeno po trdnosti ladje ali veljavni Mednarodni konvenciji o tovornih črtah. | |
| .6 Ne glede na lego označbe za pregradno tovorno črto, ladja v nobenem primeru ne sme biti tako naložena, da bi bila potopljena oznaka tovorne črte, ki ustreza letnemu času in zemljepisnemu položaju po veljavni Mednarodni konvenciji o tovornih črtah. | |
| .7 Ladja v nobenem primeru ne sme biti tako naložena, da bi bila potopljena označba pregradne tovorne črte, ki ustreza določenemu potovanju in pogoju obratovanja ladje. | |
| 12 Gradnja in prvo preskušanje neprepustnih pregrad itd. (pravilo 14) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Vsaka neprepustna pregrada, bodisi prečna bodisi vzdolžna, je grajena tako, da lahko z ustreznim koeficientom upornosti vzdrži največji pritisk vode, ki utegne nastati, če bi se ladja poškodovala, vendar vsaj tisti pritisk, ki ustreza višini vode do mejne ugrezne črte. Konstrukcija teh pregrad je v skladu s standardi priznane organizacije. | |
| .2.1 Stopnice in vdolbine v pregradah so nepropustne in enako močne kakor pregrade na teh mestih. | |
| .2.2 Če so rebra ali spoji speljani skozi neprepustni krov ali neprepustno pregrado, se ta krov ali pregrada zgradi neprepustno brez uporabe lesa ali cementa. | |
| .3 Preskušanje glavnih prostorov s polnjenjem z vodo ni obvezno. Če se preskus s polnjenjem z vodo ne opravi, se opravi preskušanje z brizganjem, če je to praktično izvedljivo. Ta preskus se opravi v čim poznejšem stanju gradnje ladje. Če preskušanje z brizganjem ni praktično izvedljivo zaradi morebitne poškodbe strojev, izolacije električnih naprav ali zunanjih pritrdilnih elementov, se lahko namesto tega opravi natančen vizualni pregled zvarov, po potrebi s pomočjo preskusa prodiranja barve ali preskusa nadzvočnega puščanja ali enakovrednega preskusa. V vsakem primeru pa se opravi podroben pregled neprepustnih pregrad. | |
| .4 Pretežni tank na premcu, dvojna dna (vključno s predorskim gredljem) ter notranje oplate se preskusijo z vodo pod pritiskom, ki ustreza zahtevam odstavka .1. | |
| .5 Tanki, ki so namenjeni za skladiščenje tekočine in so sestavni del pregrajevanja ladje, se preskusijo za neprepustnost z vodo pod pritiskom, ki ustreza višini do najvišje pregradne tovorne črte ali višini, ki je enaka dvema tretjinama višine od zgornjega roba kobilice do mejne ugrezne črte, merjeno v območju tanka, glede na večji pritisk, pri čemer preskusni pritisk v nobenem primeru ni manjši od tistega, ki ustreza višini vodnega stebra 0,9 metra nad pokrovom tanka; če je preskušanje z vodo nepraktično, je sprejemljivo preskušanje s puščanjem zraka, pri čemer imajo tanki zračni tlak, ki ne presega 0,14 bara. | |
| .6 Namen preskusov, navedenih v odstavkih .4 in .5, je preveriti vodno neprepustnost strukturnih delov pregrajevanja, ne štejejo pa za preskuse, s katerimi bi ugotavljali, ali je kakšen oddelek primeren za skladišče tekočega goriva ali za druge posebne namene, za katere se lahko zahteva preskušanje pod težjimi pogoji, odvisno od višine, do katere lahko tekočina sega v zadevnem tanku ali v njegovih priključkih. | |
| 13 Odprtine v nepropustnih pregradah (pravilo 15) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Število odprtin v neprepustnih pregradah se zmanjša na najmanjšo možno mero, ob upoštevanju osnovne konstrukcije in pravilnega obratovanja ladje; za te odprtine pa so predvidene ustrezne naprave za zapiranje. | |
| .2.1 Če so cevi, odtoki, električni kabli itd. speljani skozi neprepustne pregrade, se stori vse potrebno, da se neprepustnost pregrad v celoti ohrani. | |
| .2.2 Nameščanje ventilov, ki niso sestavni del cevovodne naprave, v neprepustne pregrade, ni dovoljeno. | |
| .2.3 Svinec ali drugi materiali, ki niso odporni proti toploti, se ne uporabljajo za sisteme vodnikov, ki so speljani skozi neprepustne pregrade, če bi poškodba takih vodnikov v primeru požara utegnila povzročiti, da neprepustnost pregrad ne bi bila v celoti ohranjena. | |
| .3.1 Vrata, prehodi in druge odprtine za prehod niso dovoljeni: | |
| .1 v prestrezni pregradi pod mejno ugrezno črto; | |
| .2 v neprepustnih prečnih pregradah, ki ločujejo posamezen prostor za tovor od sosednjega prostora za tovor, razen v primerih, določenih v odstavku .10.1 in pravilu 14. | |
| .3.2 Če v odstavku .3.3 ni drugače določeno, sme biti skozi prestrezno pregrado pod mejno ugrezno črto speljana samo ena cev, ki je namenjena za ulivanje tekočine v premčni pretežni tank, pod pogojem, da ima ta cev ventil, ki se zapira z vijakom, zapira in odpira pa se nad pregradnim krovom, in da je okrov tega ventila pritrjen na prestrezni pregradi z notranje strani pretežnega tanka na premcu. Sprejemljiva pa je tudi namestitev tega ventila na zadnji strani pregradnega krova, pod pogojem, da je ventil preprosto dostopen v vseh pogojih obratovanja in da prostor, v katerem je nameščen, ni prostor za tovor. | |
| .3.3 Če je pretežni tank na premcu razdeljen za skladiščenje dveh različnih vrst tekočin, sta lahko skozi prestrezno pregrado pod mejno ugrezno črto speljani dve cevi, od katerih morata obe ustrezati odstavku .3.1, vendar pod pogojem, da ni druge praktične možnosti za namestitev take druge cevi, in ob upoštevanju, da se z dodatnim pregrajevanjem v pretežnem tanku premca ohrani varnost ladje. | |
| .4 V prostoru, v katerem so glavni in pomožni pogonski stroji, vključno s kotli, ki so namenjeni za pogon, smejo biti poleg vrat do predorov osi v vsaki prečni neprepustni ograji le ena vrata. Če obstajata dve osi ali več, so predori medsebojno spojeni s pomočjo vmesnega prehoda. Med strojnico in prostori s predori smejo biti pri dveh oseh samo ena vrata, pri več kakor dveh oseh pa dvoje vrat. Vsa ta vrata morajo biti drsna in postavljena tako, da imajo po možnosti čim višji prag. Naprave za ročno premikanje teh vrat z enega mesta nad pregradnim krovom so zunaj strojnice. | |
| .5.1 OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B IN NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D Z DOLŽINO, MANJŠO OD 24 METROV: | |
| Neprepustna vrata so drsna, na tečajih ali vrata drugega enakovrednega tipa. Niso pa dovoljena vrata, ki so izdelana iz plošč, pritrjenih samo s sorniki, in vrata, ki se zapirajo zaradi lastne teže ali delovanja padajoče uteži. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D Z DOLŽINO 24 METROV IN VEČ: | |
| Neprepustna vrata, razen tistih, ki so določena v odstavku .10.1 ali pravilu 14, so drsna, premična z virom energije, in izpolnjujejo zahteve odstavka 7, ter se lahko hkrati zapirajo s centralne konzole za upravljanje na poveljniškem mostu v največ 60 sekundah, kadar je ladja v pokončnem položaju. | |
| .5.2 OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B IN NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D Z DOLŽINO, MANJŠO OD 24 METROV: | |
| Drsna vrata so lahko: | |
| - premična samo ročno, ali | |
| - premična s pomočjo vira energije, pa tudi ročno. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D Z DOLŽINO 24 METROV IN VEČ: | |
| Pri ladjah, ki nimajo več kakor dvoje neprepustnih vrat in so ta vrata v prostoru za strojnico ali pregradah, ki povezujejo tak prostor, lahko uprava države zastave dovoli, da so premična samo ročno. Kjer so nameščena ročno premična drsna vrata, se morajo ta vrata zapreti, preden plovilo zapusti privez, če gre na potniško potovanje, in med potovanjem morajo ostati zaprta. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .5.3 Naprava za zapiranje vsakih drsnih neprepustnih vrat s pomočjo vira energije ali ročno, bodisi da se premikajo s pomočjo vira energije bodisi ročno, omogoča zapiranje vrat pri nagibu ladje 15 ° na vsako stran. Upoštevati je treba tudi sile, ki lahko delujejo na vsaki strani vrat, v primeru, ko voda teče skozi odprtino in povzroči statično višino, enako višini vode, ki je vsaj 1 meter nad pragom simetralne ravnine vrat. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D Z DOLŽINO 24 METROV IN VEČ: | |
| .5.4 Krmilniki neprepustnih vrat, vključno s hidravličnim cevovodom in električnimi kabli, so tako blizu pregrad, v katerih so nameščena vrata, kolikor je to praktično izvedljivo, da bi se zmanjšala možnost vključenosti vrat v morebitno poškodbo ladje. Položaj neprepustnih vrat in njihovih krmilnikov je tak, da delovanje neprepustnih vrat, ki niso na poškodovanem predelu, ni ovirano, če se poškoduje do ena petina širine ladje, pri čemer se ta razdalja meri navpično na simetralno ravnino ladje na višino najvišje pregradne tovorne črte. | |
| .5.5 Vsa neprepustna drsna vrata, ki se premikajo s pomočjo vira energije ali ročno, imajo kazalne naprave, ki omogočajo, da se z vsakega oddaljenega krmilnega mesta ugotovi odprtost ali zaprtost vrat. Oddaljena krmilna mesta so lahko le na poveljniškem mostu, kakor zahteva odstavek .7.1.5, in na mestu, na katerem je potrebno ročno krmiljenje nad pregradnim krovom, kakor zahteva odstavek .7.1.4. | |
| OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B IN NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D Z DOLŽINO, MANJŠO OD 24 METROV: | |
| .5.6 Neprepustna vrata, ki niso v skladu z odstavki.5.1 do.5.5, se zaprejo pred začetkom plovbe in med plovbo ostanejo zaprta; čas odprtja takih vrat v pristanišču in njihovega zaprtja, preden ladja zapusti pristanišče, se zapiše v ladijski dnevnik. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B Z DOLŽINO, MANJŠO OD 24 METROV: | |
| .6.1 Ročno premična drsna vrata se lahko premikajo vodoravno ali navpično. Omogočeno mora biti, da se mehanizem na vratih upravlja z obeh strani in z dostopnega mesta nad pregradnim krovom, in sicer z nepretrganim vrtenjem ročice ali s kakšno drugo napravo za premikanje odobrenega tipa, ki zagotavlja enako varnost. Če se premikajo ročno, čas, ki je potreben, da se vrata ob pravilnem položaju ladje popolnoma zaprejo, ne sme presegati 90 sekund. | |
| OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .6.2 Drsna vrata, ki se premikajo s pomočjo vira energije, se lahko premikajo vodoravno ali navpično. Če se vrata premikajo s pomočjo vira energije s kakšnega osrednjega kontrolnega mesta, je naprava za premikanje nastavljena tako, da se lahko vrata premikajo z istim virom energije tudi na mestu, na katerem so vrata, in sicer z obeh strani. Na vsaki strani pregrade se namestijo lokalne ročice za krmiljenje pogonske naprave in so nastavljene tako, da lahko osebe, ki gredo skozi vrata, držijo obe ročici v legi, ki ustreza odprtim vratom, ne da bi pri tem nehote aktivirale naprave za njihovo zapiranje. Drsna vrata, ki se premikajo s pomočjo vira energije, imajo napravo za njihovo ročno premikanje, ki se upravlja na obeh straneh vrat in z dostopnega mesta nad pregradnim krovom, in sicer z nepretrganim vrtenjem ročice ali s kakšno drugo napravo za premikanje odobrenega tipa, ki zagotavlja enako varnost. Obstajati mora zvočna signalna naprava, ki opozarja, kdaj se začno vrata zapirati, in ne preneha, dokler niso vrata popolnoma zaprta. Poleg tega mora biti na območjih z velikim hrupom iz okolja poleg zvočnega alarma pri vratih še občasen vizualni signal. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D Z DOLŽINO 24 METROV IN VEČ: | |
| .7.1 Vsaka neprepustna drsna vrata, premična s pomočjo vira energije: | |
| .1 se premikajo navpično ali vodoravno; | |
| .2 imajo lahko s pridržkom odstavka .11 največ 1,2 metra čiste širine. Uprava države zastave lahko dovoli večja vrata le, če meni, da je to potrebno za učinkovito delovanje ladje, pod pogojem, da so upoštevani drugi varnostni ukrepi, vključno z naslednjimi: | |
| .2.1 posebno se upošteva trdnost vrat in zapiralnih naprav zaradi preprečitve puščanja; | |
| .2.2 vrata so nameščena zunaj območja poškodovanja B/5; | |
| .2.3 med plovbo so vrata zaprta, razen za omejen čas, kadar je to po določitvi uprave države zastave zares nujno potrebno; | |
| .3 opremljena so s potrebno opremo za odpiranje in zapiranje vrat s pomočjo električne energije, hidravlične energije ali kakšne druge oblike energije, ki je sprejemljiva za upravo države zastave; | |
| .4 imajo posamezne mehanizme za ročno upravljanje. Omogočeno je, da se vrata ročno odprejo in zaprejo na samih vratih z obeh strani, in poleg tega, tudi zapiranje vrat z dostopnega mesta nad pregradnim krovom, in sicer z nepretrganim vrtenjem ročice ali s kakšno drugo napravo za premikanje, ki zagotavlja enako stopnjo varnosti in je sprejemljiva za upravo države zastave. Smer vrtenja ali drugega premikanja je jasno navedena na vseh položajih upravljanja. Čas, potreben za popolno zaprtje vrat, kadar se ta premikajo ročno, ne sme presegati 90 sekund, kadar je ladja v pokončnem položaju; | |
| .5 imajo krmila za odpiranje in zapiranje vrat s pomočjo vira energije z obeh strani vrat in tudi za zapiranje s pomočjo vira energije iz osrednje konzole za upravljanje na poveljniškem mostu; | |
| .6 imajo zvočni signal, ki se razlikuje od drugih signalov na območju in bo zazvonil vsakič, ko se bodo vrata daljinsko zaprla s pomočjo vira energije, ter traja vsaj 5 sekund, vendar ne več kakor 10 sekund, preden se vrata začnejo premikati, in zvoni še naprej, dokler vrata niso popolnoma zaprta. V primeru daljinskega ročnega upravljanja zadostuje, da zvočni signal zvoni le, kadar se vrata premikajo. Uprava države zastave pa lahko tudi zahteva, da je v potniških prostorih in območjih z visokim hrupom v okolju poleg zvočnega signala pri vratih tudi občasen vizualni signal; in | |
| .7 imajo približno enotno hitrost zapiranja s pomočjo vira energije. Čas zapiranja od takrat, ko se vrata začnejo premikati, do takrat, ko dosežejo popolnoma zaprt položaj, ne sme v nobenem primeru biti manjši od 20 sekund in večji od 40 sekund, kadar je ladja v pokončnem položaju. | |
| .7.2 Električna energija, ki je potrebna za drsna neprepustna vrata, ki so premična s pomočjo vira energije, prihaja iz zasilne stikalne plošče neposredno ali prek namenske razdelilne plošče, ki je nad pregradnim krovom; pripadajoči krmilniki, indikatorji in alarmne naprave pa se napajajo iz zasilne stikalne plošče neposredno ali prek namenske razdelilne plošče, ki je nad pregradnim krovom, obstajati pa mora možnost, da se samodejno napajajo iz prehodnega vira zasilne električne energije v primeru izpada glavnega ali zasilnega vira električne energije. | |
| .7.3 Drsna neprepustna vrata, ki se premikajo s pomočjo vira energije, imajo: | |
| .1 centralizirani hidravlični sistem z dvema neodvisnima viroma energije, od katerih ima vsak motor in črpalko, ki lahko hkrati zapreta vsa vrata. Poleg tega obstajajo za celotno napravo tudi hidravlični akumulatorji zadostne zmogljivosti, da se lahko opravijo trije zaporedni premiki vseh vrat, tj. zapiranje-odpiranje-zapiranje, pri negativnem nagibu 15 °. Omogočeno mora biti, da se ta obratovalni krog izvede, kadar ima akumulator pritisk vklapljanja črpalke. Uporabljena tekočina se izbere glede na temperaturo, ki bi utegnila nastati med obratovanjem naprave. Sistem upravljanja z virom energije je narejen tako, da je možnost, da ima en izpad v hidravlični napeljavi negativen učinek na delovanje več kakor enih vrat, minimalna. Hidravlični sistem ima nizkonivojski alarm za rezervoarje hidravlične tekočine, ki služijo sistemu upravljanja z virom energije, in nizkonivojski alarm za pritisk plina ali druga učinkovita sredstva za spremljanje izgube shranjene energije v hidravličnih akumulatorjih. Ti alarmi so zvočni ali vizualni in so nameščeni na osrednji konzoli za upravljanje na poveljniškem mostu; ali | |
| .2 neodvisni hidravlični sistem za vsaka vrata, pri čemer ima vsak vir energije motor in črpalko, ki lahko zapreta vsa vrata hkrati. Poleg tega obstaja hidravlični akumulator zadostne zmogljivosti, da se lahko opravijo trije zaporedni premiki vseh vrat, t.j. zapiranje-odpiranje-zapiranje, pri negativnem nagibu 15 °. Omogočeno mora biti, da se ta obratovalni krog izvede, kadar imajo akumulatorji pritisk vklapljanja črpalke. Uporabljena tekočina se izbere glede na temperature, ki bi utegnile nastati med obratovanjem naprave. Nizkonivojski skupinski alarm za pritisk plina ali druga učinkovita sredstva za spremljanje shranjene energije v hidravličnih akumulatorjih so na osrednji konzoli za upravljanje na poveljniškem mostu. Kazalo izgube shranjene energije je nameščeno na vsakem lokalnem mestu za upravljanje; ali | |
| .3 neodvisni električni sistem in motor za vsaka vrata, pri čemer ima vsak vir energije motor, ki lahko odpira in zapira vsa vrata hkrati. Vir energije se lahko samodejno napaja iz prehodnega vira zasilne električne energije v primeru izpada glavnega ali zasilnega vira električne energije ter z zadostno zmogljivostjo, da je mogoče opraviti vsaj tri premike vseh vrat, t. j. zapiranje- odpiranje-zapiranje, pri negativnem nagibu 15 °. | |
| Za sisteme, določene v .7.3.1, .7.3.2 in .7.3.3, se zagotovi naslednje: | |
| Sistemi vira energije za drsna neprepustna vrata, ki se premikajo s pomočjo vira energije, so ločeni od drugega sistema vira energije. Posamezen izpad v električnem ali hidravličnem pogonskem sistemu, razen hidravličnega stikala, ne preprečuje ročnega upravljanja katerih koli vrat. | |
| .7.4 Krmilne ročice so na vsaki strani pregrade na najmanjši višini 1,6 metrov nad tlemi in so nameščene tako, da osebe, ki gredo skozi vrata, lahko držijo obe ročici v legi, ki ustreza odprtim vratom, ne da bi pri tem nehote aktivirale mehanizem za njihovo zapiranje. Smer premikanja ročic pri odpiranju in zapiranju vrat je enaka smeri premikanja vrat in je jasno označena. Hidravlične krmilne ročice za neprepustna vrata v bivalnih prostorih so, če je potreben le en premik za začetek zapiranja vrat, nameščene tako, da z njimi ne morejo upravljati otroci, tj. za panelnimi vrati in z zapahi, ki so nameščeni vsaj 170 cm nad nivojem krova. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B Z DOLŽINO 24 METROV IN VEČ: | |
| Na obeh straneh vrat je plošča z navodili za upravljanje s sistemi vrat. Na obeh straneh vsakih vrat je tudi plošča z besedilom ali slikami, ki opozarjajo na nevarnost zadrževanja med vrati, ko se vrata začenjajo zapirati. Te plošče so narejene iz trajnega materiala in so trdno pritrjene. Besedilo na plošči za navodila ali opozorilo vsebuje informacije o zapiralnem času zadevnih vrat. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D Z DOLŽINO 24 METROV IN VEČ: | |
| .7.5 Če je izvedljivo, so električna oprema in elementi za neprepustna vrata nameščeni nad pregradnim krovom zunaj nevarnih območij in prostorov. | |
| .7.6 Pripadajoči električni elementi, ki morajo biti nameščeni pod pregradnim krovom, imajo ustrezno zaščito pred vdorom vode. | |
| .7.7 Električna pogonska, krmilna, prikazovalna in alarmna vezja so zaščitena pred napakami tako, da okvara enega vratnega vezja ne povzroči okvare katerega koli drugega vratnega vezja. Kratki stiki ali druge okvare v alarmnih vezjih ali prikazovalnikih vrat ne onemogočajo upravljanja vrat z virom energije. Namestitev je taka, da curljanje vode v električno opremo, nameščeno pod pregradnim krovom, ne povzroči odprtja vrat. | |
| .7.8 Posamezni električni izpad v pogonskih ali krmilnih sistemih drsnih neprepustnih vrat, ki se premikajo s pomočjo vira energije, ne povzroči odpiranja zaprtih vrat. Razpoložljivost električne energije je treba stalno spremljati na točki električnega tokokroga čim bližje vsakemu motorju, določenemu v odstavku .7.3, kakor je to praktično izvedljivo. Izguba takega napajanja bi morala aktivirati zvočni in vizualni alarm na osrednji konzoli za upravljanje na poveljniškem mostu. | |
| .8.1 Osrednja konzola za upravljanje na poveljniškem mostu ima "poveljniško" stikalo z dvema načinoma krmiljenja: način "lokalno krmiljenje", ki omogoča, da se vsaka vrata lokalno odprejo in zaprejo po uporabi, brez samodejnega zapiranja, ter način "vrata zaprta", ki samodejno zapre vsaka odprta vrata. Način "vrata zaprta" omogoča, da se vrata lokalno odprejo in samodejno ponovno zaprejo ob sprožitvi mehanizma lokalnega krmilnega mehanizma. "Poveljniško" stikalo je običajno v prestavi "lokalno krmiljenje". Način "vrata zaprta" se uporablja le v nujnih primerih ali zaradi preskušanja. | |
| .8.2 Osrednja konzola za upravljanje na poveljniškem mostu ima diagram, ki prikazuje položaj vseh vrat z vizualnimi prikazovalniki, ki pokažejo, ali so vrata odprta ali zaprta. Rdeča luč pomeni, da so vrata popolnoma odprta, zelena luč pa pomeni, da so vrata popolnoma zaprta. Kadar se vrata zaprejo daljinsko, rdeča utripajoča luč pomeni vmesni položaj. Kazalne naprave so neodvisne od krmilnih naprav za vsaka vrata. | |
| .8.3 Vrat ni mogoče odpreti daljinsko z osrednjega krmilnega položaja. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .9.1 Vsa neprepustna vrata so med plovbo zaprta, razen kadar se lahko med plovbo odprejo, kakor je določeno v odstavkih 9.2 in 9.3. Neprepustna vrata širine nad 1,2 metra, dovoljena po odstavku 11, se lahko odprejo le v okoliščinah, podrobno opisanih v navedenem odstavku. Pri vsakih vratih, ki se odprejo v skladu s tem odstavkom, mora obstajati možnost takojšnjega zaprtja. | |
| .9.2 Neprepustna vrata se lahko odprejo med plovbo, da omogočijo prehod potnikov ali posadke ali kadar delo v neposredni bližini vrat zahteva, da se odprejo. Vrata se morajo nemudoma zapreti, ko je prehod skozi vrata končan ali kadar je opravilo, ki je zahtevalo, da so odprta, končano. | |
| .9.3 Določena neprepustna vrata so lahko odprta med plovbo samo, če je to nujno potrebno; to pomeni, da je odprtost bistvenega pomena za varno in učinkovito delovanje ladijskih strojev ali za omogočanje potnikom normalnega, neomejenega dostopa skozi prostor za potnike. To določi uprava države zastave po skrbni presoji vpliva na delovanje ladje in možnost preživetja. Neprepustna vrata, za katera je dovoljeno, da ostanejo tako odprta, so jasno določena v informacijah o stabilnosti ladje in so vedno v pripravljenosti za takojšnje zaprtje. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .10.1 Če se uprava države zastave prepriča, da so takšna vrata pomembna, so lahko neprepustna vrata ustrezne konstrukcije nameščena v neprepustnih pregradah med dvema prostoroma za tovor v medkrovju. Takšna vrata so lahko na tečajih, na valjih ali drsna, vendar ne daljinsko krmiljena. Takšna vrata so postavljena na čim večji višini in čim večji oddaljenosti od zunanje oplate, kolikor je to praktično izvedljivo, vendar njihovi zunanji navpični robovi niso od zunanje oplate v nobenem primeru oddaljeni manj kakor petino širine ladje, pri čemer se ta oddaljenost meri pravokotno na vzdolžno simetralo ladje na višini pregradne tovorne črte. | |
| .10.2 Ta vrata se zaprejo pred začetkom potovanja in ostanejo med plovbo zaprta; čas njihovega odpiranja v pristanišču in zapiranja pred odhodom iz pristanišča se zapiše v ladijski dnevnik. Če so kakšna vrata med plovbo dostopna, so opremljena z napravo, ki preprečuje njihovo nedovoljeno odpiranje. Če se zahteva postavljanje takšnih vrat, uprava države zastave obravnava njihovo število in namestitev. | |
| .11 Prenosne plošče na pregradah niso dovoljene, razen v strojnici. Te plošče so na svojem mestu pred izplutjem ladje iz pristanišča in se med plovbo ne snemajo, razen v nujnem primeru po presoji poveljnika. Uprava države zastave ne sme dovoliti, da se več kakor ena drsna, neprepustna vrata v vsaki glavni prečni pregradi, ki se premikajo s pomočjo vira energije in so večja od tistih, ki so določena v odstavku .7.1.2, zamenjajo s temi prenosnimi ploščami, pod pogojem, da so ta vrata zaprta, preden ladja zapusti pristanišče in ostanejo med plovbo zaprta, razen v nujnem primeru po presoji poveljnika. Za ta vrata ni potrebno, da izpolnjujejo zahteve iz odstavka 7.1.4 glede popolnega zaprtja z ročno napravo v 90 sekundah. Čas njihovega odpiranja in zapiranja, medtem ko je ladja na morju ali v pristanišču, se zapiše v ladijski dnevnik. | |
| 14 Ladje, ki prevažajo tovorna vozila in njihovo spremstvo (pravilo 16) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 To pravilo se uporablja za potniške ladje, zgrajene ali prirejene za prevoz tovornih vozil in spremstva. | |
| .2 Če na takšni ladji skupno število potnikov, vključno z osebjem, ki spremlja vozila, ne presega N = 12 + A/25, če je A = skupna površina (v kvadratnih metrih) prostorov na krovu, ki so namenjeni razporeditvi tovornih vozil in kjer čista višina razporeditvenega položaja in na vhodu v takšen prostor ni manjša od 4 metrov, se za neprepustna vrata uporabljajo določbe odstavka .10 pravila 13, le da se vrata lahko namestijo na katero koli raven v neprepustnih pregradah, ki ločujejo prostore za tovor. Poleg tega so na poveljniškem mostu nameščeni kazalniki, ki avtomatično prikazujejo, ali so vrata zaprta in zapahi pritrjeni. | |
| .3 Pri uporabi določb iz tega poglavja za takšno ladjo je N največje dovoljeno število potnikov, ki jih sme ladja prevažati v skladu s tem pravilom. | |
| 15 Odprtine v zunanji oplati pod mejno ugrezno črto (pravilo 17) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Število odprtin na zunanji oplati je treba zmanjšati na najmanjšo možno mero, ki je še združljiva s konstrukcijo in pravilnim delovanjem ladje. | |
| .2.1 Izvedba in učinkovitost naprav za zapiranje vseh odprtin na zunanji oplati ustrezata svojemu namenu in mestu, na katerem so nameščene. | |
| .2.2 S pridržkom zahtev veljavne Mednarodne konvencije o tovornih črtah se nobeno bočno okno ne namesti v takšen položaj, da bi bil njegov spodnji rob pod črto, potegnjeno na zunanji oplati vzporedno z bočnim robom pregradnega krova, katere najnižja točka je 2,5 % širine ladje ali 500 mm nad najvišjo pregradno tovorno črto, glede na višjo vrednost. | |
| .2.3 Vsa bočna okna, katerih spodnji robovi so pod mejno ugrezno črto, so izdelana tako, da jih ne more nihče odpreti brez dovoljenja poveljnika ladje. | |
| .2.4 Če je v medkrovju spodnji rob katerega koli od bočnih oken, ki so navedena v odstavku .2.3, pod črto, potegnjeno na zunanji oplati vzporedno z bočnim robom pregradnega krova, katere najnižja točka je 1,4 metra ter 2,5 % širine ladje nad vodno črto ob odhodu ladje iz katerega koli pristanišča, so vsa bočna okna tega medkrovja pred odhodom iz pristanišča neprepustno zaprta in zaklenjena ter se ne odpirajo, dokler ladja ne pripluje v naslednje pristanišče. Pri uporabi tega odstavka se po potrebi upošteva ustrezni odbitek za sladko vodo. | |
| .2.5 Bočna okna in njihove naoknice, ki med plovbo ne bodo dostopni, se pred izplutjem ladje iz pristanišča zaprejo in zavarujejo. | |
| .3 Število lukenj na palubi za odtekanje vode in odtočnih cevi ter število drugih podobnih odprtin na zunanji oplati se zmanjšata na najmanjšo mero bodisi tako, da se vsaka odprtina za odplako uporablja z največjim možnim številom sanitarnih in drugih cevi, bodisi na kakšen drugi ustrezen način. | |
| .4 Vse odprtine za dotok ali odtok vode, ki so na zunanji oplati, imajo učinkovite in dostopne naprave, ki preprečujejo vsak slučajni vstop vode v ladjo. | |
| .4.1 S pridržkom zahtev veljavne Mednarodne konvencije o tovornih črtah in ne glede na določbe odstavka .5 ima vsak ločen izliv, ki vodi skozi zunanjo oplato iz prostorov pod mejno ugrezno črto, avtomatičen nepovratni ventil, opremljen z varno napravo za njegovo neposredno zapiranje z mesta nad pregradnim krovom, ali dva avtomatična nepovratna ventila brez takšne naprave, pod pogojem, da je zgornji ventil nameščen nad najvišjo pregradno tovorno črto in je vedno dostopen za pregled v vseh pogojih obratovanja. | |
| Če je nameščen ventil z varno napravo za zapiranje, je upravljalno mesto nad pregradnim krovom vedno preprosto dostopno, naprava pa ima kazalec, ki pokaže, ali je ventil odprt ali zaprt. | |
| .4.2 Zahteve veljavne Mednarodne konvencije o tovornih črtah se uporabljajo za odtoke, ki so napeljani skozi zunanjo oplato iz prostorov nad mejno ugrezno črto. | |
| .5 Glavni in pomožni dovodi ali odtoki morske vode v strojnici, ki so povezani z delovanjem strojev, so opremljeni s preprosto dostopnimi ventili, postavljenimi med cevi in zunanjo oplato ali med cevi in zaboje, pritrjene na zunanjo oplato. Ventili se lahko preverjajo lokalno in so opremljeni s kazalniki, ki kažejo, ali so odprti ali zaprti. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Kolesa in ročke ventilov za dotok morske vode so preprosto dostopni za upravljanje. Vsi ventili, ki se uporabljajo za dotok morske vode, se zapirajo z zasukom njihovih ročnih koles v smeri urinega kazalca. | |
| .2 Odtočne cevi ali ventili na boku ladje za izlivanje vode iz kotlov so na preprosto dostopnih mestih in ne pod oplato krova. Pipe ali ventili so narejeni tako, da se takoj vidi, ali so odprti ali zaprti. Pipe so opremljene z varnostnimi zasloni, narejenimi tako, da jih ni mogoče sneti, kadar je pipa odprta. | |
| .3 Vsi ventili in pipe v napeljavah, kot so drenažni ali balastni sistem, sistem plinskega in mazalnega olja, gasilni in izpiralni sistem, sistem za hladilno vodo in sanitarni sistem itd., imajo jasno označene funkcije. | |
| .4 Druge odtočne cevi so, če so pod najvišjo pregradno tovorno črto, opremljene z ustreznimi napravami za zapiranje na boku ladje; če so nad najvišjo pregradno tovorno črto, so opremljene z navadnim drenažnim ventilom. V obeh primerih ventili niso potrebni, če imajo uporabljene cevi enak premer kakor oplate posrednih odtokov iz sanitarij in umivalnikov ter če imajo talni odtoki iz umivalnic itd., pokrove ali so drugače zaščiteni pred vodnim sunkom. Vendar ni nujno, da debelina sten takšnih cevi presega 14 mm. | |
| .5 Če je nameščen ventil z neposrednim mehanizmom za zapiranje, je prostor za upravljanje z njim vedno preprosto dostopen in ima napravo, ki kaže, ali je ventil odprt ali zaprt. | |
| .6 Če so ventili z neposrednim mehanizmom za zapiranje nameščeni v strojnicah, zadostuje, če se lahko upravljajo tam, kjer so nameščeni, če je takšen prostor dostopen v vseh pogojih. | |
| .6 Vse instalacije in ventili na zunanji oplati, ki jih zahteva to pravilo, so iz jekla, brona ali drugega odobrenega raztegljivega materiala. Ventili iz navadnega litega železa ali podobnih materialov niso dovoljeni. Vse cevi, za katere velja to pravilo, so iz jekla ali drugega enakovrednega materiala, ki izpolnjuje zahteve uprave države zastave. | |
| .7 Prehodi za ljudi in za nakladanje, ki so pod mejno ugrezno črto, so ustrezne trdnosti. Pred izplutjem ladje iz pristanišča se učinkovito zaprejo, zagotovi se njihova neprepustnost, med plovbo pa ostanejo zaprti. | |
| .8 Ti prehodi se nikoli ne namestijo tako, da bi bila njihova najnižja točka pod najvišjo pregradno tovorno črto. | |
| 16 Neprepustnost potniških ladij nad mejno ugrezno črto (pravilo 20) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Sprejmejo se vsi razumni in praktično izvedljivi varnostni ukrepi, da se omejita vdiranje in razširjanje vode nad pregradnim krovom. Takšni ukrepi lahko vključujejo postavljanje delnih pregrad ali okvirov. Če so delno neprepustne pregrade ali okviri na pregradnem krovu nameščeni neposredno nad glavnimi neprepustnimi pregradami ali blizu njih, so njihovi spoji z zunanjo oplato in s pregradnim krovom izvedeni neprepustno, da se prepreči odtekanje vode vzdolž pregradnega krova, če je ladja poškodovana in nagnjena. Če delna neprepustna pregrada ni v isti ravnini s pregrado pod njo, je del pregradnega krova med njima izveden neprepustno. | |
| .2 Pregradni krov ali kateri koli drug krov nad njim je odporen na vremenske vplive. Vse odprtine na nezaščitenem krovu imajo dovolj visoke in trdne pragove in so opremljene z učinkovitimi sredstvi, ki omogočajo takojšnje zapiranje, odporno na vremenske vplive. Odtočne odprtine v ograji, odprte rešetkaste ograje in odtoki se namestijo, če je to potrebno za hitro odtekanje vode v vseh vremenskih razmerah. | |
| .3 Pri obstoječih ladjah razreda B je odprti konec cevi za zrak, ki se zaključuje v nadgradnji, vsaj 1 meter nad vodno črto, če je prečni nagib ladje 15 º, ali če je nagnjena pod največjim kotom med vmesnimi fazami poplavljanja, kakor se ugotavlja z neposrednim izračunom, glede na večjo vrednost. Lahko pa imajo cevi za zrak iz tankerjev, razen naftnih tankerjev, odtok skozi bok nadgradnje. Določbe tega odstavka ne posegajo v določbe veljavne Mednarodne konvencije o tovornih črtah. | |
| .4 Bočna okna, prehodi za ljudi in za nakladanje ter druge naprave za zapiranje odprtin v zunanji oplati nad mejno ugrezno črto so ustrezno načrtovani in zgrajeni ter imajo ustrezno trdnost, pri čemer se upoštevajo prostori, v katerih so nameščeni, in njihove lege glede na najvišjo pregradno črto. | |
| .5 Učinkoviti notranji pokrovi, izvedeni tako, da se lahko preprosto in učinkovito zaprejo ter da so neprepustni, so nameščeni na vsa bočna okna v prostorih pod krovom, ki je neposredno prvi krov nad pregradnim krovom. | |
| 17 Zapiranje vrat za natovarjanje tovora (pravilo 20-1) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Naslednja vrata, ki so nad mejno ugrezno črto, se zaprejo in zaklenejo, preden ladja začne potovanje, ter ostanejo zaprta in zaklenjena, dokler ladja ne pripluje v naslednje sidrišče: | |
| .1 vrata za natovarjanje tovora v zunanji oplati ali mejah zaprtih nadgradenj; | |
| .2 ščitniki na premcu, ki so nameščeni na položajih, kakor so navedeni v odstavku .1.1; | |
| .3 vrata za natovarjanje tovora v prestrezni pregradi; | |
| .4 na vremenske vplive odporne rampe, ki se lahko uporabljajo namesto odprtin iz odstavkov .1.1 do vključno .1.3. Če vrat ni mogoče odpirati ali zapirati, medtem ko je ladja zasidrana, jih je mogoče odpreti ali pustiti odprta, medtem ko se ladja približuje sidrišču ali se od njega oddaljuje, vendar le, kolikor je to potrebno, da se lahko vrata neposredno upravljajo. V vsakem primeru morajo notranja vrata na premcu ostati zaprta. | |
| .2 Ne glede na zahteve odstavkov .1.1 in .1.4 lahko uprava države zastave dovoli, da se takšna vrata odprejo po presoji poveljnika, če je to potrebno za upravljanje ladje ali za vkrcanje ali izkrcanje potnikov, kadar je ladja varno zasidrana in to ne ogroža njene varnosti. | |
| .3 Poveljnik zagotovi uporabo učinkovitega sistema nadzora in poročanja o zapiranju in odpiranju vrat iz odstavka .1. | |
| .4 Poveljnik pred začetkom potovanja zagotovi, da se v ladijski dnevnik, kakor to zahteva pravilo 22, zabeleži čas zadnjega zapiranja vrat iz odstavka .1 in čas odpiranja določenih vrat v skladu z odstavkom .2. | |
| 17-1 Neprepustnost iz ro-ro krova (pregradni krov) v prostore pod njim (pravilo 20-2) | |
| NOVE RO-RO POTNIŠKE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1.1 S pridržkom določb odstavkov .1.2 in .1.3 je najnižja točka vseh dostopov, ki vodijo v prostore pod pregradnim krovom, najmanj 2,5 metra nad pregradnim krovom; | |
| .1.2 če so nameščene rampe za vozila, ki omogočajo dostop v prostore pod pregradnim krovom, se lahko njihove odprtine neprepustno zaprejo, da se prepreči vnos vode v spodnje prostore, nameščene pa imajo alarmne naprave ter naprave za javljanje na poveljniškem mostu; | |
| .1.3 uprava države zastave lahko dovoli namestitev posebnih dostopov do prostorov pod pregradnim krovom, če so potrebni za osnovno obratovanje ladje, na primer premikanje strojev in skladišč, pri tem pa so takšni prehodi neprepustni ter imajo nameščene alarmne naprave in naprave za javljanje na poveljniškem mostu; | |
| .1.4 dostopi iz odstavkov .1.2 in .1.3, se zaprejo, preden ladja zapusti sidrišče in začne potovanje ter ostanejo zaprti, dokler ladja ne pripluje v naslednje sidrišče; | |
| .1.5 poveljnik zagotovi uporabo učinkovitega sistema nadzora in poročanja o zapiranju in odpiranju takšnih dostopov iz odstavkov .1.2 in .1.3; in | |
| .1.6 preden ladja zapusti sidrišče in začne potovanje, poveljnik zagotovi, da se v ladijski dnevnik, kakor zahteva pravilo II-l/B/22, zabeleži čas zadnjega zapiranja dostopov iz odstavkov .1.2 in .1.3; | |
| .1.7 nove ro-ro potniške ladje razreda C z dolžino, manjšo od 40 metrov, in nove ro-ro potniške ladje razreda D lahko namesto zahtev odstavkov .1.1 do .1.6 izpolnjujejo zahteve odstavkov .2.1 do .2.4, če je višina pragov vsaj 600 mm na odprtih ro-ro krovih za tovor in vsaj 380 mm na zaprtih ro-ro krovih za tovor. | |
| OBSTOJEČE RO-RO POTNIŠKE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .2.1 Vsi dostopi z ro-ro krova, ki vodijo v prostore pod pregradnim krovom, so odporni na vremenske vplive, na poveljniškem mostu pa se zagotovijo naprave, ki kažejo, ali je dostop odprt ali zaprt; | |
| .2.2 vsi takšni dostopi so zaprti, preden ladja zapusti sidrišče in začne potovanje, ter ostanejo zaprti, dokler ladja ne pripluje v naslednje sidrišče; | |
| .2.3 ne glede na zahteve odstavka .2.2 lahko uprava države zastave dovoli, da so nekateri dostopi med potovanjem odprti, vendar le tako dolgo, kolikor je potrebno za prehod in po potrebi za osnovna dela na ladji; in | |
| .2.4 zahteve odstavka .2.1 se začnejo uporabljati najpozneje ob prvem rednem pregledu po datumu iz odstavka 1 člena 14 te direktive. | |
| 17-2 Dostop na ro-ro krove (pravilo 20-3) | |
| VSE RO-RO POTNIŠKE LADJE: | |
| Poveljnik ali imenovani častnik zagotovi, da potniki med plovbo nimajo dostopa do zaprtega ro-ro krova brez izrecnega dovoljenja poveljnika ali imenovanega častnika. | |
| 17-3 Zapiranje pregrad na ro-ro krovu (R 20-4) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE RO-RO POTNIŠKE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Vse prečne in vzdolžne pregrade, ki se štejejo kot učinkovite za omejevanje morske vode, ki se nabira na ro-ro krovu, so nameščene na svojem mestu in zavarovane, preden ladja zapusti sidrišče, ter ostanejo nameščene in zavarovane, dokler ladja ne pripluje v naslednje sidrišče. | |
| .2 Ne glede na zahteve odstavka .1 lahko uprava države zastave dovoli, da so nekatere odprtine v pregradah med potovanjem odprte, vendar le toliko, kolikor je potrebno, da se omogoči prehod in po potrebi opravljanje osnovnih del na ladji. | |
| 18 Podatki o stabilnosti (pravilo 22) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Na vseh potniških ladjah se po končani gradnji opravi preskus nagiba, da bi se ugotovili elementi njihove stabilnosti. Poveljnik mora imeti na voljo vse potrebne informacije, ki jih potrdi uprava države zastave, da bi lahko hitro in preprosto pridobil smernice o stabilnosti ladje v spreminjajočih se pogojih obratovanja. | |
| .2 Če so bila na ladji izvedena popravila, ki utegnejo bistveno vplivati na informacije o stabilnosti, ki jih ima na voljo poveljnik, se mu predložijo nove informacije o stabilnosti. Po potrebi se opravi nov preskus nagiba. | |
| .3 V rednih časovnih presledkih, ki ne presegajo pet let, se opravijo pregledi prazne ladje, s katerimi se preverjajo spremembe izpodriva prazne ladje in vzdolžnega težišča. Ponovni preskus nagiba ladje se opravi vsakokrat, ko se glede na odobrene informacije o stabilnosti odkrije ali predvideva odstopanje od izpodriva prazne ladje za več kakor 2 % ali odstopanje od vzdolžnega težišča za več kakor 1 % dolžine ladje. | |
| .4 Uprava države zastave lahko posamezno ladjo oprosti preskusa nagiba, če je mogoče osnovne informacije o stabilnosti dobiti na podlagi preskusa nagiba kakšne istovetne ladje in če uprava države zastave prejme dovolj dokazov, da se za vse informacije o stabilnosti za ladje, oproščene iz preskusa nagiba, lahko zanesljivo uporabijo navedeni osnovni podatki. | |
| 19 Kontrolne skice v primeru poškodbe (pravilo 23) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| Skice, ki jasno prikazujejo mejne pregrade neprepustnih oddelkov na vsakem krovu in v vsakem skladišču, odprtine v teh pregradah z napravami za njihovo zapiranje ter mesto, s katerega se z njimi krmili, in ukrepe za izravnavo nagiba zaradi poplavljanja, so stalno izobešene kot smernice za častnika, odgovornega za ladjo. Poleg tega imajo častniki na ladji na voljo knjižico z zgoraj navedenimi informacijami. | |
| 20 Neprepustnost trupa in nadgradnje, preprečevanje in nadzor poškodb (pravilo 23-2) | |
| To pravilo se uporablja za vse ro-ro potniške ladje,vendar se za obstoječe ladje odstavek .2 začne uporabljati najpozneje ob prvem rednem pregledu po datumu iz člena 14(1) te direktive. | |
| .1 Na poveljniškem mostu se zagotovijo kazalniki za vsa vrata pokrovov, vrata za natovarjanje tovora in druge naprave za zapiranje, ki bi, če bi bili odprti ali nepravilno pritrjeni, lahko povzročili poplavljanje prostora posebne kategorije ali ro-ro tovornega prostora. Sistem kazalnikov je zasnovan po načelu varnosti pred izpadom ter z vizualnimi opozorilnimi znaki pokaže, če vrata niso popolnoma zaprta ali če kateri od varovalnih sistemov ni na svojem mestu in popolnoma zaklenjen, z zvočnimi opozorilnimi znaki pa pokaže, če se takšna vrata ali naprave za zapiranje odprejo ali če varovalni sistemi niso več zavarovani. Indikatorska tabla na poveljniškem mostu se opremi s funkcijo za izbiro načina obratovanja "pristanišče/potovanje po morju" tako, da se na poveljniškem mostu sproži zvočni alarm, če ladja zapusti pristanišče in vrata na premcu, notranja vrata, rampe na krmi ali druga vrata pokrovov niso zaprta ali če naprava za zapiranje ni na pravem mestu. Napajanje sistema kazalnikov z električno energijo je neodvisno od napajanja za upravljanje in zavarovanje vrat. Sistemov kazalnikov, ki jih je odobrila uprava države zastave in so bili nameščeni na obstoječe ladje, ni treba spreminjati. | |
| .2 Televizijski nadzor in sistem za odkrivanje vdora vode sta zasnovana tako, da poveljniškemu mostu in kontrolni postaji strojnice javljata morebiten vdor vode skozi notranja ali zunanja vrata na premcu, krmi ali druga vrata pokrovov, ki bi lahko povzročil poplavljanje prostorov posebne kategorije ali ro-ro tovornih prostorov. | |
| .3 Prostore posebne kategorije ali ro-ro tovorne prostore nenehno nadzorujejo patrulje ali so nadzorovani z drugimi učinkovitimi sredstvi, kot je televizijski nadzor, tako da se med plovbo takoj opazi vsako premikanje vozil v slabem vremenu in nepooblaščen vstop potnikov v te prostore. | |
| .4 Navodila za ravnanje v primeru zapiranja in zavarovanja vseh oklepnih vrat, vrat za natovarjanje tovora in drugih naprav za zapiranje, ki bi lahko, če bi ostala odprta ali če ne bi bila pravilno zavarovana, povzročila poplavljanje prostora posebne kategorije ali ro-ro tovornega prostora, so vedno na krovu in izobešena na primernem mestu. | |
| 21 Označevanje, občasno upravljanje in pregledi neprepustnih vrat itd. (pravilo 24) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Vaje za upravljanje neprepustnih vrat, bočnih oken, ventilov in zapiralnih mehanizmov za odtoke se izvajajo vsak teden. | |
| .2 Z vsemi neprepustnimi vrati v glavnih prečnih pregradah, ki se uporabljajo na morju, je treba dnevno upravljati. | |
| .3 Neprepustna vrata in vsi njihovi mehanizmi ter z njimi povezani indikatorji, vsi ventili, katerih zapiranje je potrebno, da se doseže neprepustnost posameznega oddelka, ter vsi ventili, ki so potrebni pri poškodbi ladje za delovanje naprav za izravnavo ladje, se na morju redno pregledujejo, in sicer najmanj enkrat na teden. | |
| .4 Taki ventili, vrata in mehanizmi so ustrezno označeni, da se lahko pravilno uporabljajo in da se zagotavlja največja varnost. | |
| 22 Vpisi v ladijski dnevnik (pravilo 25) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Vrata na tečajih, prenosne plošče, bočna okna, prehodi za ljudi in za nakladanje tovora ter druge odprtine, za katere je s temi pravili določeno, da morajo biti med plovbo zaprte, je treba zapreti, preden ladja izpluje iz pristanišča. Čas zapiranja in čas odpiranja (če je s temi pravili dovoljeno) se zabeležita v ladijski dnevnik. | |
| .2 V ladijski dnevnik se vpiše evidenca vseh vaj, zahtevanih s pravilom 21, z izčrpnim opisom morebitnih ugotovljenih pomanjkljivosti. | |
| 23 Dvižne platforme in rampe za avtomobile | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA A, B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| Na ladjah, opremljenih z visečimi krovi za prevoz potniških vozil, se konstrukcija, namestitev in obratovanje izvajajo v skladu z ukrepi, ki jih določi uprava države zastave. Za konstrukcijo se uporabljajo zadevne določbe priznane organizacije. | |
| 24 Ograje | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA A, B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| 1. Na zunanjih krovih, na katere smejo vstopati potniki, in na katerih ni ladijske ograje primerne višine, so nameščene ograje, visoke najmanj 1100 mm od krova in izdelane tako, da potnikom preprečijo plezanje in padec s krova. | |
| 2. Stopnice in podesti na takšnih zunanjih krovih so opremljeni z ograjami enake konstrukcije. | |
| DEL C | |
| STROJI | |
| 1 Splošno (pravilo 26) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Stroji, kotli in druge tlačne posode ter pripadajoči cevovodi in oprema so nameščeni in zaščiteni tako, da čimbolj zmanjšajo nevarnost za osebe na krovu, ob upoštevanju premičnih delov, vročih površin in drugih nevarnosti. | |
| .2 Zagotovijo se naprave za normalno delovanje ali ponovno vzpostavitev delovanja pogonskih strojev tudi v primeru izpada enega od osnovnih pomožnih strojev. | |
| .3 Zagotovijo se naprave, s katerimi se lahko stroji pri popolnem izpadu obratovanja ladje ponovno poženejo brez zunanje pomoči. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B IN C: | |
| .4 Glavni pogonski stroji in vsi pomožni stroji, nujni za pogon in varnost ladje, so po vgradnji v ladjo zasnovani tako, da delujejo, kadar je ladja v pokončnem položaju in kadar je nagnjena pod kotom do vključno 15 º na obe strani v statičnih pogojih in 22,5 º na obe strani v dinamičnih pogojih (bočno zibanje) ter hkrati nagnjena za 7,5 º s premcem ali krmo v dinamičnih pogojih (vzdolžno zibanje). | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA A, B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .5 Zagotoviti je treba, da se lahko pogonski stroji in propeler v nujnih primerih ustavijo na ustreznih mestih zunaj strojnice ali kontrolne sobe strojnice, na primer na odprtem krovu ali v kabini na poveljniškem mostu. | |
| LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| .6 Mesta in postavitve oddušnih cevi rezervoarjev za plinsko olje, za usedanje in za mazalno olje so urejeni tako, da počena oddušna cev neposredno ne povzroča tveganja za vdor morske vode ali deževnice. Na vsaki ladji sta po dva rezervoarja za plinsko olje za vsako vrsto plinskega olja, ki se na ladji uporablja za pogon in življenjsko pomembne sisteme, ali pa se na ladji zagotovijo enakovredne naprave z zmogljivostjo vsaj 8 ur za ladje razreda B ter vsaj 4 ure za ladje razreda C in D pri največji neprekinjeni zmogljivosti pogonskega stroja in normalni delovni zmogljivosti generatorja na morju. | |
| 2 Motorji z notranjim izgorevanjem (pravilo 27) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Motorji z notranjim izgorevanjem s premerom izvrtine valja 200 mm ali s prostornino karterja 0,6 m3 in več so opremljeni z razbremenilnimi ventili za eksplozije v ohišju motorja primerne vrste, ki imajo dovolj veliko razbremenilno površino. Razbremenilni ventili so opremljeni z napravo, ki zagotavlja, da je iztočna odprtina usmerjena tako, da se čimbolj omeji možnost poškodb osebja. | |
| 3 Drenažna naprava (pravilo 21) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1.1 Ladje se opremijo z učinkovito drenažno napravo, ki omogoča izčrpavanje in odtekanje vode iz vsakega neprepustnega oddelka, razen iz prostorov, ki so stalno namenjeni za prevoz sveže vode, balastne vode, tekočega goriva ali tovora v tekočem stanju in za katere so predvideni drugi učinkoviti načini črpanja v vseh razmerah. Predvideti je treba učinkovita sredstva za sesanje vode iz hladilnih skladišč. | |
| .1.2 Sanitarne, balastne in splošne servisne črpalke se lahko odobrijo kot neodvisne drenažne črpalke, če imajo potrebne priključke na cevovod drenažne naprave. | |
| .1.3 Drenažne cevi v tankih za shranjevanje goriva ali pod njimi, v kotlovnici ali strojnici, skupaj s prostori, v katerih so oljni tanki ali črpalke za gorivo, so iz jekla ali drugega ustreznega materiala. | |
| .1.4 Drenažni in balastni cevovodi so nameščeni tako, da je onemogočen vdor vode iz morja ali iz prostora balastne vode v skladišče tovora ali strojnico ali iz enega v drugi oddelek. Sprejeti je treba potrebne ukrepe za preprečitev, da bi se kateri koli globoki tank, ki ima priključek na drenažni ali balastni cevovod, pomotoma polnil iz morja, kadar je v njem tovor, ali se izpraznil skozi drenažni cevovod, kadar vsebuje balastno vodo. | |
| .1.5 Vse razdelilne omare in ročni ventili, ki so del drenažne naprave, so postavljeni na mestih, ki so v normalnih okoliščinah vedno dostopna. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1.6 Za drenažo zaprtih tovornih prostorov, ki so na pregradnem krovu, je treba sprejeti ukrepe. | |
| .1.6.1 Če je nadvodje za pregradni krov določeno tako, da je rob krova pri nagibu ladje za več kakor 5 º potopljen, se drenaža opravi z dovolj velikim številom odtokov primerne velikosti za neposredni odvod z ladje, ki so nameščeni v skladu z zahtevami pravila 15. | |
| .1.6.2 Če je nadvodje določeno tako, da je rob pregradnega krova pri nagibu ladje 5 º ali manj potopljen, se drenaža zaprtih tovornih prostorov na pregradnem krovu spelje na primerno mesto ali na primerna mesta s primerno zmogljivostjo, ki imajo alarmno napravo za visoko vodo ter so opremljena s primernimi napravami za odvod v morje. Poleg tega se zagotovi naslednje: | |
| .1 število, velikost in razporeditev odtokov morajo preprečevati neprimerno nabiranje vode; | |
| .2 pri sistemu za črpanje vode, ki ga zahteva to pravilo, se upoštevajo zahteve za vse vgrajene naprave za gašenje požarov z brizganjem vode; | |
| .3 voda, kontaminirana z bencinom ali drugimi nevarnimi snovmi, se ne zbira v strojnici ali drugih prostorih, v katerih bi bila lahko prisotna vžigalna sredstva; in | |
| .4 če se zaprti tovorni prostor varuje s sistemom za gašenje požara na ogljikov dioksid, so odtoki na krovu opremljeni z napravami za preprečevanje uhajanja plina za gašenje. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1.6.3 Drenažna naprava iz ro-ro krovov in avtomobilskih krovov ima zadostno zmogljivost, da odtoki, odtočne odprtine itd. na desnem in levem boku ladje zmorejo izčrpati vodo, ki prihaja iz črpalk za pršenje z vodo in gašenje požara, ob upoštevanju nagiba in prevesa ladje. | |
| .1.6.4 Kadar so skupni prostori za potnike in posadko opremljeni s protipožarnimi brizgalkami in hidranti, imajo primerno število odtokov, ki lahko izčrpajo vodo po gašenju požara z brizgalkami in dvema požarnima cevema s curki. Odtoki so na najbolj učinkovitih mestih, na primer na vsakem vogalu. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .2.1 Drenažni sistem, ki se zahteva po odstavku .1.1, lahko deluje v vseh razmerah po nesreči na morju, ne glede na to, ali ladja stoji pokončno ali je nagnjena. Zaradi tega so običajno nameščeni stranski sesalniki, razen v ozkih oddelkih na koncu ladje, v katerih bi lahko zadostoval en sesalnik. V oddelkih neobičajne oblike se lahko zahtevajo dodatni sesalniki. Sprejmejo se potrebni ukrepi, da bo voda iz oddelka odtekala proti sesalnim cevem. | |
| .2.2 Drenažne črpalke se po možnosti namestijo v ločene neprepustne oddelke in se razporedijo ali namestijo tako, da takšni oddelki ne bodo poplavljeni zaradi iste okvare. Če so glavni pogonski stroji, pomožni stroji in kotli v dveh ali več neprepustnih oddelkih, se črpalke za drenažo med temi oddelki čimbolj porazdelijo. | |
| .2.3 Vsaka predpisana drenažna črpalka, razen dodatnih črpalk, ki se smejo predvideti samo za skrajne oddelke, je nameščena tako, da lahko črpa vodo iz vsakega oddelka, za katerega se tako zahteva v odstavku .1.1. | |
| .2.4 Vsaka drenažna črpalka, ki jo poganja vir energije, lahko črpa vodo skozi glavno zbiralno sesalno cev s hitrostjo najmanj 2 m/s. Neodvisne drenažne črpalke v strojnici, ki jih poganja vir energije, imajo neposredna sesala iz teh prostorov, vendar se v nobenem od teh oddelkov ne zahtevata več kakor dve takšni sesali. Če sta predvideni dve takšni sesali ali več, je na vsaki strani ladje najmanj eno. Neposredna sesala so ustrezno razporejena, premer sesal v strojnici pa ni manjši od zahtevanega premera glavne drenažne zbiralne cevi. | |
| .2.5 Poleg neposrednega sesala ali sesal, zahtevanih v odstavku .2.4, je v strojnici predviden zasilni sesalni vod z nepovratnim ventilom od največje razpoložljive neodvisne črpalke, ki jo poganja vir energije, do ravni drenaže strojnice; premer cevi tega sesala je enak premeru glavne sesalne odprtine na uporabljenih črpalkah. | |
| .2.6 Vretena ventila za dotok morske vode in ventila neposrednega sesala so na zadostni višini nad podom strojnice. | |
| .2.7 Vse drenažne cevi do povezave s črpalkami so neodvisne od drugih cevi. | |
| .2.8 Premer "d" glavnega drenažnega voda in stranskih drenažnih cevi se izračuna z naslednjimi formulami. Dejanski notranji premer pa se lahko zaokroži na najbližjo standardno velikost, ki je sprejemljiva za upravo države zastave: glavni drenažni vod: | |
| d = 25 + 1,68 | |
| 2L B + D | |
| stranske drenažne cevi med zbiralniki in sesali: | |
| d = 25 + 2,15 | |
| 2L1 B + D | |
| kjer je: | |
| d | notranji premer glavnega voda (v milimetrih), | | |
| L in B | dolžina in širina ladje (v metrih), | | |
| L1 | dolžina oddelka, in | | |
| D | višina ladje od zgornjega roba kobilice do zgornjega roba pregradnega krova (v metrih), če se na ladji, ki ima zaprt tovorni prostor na pregradnem krovu, ki ima notranjo drenažo v skladu z zahtevami iz odstavka 1.6.2 in se razteza prek celotne dolžine ladje, "D" izmeri do naslednjega krova nad pregradnim krovom. Če so zaprti tovorni prostori krajši, je "D" višina ladje od zgornjega roba kobilice do zgornjega roba pregradnega krova ter lh/L, pri čemer sta "l" in "h" skupna dolžina in višina zaprtega tovornega prostora. | | |
| .2.9 Sprejeti je treba ukrepe za preprečitev poplave v oddelku, za katerega obstaja ena drenažna sesalna cev, če bi se ta cev zaradi trčenja ali nasedanja ladje razbila ali poškodovala v katerem drugem oddelku. Če je zadevna cev v katerem koli delu od zunanje oplate oddaljena manj, kakor znaša petina širine ladje (merjeno pravokotno na vzdolžno simetralno ravnino ladje v višini najvišje pregradne tovorne črte), ali v predorni kobilici, je v ta namen treba to cev opremiti z nepovratnim ventilom v tistem oddelku, v katerem je njeno sesalo. | |
| .2.10 Vse razdelilne omare, pipe in ventili, ki so del drenažne naprave, so nameščeni tako, da se ob poplavi lahko z eno izmed drenažnih črpalk črpa iz katerega koli oddelka; poleg tega poškodba drenažne črpalke ali njenega cevnega priključka do glavnega drenažnega voda, če sta oba od zunanje oplate oddaljena manj kakor petino širine ladje, ne sme preprečiti delovanja drenažne naprave. Če obstaja samo ena skupna napeljava drenažnega cevovoda za vse črpalke, mora obstajati možnost, da se ventili, potrebni za reguliranje drenažnih sesal, krmilijo iz enega mesta nad pregradnim krovom. Če je poleg glavne drenažne naprave predvidena tudi zasilna drenažna naprava, je ta neodvisna od glavne naprave in izvedena tako, da se lahko v primeru poplavljanja s črpalko črpa iz katerega koli oddelka, kakor je določeno v odstavku .2.1; v tem primeru mora obstajati možnost, da se lahko z enega mesta nad pregradnim krovom krmilijo samo ventili, ki so potrebni za delovanje zasilne naprave. | |
| .2.11 Vse pipe in ventili iz odstavka .2.10, ki jih je mogoče krmiliti z enega mesta nad pregradnim krovom, imajo na mestih krmiljenja označbe, ki jasno označujejo njihov namen, in kazala, ki kažejo, ali so odprti ali zaprti. | |
| 4 Število in vrsta drenažnih črpalk (pravilo 21) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| do 250 potnikov: | ena glavna črpalka, priključena na pogonski stroj, in ena neodvisna črpalka, ki je nameščena in ima vir energije zunaj strojnice, | | |
| nad 250 potnikov: | ena glavna črpalka, priključena na pogonski stroj in dve neodvisni črpalki, od katerih je ena nameščena in ima vir energije zunaj strojnice. | | |
| Glavna črpalka, priključena na pogonski stroj, se lahko nadomesti z eno neodvisno črpalko, ki jo poganja vir energije. | |
| Drenaža zelo majhnih oddelkov se lahko izvaja s prenosnimi ročnimi črpalkami. | |
| 5 Načini vzvratne vožnje (pravilo 28) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Ladje morajo imeti dovolj moči za vzvratno vožnjo, da se zagotovi ustrezno manevriranje v vseh normalnih okoliščinah. | |
| .2 Treba je preveriti in zabeležiti zmožnosti pogonskega stroja, da v zadovoljivem času spremeni smer vrtenja vijaka in s tem zaustavi ladjo v zadovoljivi razdalji iz maksimalne servisne hitrosti pri vožnji naprej. | |
| .3 Časi zaustavljanja, smeri navigacije in razdalje, zabeleženi na preverjanjih, skupaj z rezultati preskusov za določanje zmožnosti ladje z več vijaki za navigacijo in manevriranje z enim ali več vijaki v okvari, so na voljo poveljniku ali imenovanemu osebju. | |
| 6 Krmilna naprava (pravilo 29) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Vsaka ladja je opremljena z učinkovito glavno krmilno napravo in pomožnim krmilnim sistemom. Glavna in pomožna krmilna naprava sta urejeni tako, da okvara ene izmed njih ne onemogoči delovanja druge. | |
| .2 Glavna krmilna naprava in krmilna os, če je nameščena: | |
| .2.1 sta ustrezne trdnosti in omogočata krmarjenje ladje pri največji hitrosti naprej ter sta takšne konstrukcije, da se pri najhitrejši vzvratni vožnji ne moreta poškodovati; | |
| .2.2 lahko pri največjem ugrezu ladje in pri vožnji naprej z največjo hitrostjo prestavita krmilo iz lege 35 º na eni strani do lege 35 º na drugi ter pod enakimi pogoji iz lege 35 º na kateri koli strani do lege 30 º na drugi strani v največ 28 sekundah; | |
| .2.3 obratujeta z virom energije, če je to potrebno za izpolnjevanje zahtev odstavka .2.2.2 in v vsakem primeru, kadar se zaradi skladnosti z odstavkom .2.2.1 zahteva, da premer osi krmila na mestu njenega spoja s kvadrantom ali ročico krmila znaša več kakor 120 mm, brez ojačitve za navigacijo v ledu. | |
| .3 Če je pomožna krmilna naprava nameščena, je: | |
| .1 ustrezne trdnosti in omogoča krmarjenje ladje pri zadovoljivi hitrosti ter se lahko v primeru izrednih razmer hitro aktivira; | |
| .2 zmožna, da pri največjem ugrezu ladje in pri vožnji naprej s polovico največje hitrosti ali s hitrostjo 7 vozlov, glede na večjo vrednost, prestavi krmilo iz lege 15 º na eni strani do lege 15 º na drugi strani v največ 60 sekundah; in | |
| .3 v obratovanju z virom energije, če je to potrebno za izpolnjevanje zahtev odstavka .3.2 in vedno, kadar premer krmila osi na mestu njenega spoja s kvadrantom ali z ročico krmila znaša več kakor 230 mm, brez ojačitve za navigacijo v ledu. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .4 Strojne naprave za pogon glavne krmilne naprave: | |
| .1 so zasnovane tako, da se ob vrnitvi energije po izpadu avtomatsko ponovno zaženejo; in | |
| .2 se lahko dajo v obratovanje z mesta na poveljniškem mostu. Na poveljniškem mostu zvočni in vizualni alarmni znak opozorita na izpad energije na kateri koli strojni napravi za pogon glavne krmilne naprave. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .5 Če ima glavna krmilna naprava dve enaki strojni napravi za pogon ali več, ni treba namestiti pomožne krmilne naprave, če: | |
| .1 lahko glavna krmilna naprava upravlja krmilo, kakor zahteva odstavek .2.2, medtem ko ena od strojnih naprav za pogon ne deluje; | |
| .2 je glavna krmilna naprava vgrajena tako, da je mogoče po eni okvari v njenem cevovodnem sistemu ali v eni od strojnih naprav osamiti okvaro tako, da se ohranijo njene krmilne sposobnosti ali se hitro ponovno vzpostavijo. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .6 Krmilna naprava se krmili na naslednji način: | |
| .1 glavna krmilna naprava na poveljniškem mostu in v oddelku za krmarjenje; | |
| .2 če je glavna krmilna naprava zasnovana v skladu z odstavkom .4, z dvema neodvisnima sistemoma krmiljenja, ki se krmilita s poveljniškega mostu. Za to ni potrebno podvajanje krmila ali krmilne ročice. Če krmilni sistem sestavlja hidravlični daljinski motor, ni treba namestiti drugega neodvisnega sistema; | |
| .3 pomožna krmilna naprava se krmili v oddelku za krmarjenje, če jo poganja strojna naprava za pogon, pa se lahko krmili tudi s poveljniškega mostu in je neodvisna od krmilnega sistema za glavno krmilno napravo. | |
| .7 Sistem za krmiljenje glavnih in pomožnih krmilnih naprav, ki se krmilijo s poveljniškega mostu, izpolnjujejo naslednje pogoje: | |
| .1 če so električni, jih napaja lastni ločeni tokokrog, ki ga z električno energijo oskrbuje tokokrog krmilne naprave z mesta v oddelku za krmarjenje ali neposredno vod stikalne plošče, ki napaja takšen tokokrog za krmilno napravo z mesta na stikalni plošči, ki je poleg mesta napajanja tokokroga krmilne naprave; | |
| .2 v oddelku za krmarjenje je predvidena naprava za odklop vsakega krmilnega sistema, ki se krmili s poveljniškega mostu, od krmilne naprave, ki jo upravlja; | |
| .3 sistem je urejen tako, da se lahko aktivira z mesta na poveljniškem mostu; | |
| .4 na poveljniškem mostu zvočni in vizualni alarmni znak opozorita na izpad električne energije, ki napaja krmilni sistem; in | |
| .5 pred kratkim stikom so zaščiteni samo napajalni vodi za krmiljenje krmilne naprave. | |
| .8 Električni tokokrogi in sistemi za krmiljenje krmilnih naprav ter njihovi pripadajoči deli, kabli in cevi, ki jih zahteva to pravilo ali pravilo 7, so po vsej svoji dolžini tako ločeni, kolikor je to praktično možno. | |
| .9 Omogočiti je treba komunikacijo med poveljniškim mostom in oddelkom za krmarjenje ali drugim pomožnim mestom za krmarjenje. | |
| .10 Položaj odklona krmil(-a): | |
| .1 če glavno krmilno napravo poganja vir energije, se odklon prikazuje na poveljniškem mostu. Prikaz odklona krmila je neodvisen od krmilnega sistema krmilne naprave; | |
| .2 je mogoče prepoznati v oddelku za krmarjenje. | |
| .11 Hidravlična krmilna naprava, ki jo poganja vir energije, je opremljena na naslednji način: | |
| .1 s sistemom, ki skrbi, da je hidravlična tekočina vedno čista, ob upoštevanju vrste in izdelave hidravličnega sistema; | |
| .2 nizkonivojski alarm za vsak rezervoar hidravlične tekočine, ki čimprej opozori na uhajanje hidravlične tekočine. Zvočni in vizualni opozorilni znaki se sprožijo na poveljniškem mostu in v strojnici, kjer jih je mogoče takoj opaziti; in | |
| .3 vgrajena skladiščna cisterna, ki je dovolj zmogljiva, da napolni vsaj en pogonski sistem, vključno z rezervoarjem, če glavno krmilno napravo poganja vir energije. Skladiščna cisterna je stalno povezana z vodi tako, da se lahko hidravlični sistemi takoj ponovno napolnijo z mesta v oddelku za krmarjenje, in je opremljena z merilnikom vsebine. | |
| .12 Oddelki s krmilno napravo so: | |
| .1 preprosto dostopni in, če je izvedljivo, ločeni od strojnice; in | |
| .2 opremljeni s primernimi napravami, ki zagotovijo dostop delavcem do strojev in krmilnikov krmilne naprave. Takšne naprave vključujejo držala in rešetke ali druge površine proti drsenju, ki zagotavljajo primerne pogoje za delo v primeru izlitja hidravlične tekočine. | |
| 7 Dodatne zahteve za električne in elektrohidravlične krmilne naprave (pravilo 30) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Kazala delovanja motorjev električnih in elektrohidravličnih krmilnih naprav so nameščena na poveljniškem mostu in na ustreznem mestu za krmiljenje glavnih strojev. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .2 Vsak električni ali elektrohidravlični krmilni sistem, ki vsebuje eno strojno napravo za pogon ali več, se napaja z vsaj dvema posebnima tokokrogoma neposredno z glavne stikalne plošče; vendar pa lahko eden od tokokrogov poteka skozi zasilno stikalno ploščo. Pomožni električni ali elektrohidravlični krmilni sistem, povezan z glavnim električnim ali elektrohidravličnim krmilnim sistemom, je lahko priključen na enega od tokokrogov, ki napajajo takšen glavni krmilni sistem. Tokokrogi, ki napajajo električni ali elektrohidravlični krmilni sistem, so dovolj zmogljivi, da lahko napajajo vse motorje, ki so lahko nanje priključeni hkrati in morajo hkrati tudi delovati. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .3 Električni ali elektrohidravlični vodi in motorji so opremljeni z zaščito pred kratkim stikom in imajo alarmno napravo za primer preobremenitve. Če obstaja zaščita pred presežkom toka, vključno z zagonskim tokom, zadostuje za najmanj dvakratno polno obremenitev motorja ali tokokroga, ki je zaščiten na takšen način, in je zasnovana tako, da dopušča pretok primernega zagonskega toka. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| Opozorilni znaki, ki se zahtevajo po tem odstavku, so zvočni in vizualni ter postavljeni na vidno mesto v glavni strojnici ali kontrolni sobi, iz katere se navadno krmilijo glavni stroji, in biti v skladu s pravilom 6 iz Dela E tega poglavja. | |
| .4 Če pomožna krmilna naprava, za katero pravilo 6.3.3 zahteva, da jo poganja vir energije, ne poganja električna energija ali jo poganja električni motor, ki je namenjen predvsem za druge namene, se lahko glavna krmilna naprava napaja z enim tokokrogom iz glavne stikalne plošče. Če je takšen električni motor, ki je namenjen zlasti za druge namene, prirejen tako, da poganja takšen pomožni krmilni sistem, lahko uprava države zastave dovoli odstopanje od zahtev odstavka .3, če ugotovi, da zadostuje zaščita, skupaj z zahtevami pravil 6.4.1 in .4.2, ki veljajo za pomožne krmilne sisteme. | |
| 8 Ventilacijski sistemi v strojnici (pravilo 35) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| V strojnici kategorije A je primerna ventilacija, ki v primeru, ko stroji ali kotli v njej delajo s polno močjo v vseh vremenskih razmerah, vključno v slabem vremenu, zagotavlja primeren dotok zraka v prostore za varnost in dobro počutje osebja ter varno delovanje strojev. | |
| 9 Komunikacija med poveljniškim mostom in strojnico (pravilo 37) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| Nameščeni sta vsaj dve neodvisni napravi za prenos ukazov s poveljniškega mostu na mesto v strojnici ali kontrolni sobi, iz katere se navadno krmilijo hitrost in smer vrtenja vijakov: ena od teh naprav je telegraf strojnice, ki posreduje vizualne znake za ukaze in odzive v strojnici in na poveljniškem mostu. Ustrezno sredstvo za komunikacijo je nameščeno na vsa druga mesta, s katerih se lahko krmili hitrost ali smer vrtenja vijakov. | |
| 10 Alarm upravitelja stroja (pravilo 38) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| Alarm upravitelja stroja se upravlja iz kontrolne sobe strojnice ali na manevrirni ploščadi in je jasno slišen v bivalnih prostorih upravitelja stroja in/ali po potrebi na poveljniškem mostu. | |
| 11 Namestitev zasilnih naprav (pravilo 39) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| Zasilni viri električne energije, požarne črpalke, drenažne črpalke, razen tistih, ki so posebno izdelane za prostore pred prestrezno pregrado, vgrajeni sistem za gašenje požara, ki ga zahteva Poglavje II-2, ter druge zasilne naprave, ki so bistvene za varnost ladje, razen vitla za sidro, ne smejo biti nameščeni pred prestrezno pregrado. | |
| 12 Krmiljenje strojev (pravilo 31) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Glavni in pomožni stroji, ki so bistveni za pogon in varnost ladje, so opremljeni z učinkovitimi napravami za njihovo delovanje in krmiljenje. | |
| .2 Če so pogonski stroji daljinsko krmiljeni s poveljniškega mostu in če je v strojnici predvidena posadka, velja naslednje: | |
| .1 v vseh pogojih plovbe, vključno z manevriranjem, je mogoče hitrost, smer vrtenja in po potrebi naklon vijaka v celoti krmiliti s poveljniškega mostu; | |
| .2 daljinsko upravljanje vsakega neodvisnega vijaka se opravlja s krmilno napravo, ki je zasnovana in izdelana tako, da njeno upravljanje ne zahteva posebne pozornosti glede posebnosti delovanja strojev. Če je več vijakov zasnovanih tako, da delujejo hkrati, jih lahko krmili ena sama krmilna naprava. | |
| .3 glavni pogonski stroji imajo napravo za zaustavitev v sili na poveljniškem mostu, ki je neodvisna od krmilnega sistema na poveljniškem mostu; | |
| .4 krmiljenje pogonskih strojev s poveljniškega mostu je prikazano v kontrolni sobi v glavni strojnici ali na manevrirni ploščadi; | |
| .5 daljinsko upravljanje pogonskih strojev je istočasno možno samo z enega mesta; na takih mestih so dovoljeni medsebojno povezani krmilni položaji. Na vsakem mestu je kazalnik, ki javlja, s katerega mesta se krmilijo pogonski stroji. Prenos krmiljenja med poveljniškim mostom in strojnico je možen samo v glavni strojnici ali kontrolni sobi glavne strojnice. Ta sistem vsebuje naprave, ki preprečujejo, da bi se pogonski potisk občutno spremenil, ko se krmiljenje prenese z enega mesta na drugo; | |
| .6 pogonski stroji se lahko krmilijo lokalno, tudi v primeru okvar katerega koli dela sistema za daljinsko upravljanje; | |
| .7 konstrukcija sistema daljinskega upravljanja je takšna, da v primeru okvare sproži alarm. Vnaprej določena hitrost in smer vrtenja vijakov ostajata enaki, dokler deluje lokalno krmiljenje; | |
| .8 na poveljniškem mostu so nameščeni kazalniki za: | |
| .1 hitrost vijaka in smer vrtenja, če gre za vijake z nespremenljivim naklonom; | |
| .2 hitrost vijaka in položaj naklona, če gre za vijake s spremenljivim naklonom; | |
| .9 na poveljniškem mostu in v strojnici se sproži alarm pri nizkem pritisku zagonskega zraka, ki je nastavljen na takšno raven, da omogoča nadaljnje zaganjanje glavnega motorja. Če je sistem daljinskega upravljanja pogonskih strojev zasnovan za avtomatski zagon, je število zaporednih avtomatskih poskusov, s katerimi zagon stroja ne uspe, omejeno tako, da se ohrani dovolj pritiska zagonskega zraka za lokalni zagon. | |
| .3 če imajo glavni pogonski stroji in pripadajoči stroji, skupaj z glavnimi viri električne energije, različne stopnje avtomatskega in daljinskega upravljanja in so pod stalnim ročnim nadzorom iz kontrolne sobe, so naprave in krmilniki zasnovani, opremljeni in nameščeni tako, da je upravljanje strojev tako varno in učinkovito, kakor če bi bilo pod neposrednim nadzorom; v ta namen se ustrezno uporabljajo pravila II-l/E/1 do II-l/E/5. Posebno pozornost je treba posvetiti varovanju takšnih prostorov pred požarom in poplavljanjem. | |
| .4 na splošno sistemi za avtomatski zagon, delovanje in krmiljenje vsebujejo naprave, ki omogočajo ročno zaustavitev avtomatskega krmiljenja. Okvara katerega koli dela takšnih sistemov ne sme preprečevati ročne zaustavitve. | |
| LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| .5 Ladje morajo izpolnjevati zahteve odstavkov .1 do .4 z naslednjimi spremembami: | |
| .1 odstavek 1 se nadomesti: | |
| "1. Glavni in pomožni stroji, ki so pomembni za pogon, krmiljenje in varnost, so opremljeni z učinkovito napravo za obratovanje in krmiljenje. Vsi krmilni sistemi, pomembni za pogon, krmiljenje in varnost ladje so neodvisni ali narejeni tako, da okvara enega sistema ne škoduje delovanju drugega‘". | |
| .2 v prvi in drugi vrstici odstavka 2 se črta besedilo ‚in če je v strojnici predvidena posadka‘. | |
| .3 prvi stavek odstavka 2.2 se nadomesti: | |
| ".2 krmiljenje se izvaja z eno samo krmilno napravo za vsak neodvisen vijak z avtomatskim opravljanjem vseh pripadajočih dejavnosti, vključno — po potrebi — z napravami za preprečevanje preobremenitve pogonskih strojev". | |
| .4 odstavek 2.4 se nadomesti: | |
| ".4 krmiljenje pogonskih strojev s poveljniškega mostu je prikazano v kontrolni sobi glavne strojnice in na manevrirni ploščadi‘". | |
| .5 na koncu odstavka 2.6 se doda naslednji nov stavek: | |
| "Omogoči se tudi krmiljenje pomožnih strojev, pomembnih za pogon in varnost ladje, na zadevnih strojih ali blizu njih"; in | |
| .6 odstavki 2.8, 2.8.1 in 2.8.2 se nadomestijo: | |
| ".8 kazalniki so nameščeni na poveljniškem mostu, v kontrolni sobi glavne strojnice in na manevrirni ploščadi za: | |
| .8.1 hitrost vijaka in smer vrtenja, če gre za vijake z nespremenljivim naklonom, in | |
| .8.2 hitrost vijaka in položaj naklona, če gre za vijake s spremenljivim naklonom." | |
| 13 Sistem cevi za paro (pravilo 33) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Vse cevi za paro in vsi priključki nanje, prek katerih lahko prehaja para, so zasnovani, izdelani in nameščeni tako, da prenesejo največje delovne obremenitve, katerim bi lahko bili izpostavljeni. | |
| .2 Namesti se sredstvo za praznjenje cevi za paro, v katerih bi lahko sicer prišlo do nevarnega vodnega udara. | |
| .3 Če lahko v cev za paro ali v priključek iz katerega koli vira pride para pri višjem tlaku, kakor je tisti, za katerega sta zasnovana, se namestijo primerni redukcijski ventil, razbremenilni ventil in merilnik tlaka. | |
| 14 Sistemi zračnega tlaka (pravilo 34) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Treba je predvideti naprave, da se prepreči nadtlak v sistemih komprimiranega zraka in povsod, kjer bi vodni plašči ali ohišja kompresorjev za zrak in hladilnikov lahko bili izpostavljeni nevarnemu nadtlaku zaradi njegovega vdora vanje iz delov sistema zračnega tlaka. Za vse sisteme je treba predvideti naprave za tlačno razbremenitev. | |
| .2 Glavne naprave za zagonski zrak za motorje z notranjim izgorevanjem za glavni pogon so primerno zavarovane pred učinki povratnega udara in notranjih eksplozij v ceveh za zagonski zrak. | |
| .3 Vse odtočne cevi iz kompresorjev za zagonski zrak vodijo naravnost v sprejemnike zagonskega zraka, vse začetne cevi iz sprejemnikov zraka v glavne in pomožne motorje so popolnoma ločene od sistema odtočnih cevi kompresorja. | |
| .4 Sprejmejo se ukrepi za zmanjšanje vdora olja v sisteme zračnega tlaka na minimalno raven in za praznjenje teh sistemov. | |
| 15 Zaščita pred hrupom (pravilo 36) [3] | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| Sprejmejo se ukrepi za zmanjšanje hrupa strojev v strojnici na sprejemljive ravni. Če hrupa ni mogoče dovolj zmanjšati, se vir prekomernega hrupa primerno izolira ali osami ali pa se uredi pred hrupom varovan prostor, če mora biti v prostoru posadka. Osebje, ki mora vstopati v takšne prostore, mora uporabljati zaščito za sluh. | |
| 16 Dvigala | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Potniška in tovorna dvigala glede dimenzij, razporeda, števila potnikov in/ali količine blaga izpolnjujejo predpise, ki jih je določila uprava države zastave za vsak posamezen primer ali vsako vrsto naprave. | |
| .2 Načrte instalacij in navodila za vzdrževanje, vključno s predpisi, ki urejajo redne preglede, odobri uprava države zastave, ki pregleda in odobri napravo pred začetkom uporabe. | |
| .3 Po odobritvi uprava države zastave izda spričevalo, ki se mora hraniti na ladji. | |
| .4 Uprava države zastave lahko dovoli, da redne preglede opravlja izvedenec, ki ga je pooblastila uprava, ali priznana organizacija. | |
| DEL D | |
| ELEKTRIČNE NAPELJAVE | |
| 1 Splošno (pravilo 40) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Električne napeljave so takšne: | |
| .1 da so vse pomožne električne naprave, potrebne za vzdrževanje normalnih pogojev za delovanje in bivanje na ladji, zagotovljene brez uporabe zasilnih virov električne energije; | |
| .2 da so električne naprave, pomembne za varnost, zagotovljene v raznih izrednih razmerah; in | |
| .3 da je zagotovljena varnost potnikov, posadke in ladje pred nezgodami, ki jih povzroča električni tok. | |
| .2 Uprava države zastave sprejme potrebne ukrepe, da zagotovi enakomerno izvajanje in uporabo določb tega dela v zvezi z električnimi napeljavami [4]. | |
| 2 Glavni vir električne energije in razsvetljava (pravilo 41) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Nove ladje razreda C in D, na katerih je električna energija edino pogonsko sredstvo za vzdrževanje pomožnih naprav, ki so pomembne za varnost ladje, ter nove in obstoječe ladje razreda B, na katerih je električna energija edino pogonsko sredstvo za vzdrževanje pomožnih naprav, ki so pomembne za varnost in pogon ladje, imajo dve ali več glavnih skupin generatorjev takšne moči, da omogočajo delovanje navedenih naprav tudi v primeru, ko ena teh skupin generatorjev ne obratuje. | |
| Na novih ladjah razreda C in D z dolžino, manjšo od 24 metrov, je lahko eden od glavnih generatorjev glavni pogonski stroj, če ima takšno moč, da omogoča delovanje prej navedenih naprav, ko eden od generatorjev ne obratuje. | |
| .2.1 Glavni sistem električne razsvetljave, ki razsvetljuje tiste dele ladje, do katerih imajo potniki in posadka običajno dostop in jih uporabljajo, se napaja z glavnega vira električne energije. | |
| .2.2 Glavni sistem električne razsvetljave je tak, da v primeru požara ali druge nezgode v prostorih, v katerih so glavni vir električne energije, morebitna propadajoča transformatorska oprema, glavna stikalna plošča in stikalna plošča glavne razsvetljave, ne prepreči delovanja zasilnega sistema razsvetljave, ki ga zahteva pravilo 3. | |
| .2.3 Zasilni sistem električne razsvetljave je tak, da v primeru požara ali druge nezgode v prostorih, v katerih so zasilni vir električne energije, morebitna transformatorska oprema, zasilna stikalna plošča in stikalna plošča zasilne razsvetljave, ne prepreči delovanja glavnega sistema razsvetljave, ki ga zahteva to pravilo. | |
| .3 Glavna stikalna plošča je postavljena na takšni razdalji do enega od glavnih generatorskih postaj, da lahko, kolikor je to mogoče, na celovitost normalnega električnega napajanja vpliva le požar ali druga nezgoda v prostoru, v katerem sta generator in stikalna plošča. | |
| 3 Zasilni vir električne energije (pravilo 42) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Vsaka ladja ima neodvisen zasilni vir električne energije z zasilno stikalno ploščo, ki je nameščena nad pregradnim krovom na preprosto dostopnem mestu, ki ne sme biti v območju, ki meji na prostore strojnice razreda A ali tiste prostore, v katerih je glavni vir električne energije ali glavna stikalna plošča. | |
| .2 Zasilni vir električne energije je lahko akumulatorska baterija, ki lahko izpolnjuje zahteve pododstavka .5 brez ponovne polnitve in čezmernega padca napetosti, ali generator, ki lahko izpolnjuje zahteve odstavka .5 in ki ga poganja motor z notranjim izgorevanjem z neodvisnim dovodom goriva, katerega plamenišče ni nižje od 43 °C, ima naprave za avtomatski zagon na novih ladjah in odobrene zagonske naprave na obstoječih ladjah, je opremljen s prehodnim virom zasilne električne energije v skladu z odstavkom .6, razen če ima v primeru novih ladij razreda C in D z dolžino, manjšo od 24 metrov, na primernem mestu neodvisno baterijo za določenega porabnika, ki zdrži toliko časa, kakor zahtevajo ta pravila. | |
| .3 Zasilni vir električne energije je izveden tako, da lahko učinkovito deluje tudi pri nagibu 22,5 º in prevesu 10 º. Zasilni generator(-ji) lahko v trenutku začnejo delovati v vseh hladnih razmerah, ki bi lahko nastopile, pri novih ladjah pa lahko imajo avtomatski zagon. | |
| .4 Zasilna stikalna plošča se namesti čim bližje zasilnemu viru energije. | |
| .5 Zasilni vir energije, ki se zahteva po odstavku .1, je: | |
| .1 na splošno zmožen delovati: | |
| 12 ur na ladjah razreda B (novih in obstoječih) | |
| 6 ur na ladjah razreda C (novih) | |
| 3 ure na ladjah razreda D (novih); | |
| .2 zlasti zmožen hkrati poganjati porabnike v napravah, opredeljenih v nadaljevanju, kakor se zahteva pri razredu ladij za čase, navedene zgoraj: | |
| (a) zasilna ladijska drenažna črpalka in ena od požarnih črpalk; | |
| (b) zasilna razsvetljava: | |
| 1. na zbirališčih ali mestih za vkrcanje ter na bokih; | |
| 2. na vseh hodnikih, stopniščih in izhodih, ki vodijo do zbirališč ali mest za vkrcanje; | |
| 3. v strojnicah ter na kraju, kjer je zasilni generator; | |
| 4. na kontrolnih postajah, kjer sta radio in glavna navigacijska oprema; | |
| 5. kakor to zahtevata pravili II-2/B/16.1.3.7 in II-2/B/6.1.7; | |
| 6. v vseh skladiščih gasilne opreme; | |
| 7. pri zasilni drenažni črpalki in eni od požarnih črpalk iz pododstavka (a) ter na mestu zagona njihovih motorjev; | |
| (c) ladijske navigacijske luči; | |
| (d) 1. vsa komunikacijska oprema, | |
| 2. splošni alarmni sistem, | |
| 3. sistem za odkrivanje požara, in | |
| 4. vsi signali, ki bi lahko bili potrebni v sili, če jih poganja električna energija iz glavnih ladijskih generatorjev; | |
| (e) po potrebi ladijska črpalka za brizgalke vode, če jo poganja električna energija; in | |
| (f) signalna dnevna luč, če jo poganja glavni vir električne energije; | |
| .3 lahko pol ure z energijo oskrbuje tokokroge neprepustnih vrat in njihovih krmilnikov, indikatorjev in alarmnih naprav. | |
| .6 Prehodni vir zasilne električne energije, ki se zahteva po odstavku .2, je sestavljen iz akumulatorske baterije, postavljene na primerno mesto za uporabo v sili, ki pol ure brez ponovne polnitve in brez čezmernega padca napetosti poganja: | |
| (a) razsvetljavo, ki se zahteva po odstavku .2(b)1 tega pravila; | |
| (b) neprepustna vrata, kakor se zahteva v odstavkih .7.2 in .7.3 pravila II-l/B/13, vendar ne nujno vsa hkrati, razen če je nameščen neodvisni začasni vir shranjene energije; in | |
| (c) krmilnike, indikatorje in alarmne naprave, zahtevane v odstavku .7.2 pravila II-l/B/13. | |
| .7 LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| Če je električna energija potrebna za ponovni zagon pogona, zmogljivost zadostuje za ponovni zagon ladje od popolnega mirovanja ladje v 30 minutah po popolnem izpadu, po potrebi skupaj z drugimi stroji. | |
| 4 Dodatna zasilna razsvetljava za ro-ro ladje (pravilo 42-1) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| Poleg zasilne razsvetljave, ki jo zahteva pravilo II-l/D/3.5.2(b), je na vsaki ladji z ro-ro tovornimi prostori ali prostori posebne kategorije: | |
| .1 v vseh javnih potniških prostorih in hodnikih nameščena dodatna električna razsvetljava, ki lahko deluje vsaj tri ure, ko odpovejo vsi drugi viri električne energije, in pri vsakem nagibu ladje. Razsvetljava je takšna, da je mogoče takoj videti dostop do vseh poti in izhodov v sili. Vir energije za dodatno razsvetljavo so akumulatorske baterije, nameščene v svetilnih enotah, ki se nenehno polnijo, če je to praktično izvedljivo, iz zasilne stikalne plošče. Lahko pa se uporablja katero koli drugo sredstvo za razsvetljavo, ki je vsaj enako učinkovito in ga lahko prizna uprava države zastave. Dodatna razsvetljava je takšna, da je okvara žarnice takoj vidna. Vsako akumulatorsko baterijo je treba redno menjati, ob upoštevanju dobe delovanja v okolju, v katerem se uporablja; in | |
| .2 prenosne baterijske svetilke, ki se lahko polnijo, so nameščene v vseh hodnikih prostorov za posadko, za rekreacijo in v vseh delovnih prostorih, v katerih je običajno posadka, razen če tam ni nameščena zasilna razsvetljava, kakor se zahteva v odstavku .1. | |
| 5 Zaščita pred električnim udarom, požarom in drugimi nevarnostmi v zvezi z električno energijo (pravilo 45) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Izpostavljeni kovinski deli električnih strojev in opreme, za katere ni predvideno, da so pod napetostjo, vendar bi utegnili priti pod napetost zaradi napake, so ozemljeni, razen če so stroji in oprema: | |
| .1 napajani z napetostjo največ 50 V enosmernega toka ali 50 V efektivne vrednosti med prevodniki; avtotransformatorji se ne uporabljajo za doseganje te napetosti; ali | |
| .2 napajani z napetostjo največ 250 V prek varnostno izoliranih transformatorjev, ki napajajo samo enega porabnika; ali | |
| .3 zgrajeni v skladu z načeli dvojne izolacije. | |
| .2 Vsi električni aparati so zasnovani in nameščeni tako, da je pri normalni rabi izključena nevarnost poškodb. | |
| .3 Stranice in zadnja stran ter po potrebi prednja stran stikalnih plošč so ustrezno zaščitene. Izpostavljeni deli, katerih napetost je glede na maso večja od tiste, ki je določena pod 1.1, ne smejo biti vgrajeni na sprednji strani takšnih stikalnih plošč. Po potrebi je treba predvideti neprevodne talne obloge ali rešetke pred ploščami ali za njimi. | |
| .4 V razdelilnih sistemih brez ozemljitve je nameščena naprava, ki nadzoruje raven izolacije v zemljo in oddaja zvočni ali vizualni signal, ki označuje nenormalno nizke vrednosti izolacije. | |
| .5.1 Vsi kovinski plašči in kovinske zaščite kablov so električno povezani in ozemljeni. | |
| .5.2 Vsi električni kabli in žice, ki so na zunanji strani opreme, so vsaj ognjevzdržni in so nameščeni tako, da namestitev ne škoduje njihovim ognjevzdržnim lastnostim. Po potrebi lahko uprava države zastave za posamezno uporabo dovoli uporabo posebnih kablov, kot so radiofrekvenčni kabli, ki ne izpolnjujejo zgoraj navedenih zahtev. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .5.3 Kabli in žice za osnovni ali zasilni vir energije, razsvetljavo, notranje komunikacije ali signale se, kolikor je to praktično izvedljivo, položijo zunaj kuhinj, pralnic, strojnic kategorije A in njihovih ohišij ter drugih prostorov, v katerih obstaja velika nevarnost požara. Na novih ali obstoječih ro-ro potniških ladjah odobri kable za alarme v primeru nevarnosti in sisteme za obveščanje javnosti, nameščene na datum iz člena 14(1) te direktive ali po tem datumu, uprava države zastave ob upoštevanju priporočil, ki jih je sprejela IMO. Kabli, ki povezujejo požarne črpalke z zasilno stikalno ploščo, so ognjevzdržni, kadar potekajo skozi prostore, v katerih obstaja velika nevarnost požara. Če je to praktično izvedljivo, je treba takšne kable namestiti tako, da jih segrevanje pregrad, ki bi ga povzročil požar v sosednjem prostoru, ne more uničiti. | |
| .6 Kabli in žice so položeni in pritrjeni tako, da se prepreči njihova obraba ali druga poškodba. Konci in spoji vseh prevodnikov se izvedejo tako, da ohranijo prvotne električne lastnosti, mehanske ognjevzdržne sposobnosti in po potrebi ognjeodporne lastnosti. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .7.1 Vsak posamezen tokokrog se zavaruje pred kratkim stikom in pred preobremenitvijo, razen če pravila II-l/C/6 in II-l/C/7 ne dovoljujejo drugače. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .7.2 Napeljave za razsvetljavo se namestijo tako, da ne pride do porasta temperature, ki bi utegnila poškodovati kable in žice, in da se prepreči čezmerno segrevanje sosednjega materiala. | |
| .8.1 Akumulatorske baterije se namestijo na primerna mesta, prostori, ki so v glavnem namenjeni zanje, pa so ustrezno zgrajeni in učinkovito zračeni. | |
| .8.2 Električna in druga oprema, ki bi lahko predstavljala vir vžiga vnetljivih hlapov, ne sme biti nameščena v takšnih prostorih. | |
| .9 Razdelilni sistemi se izvedejo tako, da požar v kateri koli glavni navpični požarni coni, kakor je opredeljeno v pravilu II-2/A/2.9, ne bo oviral funkcij naprav, ki so pomembne za varnost v drugi takšni coni. Ta zahteva bo izpolnjena, če bodo glavni in zasilni napajalni vodi na prehodu skozi katero koli cono med seboj navpično in vodoravno čim bolj ločeni. | |
| DEL E | |
| DODATNE ZAHTEVE ZA STROJNICE, KI SO OBČASNO BREZ POSADKE | |
| Posebna obravnava (pravilo 54) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| Vse nove ladje razreda B, C in D ter obstoječe ladje razreda B posebno obravnava uprava države zastave, da ugotovi, ali so njihove strojnice lahko brez posadke ali ne, in če je temu tako, ali so razen teh pravil potrebne še dodatne zahteve za doseganje varnosti, enakovredni tisti v strojnicah s stalno posadko. | |
| 1 Splošno (pravilo 46) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Sprejeti ukrepi zagotovijo, da je varnost ladje v vseh pogojih plovbe, vključno z manevriranjem, enakovredna varnosti na ladji s strojnico s stalno posadko. | |
| .2. Sprejmejo se ukrepi, s katerimi se zagotovi, da oprema zanesljivo deluje in da se pripravi zadovoljiv režim za redne preglede in redne preskuse za zagotavljanje neprekinjenega zanesljivega delovanja. | |
| .3 Vsaka ladja ima dokumentarna dokazila o sposobnosti za plovbo, če so njene strojnice občasno brez posadke. | |
| 2 Protipožarna zaščita (pravilo 47) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Predvidijo se naprave za odkrivanje in zgodnje alarmiranje v primeru požarov:. | |
| .1 v zaščitnih oblogah za dovod zraka do kotlov in izpušnih ceveh (dimnih kanalih); in | |
| .2 čistilnih zračnih vodih pogonskih strojev, razen če se to v posameznem primeru šteje za nepotrebno. | |
| .2 Motorji z notranjim zgorevanjem moči 2250 kW in več ali tisti s cilindri premera več kakor 300 mm imajo v karterju detektorje razpršenega goriva ali naprave za nadzor temperature ležajev v motorju ali enakovredne naprave. | |
| 3 Zaščita pred poplavljanjem (pravilo 48) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Drenažni bazeni v strojnicah, ki so občasno brez posadke, se razporedijo in nadzorujejo na način, ki omogoča, da se zbiranje tekočin odkrije ob normalnih kotih nagiba in prevesa, ter so dovolj veliki, da lahko v času, ko v strojnici ni stalne posadke, brez težav sprejmejo drenažo. | |
| .2 Če se drenažne črpalke lahko zaganjajo samodejno, se namestijo naprave, ki javljajo, kdaj je dotok tekočine večji od zmogljivosti črpalke ali kdaj črpalka deluje pogosteje, kakor bi se pričakovalo v normalnih okoliščinah. V teh primerih se lahko za ustrezno obdobje odobrijo manjši drenažni bazeni. Če so nameščene avtomatske drenažne črpalke, se posveča posebna pozornost zahtevam za preprečevanje onesnaževanja z oljem. | |
| .3 Krmilja za vse ventile za dotok morske vode, izpust pod vodno črto ali sistem drenaže z vbrizgavanjem se razporedijo tako, da se zagotovi dovolj časa za delovanje v primeru vdora vode v ta prostor, pri čemer se upošteva tudi čas, ki je potreben za dostop do teh krmil in krmiljenje z njimi. Če raven, do katere se prostor lahko poplavi, ko je ladja v celoti naložena, to zahteva, je treba poskrbeti, da se krmilja lahko krmilijo v položaju nad to ravnjo. | |
| 4 Krmiljenje pogonskih strojev s poveljniškega mostu (pravilo 49) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 V vseh pogojih plovbe, vključno z manevriranjem, se lahko hitrost, smer vrtenja in po potrebi naklon vijaka v celoti krmilijo s poveljniškega mostu. | |
| .1 Takšno daljinsko krmiljenje se izvaja z ločeno krmilno napravo za vsak neodvisen vijak, z avtomatskim delovanjem vseh povezanih dejavnosti, vključno - po potrebi - s preprečevanjem preobremenitve pogonskih strojev. | |
| .2 Glavni pogonski stroji imajo napravo za zaustavitev v sili na poveljniškem mostu, ki je neodvisna od kontrolnega sistema na poveljniškem mostu. | |
| .2 Ukazi za pogonske stroje s poveljniškega mostu se prikažejo bodisi v kontrolni sobi v glavni strojnici bodisi na krmilnem položaju pogonskih strojev. | |
| .3 Daljinsko krmiljenje pogonskih strojev je istočasno mogoče samo na enem mestu; na takih mestih so dovoljeni medsebojno povezani krmilni položaji. Na vsakem mestu je kazalnik, ki javlja, s katerega kraja se krmilijo pogonski stroji. Prenos krmiljenja med poveljniškim mostom in strojnico je mogoč samo v glavni strojnici ali kontrolni sobi glavne strojnice. Sistem vsebuje naprave, ki preprečujejo, da bi se pogonski potisk občutno spremenil, ko se krmiljenje prenese z enega kraja na drugega. | |
| .4 Obstaja možnost, da se vsi stroji, ki so nujni za varno delovanje ladje, krmilijo z lokalnega mesta, celo v primeru okvare na katerem koli delu avtomatskih sistemov ali na sistemih daljinskega krmiljenja. | |
| .5 Konstrukcija sistema avtomatskega daljinskega krmiljenja je takšna, da se bo v primeru okvare sprožil alarm. Če je izvedljivo, se med delovanjem lokalnega krmiljenja vzdržujeta vnaprej nastavljena hitrost in potisk vijaka. | |
| .6 Na poveljniškem mostu so nameščeni kazalniki za: | |
| .1 hitrost vijaka in smer vrtenja, če gre za vijake z nespremenljivim naklonom, ali | |
| 2 hitrost vijaka in položaj naklona, če gre za vijake s spremenljivim naklonom. | |
| .7 Število zaporednih neuspelih avtomatskih poskusov zagona se omeji, da se vzdržuje zadosten zagonski zračni pritisk. Vgradi se alarm, ki javlja nizek zagonski zračni pritisk na ravni, ki še omogoča zagon pogonskih strojev. | |
| 5 Komunikacija (pravilo 50) | |
| NOVE IN OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B TER NOVE LADJE RAZREDA C IN D DOLŽINE 24 METROV IN VEČ: | |
| Med kontrolno sobo glavne strojnice ali kontrolno ploščo glavne strojnice, poveljniškim mostom in bivalnimi prostori strojniških častnikov se zagotovi način učinkovite ustne komunikacije. | |
| 6 Sistem alarmiranja (pravilo 51) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Predviden je sistem alarmiranja, ki javlja vse okvare, ki terjajo pozornost, in: | |
| .1 je sposoben sprožiti zvočni alarm v kontrolni sobi glavne strojnice ali na kontrolni plošči pogonskih strojev in vizualno javiti vsako ločeno alarmno funkcijo na ustreznem kraju; | |
| .2 ima povezavo z dnevnimi prostori strojnikov in s kabino vsakega strojnika prek izbirnega stikala, da se zagotovi povezava z vsaj eno od teh kabin. Lahko se dovolijo tudi drugačne enakovredne naprave; | |
| .3 sproži zvočni in vizualni alarm na poveljniškem mostu v vseh situacijah, ki zahtevajo ukrepanje ali pozornost častnika na straži; | |
| .4 je kolikor mogoče izvedljivo zasnovan po načelu pozitivne varnosti; in | |
| .5 sproži alarm strojnikov, ki ga zahteva pravilo II-1/C/10, če lokalno na alarmno funkcijo v omejenem času ni bil nihče pozoren. | |
| .2.1 Alarmni sistem ima trajno napajanje in avtomatski preklop na pomožno napajanje ob izpadu normalnega napajanja. | |
| .2.2 Izpad normalnega napajanja alarmnega sistema se javi z alarmom. | |
| .3.1 Alarmni sistem je zasnovan tako, da lahko hkrati javlja več kakor eno okvaro in sprejem katerega koli alarma ne sme ovirati drugega alarma. | |
| .3.2 Sprejem katerega koli alarma na položaju iz odstavka .1 se prikaže na položajih, na katerih je bil javljen. Alarmi trajajo, dokler niso sprejeti, in vizualni kazalniki posameznih alarmov se ohranjajo, dokler okvara ni odpravljena, potem pa se alarmni sistem samodejno preklopi na normalni način delovanja. | |
| 7 Varnostni sistemi (pravilo 52) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| Predviden je varnostni sistem, ki zagotavlja, da resne okvare v delovanju strojev ali kotlov, ki predstavljajo takojšnjo nevarnost, sprožijo samodejno zaustavitev tega dela opreme, in da se sproži alarm. Zaustavitev pogonskega sistema se ne sproži samodejno, razen v primerih, ki bi lahko pripeljali do resne škode, celotne okvare ali eksplozije. Kjer so nameščene naprave za razveljavitev zaustavitve glavnih pogonskih strojev, so take, da je onemogočena nenamerna sprožitev. Namestijo se vizualne naprave, ki javljajo, kdaj se je sprožila razveljavitev. Kontrolne plošče za samodejno zaustavitev ali upočasnitev strojev so ločene od alarmnih instalacij. | |
| 8 Posebne zahteve za stroje, kotle in električne naprave (pravilo 53) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Glavni vir električnega napajanja izpolnjuje naslednje pogoje: | |
| .1 če električno energijo lahko normalno proizvaja en generator, se zagotovi ustrezen režim razvoda, ki omogoča stalen dovod energije za pogon in krmiljenje, pa tudi varnost ladje. Če se delujoči generator pokvari, je treba poskrbeti za avtomatski vklop in povezavo z glavno stikalno ploščo pomožnega generatorja, ki ima zadostno zmogljivost, da omogoča pogon in krmiljenje ter zagotavlja varnost ladje z avtomatskim ponovnim vklopom bistvenih pomožnih naprav in po potrebi preprogramiranjem; | |
| .2 če električno energijo normalno hkrati proizvaja več vzporedno vezanih generatorjev, se zagotovi, na primer z razvodom, da ob izpadu enega sklopa generatorjev preostali delujejo brez preobremenitve in tako omogočajo pogon in krmiljenje ter varnost ladje. | |
| .2 Kjer so potrebni rezervni stroji za druge pomožne stroje, bistvene za pogon, se zagotovijo avtomatske naprave za preklop. | |
| 9 Avtomatski nadzorni in alarmni sistem (pravilo 53.4) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Nadzorni sistem je tak, da se dejavnosti, potrebne za delovanje glavnega pogonskega stroja in pomožnih strojev, zagotavljajo s potrebnimi avtomatskimi postopki. | |
| .2 Ob avtomatskem preklopu se sproži alarm. | |
| .3 V skladu s pravilom 6 se zagotovi alarmni sistem, ki javlja vse pomembne tlake, temperature in nivoje tekočin ter druge bistvene parametre. | |
| .4 Uredi se osrednja kontrolna postaja s potrebnimi alarmnimi ploščami in instrumenti, ki javljajo vsak alarm. | |
| .5 Zagotovi se naprava, ki vzdržuje zagonski zračni tlak na zahtevani ravni, kjer je za zagon glavnih strojev z notranjim zgorevanjem potreben stisnjen zrak. | |
| POGLAVJE II-2 | |
| PROTIPOŽARNA ZAŠČITA, ODKRIVANJE POŽARA IN GAŠENJE POŽARA | |
| DEL A | |
| SPLOŠNO | |
| 1 Temeljna načela (pravilo 2) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B:. | |
| .1 Cilji požarne varnosti v tem poglavju so: | |
| .1 preprečiti nastanek požarov in eksplozij; | |
| .2 zmanjšati ogrožanje življenja zaradi požara; | |
| .3 zmanjšati tveganje za nastanek škode, ki jo požar povzroči na ladji, njenem tovoru in v okolju; | |
| .4 omejiti, nadzorovati in pogasiti požar v oddelku, v katerem je izbruhnil, in | |
| .5 zagotoviti ustrezne in preprosto dostopne poti in izhode v sili za potnike in posadko. | |
| .2 Za doseganje ciljev požarne varnosti iz odstavka .1 so temeljna načela, na katerih temeljijo pravila tega poglavja ter ki so po potrebi zajeta v ustreznih pravilih, upoštevajoč tip ladje in možno nevarnost požara, naslednja: | |
| .1 razdelitev ladje na glavne navpične cone s toplotnimi in strukturnimi mejami; | |
| .2 ločitev bivalnih prostorov od ostalih delov ladje s toplotnimi in strukturnimi mejami; | |
| .3 omejitev uporabe gorljivih materialov; | |
| .4 odkrivanje vsakega požara v coni nastanka; | |
| .5 omejitev in gašenje vsakega požara v prostoru, v katerem je izbruhnil; | |
| .6 zavarovanje zasilnih izhodov ali vhodov za gašenje požara; | |
| .7 takojšnja možnost uporabe sredstev za gašenje požara; | |
| .8 zmanjšanje možnosti vžiga hlapov gorljivih tovorov na najmanjšo možno raven. | |
| .3 Cilji požarne varnosti iz odstavka 1 zgoraj se dosežejo, če se zagotovi skladnost s predpisanimi zahtevami tega poglavja ali z drugačno izvedbo in ureditvijo, ki je v skladu z delom F revidiranega poglavja II-2 Konvencije SOLAS 1974, ki se uporablja za ladje, zgrajene 1. januarja 2003 ali po tem datumu. Šteje se, da ladja izpolnjuje funkcionalne zahteve iz odstavka .2 in dosega cilje požarne varnosti iz odstavka .1, če: | |
| .1 so izvedbe in ureditve na ladji kot celoti v skladu z ustreznimi predpisanimi zahtevami v tem poglavju; | |
| .2 so bile izvedbe in ureditve na ladji kot celoti pregledane in potrjene v skladu z delom F revidiranega poglavja II-2 Konvencije SOLAS 1974, ki se uporablja za ladje, izdelane 1. januarja 2003 ali po tem datumu; | |
| .3 je (so) bil(-i) del(-i) izvedb in ureditev na ladji pregledan(-i) in potrjen(-i) v skladu z zgoraj navedenim delom F revidiranega poglavja II-2 Konvencije SOLAS 1974, ostali deli ladje pa so v skladu z ustreznimi predpisanimi zahtevami tega poglavja. | |
| .4 Vse ladje, na katerih se opravijo popravila, rekonstrukcije, spremembe in s tem povezano opremljanje, še naprej izpolnjujejo vsaj tiste zahteve, ki so tudi prej veljale zanje. | |
| Popravila, rekonstrukcije in spremembe, ki bistveno spremenijo dimenzije ladje ali potniških bivalnih prostorov ali bistveno podaljšajo dobo delovanja ladje, ter s tem povezano opremljanje izpolnjujejo najnovejše zahteve za nove ladje, če uprava države zastave meni, da je to smiselno in izvedljivo. | |
| OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .5 Ne glede na določbe odstavka .4, morajo obstoječe ladje razreda B, ki prevažajo več kakor 36 potnikov, pri popravilih, rekonstrukcijah, spremembah in s tem povezanem opremljanju izpolnjevati naslednje zahteve: | |
| .1 vsi materiali na teh ladjah izpolnjujejo zahteve v zvezi z materiali, ki se uporabljajo za nove ladje razreda B; in | |
| .2 vsa popravila, rekonstrukcije, spremembe in opremljanje, pri katerih je treba zamenjati 50 ton materiala ali več, razen tistih, ki jih zahteva pravilo II-2/B/16, izpolnjujejo zahteve za nove ladje razreda B. | |
| 2 Opredelitve (pravilo 3) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Negorljiv material je material, ki ne gori in ne oddaja vnetljivih hlapov v zadostni količini za samovžig, če se segrejejo na približno 750 °C, kar se ugotavlja s požarnim preskusom v skladu z Resolucijo IMO A.799(19) "Spremenjena priporočila o preskusnih metodah za določanje negorljivosti pomorskih gradbenih materialov". Vsak drug material je gorljiv material. | |
| .1.a ZA LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| Negorljiv material je material, ki ne gori in ne oddaja vnetljivih hlapov v zadostni količini za samovžig, če se segrejejo na približno 750 °C, kar se ugotavlja v skladu s Kodeksom postopkov požarnega preskusa. Vsak drug material je gorljiv material. | |
| .2 Standardni preskus požarne varnosti je preskus, pri katerem so vzorci ustreznih pregrad ali krovov v preskusni peči izpostavljeni temperaturam, ki približno ustrezajo standardni krivulji temperature in časa. Vzorec ima izpostavljeno površino najmanj 4,65 m2 in višino (ali dolžino krova) 2,44 m, ki je čim bolj podobna predvideni konstrukciji in po potrebi vsebuje vsaj en spoj. Standardna krivulja temperature in časa je opredeljena z gladko krivuljo, narisano skozi naslednje točke temperature v notranjosti peči: | |
| začetna temperatura v notranjosti peči | 20 °C | | |
| po prvih 5 minutah | 576 °C | | |
| po 10 minutah | 679 °C | | |
| po 15 minutah | 738 °C | | |
| po 30 minutah | 841 °C | | |
| po 60 minutah | 945 °C | | |
| .2a. ZA LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| Standardni požarni preskus je preizkus, v katerem so vzorci ustreznih pregrad in krovov v preskusni peči izpostavljeni temperaturam, ki približno ustrezajo standardni temperaturni krivulji. Preskusne metode so v skladu s Kodeksom postopkov požarnega preskusa. | |
| .3 Pregrade razreda "A" so pregrade, izvedene s pomočjo pregrad ali krovov, ki izpolnjujejo naslednja merila: | |
| .1 so jeklene ali iz drugega ustreznega materiala; | |
| .2 so ustrezno ojačene; | |
| .3 so konstruirane tako, da lahko preprečijo uhajanje dima in plamena vse do konca enournega standardnega požarnega preskusa; | |
| .4 so izolirane z odobrenimi negorljivimi materiali, tako da povprečna temperatura neizpostavljene strani ne naraste več kakor 140 °C nad začetno temperaturo in da temperatura na kateri koli točki, vključno s spoji, ne naraste več kakor 180 °C nad začetno temperaturo v času, navedenem spodaj: | |
| razred "A-60" | 60 minut | | |
| razred "A-30" | 30 minut | | |
| razred "A-15" | 15 minut | | |
| razred "A-0" | 0 minut | | |
| .5 Uprava države zastave zahteva preskus prototipa pregrade ali krova in se tako prepriča, da ta izpolnjuje zgoraj navedene zahteve celovitosti in dviga temperature v skladu z Resolucijo IMO A.754(18). | |
| Za ladje razreda B, C in D, izdelane 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, se "Resolucija IMO A.754(18)" glasi "Kodeks postopkov požarnega preskusa". | |
| .4 Pregrade razreda "B" so pregrade, izvedene s pomočjo pregrad, krovov, stropov ali oblog, ki izpolnjujejo naslednja merila: | |
| .1 so konstruirane tako, da lahko preprečijo uhajanje plamena vse do konca prve polovice ene ure standardnega požarnega preskusa; | |
| .2 so izolirane tako, tako da povprečna temperatura neizpostavljene strani ne naraste več kakor 140 °C nad začetno temperaturo, in da temperatura na kateri koli točki, vključno s spoji, ne naraste več kakor 225 °C nad začetno temperaturo v času, navedenem spodaj: | |
| razred "B-15" | 15 min | | |
| razred "B-0" | 0 min | | |
| .3 so zgrajene iz odobrenega negorljivega materiala, vsi materiali, ki se uporabijo za izdelavo in pritrditev pregrad razreda ‚B‘, pa so negorljivi, razen dovoljeni gorljivi furnirji, če izpolnjujejo druge zahteve tega poglavja; | |
| .4. uprava države zastave zahteva preskus prototipa pregrade in se tako prepriča, da ta izpolnjuje zgoraj navedene zahteve celovitosti in dviga temperature v skladu z Resolucijo IMO A.754(18). | |
| Za ladje razreda B, C in D, izdelane 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, se "Resolucija IMO 754(18)" glasi "Kodeks postopkov požarnega preskusa". | |
| .5 Pregrade razreda"C" so pregrade, izdelane iz odobrenih negorljivih materialov. Ni nujno, da izpolnjujejo zahteve glede uhajanja dima in plamena in tudi ne omejitve glede porasta temperature. Gorljivi furnirji so dovoljeni, če izpolnjujejo druge zahteve tega poglavja. | |
| .6 Neprekinjeni stropi ali obloge razreda"B" so stropi in obloge razreda "B&", ki se končujejo samo na pregradah razreda "A" ali "B". | |
| .7 Jeklo ali drug enakovreden material. Če se uporabljajo besede "jeklo ali drug enakovreden material", "enakovreden material" pomeni vsak negorljiv material, ki ima sam po sebi ali zaradi svoje izolacije takšne lastnosti strukture in celovitosti, ki so enake lastnostim jekla po tem, ko je bil na ustrezen način izpostavljen standardnemu požarnemu preskusu (npr. aluminijeva zlitina z ustrezno izolacijo). | |
| .8 Nizka stopnja širjenja plamena pomeni, da bo tako opisana površina ustrezno omejila širjenje plamena, kar se za materiale pregrad, stropov in krovov ugotovi s požarnim preskusom v skladu z Resolucijo IMO A.653(16). | |
| .8a ZA LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| Nizka stopnja širjenja plamena pomeni, da bo tako opisana površina ustrezno omejila širjenje plamena, kar se ugotovi v skladu s Kodeksom postopkov požarnega preskusa. | |
| .9 Glavne navpične cone so sekcije, v katere so trup, nadgradnje in stavbe na krovu razdeljeni s pregradami razreda "A", tako da povprečna dolžina in širina posameznega oddelka na katerem koli krovu praviloma ne presegata 40 metrov. | |
| .10 Bivalni prostori so družabni prostori, hodniki, sanitarni prostori, kabine, uradi, ambulante, kina, sobe za igre in družabnosti, brivnice, shrambe brez opreme za kuhanje in podobni prostori. | |
| .11 Družabni prostori so deli bivalnih prostorov, ki se uporabljajo kot dvorane, jedilnice, saloni in podobni, stalno ograjeni prostori. | |
| .12 Delovni prostori so prostori, ki se uporabljajo za kuhinje, shrambe z opremo za kuhanje, omare za opremo, prostori za pošto in trezorje, skladišča, delavnice, razen tistih, ki so del strojnic, in podobni prostori ter dostopi do teh prostorov. | |
| .13 Prostori za tovor so vsi prostori, ki se uporabljajo za tovor (vključno z rezervoarji za olja) in dostopi do teh prostorov. | |
| .13-1 Prostori za vozila so tisti prostori za tovor, ki so namenjeni za prevoz motornih vozil, ki imajo v rezervoarjih gorivo za lastni pogon. | |
| .14 Ro-ro prostori za tovor so prostori, ki običajno niso na noben način pregrajeni in se raztezajo vzdolž znatnega dela dolžine ali vzdolž celotne dolžine ladje, v katere se lahko v vodoravni smeri normalno natovorijo in raztovorijo vozila, ki imajo v rezervoarjih gorivo za lastni pogon, in/ali blago (embalirano ali v razsutem stanju v ali na cestnih ali železniških vozilih (vključno s cestnimi ali železniškimi cisternami), priklopnikih, kontejnerjih, na paletah, v snemljivih cisternah ali v ali na podobnih skladiščnih enotah ali drugih vsebnikih). | |
| .15 Odprti ro-ro prostori za tovor so ro-ro prostori za tovor, ki so odprti na obeh straneh ali samo na eni strani in imajo zadostno naravno prezračevanje po vsej svoji dolžini skozi stalne odprtine, razporejene v bočni oplati ali krovu ali od zgoraj, ter imajo na ladjah, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, skupno površino, ki tvori vsaj 10 % vseh stranskih površin prostora. | |
| .15-1 Odprti prostori za vozila so prostori za vozila, ki so odprti na obeh straneh ali samo na eni strani in imajo zadostno naravno prezračevanje po vsej svoji dolžini skozi stalne odprtine, razporejene v bočni oplati ali krovu ali od zgoraj, ter imajo na ladjah, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, skupno površino, ki tvori vsaj 10 % stranskih površin prostora. | |
| .16 Zaprti ro-ro prostori za tovor so ro-ro prostori za tovor, ki niso niti odprti ro-ro prostori za tovor niti nezaščiteni krovi. | |
| .16-1 Zaprti prostori za vozila so prostori za vozila, ki niso niti odprti prostori za vozila niti nezaščiteni krovi. | |
| .17 Nezaščiteni krov je krov, ki je od zgoraj in z vsaj dveh strani v celoti izpostavljen vremenu. | |
| .18 Prostori posebne kategorije so ograjeni prostori za vozila nad ali pod pregradnim krovom, v katere in iz katerih je ta vozila mogoče pripeljati in v katere imajo potniki dostop. Prostori posebne kategorije so lahko na več kakor enem krovu, pod pogojem, da celotna čista višina za vozila ne presega 10 metrov. | |
| .19.1 Strojnice kategorije A so vsi prostori in dostopi do teh prostorov, v katerih so: | |
| .1 motorji z notranjim zgorevanjem, ki se uporabljajo za glavni pogon; ali | |
| .2 motorji z notranjim zgorevanjem, ki se uporabljajo za druge namene kakor za glavni pogon, če ima takšna strojna naprava skupno moč najmanj 375 kW; ali | |
| .3 kakršen koli kotel ali naprava za tekoče gorivo. | |
| .19.2 Strojnice so vse strojnice kategorije A in drugi prostori, v katerih so pogonski stroji, kotli, naprave za tekoče gorivo, parni in zgorevalni motorji, generatorji in večji električni stroji, črpalne postaje za gorivo, stroji za hlajenje, stabilizacijo, ventilacijo in klimatizacijo, podobni prostori ter dostopi do njih. | |
| .20 Naprava za tekoče gorivo je oprema, ki se uporablja za pripravljanje tekočega goriva za odvajanje v kotel za tekoče gorivo, ali oprema, ki se uporablja za pripravo segretega tekočega goriva za dovod v zgorevalne motorje, in vključuje vse tlačne črpalke za gorivo, filtre in grelnike za tekoče gorivo pod pritiskom, ki je večji od 0,18 N/mm2. | |
| .21 Kontrolne postaje so tisti prostori, v katerih so ladijski radio, glavna navigacijska oprema ali zasilni vir energije ali v katerih je naprava za registriranje požara ali za krmiljenje opreme za gašenje požara. | |
| .21.1 Osrednja kontrolna postaja je kontrolna postaja, v kateri so naslednje funkcije krmiljenja in javljanja: | |
| .1 vgrajeni sistemi za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm; | |
| .2 avtomatski sistemi protipožarnih brizgalk, odkrivanje požara in za in požarni alarm; | |
| .3 indikatorske table požarnih vrat; | |
| .4 zapirala požarnih vrat; | |
| .5 indikatorske table neprepustnih vrat; | |
| .6 zapirala neprepustnih vrat; | |
| .7 prezračevalni ventilatorji; | |
| .8 splošni/požarni alarmi; | |
| .9 komunikacijski sistemi, vključno s telefoni; in | |
| .10 mikrofoni sistema za obveščanje potnikov. | |
| .21.2 Osrednja kontrolna postaja s stalno posadko je osrednja kontrolna postaja, v kateri je stalno prisoten odgovorni član posadke. | |
| .22 Prostori s pohištvom in opremo omejene požarne ogroženosti so za namen pravila II-2/B/4 tisti prostori, ki vsebujejo pohištvo in opremo omejene požarne ogroženosti (kabine, družabni prostori, uradi in drugi bivalni prostori), v katerih: | |
| .1 je celotno pohištvo, kot so pisalne mize, omare za obleko, toaletne mizice, mize ali pisalniki, v celoti izdelano iz odobrenih negorljivih materialov, razen gorljivega furnirja, ki ni debelejši od 2 mm in se lahko uporablja na delovni površini teh predmetov; | |
| .2 je vse prosto stoječe pohištvo, kot so stoli, zofe ali mize, izdelano z okviri iz negorljivih materialov; | |
| .3 imajo vsi zastori, zavese in druge obešene tkanine takšno odpornost proti širjenju plamena, ki ni manjša kakor pri volnenih tkaninah s težo 0,8 kg/m2, v skladu z Resolucijo IMO A.471(XII) in njenimi spremembami, sprejetimi z Resolucijo A.563(14). | |
| Za ladje razreda B, C in D, izdelane 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, se "Resolucija IMO A.471(XII) in njene spremembe, sprejete z Resolucijo A.563(14)" glasijo "Kodeks postopkov požarnega preskusa". | |
| .4 imajo vse talne preproge takšno odpornost proti širjenju plamena, ki ni manjša kakor pri enakih volnenih tkaninah, ki se uporabljajo za enak namen. | |
| Za ladje razreda B, C in D, izdelane 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, se ta pododstavek glasi: | |
| vse talne preproge so iz težko vnetljivih materialov; | |
| .5 imajo vse izpostavljene površine pregrad, oblog in stropov lastnosti majhnega širjenja plamena; in | |
| .6 ima celotno oblazinjeno pohištvo odpornost proti vžigu in širjenju plamena v skladu s Postopki za preskus gorenja oblazinjenega pohištva Resolucije IMO A.652(16). | |
| Za ladje razreda B, C in D, izdelane 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, se "Resolucija IMO A.652(16)" glasi "Kodeks postopkov požarnega preskusa". | |
| ZA LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE | |
| .7 imajo vsi posteljni deli lastnosti odpornosti proti vžigu in širjenju plamena, kar se ugotovi v skladu s Kodeksom postopkov požarnega preskusa. | |
| .23 Ro-ro potniška ladja pomeni potniško ladjo z ro-ro prostori za tovor ali prostori posebne kategorije, kakor so opredeljeni v tem pravilu. | |
| .24 Kodeks postopkov požarnega preskusa pomeni Mednarodni kodeks za uporabo postopkov požarnega preskusa, ki jih je sprejel Odbor za pomorsko varnost Mednarodne pomorske organizacije z Resolucijo MSC 61(67), kakor ga je spremenila IMO. | |
| .25 Kodeks sistemov požarne varnosti pomeni Mednarodni kodeks za sisteme požarne varnosti, ki jih je sprejel Odbor za pomorsko varnost Mednarodne pomorske organizacije z Resolucijo MSC.98(73), kakor ga lahko spremeni IMO, če se take spremembe sprejmejo, začnejo veljati in učinkujejo v skladu z določbami člena VIII sedanje Konvencije SOLAS v zvezi s postopki za spremembe Priloge, razen njenega poglavja I. | |
| .26 Plamenišče je temperatura v stopinjah Celzija (zaprti preskus), pri kateri izdelek odda dovolj vnetljivih hlapov za vžig, kar se ugotavlja z odobreno napravo za določanje plamenišča. | |
| .27 Predpisane zahteve pomeni konstrukcijske značilnosti, omejevalne dimenzije ali sisteme požarne varnosti, ki so opredeljeni v tem poglavju. | |
| 3 Požarne črpalke, glavni požarni vod, hidranti, upogibne požarne cevi in šobe (pravilo 4) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1.1 Vsaka ladja ima nameščene požarne črpalke, glavni požarni vod, hidrante, upogibne požarne cevi in šobe, ki izpolnjujejo zahteve tega pravila. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE PRED 1. JANUARJEM 2003: | |
| .1.2 Če je potrebna več kakor ena samostojna požarna črpalka, se izolirni ventili, ki ločujejo del glavnega požarnega voda znotraj strojnice, v kateri je glavna požarna črpalka ali črpalke, od preostalega glavnega požarnega voda, namestijo na preprosto dostopno in obvladljivo mesto zunaj te strojnice. Glavni požarni vod je zasnovan tako, da lahko pri zaprtih izolirnih ventilih vsem hidrantom na ladji, razen tistim v zgoraj navedeni strojnici, vodo dovaja požarna črpalka, ki ni v tej strojnici, skozi cevi, ki ne vodijo v to strojnico. Izjemoma lahko kratki deli sesalnih in izpustnih cevi zasilne požarne črpalke vodijo v strojnico, če bi jih bilo nepraktično speljati zunaj nje, če se celovitost glavnega požarnega voda ohrani tako, da se cevi zavarujejo z debelo jekleno oblogo. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| .1.3 Izolirni ventili, ki ločujejo del glavnega požarnega voda znotraj strojnice, v kateri je glavna požarna črpalka ali črpalke, od preostalega glavnega požarnega voda, se namestijo na preprosto dostopno in obvladljivo mesto zunaj strojnic. Glavni požarni vod je zasnovan tako, da lahko pri zaprtih izolirnih ventilih vsem hidrantom na ladji, razen tistim v zgoraj navedeni strojnici, vodo dovaja druga črpalka ali zasilna požarna črpalka. Zasilna črpalka, njen dovod za morsko vodo, sesalne in dovodne cevi ter izolirni ventili so zunaj strojnice. Če tak razpored ni mogoč, se lahko v strojnici namesti zajem morske vode, če se ventil daljinsko krmili s položaja v istem oddelku, v katerem je zasilna črpalka, in je sesalna cev čim bolj kratka. Kratki deli sesalnih ali izpustnih cevi se lahko napeljejo skozi strojnico, če imajo debelo jekleno oblogo ali so izolirane po standardih A-60. Cevi imajo precej debele stene, ki v nobenem primeru ne smejo biti tanjše od 11 mm, in so varjene, razen na prirobničnem priključku na ventil dovoda morske vode. | |
| VSE NOVE IN OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B TER NOVE LADJE RAZREDA C IN D DOLŽINE 24 METROV IN VEČ: | |
| .2 Zmogljivost požarnih črpalk | |
| .1 Predpisane požarne črpalke lahko za gašenje požara zagotavljajo količino vode s pritiskom, določenem v odstavku .4.2, ki ustreza najmanj dvema tretjinama količine, ki se zahteva za zmogljivost drenažnih črpalk, kadar se uporabljajo za drenažo kaluž. | |
| .2 Na vsaki ladji, na kateri je s tem pravilom predpisana več kakor ena požarna črpalka, ima vsaka od predpisanih požarnih črpalk zmogljivost najmanj 80 % celotne predpisane zmogljivosti, deljene z najmanjšim številom zahtevanih požarnih črpalk, v nobenem primeru pa ne manj od 25 m3/h, in vsaka takšna črpalka v vsakem primeru lahko izsesa najmanj dva predpisana curka vode. Te požarne črpalke lahko oskrbujejo glavni požarni vod pod zahtevanimi pogoji. | |
| .3 Na ladjah, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, na katerih je vgrajenih več kakor najmanjše zahtevano število črpalk, je zmogljivost teh dodatnih črpalk najmanj 25 m3/h in lahko izsesajo najmanj dva curka vode, ki se zahtevata z odstavkom .5 tega pravila. | |
| .3 Namestitev požarnih črpalk, glavnih požarnih vodov in takojšnja oskrba z vodo | |
| .1 Ladje imajo požarne črpalke s pogonom, kakor sledi: | |
| .1 ladje, ki smejo prevažati več kakor 500 potnikov: najmanj tri, od katerih lahko eno poganja glavni pogonski stroj; | |
| .2 ladje, ki smejo prevažati največ 500 potnikov ali manj: najmanj dve, od katerih lahko eno poganja glavni pogonski stroj. | |
| .2 Sanitarne, balastne, drenažne ali splošne servisne črpalke se lahko štejejo za požarne črpalke, če se običajno ne uporabljajo za sesanje olja, če pa se občasno uporabljajo za pretakanje ali sesanje tekočega goriva, imajo ustrezne naprave za spremembo namena. | |
| .3 Namestitev dovodov morske vode, požarnih črpalk in njihovih virov pogona je takšna, da se na ladjah, ki smejo prevažati več kakor 250 potnikov, v primeru požara v katerem koli oddelku ne more zgoditi, da bi vse črpalke nehale delovati. | |
| Če bi na novih ladjah razreda B, ki so registrirane za prevoz največ 250 potnikov, lahko požar v katerem koli oddelku onesposobil vse črpalke, je dodatna naprava za zagotavljanje vode za gašenje požarov zasilna požarna črpalka z lastnim pogonom, njen vir energije in dovod morske vode pa sta zunaj strojnice. Takšna zasilna požarna črpalka z lastnim neodvisnim pogonom je v skladu z določbami kodeksa sistemov požarne varnosti za ladje, izdelane 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje. | |
| .4 Na novih ladjah razreda B, ki so registrirane za prevoz več kakor 250 potnikov, takojšnja oskrba z vodo za gašenje pomeni, da sta takoj dostopna vsaj dva učinkovita curka vode iz katerega koli hidranta v notranjosti, zagotovljen pa je tudi trajen dovod vode z avtomatskim zagonom predpisane požarne črpalke. | |
| .5 Na ladjah, na katerih je strojnica brez stalne posadke ali je potrebna samo ena oseba, je takoj na voljo dovod vode iz glavnega požarnega voda pod ustreznim pritiskom, bodisi z daljinskim zagonom ene od glavnih požarnih črpalk, ki se daljinsko vklopi s poveljniškega mostu in požarne nadzorne postaje, če ta obstaja, bodisi s stalnim vzdrževanjem pritiska glavnega požarnega voda z glavno požarno črpalko. | |
| .6 Tlačni priključek vsake požarne črpalke se opremi z nepovratnim ventilom. | |
| .4 Premer in pritisk v glavnem požarnem vodu | |
| .1 Premer glavnega požarnega voda in cevovoda za morsko vodo je tolikšen, da zagotavlja učinkovito razporeditev največje predpisane količine vode iz dveh požarnih črpalk, ki obratujeta sočasno. | |
| .2 Z dvema črpalkama, ki sočasno oskrbujeta šobe, določene v odstavku .8, s tolikšno količino vode, kakor je določena v odstavku .4.1, in z zadostnim številom hidrantov, se na vseh hidrantih ohrani naslednji minimalni pritisk: | |
| Ladje razreda B, ki lahko prevažajo: | Nove | Obstoječe | | |
| nad 500 potnikov | 0,4 N/mm2 | 0,3 N/mm2 | | |
| do 500 potnikov | 0,3 N/mm2 | 0,2 N/mm2 | | |
| .3 Maksimalni pritisk na katerem koli hidrantu ne sme preseči tistega, pri katerem je mogoče učinkovito nadzorovati upogibno požarno cev. | |
| .5 Število in mesto hidrantov | |
| .1 Število in mesto hidrantov sta takšna, da najmanj dva curka vode, ki ne prihajata iz istega hidranta, ena od obeh prihaja iz upogibne požarne cevi iz celega, dosežeta kateri koli del ladje, ki je normalno dostopen potnikom in posadki, medtem ko ladja pluje, in kateri koli del katerega koli prostora za tovor, ko je ta prazen, ali kateri koli ro-ro prostor za tovor ali kateri koli prostor posebne kategorije, v katerih v tem primeru dva curka vode iz upogibne požarne cevi iz celega dosežeta kateri koli del teh prostorov. Poleg tega hidranti stojijo blizu dostopov do zavarovanih prostorov. | |
| .2 V bivalnih in delovnih prostorih ter strojnicah sta število in mesto hidrantov takšna, da se lahko izpolnijo zahteve odstavka .5.1, kadar so vsa neprepustna vrata in vsa vrata v pregradah glavne navpične cone zaprta. | |
| .3 Kadar obstaja dostop do strojnice na spodnjem nivoju skozi sosednji osni predor, se zagotovita dva hidranta zunaj te strojnice, toda v bližini vhoda vanjo. Če je takšen dostop zagotovljen iz drugih prostorov, se v enem od teh prostorov namestita dva hidranta blizu vhoda v strojnico. Ta zahteva ne velja, če tunel ali sosednji prostori niso del poti in izhodov v sili. | |
| .6 Cevi in hidranti | |
| 1. Materiali, katerih lastnosti se lahko spremenijo pod vplivom toplote, se ne smejo uporabljati za glavni požarni vod in hidrante, razen če so ustrezno zaščiteni. Cevi in hidranti se postavijo tako, da se nanje lahko brez težav priključijo upogibne požarne cevi. Cevi in hidranti se namestijo tako, da ne morejo zamrzniti. Na ladjah, ki lahko prevažajo tovor na krovu, so hidranti na takšnih mestih, da so vedno preprosto dostopni, cevi pa morajo, če je izvedljivo, biti položene tako, da jih takšen tovor ne more poškodovati. | |
| .2 Za vsako upogibno požarno cev je treba namestiti ventil, da je lahko katera koli požarna cev odstranjena, ko požarne črpalke delujejo. | |
| .3 Na ladjah, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, se namestijo izolirni ventili za vse odcepe glavnega požarnega voda, ki tečejo po odprtem krovu in se uporabljajo za druge namene kakor za gašenje požarov. | |
| .7 Upogibne požarne cevi | |
| .1 Upogibne požarne cevi so iz nestrohljivega materiala, ki ga odobri uprava države zastave, in so dovolj dolge, da vodni curek seže do katerega koli prostora, v katerem utegne biti potrebna njihova uporaba. Za vsako upogibno cev so nameščene ena šoba in potrebne spojke. Spojke za upogibne cevi in šobe so popolnoma zamenljive. Upogibne cevi, ki so v tem poglavju opredeljene kot ‚upogibne požarne cevi‘, so s potrebnim priborom in orodjem vselej pripravljene za uporabo in se hranijo na vidnih mestih blizu požarnih hidrantov ali priključkov. Poleg tega so v notranjih prostorih na ladjah, ki prevažajo več kakor 36 potnikov, upogibne požarne cevi stalno priključene na hidrante. | |
| .2 Zagotovi se najmanj ena upogibna požarna cev za vsak hidrant, ki se zahteva v odstavku .5. Dolžina upogibne požarne cevi se omeji na največ 20 metrov na krovu in v nadgradnjah ter na 15 metrov v strojnicah, na manjših ladjah pa na 15 metrov in 10 metrov. | |
| .8 Šobe | |
| .1.1 Za namene tega poglavja imajo šobe standardne premere 12 mm, 16 mm in 19 mm ali premere, ki so čim bliže tem. Če se uporabljajo drugi sistemi - na primer sistemi megle - se lahko dovolijo šobe drugačnih premerov. | |
| .1.2 Vse šobe so odobrenega tipa z dvojnim namenom (npr. škropljenje/brizganje) in imajo napravo za izklop. | |
| .2 V bivalnih in delovnih prostorih ni treba uporabljati šob, ki imajo večji premer od 12 mm. | |
| .3 V strojnicah in na zunanjih lokacijah je premer šob takšen, da se dobi največja možna količina vode dveh curkov pod pritiskom, navedenim v odstavku .4, iz najmanjše črpalke, pod pogojem, da ni treba uporabiti šobe s premerom nad 19 mm. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA C IN D DOLŽINE 24 METROV IN VEČ: | |
| .9 Požarne črpalke, glavni požarni vod, hidranti, upogibne požarne cevi in takojšnja oskrba z vodo za gašenje | |
| .1 Zahteva se ena neodvisna črpalka, ki lahko za namene gašenja požarov zagotovi vsaj en curek vode iz katerega koli požarnega hidranta pod pritiskom, ki je določen spodaj. Količina tako zagotovljene vode ne sme biti manjša od dveh tretjin količine vode, ki se zahteva za zmogljivost drenažnih črpalk, kadar se uporabljajo za drenažo kaluž. Taka požarna črpalka lahko pri črpanju največje količine vode iz prejšnjega odstavka skozi požarne hidrante s šobami premerov 12 ali 16 ali 19 mm na katerem koli hidrantu ohranja minimalne pritiske, ki se zahtevajo za ladje razreda B. | |
| .2 Vsaki ladji, ki prevaža več kakor 250 potnikov, se zagotovi dodatna požarna črpalka, ki je stalno priključena na glavni požarni vod. Takšna črpalka deluje na pogon. Takšna črpalka in njen vir energije ne smeta biti v istem oddelku kakor črpalka, ki jo zahteva odstavek .9.1, ter ima zagotovljen stalen priključek za dotok morske vode, ki je zunaj strojnice. Takšna črpalka lahko zagotovi vsaj en curek vode iz katerega koli hidranta na ladji ob ohranjanju pritiska vsaj 0,3 N/mm2. | |
| .3 Za požarne črpalke se lahko štejejo sanitarne, balastne, drenažne in splošne servisne črpalke. | |
| .4 Vsaka ladja ima glavni požarni vod z zadostnim premerom, ki zagotavlja učinkovito razdelitev največje količine vode, navedene zgoraj. Število in mesto hidrantov sta takšna, da lahko najmanj en curek vode doseže katerikoli del ladje ob uporabi ene same upogibne požarne cevi največje dolžine, ki je določena za ladje razreda B v odstavku.7.2. | |
| .5 Vsaka ladja ima vsaj eno upogibno požarno cev za vsak hidrant, ki je nameščen na njej. | |
| .6 Na ladjah, na katerih je strojnica brez stalne posadke ali je potrebna samo ena oseba, je takoj na voljo dovod vode iz glavnega požarnega voda pod ustreznim pritiskom, bodisi z daljinskim zagonom ene od glavnih požarnih črpalk, ki se daljinsko vklopi s poveljniškega mostu in požarne nadzorne postaje, če ta obstaja, bodisi z vzdrževanjem stalnega pritiska v glavnem požarnem vodu z eno od glavnih požarnih črpalk. | |
| .7 Tlačni priključek vsake požarne črpalke se opremi z nepovratnim ventilom. | |
| 4 Vgrajeni sistemi za gašenje požara (pravilo 5 + 8 + 9 + 10) | |
| .1 Vgrajeni sistem za gašenje požara s plinom: Splošno (pravilo 5.1) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE PRED 1. JANUARJEM 2003, TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Cevovodi, potrebni za dovajanje gasilnega sredstva v zavarovane prostore, se opremijo s kontrolnimi ventili, označenimi tako, da je jasno razvidno, v katere prostore vodijo cevi. Sprejmejo se ustrezni ukrepi, da se prepreči nenamerno puščanje sredstva v kateri koli prostor. | |
| .2 Cevovod za razdelitev gasilnega sredstva in šobe se razporedijo tako, da se zagotovi enotna razdelitev gasilnega sredstva. | |
| .3 Predvidijo se načini, da se lahko z zunanje strani zavarovanih prostorov zaprejo vse odprtine, ki bi lahko prepuščale zrak ali omogočile, da bi iz zavarovanih prostorov uhajal plin. | |
| .4 Namestijo se naprave za avtomatično dajanje zvočnega opozorila o izpustu gasilnega sredstva v kateri koli prostor, v katerem navadno dela osebje ali ima do njega dostop. Alarm mora biti vključen dovolj časa pred spuščanjem sredstva. | |
| .5 Dostop do naprav za krmiljenje katerega koli vgrajenega sistema za gašenje požara s plinom in ravnanje z njimi je preprosto, naprave se združijo v skupine na čim manj mestih, pri katerih obstaja majhna verjetnost, da bi bila odrezana zaradi požara v zavarovanem prostoru. Na vsakem mestu so jasna navodila za ravnanje s sistemom ob upoštevanju varnosti osebja. | |
| .6 Avtomatični izpust gasilnega sredstva ni dovoljen, razen če je dovoljen v zvezi z nameščenimi lokalnimi enotami, ki delujejo avtomatično ter dodatno in neodvisno od vgrajenega sistema za gašenje požara v strojnicah nad opremo, pri kateri obstaja velika nevarnost požara, ali v zaprtih delih znotraj strojnic, v katerih obstaja velika nevarnost požara. | |
| .7 Če zahtevana količina gasilnega sredstva varuje več kakor en prostor, ni potrebno, da je razpoložljiva količina sredstva večja od največje zahtevane količine za kateri koli tako varovan prostor. | |
| .8 Če ni določeno drugače, so tlačni vsebniki za hrambo gasilnega sredstva zunaj zavarovanih prostorov v skladu z odstavkom .1.11. | |
| .9 Predvidijo se načini, da lahko posadka ali osebje na kopnem varno preveri količino sredstva v vsebnikih. | |
| .10 Vsebniki za hrambo gasilnega sredstva in pripadajoči tlačni sestavni deli so izdelani v skladu z ustreznimi kodeksi ravnanja, ob upoštevanju njihovega mesta in najvišjih temperatur okolja, ki se pričakujejo pri njihovi uporabi. | |
| .11 Če je gasilno sredstvo shranjeno zunaj zavarovanih prostorov, se shrani v prostoru, ki je na varnem in preprosto dostopnem kraju in je učinkovito prezračeno. Vsak vhod v takšen skladiščni prostor je po možnosti z odprtega krova, v vsakem primeru pa je neodvisen od zavarovanega prostora. | |
| Vrata za dostop se odpirajo navzven, pregrade in krovi, vključno z vrati in drugimi sredstvi za zapiranje odprtin, ki tvorijo meje med temi prostori in sosednjimi zaprtimi prostori, so neprepustni za plin. Za namen uporabe tabel za protipožarno celovitost pregrad in krovov v pravilih II-2/B/4 ali po potrebi II-2/B/5 se tovrstni skladiščni prostori obravnavajo kot kontrolne postaje. | |
| .12 V sistemih za gašenje požarov na novih ladjah in v takšnih novih napeljavah na obstoječih ladjah ni dovoljena uporaba gasilnih sredstev, ki lahko sama po sebi ali zaradi pričakovanih pogojev izpuščajo strupene pline v tolikšnih količinah, da ogrožajo ljudi, ali izpuščajo okolju škodljive pline. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI KASNEJE: | |
| .13 Vgrajeni sistemi za gašenje požara s plinom so v skladu s Kodeksom sistemov požarne varnosti. | |
| .14 Predvidijo se načini, da se lahko z zunanje strani zavarovanega prostora zaprejo vse odprtine, ki bi lahko prepuščale zrak ali omogočile, da bi iz zavarovanega prostora uhajal plin. | |
| .15 Če je gasilno sredstvo shranjeno zunaj zavarovanih prostorov, se shrani v prostoru, ki je za sprednjo prestrezno pregrado in se ne uporablja za nobene druge namene. Vsak vhod v takšen skladiščni prostor je po možnosti z odprtega krova in neodvisen od zavarovanega prostora. Če je skladiščni prostor pod krovom, ne sme biti več kakor en krov pod odprtim krovom in je neposredno dostopen z odprtega krova s stopniščem ali lestvijo. | |
| Prostori, ki so pod krovom, ali prostori, do katerih ni zagotovljenega dostopa z odprtega krova, so opremljeni z mehanskim prezračevalnim sistemom, ki je zasnovan tako, da dviga onesnaženi zrak z dna prostora in omogoča vsaj 6 izmenjav zraka na uro. Dostopna vrata se morajo odpirati navzven, pregrade in krovi, vključno z vrati in drugimi sredstvi za zapiranje odprtin, ki tvorijo meje med temi prostori in sosednjimi zaprtimi prostori, so neprepustni za plin. Za namene uporabe tabel 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 in 5.2 se takšni skladiščni prostori obravnavajo kot požarno nadzorne postaje. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA A, B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .16 Če je količina prostega zraka, ki ga vsebujejo posode za zrak, v katerem koli prostoru tolikšna, da bi v primeru požara sprostitev zraka v prostor močno ogrožala učinkovitost vgrajenega sistema za gašenje požara, se zagotovi dodatna količina gasilnega sredstva. | |
| .17 Dobavitelji napeljave za vgrajeni sistem za gašenje požara zagotovijo opis napeljave, vključno s kontrolnim seznamom za vzdrževanje v angleščini in uradnem(-ih) jeziku(-ih) države zastave. | |
| .18 Količino gasilnega sredstva najmanj enkrat letno preveri ali izvedenec, ki ga pooblasti uprava, ali dobavitelj napeljave ali priznana organizacija. | |
| .19 Občasno preverjanje, ki ga izvaja upravitelj stroja na ladji ali ga organizira vodstvo ladje, se vpiše v ladijski dnevnik, pri čemer se navedeta obseg in čas tega preverjanja. | |
| .20 Nepredpisana oprema za gašenje požarov, ki je nameščena npr. v skladiščnih prostorih, glede svoje zgradbe in dimenzij izpolnjuje določbe tega pravila za zadevni tip napeljave. | |
| .21 Vsa vrata, ki vodijo v prostore, zavarovane z napeljavo CO2/halon, so označena z napisom "Ta prostor je varovan z napeljavo CO2/halon in se ob sprožitvi alarmne naprave evakuira". | |
| .2 Sistemi z ogljikovim dioksidom (pravilo 5.2) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE PRED 1. JANUARJEM 2003, TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1.1 V prostorih za tovor je količina razpoložljivega CO2, če ni drugače določeno, tolikšna, da količina prostega plina znaša 30 % bruto prostornine največjega prostora za tovor na ladji, ki je zavarovan na ta način. | |
| Če dva prostora za tovor ali več povezujejo prezračevalni vodi, se ti prostori obravnavajo kot en prostor. Na ladjah, ki se uporabljajo za prevoz vozil, znaša potrebna količina CO2 45 % bruto kubične prostornine največjega prostora za tovor. | |
| .1.2 V strojnicah količina prenesenega ogljikovega dioksida zadostuje, da se dobi minimalni volumen prostega plina, ki je enak naslednjim volumnom ali večji: | |
| .1 40 % bruto prostornine največje tako zavarovane strojnice, v katero ni vključen tisti del žrela do višine, na kateri znaša njegova vodoravna površina 40 % ali manj vodoravne površine zadevnega prostora, merjene na sredi med najvišjim delom krova in najnižjim delom žrela; ali | |
| .2 35 % bruto prostornine največje tako zavarovane strojnice, vključno z žrelom, pod pogojem, da se dve strojnici ali več, ki nista popolnoma ločeni, štejeta za en prostor. | |
| .2 Za namene tega odstavka se šteje, da znaša količina prostega ogljikovega dioksida 0,56 m3/kg. | |
| .3 Vgrajeni cevovod je takšen, da se lahko 85 % plina dovede v ta prostor v največ 2 minutah. | |
| .4 Mehanizem za spuščanje ogljikovega dioksida: | |
| 1. Namestita se dve ločeni napravi za spuščanje ogljikovega dioksida v zavarovani prostor in za zagotavljanje delovanja alarma. Ena naprava se uporabi za izpust plina iz vsebnikov, v katerih je shranjen. Druga naprava se uporabi za odpiranje ventila cevovoda, ki dovaja plin v zavarovani prostor. | |
| .2 Dve napravi sta postavljeni znotraj izpustne omarice, ki je jasno označena za določen prostor. Če mora omarica z napravami biti zaklenjena, je ključ zanjo v škatlici z lomljivim steklom, ki je na vidnem mestu zraven omarice. | |
| .5 Uprava države zastave zagotovi, da so prostori, v katerih so jeklenke CO2, primerno urejeni glede dostopa do njih, njihovega prezračevanja in komunikacijske opreme. Sprejme potrebne varnostne ukrepe glede zgradbe, namestitve, označevanja, polnjenja in preskušanja jeklenk, cevi in pribora za CO2 ter opremo za krmiljenje takšne napeljave in alarmiranje v zvezi z njo. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| .6 Sistemi z ogljikovim dioksidom so v skladu z določbami Kodeksa sistemov požarne varnosti. | |
| .7 Uprava države zastave zagotovi, da so prostori, v katerih so jeklenke CO2, primerno urejeni glede dostopa, prezračevanja in komunikacijske opreme. Sprejme potrebne varnostne ukrepe glede zgradbe, namestitve, označevanja, polnjenja in preskušanja jeklenk, cevovodov in pribora za CO2 ter opremo za krmiljenje takšne napeljave in alarmiranje v zvezi z njo. | |
| .3 Vgrajeni sistem za gašenje požara s peno nizke ekspanzije v strojnicah (pravilo 8) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE PRED 1. JANUARJEM 2003, TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Če je v kateri koli strojnici poleg zahtev pravila 6 vgrajen sistem gašenja požara s peno nizke ekspanzije, je zmogljivost sistema takšna, da skozi vgrajene odvajalne odprtine v največ petih minutah izpusti tolikšno količino pene, da do višine 150 mm prekrije največjo površino, čez katero se lahko prelije tekoče gorivo. Sistem lahko proizvaja peno, ki je primerna za gašenje oljnih požarov. Predvidijo se naprave za učinkovito razporeditev pene skozi stalni sistem cevovodov in kontrolne ventile ali pipe do ustreznih odvajalnih odprtin in da se pena lahko s stalnimi brizgalkami učinkovito usmerja na druge glavne morebitne vire požara v zavarovanem prostoru. Razmerje ekspanzije pene ne sme presegati 12 proti 1. | |
| .2 Naprave za krmiljenje katerega koli takšnega sistema so zlahka dostopne, ravnanje z njimi preprosto, združene pa so v skupine na čim manj mestih, pri katerih obstaja majhna verjetnost, da bodo zlahka odrezana zaradi požara v zavarovanem prostoru. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| .3 Vgrajeni sistemi za gašenje požara s peno nizke ekspanzije v strojnicah so v skladu z določbami Kodeksa sistemov požarne varnosti. | |
| .4 Vgrajeni sistem za gašenje požara s peno visoke ekspanzije v strojnicah (pravilo 9) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE PRED 1. JANUARJEM 2003, TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Vsak zahtevani vgrajeni sistem za gašenje požara s peno visoke ekspanzije v strojnicah ima zmogljivost, da skozi vgrajene odvajalne odprtine hitro izpusti tolikšno količino pene, ki zadostuje, da zapolni največji prostor, ki ga je treba zavarovati, s hitrostjo najmanj 1 meter višine v minuti. Količina razpoložljive tekočine za proizvodnjo pene zadostuje, da ustvari količino pene, enako petkratni prostornini največjega prostora, ki se varuje. Razmerje ekspanzije pene ne sme presegati 1000 proti 1. | |
| .2 Dovodni vodi za porazdelitev pene, dovodi zraka do generatorja pene in število enot za proizvodnjo pene so takšni, da zagotavljajo učinkovito proizvodnjo in distribucijo pene. | |
| .3 Dovodni cevovod generatorja pene je postavljen tako, da požar v zavarovanem prostoru ne more vplivati na opremo za proizvodnjo pene. | |
| .4 Generator pene, njegovi viri napajanja z energijo, tekočina za proizvodnjo pene in sredstva za krmiljenje takšnega sistema so zlahka dostopni, ravnanje z njimi je preprosto, združeni pa so v skupine na čim manj mestih, pri katerih obstaja majhna verjetnost, da bodo zlahka odrezani zaradi požara v zavarovanem prostoru. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| .5 Vgrajeni sistemi za gašenje požara s peno visoke ekspanzije v strojnicah so v skladu z določbami Kodeksa sistemov požarne varnosti. | |
| .5 Vgrajeni sistem za brizganje vode pod pritiskom za gašenje požara v strojnicah (pravilo 10) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE PRED 1. JANUARJEM 2003, TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Vsak zahtevani vgrajeni sistem za brizganje vode pod pritiskom za gašenje požara v strojnicah je opremljen z brizgalnimi šobami odobrenega tipa. | |
| .2 Število in mesto brizgalnih šob sta takšna, da zagotavljata učinkovito povprečno porazdelitev najmanj 5 litrov/m2 na minuto v prostorih, ki jih je treba zavarovati. Za določena nevarna področja so po potrebi možne večje hitrosti dovajanja. Šobe se namestijo nad kalužami, pokrovi dvojnega dna in drugimi površinami, kjer bi se tekoče gorivo lahko prelivalo, in tudi nad tistimi mesti v strojnicah, kjer je posebna nevarnost požara. | |
| .3 Sistem se lahko razdeli na sekcije, razdelilni ventili pa se lahko krmilijo zunaj prostorov, ki se varujejo, s preprosto dostopnih mest, ki ne bodo takoj odrezani zaradi požara v zavarovanem prostoru. | |
| .4 Sistem je pod potrebnim pritiskom in črpalka, ki sistemu dovaja vodo, začne avtomatično delovati, če v sistemu pritisk pade. | |
| .5 Črpalka lahko pri potrebnem pritisku sočasno dovaja vodo v vse sekcije sistema v katerem koli oddelku, ki se varuje. Črpalka in naprave za krmiljenje z njo so zunaj prostora ali prostorov, ki se varujejo. Ne sme obstajati možnost, da bi požar v prostoru ali prostorih, ki se varujejo s sistemom za brizganje vode, povzročil prekinitev delovanja sistema. | |
| .6 Sprejmejo se vsi potrebni varnostni ukrepi, da se prepreči zamašitev šob zaradi nesnage v vodi ali korozije cevovodov, ventilov in črpalke. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE PRED 1. JANUARJEM 2003: | |
| .7 Črpalko lahko poganja samostojni zgorevalni motor, če pa je odvisna od energije iz zasilnega generatorja, vgrajenega v skladu z določbami dela D poglavja II-1, je generator izveden tako, da se ob izpadu glavnega vira energije samodejno vklopi, tako da je energija za črpalko, ki jo zahteva odstavek .5, nemudoma na voljo. Če črpalko poganja samostojni zgorevalni motor, je ta postavljen tako, da požar v zavarovanem prostoru ne vpliva na dovajanje zraka k njemu. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| .8 Vgrajeni sistemi za brizganje vode pod pritiskom za gašenje požara v strojnicah so v skladu z določbami Kodeksa sistemov požarne varnosti. | |
| 5 Prenosni aparati za gašenje požara (pravilo 6) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE PRED 1. JANUARJEM 2003, TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Vsi aparati za gašenje so odobrenega tipa in konstrukcije. | |
| .2 Zmogljivost zahtevanih prenosnih gasilnih aparatov na tekočino ne sme biti večja od 13,5 litra in ne manjša od 9 litrov. Drugi aparati za gašenje požara so vsaj tako prenosni kakor aparati s 13,5 litra tekočine in imajo zmogljivost gašenja, ki je enakovredna zmogljivosti gasilnega aparata z 9 litri tekočine. | |
| .3 Na ladji so rezervna polnila za vsaj 50 % vseh aparatov za gašenje požara posameznega tipa. Drugi aparat za gašenje istega tipa je rezervno polnilo za aparat, ki ga na ladji ni mogoče zlahka ponovno napolniti. | |
| .4 Na splošno prenosni aparati za gašenje požara s CO2 niso v bivalnih prostorih. Če so takšni aparati predvideni v sobah z radijskimi napravami, ob stikalnih ploščah in na podobnih krajih, je za namene tega pravila prostornina prostora, ki vsebuje en aparat ali več takšna, da omeji koncentracijo pare, ki lahko nastane zaradi izpusta, na največ 5 % neto prostornine prostora. Šteje se, da količina CO2 znaša 0,56 m3/kg. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| .5 Prenosni aparati za gašenje požara so v skladu z določbami Kodeksa sistemov požarne varnosti. | |
| .6 Aparati za gašenje požara z ogljikovim dioksidom se ne namestijo v bivalnih prostorih. Na kontrolnih postajah in v drugih prostorih, ki vsebujejo električno ali elektronsko opremo ali naprave, ki so potrebne za varnost ladje, je treba predvideti aparate za gašenje požara, katerih gasilno sredstvo ne prevaja elektrike ter ne škoduje opremi in napravam. | |
| .7 Aparati za gašenje požara se za takojšnjo uporabo namestijo na preprosto dostopnih in vidnih mestih, ki jih je mogoče v primeru požara kadar koli hitro in zlahka doseči, ter tako, da na njihovo delovanje ne vplivajo vreme, vibracije ali drugi zunanji dejavniki. Prenosni aparati za gašenje požara imajo naprave, ki javljajo, ali so bili uporabljeni. | |
| .8 Za aparate za gašenje požara, ki jih je mogoče ponovno napolniti na krovu, se za prvih 10 aparatov zagotovi 100 % rezervnih polnitev, 50 % pa za ostale aparate za gašenje požara. | |
| .9 Za gasilne aparate, ki jih na plovilu ni mogoče ponovno napolniti, se namesto rezervnih polnitev zagotovijo dodatni prenosni aparati za gašenje požara enake količine, tipa, zmogljivosti in števila, kakor je določeno v odstavku .13 spodaj. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .10 Aparati za gašenje požara, ki vsebujejo gasilno sredstvo, ki lahko samodejno ali v pričakovanih pogojih izpušča strupene pline v tolikšnih količinah, da ogrožajo ljudi, ali izpušča okolju škodljive pline, niso dovoljeni. | |
| .11 Aparati za gašenje požara so primerni za gašenje požarov, ki lahko izbruhnejo v bližini kraja, kjer so aparati za gašenje nameščeni. | |
| .12 Eden od prenosnih aparatov za gašenje požara, namenjenih za uporabo v katerem koli prostoru, se namesti blizu vhoda v ta prostor. | |
| .13 Najmanjše število aparatov za gašenje požara je naslednje: | |
| .1 v bivalnih in delovnih prostorih: | |
| aparati za gašenje požara se namestijo tako, da nobena točka v prostoru od aparata za gašenje ni oddaljena več kakor 10 metrov hoje; | |
| .2 aparat za gašenje, primeren za uporabo na krajih z visoko napetostjo, je v bližini katere koli električne plošče ali sekundarne plošče z močjo 20 kW ali več; | |
| .3 v kuhinjah se aparati za gašenje požara namestijo tako, da nobena točka v prostoru od aparata za gašenje ni oddaljena več kakor 10 metrov hoje; | |
| .4 aparat za gašenje je v bližini skladišč z omaricami za barvo, ki vsebujejo lahko vnetljive izdelke; | |
| .5 vsaj en aparat za gašenje se namesti na poveljniškem mostu in na vsaki kontrolni postaji. | |
| .14 Način delovanja prenosnih aparatov za gašenje požara, namenjenih za uporabo v bivalnih ali delovnih prostorih, je enotna, če je to praktično izvedljivo. | |
| .15 Redni pregled aparatov za gašenje požara: | |
| uprava države zastave zagotovi, da se prenosni aparati za gašenje požara redno pregledajo ter da se preskusi njihovo delovanje in pritisk. | |
| 6 Protipožarna ureditev v strojnicah (pravilo 7) | |
| V strojnicah kategorije A se zagotovi: | |
| NA NOVIH LADJAH RAZREDA B, C IN D DOLŽINE 24 METROV IN VEČ: | |
| .1 kateri koli od naslednjih vgrajenih sistemov za gašenje požara: | |
| .1 sistem za gašenje s plinom v skladu z ustreznimi določbami odstavkov .1 in .2 pravila 4 ali enakovreden sistem gašenja z vodo kot alternativa sistemu s halonom, v skladu z določbami Okrožnice MSC 668 z dne 30. decembra 1994 in Okrožnice MSC 728 iz junija 1996, ob upoštevanju datuma izgradnje ladje; | |
| .2 sistem za gašenje s peno visoke ekspanzije v skladu z ustreznimi določbami odstavka .4 pravila 4, ob upoštevanju datuma izgradnje ladje; | |
| .3 sistem za brizganje vode pod pritiskom v skladu z ustreznimi določbami odstavka .5 pravila 4, ob upoštevanju datuma izgradnje ladje; | |
| .2 vsaj en komplet prenosne opreme na zračno peno, sestavljen iz šobe za zračno peno induktorskega tipa, ki se lahko priključi na glavni požarni vod s pomočjo upogibne požarne cevi, prenosnega tanka, ki vsebuje najmanj 20 litrov tekočine za proizvodnjo pene, in rezervnega tanka. Šoba je tolikšna, da lahko proizvede učinkovito peno, primerno za gašenje oljnega požara, in sicer s hitrostjo najmanj 1,5 m3 v minuti. | |
| .3 V vsakem takem prostoru so odobreni aparati za gašenje požara s peno, od katerih ima vsak zmogljivost najmanj 45 litrov, ali njim enakovredni aparati, katerih število zadostuje, da je peno ali enakovredno gasilno sredstvo mogoče usmeriti v kateri koli del sistemov za gorivo in olje za mazanje pod pritiskom, reduktorjev in drugih virov požara. Poleg tega se zagotovi zadostno število prenosnih aparatov za gašenje požara s peno ali enakovrednih aparatov, ki se namestijo tako, da nobena točka v prostoru od aparata ni oddaljena več kakor 10 metrov hoje, in da sta v vsakem takšnem prostoru najmanj dva takšna aparata za gašenje požarov. | |
| NA NOVIH LADJAH RAZREDA B, C IN D DOLŽINE MANJ KAKOR 24 METROV TER NA OBSTOJEČIH LADJAH RAZREDA B: | |
| .4 eden od vgrajenih sistemov za gašenje požara iz odstavka .1 zgoraj, poleg tega pa se v katerem koli prostoru, ki vsebuje zgorevalne stroje ali tanke za usedanje goriva ali enote za tekoče gorivo, zagotovi en aparat za gašenje požara s peno, zmogljivosti najmanj 45 litrov, ali en aparat za gašenje z ogljikovim dioksidom, zmogljivosti najmanj 16 kg, in | |
| .5 en prenosni aparat za gašenje požara, primeren za gašenje oljnih požarov, za vsakih 736 kW skupne moči takšnih strojev ali njihovih delov; pod pogojem, da se v katerem koli takšnem prostoru ne zahtevata manj kakor dva ali več kakor šest takšnih aparatov za gašenje požara. | |
| Uporaba vgrajenega sistema za gašenje požara s peno nizke ekspanzije namesto nekaterih od šestih prenosnih aparatov za gašenje požara, ki jih zahteva to pravilo, je dovoljena. | |
| NA NOVIH LADJAH RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČIH LADJAH RAZREDA B, KI PREVAŽAJO VEČ KAKOR 36 POTNIKOV: | |
| .6 V vsaki strojnici se namestita dva primerna aplikatorja vodne megle, ki sta sestavljena iz kovinske cevi v obliki črke "L", pri čemer je daljša stran dolga približno dva metra in jo je mogoče namestiti na upogibno požarno cev, krajša stran pa je dolga približno 250 mm in je opremljena z vgrajeno šobo za vodno meglo ali je nanjo mogoče namestiti šobo za brizganje vode. | |
| NA NOVIH LADJAH RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČIH LADJAH RAZREDA B: | |
| .7 Kadar se za ogrevanje uporablja kurilno olje, se lahko dodatno zahteva, da so kotlovnice opremljene s stalno vgrajeno ali prenosno opremo za lokalne sisteme za brizganje vode pod pritiskom ali za brizganje pene nad in pod tlemi za namene gašenja požarov. | |
| NA NOVIH LADJAH RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANIH 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE, Z DOLŽINO 24 METROV IN VEČ: | |
| 8. .8.1 Strojnice kategorije A s prostornino več kakor 500 m3 razen tiste z vgrajenim sistemom za gašenje požara, ki ga zahteva to pravilo, se varujejo z odobrenim tipom vgrajenega vodnega sistema ali enakovrednim lokalnim gasilnim sistemom, ki temelji na smernicah IMO, glej Okrožnico MSC 913 "Smernice za odobritev vgrajenih vodnih lokalnih gasilnih sistemov za uporabo v strojnicah kategorije A". | |
| V strojnicah brez stalne posadke ima gasilni sistem naprave za samodejno in ročno sprožitev. V strojnicah s stalno posadko se zahteva, da ima gasilni sistem napravo samo za ročno sprožitev. | |
| .2 Vgrajeni lokalni gasilni sistemi varujejo območja, kakršna so naslednja, ne da bi bilo treba ustaviti stroje, evakuirati osebje ali neprepustno zapreti prostore: | |
| .1 dele strojev z notranjim zgorevanjem z veliko požarno ogroženostjo, ki se uporabljajo za glavni pogon ladje in proizvodnjo energije, | |
| .2 sprednje strani kotlov, | |
| .3 požarno ogrožene dele sežigalnic in | |
| .4 čistilnike segretega tekočega goriva. | |
| .3 Sprožitev katerega koli lokalnega sistema sproži vizualni in razločen zvočni alarm v zavarovanem prostoru in na postajah s stalno posadko. Alarm javlja, kateri od specifičnih sistemov je sprožen. Zahteve glede alarmnega sistema, opisane v tem odstavku, so dodatne zahteve in ne nadomestek za sisteme za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm, ki so opisani v drugih delih tega poglavja. | |
| NA NOVIH LADJAH RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANIH PRED 1. JANUARJEM 2003, IN OBSTOJEČIH LADJAH RAZREDA B TER VSEH LADJAH, KI LAHKO PREVAŽAJO VEČ KAKOR 400 POTNIKOV: | |
| .9 Vgrajeni lokalni gasilni sistemi se opremijo v skladu z odstavkom .8 tega pravila najpozneje do 1. oktobra 2005. | |
| 7 Posebne ureditve v strojnicah (pravilo 11) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Število svetlin, vrat, ventilatorjev, odprtin v dimnikih, ki omogočajo prezračevanje, in drugih odprtin v strojnicah se omeji na najmanjšo mero, ki zadostuje za potrebe prezračevanja ter pravilno in varno delovanje ladje. | |
| .2 Svetline so narejene iz jekla in nimajo steklenih ploskev. Zagotovijo se sistemi, ki v primeru požara omogočajo uhajanje dima iz prostora, ki se varuje. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .3 Vrata, ki niso neprepustna vrata na mehanični pogon, so narejena tako, da je zagotovljeno dobro zapiranje v primeru požara v prostoru, in sicer s pomočjo priprav za zapiranje na mehanični pogon ali s pomočjo samodejno zapirajočih se vrat, ki se lahko zapirajo pri nagibu 3,5 ° nasprotno od smeri zapiranja in imajo varnostno napravo za pridržanje z zadnjo kljuko ter napravo za daljinsko krmiljenje sprostitve vrat. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .4 Okna se ne vgradijo v mejah strojnic. To ne izključuje uporabe stekla v kontrolnih sobah znotraj strojnic. | |
| .5 Predvidijo se naprave za krmiljenje za: | |
| .1 odpiranje in zapiranje svetlin, zapiranje odprtin v dimnikih, ki običajno omogočajo izhod sesalne ventilacije, in za zapiranje regulatorjev ventilatorjev; | |
| .2 omogočanje izpuščanja dima; | |
| .3 zapiranje vrat na mehanični pogon ali sprostitev mehanizma na vratih, razen na neprepustnih vratih na mehanični pogon; | |
| .4 zaustavljanje ventilatorjev; in | |
| .5 zaustavljanje ventilatorjev za ustvarjanje prepiha, črpalk za pretakanje tekočega goriva, črpalk za tekoče gorivo in drugih podobnih črpalk za gorivo. Druge podobne črpalke za gorivo za ladje, izdelane 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, so črpalke za olje za mazanje, toplotne črpalke za kroženje olja in lovilniki olja. Odstavek .6 tega pravila se ne uporablja za lovilnike oljnate vode. | |
| .6 Kontrolne naprave, ki jih zahtevata odstavek .5 in pravilo II-2/A/10.2.5, se namestijo zunaj zadevnega prostora, kjer ne bodo odrezane zaradi požara v prostoru, kateremu so namenjene. Take kontrolne naprave in naprave za krmiljenje katerega koli zahtevanega gasilnega sistema so na enem kontrolnem mestu ali združene v skupine na čim manj mestih. Ta mesta so varno dostopna z odprtega krova. | |
| .7 Kadar obstaja dostop do katere koli strojnice kategorije A na spodnjem nivoju skozi sosednji osni predor, se v osnem predoru blizu neprepustnih vrat namestijo jeklena protipožarna vrata, ki se odpirajo z obeh strani. | |
| 8 Avtomatski sistemi protipožarnih brizgalk, za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm (pravilo 12) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE PRED 1. JANUARJEM 2003, TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Vsak zahtevani avtomatski sistem protipožarnih brizgalk, za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm lahko začne takoj delovati, ne da bi bil za sprožitev potreben poseg posadke. Ti sistemi so izvedeni z mokrimi cevmi, manj izpostavljene sekcije pa imajo lahko suhe cevi, če je to potreben varnostni ukrep. Vsi deli sistema, ki utegnejo biti pri delovanju izpostavljeni temperaturam zmrzovanja, se primerno zavarujejo pred zmrzovanjem. Sistem je pod potrebnim pritiskom in zagotavlja neprekinjeno oskrbo z vodo, kakor zahteva to pravilo. | |
| .2 Vsaka sekcija brizgalk vsebuje sredstva za avtomatsko dajanje vizualnih in zvočnih signalov za alarm na eni indikatorski enoti ali več, kadar koli začne katera koli brizgalka delovati. Takšne enote opozarjajo, v kateri sekciji, ki jo oskrbuje sistem, je nastal požar, in so centralizirane na poveljniškem mostu, poleg tega pa so vizualni in zvočni alarmi iz enote nameščeni na mestu, ki ni na poveljniškem mostu, kar zagotavlja, da posadka nemudoma prejme znak za požar. Alarmni sistem je takšen, da javlja morebitne okvare v sistemu. | |
| .3 Brizgalke so združene v posebne sekcije, od katerih nobena ne vsebuje več kakor 200 brizgalk. Nobena sekcija brizgalk ne oskrbuje več kakor dveh krovov in ni nameščena v več kakor eni glavni navpični coni, razen če se dokaže, da lahko ena sekcija brizgalk oskrbuje več kakor dva krova ali je nameščena v več kakor eni glavni navpični coni, ne da bi se s tem zmanjšala požarna varnost ladje. | |
| .4 Za vsako sekcijo brizgalk se predvidi možnost izključitve z enim samim zapornim ventilom. Zaporni ventil je v vsaki sekciji preprosto dostopen, njegovo mesto pa je jasno in trajno označeno. Predvidijo se načini, s katerimi se prepreči, da bi zaporni ventil uporabljale nepooblaščene osebe. | |
| .5 Merilnik, ki kaže pritisk v sistemu, se namesti ob zapornem ventilu v vsaki sekciji in na osrednji postaji. | |
| .6 Brizgalke so odporne proti koroziji zaradi delovanja morskega ozračja. V bivalnih in delovnih prostorih brizgalke začnejo delovati pri temperaturah od 68 do 79 °C, razen v prostorih, kot so sušilnice, v katerih je mogoče pričakovati visoke sobne temperature in se temperatura, pri kateri začnejo delovati, lahko poveča največ za 30 °C nad najvišjo temperaturo v bližini stropa. | |
| .7 Pri vsaki indikatorski enoti je seznam ali načrt, ki pokaže vključene prostore in območje delovanja posamezne sekcije. Zagotovijo se ustrezna navodila za preskušanje in vzdrževanje. | |
| .8 Brizgalke se namestijo v zgornjem delu prostora, razporedijo pa se po ustreznem vzorcu, ki zagotavlja ohranjanje povprečne stopnje brizganja najmanj 5 litrov/m2 na minuto po nominalni površini, ki jo pokrivajo brizgalke. | |
| Brizgalke se namestijo čim dlje od nosilcev in drugih predmetov, ki bi lahko ovirali curke vode, in na takšnih mestih, na katerih bo vnetljivi material v prostoru dobro poškropljen. | |
| .9 Namesti se tank pod pritiskom s prostornino, ki je enaka najmanj dvojni zalogi vode, določeni v tem odstavku. Tank vsebuje stalno zalogo sveže vode, ki je enaka količini vode, ki bi jo črpalka iz odstavka .12 izčrpala v eni minuti, za vzdrževanje stalnega pritiska v tanku pa se predvidijo naprave, ki zagotovijo, da pri stalni količini sveže vode v tanku pritisk ni manjši od delovnega pritiska brizgalke, povečanega za pritisk vodnega stebra, merjenega od dna tanka do najvišje brizgalke v sistemu. Predvidijo se ustrezna sredstva za dopolnjevanje zraka pod pritiskom in dopolnjevanje zalog sveže vode v tanku. Predviden je stekleni merilnik, ki kaže dejansko raven vode v tanku. | |
| .10 Namestijo se naprave, ki preprečujejo vdor morske vode v tank. Tank pod pritiskom se opremi z učinkovitim redukcijskim ventilom in merilnikom tlaka. Na vsakem priključku na merilnik se namestijo zaporni ventili ali pipe. | |
| .11 Namesti se neodvisna mehanska črpalka izključno za nepretrgano samodejno brizganje vode iz brizgalk. Črpalka začne samodejno delovati zaradi padca tlaka v sistemu, preden se v tanku stalna zaloga sveže vode pod pritiskom popolnoma ne porabi. | |
| .12 Črpalka in cevovod lahko vzdržujeta potreben pritisk na ravni najvišje brizgalke, da se zagotovi nepretrgano odvajanje vode, ki zadostuje za hkratno pokrivanje površine najmanj 280 m2 pri stopnji brizganja iz odstavka .8. Za nove ladje razreda C in D dolžine manj kakor 40 metrov s celotnim varovanim območjem manj kakor 280 m2 lahko uprava določi ustrezno območje za dimenzioniranje črpalk in drugačne sestavne dele za oskrbo z vodo. | |
| .13 Črpalka ima na dovajalni strani vgrajen preskusni ventil s kratko izpustno cevjo, ki je na koncu odprta. Učinkovita površina skozi ventil in cev je tolikšna, da omogoča izpust predpisane količine vode črpalke, pri čemer se vzdržuje pritisk v sistemu, določen v odstavku .9. | |
| .14 Odprtina za dovod morske vode v črpalko je po možnosti v prostoru, v katerem je črpalka, in je nameščena tako, da kadar ladja pluje, ni treba zapirati dovoda morske vode v črpalko za kateri koli drugi namen, razen za pregled ali popravilo črpalke. | |
| .15 Črpalka in tank protipožarnih brizgalk sta nameščena tako, da sta dovolj oddaljena od katere koli strojnice in nista postavljena v prostoru, ki se varuje s sistemom protipožarnih brizgalk. | |
| .16 Predvidena sta najmanj dva vira energije za napajanje črpalke za morsko vodo ter avtomatski sistem za alarm in za odkrivanje požara. Če so viri energije za črpalko električni, sta to glavni generator in zasilni vir energije. En vir napajanja za črpalko se spelje z glavne stikalne plošče, drugi pa z zasilne stikalne plošče, s pomočjo ločenih vodov, ki so rezervirani izključno za ta namen. Napajalni vodi so postavljeni tako, da se izogibajo ladijskim kuhinjam, strojnicam in drugim zaprtim prostorom z veliko nevarnostjo požara, razen če je to potrebno zaradi priključka na ustrezno stikalno ploščo in dovoda do avtomatskega preklopnika, ki je blizu črpalke za brizganje. Ta preklopnik dopušča dovod energije od glavne stikalne plošče, dokler je napajanje od tam mogoče, in mora biti zasnovan tako, da se ob izpadu napajanja samodejno preklopi na napajanje iz zasilne stikalne plošče. Preklopnika na glavni in zasilni stikalni plošči sta jasno označena in normalno zaprta. V zadevnih napajalnih vodih se ne uporablja noben drug preklopnik. Eden od virov dovoda energije za sistem alarma in odkrivanja požarov je zasilni vir energije. Če je eden od virov energije za črpalko zgorevalni motor, je ta v skladu z določbami odstavka .15 in postavljen tako, da požar v katerem koli zavarovanem prostoru ne vpliva na dovod zraka k motorju. | |
| .17 Sistem protipožarnih brizgalk ima spoj od glavnega požarnega voda ladje prek nepovratnega ventila, ki se lahko zapre z ročnim vijakom na spoju, ki prepreči prehajanje vode iz sistema brizgalk v glavni požarni vod. | |
| .18 Predvidi se ventil za preskušanje avtomatske alarmne naprave v vsaki sekciji brizgalk z izpuščanjem vode, ki je enako delovanju ene brizgalke. Preskusni ventil za vsako sekcijo je blizu zapornega ventila za to sekcijo. | |
| .19 Predvidi se sredstvo za preskušanje avtomatskega delovanja črpalke zaradi zmanjšanja pritiska v sistemu. | |
| .20 Predvidijo se preklopniki na enem od indikatorskih mest iz odstavka .2, ki bodo omogočili preskus alarma in indikatorjev za vsako sekcijo brizgalk. | |
| .21 Za vsako sekcijo brizgalk se zagotovi najmanj 6 rezervnih brizgalnih glav. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| .22 Avtomatski sistem protipožarnih brizgalk, za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm so odobrenega tipa in v skladu z določbami Kodeksa sistemov požarne varnosti. | |
| .23 Za nove ladje razreda C in D z dolžino, manjšo od 40 metrov, in celotnim varovanim območjem, manjšim od 280 m2, lahko uprava države zastave določi ustrezno območje za dimenzioniranje črpalk in drugačne sestavne dele. | |
| 9 Vgrajeni sistemi za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm (pravilo 13) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE PRED 1. JANUARJEM 2003, TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Splošno | |
| .1 Vsak zahtevani vgrajeni sistem za odkrivanje in za požarni alarm s klicnimi točkami, ki se ročno upravljajo, lahko začne vedno takoj delovati. | |
| .2 Napajanje in električni tokokrogi, potrebni za delovanje sistema, se stalno kontrolirajo, da bi se ugotovil izpad napajanja ali nastala okvara. Pojav napake sproži vizualni in zvočni signal na nadzorni plošči, ki se razlikuje od signala za požar. | |
| .3 Predvidena sta vsaj dva vira napajanja za električno opremo, ki se uporablja za delovanje sistema za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm, od katerih je eden zasilni vir energije. Napajanje se zagotovi z ločenimi napajalnimi vodi, ki so predvideni samo za ta namen. Ti vodi so speljani do avtomatskega preklopnika, postavljenega blizu nadzorne plošče sistema za odkrivanje požara. | |
| .4 Detektorji in ročne klicne točke so združeni v sekcije. Sprožitev vsakega detektorja ali klicne točke, ki se upravlja ročno, sproži vizualni in zvočni signal za požar na nadzorni plošči in indikatorskih enotah. Če na navedena signala v dveh minutah nihče ni pozoren, se v vseh bivalnih in delovnih prostorih posadke, na kontrolnih postajah in strojnicah zasliši avtomatski zvočni alarm. Ni nujno, da je ta zvočni alarmni sistem sestavni del sistema za odkrivanje požara. | |
| .5 Nadzorna plošča je nameščena na poveljniškem mostu ali v glavni požarno nadzorni postaji. | |
| .6 Indikatorske enote označujejo vsaj sekcijo, v kateri je bil sprožen detektor ali klicna točka, ki se upravlja ročno. Vsaj ena enota je nameščena tako, da je ob vsakem času preprosto dostopna odgovornim članom posadke, bodisi na morju bodisi v pristanišču, razen kadar ladja ne obratuje. Ena indikatorska enota je nameščena na poveljniškem mostu, če je nadzorna plošča v glavni požarno nadzorni postaji. | |
| .7 Na ali ob indikatorski enoti je jasno prikazano, katere prostore zajema posamezna sekcija in lokacija sekcij. | |
| .8 Če sistem za odkrivanje požara ne vključuje možnosti za identifikacijo vsakega posameznega detektorja na daljavo, sekcija navadno ne pokriva več kakor enega krova v bivalnih in delovnih prostorih ter kontrolnih postajah, razen sekcije, ki pokriva zaprto stopnišče. Da ne bi prihajalo do zamud pri ugotavljanju izvora požara, je število zaprtih prostorov, ki jih zajema posamezna sekcija, omejeno, kakor to določi uprava države zastave. V nobenem primeru posamezna sekcija ne zajema več kakor 50 zaprtih prostorov. Če je sistem za odkrivanje opremljen z detektorji požara, ki se lahko na daljavo in posamično prepoznajo, lahko sekcije pokrivajo več krovov in nadzorujejo poljubno število zaprtih prostorov. | |
| .9 Če sistem za odkrivanje požara ne more identificirati detektorjev na daljavo in vsakega posebej, se sekcija detektorjev ne uporablja niti za prostore na obeh straneh ladje niti na več kakor enem krovu niti ni nameščena v več kakor eni glavni navpični coni, razen če se uprava države zastave strinja, da požarna varnost ladje ne bo zmanjšana, če dovoli uporabo takšne sekcije detektorjev za nadzor obeh strani ladje in za več kakor en krov. Pri ladjah, ki so opremljene z detektorji, ki se lahko identificirajo posamično, lahko sekcija nadzoruje prostore na obeh straneh ladje in na več krovih, ne sme pa biti nameščena na več kakor v eni glavni navpični coni. | |
| .10 Sekcija detektorjev požara, ki pokriva kontrolno postajo, delovni prostor ali bivalni prostor, ne vključuje strojnice. | |
| .11 Detektorji reagirajo na toploto, dim ali druge produkte zgorevanja, ogenj ali na kombinacijo teh dejavnikov. Uprava države zastave lahko obravnava tudi detektorje, ki reagirajo na druge dejavnike, ki kažejo na začetek požara, če niso manj občutljivi. Detektorji ognja se uporabljajo samo dodatno z detektorji dima ali detektorji toplote. | |
| .12 Zagotovijo se ustrezna navodila in rezervni deli za preskušanje in vzdrževanje. | |
| .13 Delovanje sistema za odkrivanje se občasno preskuša po zahtevah uprave države zastave z uporabo opreme, ki proizvaja vroč zrak ustrezne temperature, dim ali aerosolne delce, ki imajo ustrezno gostoto ali velikost, ali druge pojave, povezane z začetkom požara, na katerega se mora detektor odzvati. | |
| Vsi detektorji so takega tipa, da se lahko preskuša njihovo brezhibno delovanje in vzpostavi običajen nadzor, ne da bi bilo treba obnavljati posamezne sestavne dele. | |
| .14 Sistemi za odkrivanje požara se ne uporabljajo za noben drug namen, le na nadzorni plošči se lahko dovolijo zapiranje požarnih vrat in podobne funkcije. | |
| .15 Sistemi za odkrivanje požara, ki omogočajo tudi ugotavljanje lokacije cone, je urejen na naslednji način: | |
| - požar ne more poškodovati zanke na več kakor eni točki, | |
| - na voljo morajo biti naprave, ki zagotovijo, da nobena okvara (npr. prekinitev napajanja, kratek stik, stik z zemljo), do katere pride v zanki, ne onesposobi celotne zanke, | |
| - predvidena mora biti ureditev, ki omogoča vzpostavitev prvotne konfiguracije sistema, kadar pride do okvare (električne, elektronske, informacijske), | |
| - prvi požarni alarm ne sme preprečiti, da bi kateri koli drug detektor sprožil druge požarne alarme. | |
| .2 Zahteve za vgradnjo | |
| .1 Klicne točke, ki se upravljajo ročno, so nameščene v vseh bivalnih prostorih, delovnih prostorih in kontrolnih postajah. Na vsakem izhodu je nameščena ena klicna točka, ki se upravlja ročno. Klicne točke, ki se upravljajo ročno, morajo biti zlahka dostopne v hodnikih na vsakem krovu, tako da noben del hodnika ni več kakor 20 metrov oddaljen od klicne točke, ki se upravlja ročno. | |
| .2 Detektorji dima so nameščeni na vseh stopniščih, hodnikih ter poteh in izhodih v sili iz bivalnih prostorov. | |
| .3 Če se vgrajeni sistem za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm zahteva za zaščito prostorov, ki niso navedeni v odstavku .2.2 zgoraj, je v vsakem takem prostoru nameščen vsaj en detektor, ki izpolnjuje zahteve odstavka .1.11. | |
| .4 Detektorji so nameščeni tako, da omogočajo najboljše delovanje. Izogibati se je treba položajem ob spojih, prezračevalnih vodih in drugim položajem, v katerih bi zračni tokovi lahko škodljivo vplivali na delovanje, prav tako pa tudi položajem, v katerih lahko pride do udarcev ali poškodb. Na splošno velja, da so detektorji, nameščeni v zgornjem delu, najmanj 0,5 metra oddaljeni od pregrad. | |
| .5 Največja razdalja med detektorji je v skladu z naslednjo tabelo: | |
| Tip detektorja | Največja površina na detektor (m2) | Največja razdalja med središči (m) | Največja oddaljenost od pregrad (m) | | |
| Toplota | 37 | 9 | 4,5 | | |
| Dim | 74 | 11 | 5,5 | | |
| Uprava države zastave lahko zahteva ali dovoli druge razmike, ki temeljijo na podatkih preskusov, s katerimi se ugotavljajo lastnosti detektorjev. | |
| .6 Električna napeljava, ki je del sistema, je speljana tako, da se izogiba ladijskim kuhinjam, strojnicam in drugim zaprtim prostorom z veliko požarno ogroženostjo, razen če je to v takih prostorih potrebno zaradi odkrivanja požara ali za zagotovitev požarnega alarma ali zaradi priključka na ustrezno napajanje. | |
| .3 Konstrukcijske zahteve | |
| .1 Sistem in oprema sta ustrezno konstruirana, da vzdržita nihanje napajalne napetosti in prehodno prenapetost, spremembe temperature okolja, vibracije, vlago, sunke, udarce in korozijo, ki so običajno prisotni na ladji. | |
| .2 Detektorji dima za vgradnjo na stopniščih, hodnikih ter na poteh in izhodih v sili v bivalnih prostorih, kakor zahteva odstavek .2.2, so certificirani, da začnejo delovati, preden gostota dima preseže 12,5 % zmanjšanja vidljivosti na meter, vendar ne prej, dokler gostota dima ne preseže 2 % zmanjšanja vidljivosti na meter. | |
| Detektorji dima za vgradnjo v druge prostore delujejo v mejah občutljivosti, ki jih določi uprava države zastave, pri čemer se je treba izogibati premajhni ali preveliki občutljivosti detektorja. | |
| .3 Detektorji toplote morajo biti certificirani, da delujejo, preden temperatura preseže 78 °C, vendar ne prej, dokler ne preseže 54 °C, če porast temperature do teh ravni ni večji od 1°C v minuti. Kadar se temperatura dviga hitreje, detektor toplote deluje v temperaturnem območju, ki ga določi uprava države zastave, pri čemer se je treba izogibati premajhni ali preveliki občutljivosti detektorja. | |
| .4 Dovoljena temperatura začetka delovanja detektorjev toplote se lahko poveča do 30 °C nad najvišjo temperaturo v bližini stropa v sušilnicah in podobnih prostorih, v katerih so normalne visoke temperature okolja. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| .4.1 Vgrajeni sistemi za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm so odobrenega tipa in v skladu z določbami Kodeksa sistemov požarne varnosti. | |
| .4.2 Ročno upravljane klicne točke, ki so v skladu s kodeksom sistemov požarne varnosti, so nameščene v vseh bivalnih prostorih, delovnih prostorih in kontrolnih postajah. Na vsakem izhodu je nameščena ena ročno upravljana klicna točka. Ročno upravljane klicne točke so zlahka dostopne v hodnikih na vsakem krovu, tako da noben del hodnika ni več kakor 20 metrov oddaljen od ročno upravljane klicne točke. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .5 Dodatno k zgornjim določbam uprava države zastave zagotovi tudi skladnost z varnostnimi zahtevami za naprave, ki se nanašajo na njihovo neodvisnost od drugih naprav in sistemov, odpornost njihovih sestavnih delov proti koroziji, dovod električne energije do njihovega kontrolnega sistema ter dostopnost navodil za obratovanje in vzdrževanje. | |
| 10 Ukrepi za tekoče gorivo, mazalno olje in druga vnetljiva olja (pravilo 15) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Omejitve uporabe nafte kot goriva | |
| Za uporabo nafte kot goriva veljajo naslednje omejitve: | |
| .1 Če v tem odstavku ni drugače dovoljeno, se ne uporablja nobeno tekoče gorivo z vnetiščem pod 60 °C. | |
| .2 Za zasilne generatorje se lahko uporablja tekoče gorivo z vnetiščem, ki ne sme biti pod 43 °C. | |
| .3 Uprava države zastave lahko dovoli splošno uporabo tekočega goriva z vnetiščem pod 60 °C, vendar najmanj 43 °C, ob upoštevanju dodatnih varnostnih pravil, ki jih lahko šteje za potrebne, in pod pogojem, da se temperatura prostora, v katerem je gorivo uskladiščeno ali se uporablja, ne zviša do meje 10 °C pod vnetiščem goriva. | |
| Za ladje, izdelane 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, se lahko dovoli tekoče gorivo z vnetiščem pod 60 °C, vendar najmanj 43 °C, ob upoštevanju naslednjega: | |
| .3.1 rezervoarji za plinsko olje, razen tistih v oddelkih z dvojnim dnom, so nameščeni zunaj strojnic kategorije A; | |
| .3.2 na sesalni cevi črpalke za gorivo mora biti priprava za merjenje temperature olja; | |
| .3.3 predvideti je treba zaporne ventile in/ali zasune na vhodni in izhodni strani filtrov za tekoče gorivo in | |
| .3.4 po možnosti se uporabijo cevni spoji varjene konstrukcije ali z okroglim konusnim prerezom ali krogelni zgibi. | |
| Vnetišče olj se določi po odobreni zaprti preskusni metodi. | |
| .2 Ukrepi za tekoče gorivo | |
| Na ladji, na kateri se uporablja tekoče gorivo, so ukrepi za uskladiščenje, razdelitev in uporabo tekočega goriva takšni, da ne ogrožajo varnosti ladje in ljudi na ladji, ter izpolnjujejo najmanj naslednje zahteve: | |
| .1.1 Če je izvedljivo, ni noben del sistema za tekoče gorivo, ki vsebuje segreto olje pod pritiskom nad 0,18 N/mm2 tako zakrit, da ne bi bilo mogoče takoj opaziti poškodb ali uhajanja. V območju takšnih delov sistema za tekoče gorivo je strojnica ustrezno razsvetljena. | |
| .1.2 S segretim oljem je mišljeno olje, katerega temperatura je po segrevanju višja od 60 °C ali višja od običajnega vnetišča, če je to nižje od 60 °C. | |
| .2 Strojnica je v vseh normalnih razmerah dovolj zračena, da se prepreči zbiranje oljnih par. | |
| .3 Če je izvedljivo, so rezervoarji za tekoče gorivo del ladijske strukture in so nameščeni zunaj strojnice. Če morajo biti rezervoarji za tekoče gorivo, razen rezervoarjev z dvojnim dnom, v strojnici ali na takem mestu, da mejijo na strojnico, je vsaj ena stranica rezervoarja ob mejah strojnice in ima po možnosti skupno mejo z rezervoarji z dvojnim dnom, površina skupne meje rezervoarja s strojnicami pa mora biti čim manjša. Če so rezervoarji znotraj meja strojnice, ne vsebujejo tekočega goriva z vnetiščem pod 60 °C. Izogibati se je treba uporabi prosto stoječih rezervoarjev za tekoče gorivo, v nobenem primeru pa ne smejo biti v strojnici. | |
| .4 Noben rezervoar za tekoče gorivo ni na mestu, na katerem utegne gorivo, ki uhaja iz rezervoarja, priti na segrete površine. Sprejmejo se ukrepi za preprečitev, da bi katero koli gorivo, ki utegne pod pritiskom iztekati iz katere koli črpalke, filtra ali grelnika, prišlo v stik s segretimi površinami. | |
| .5 Vsaka cev za tekoče gorivo, skozi katero bi v primeru poškodbe utegnilo iztekati gorivo iz rezervoarja za uskladiščenje ali iz usedlinskega ali dnevnega rezervoarja z zmogljivostjo 500 litrov ali več, postavljenega nad dvojnim dnom, se neposredno na rezervoarju opremi z zasunom ali ventilom, ki ga je mogoče zapreti z varnega mesta zunaj tega prostora, če pride do požara v prostoru, v katerem so takšni rezervoarji nameščeni. V posebnem primeru, ko so globoki rezervoarji postavljeni v katerem koli predoru osnega voda ali predoru za cevi ali v kakšnem podobnem prostoru, se vgradijo ventili na rezervoar, za nadzor v primeru požara pa se uporabijo dopolnilni ventili na cevi ali na ceveh zunaj predora ali podobnega prostora. Če je tak dopolnilni ventil nameščen v strojnici, ga je mogoče krmiliti zunaj tega prostora. | |
| Na ladjah, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, so krmilniki za daljinsko upravljanje ventila rezervoarja za zasilni generator ločeni od krmilnikov za daljinsko upravljanje drugih ventilov v strojnici. | |
| .6 Zagotovijo se zanesljive in učinkovite naprave za ugotavljanje količine tekočega goriva, ki je v rezervoarju za gorivo. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Sondne cevi se ne končajo v prostoru, v katerem bi lahko prišlo do vžiga ali iztekanja iz sondne cevi. Zlasti se ne končajo v prostorih za potnike ali posadko. Na splošno velja, da se sondne cevi ne končajo v strojnici. Če pa uprava države zastave meni, da so navedene zahteve neizvedljive, lahko dovoli, da se sondne cevi končajo v strojnici, pod pogojem, da so izpolnjene naslednje zahteve: | |
| .1.1 dodatno je treba predvideti merilnik nivoja olja, ki je v skladu z zahtevami pododstavka .2.6.2; | |
| .1.2 sondne cevi se končajo zunaj območja, kjer obstaja nevarnost vžiga, razen če niso sprejeti varnostni ukrepi, kot so namestitev učinkovitih prestrezal, ki preprečujejo, da bi v primeru izlitja tekočega goriva skozi konce sondnih cevi tekoče gorivo prišlo v stik z izvorom vžiga; | |
| .1.3 konci sondnih cevi so opremljeni s samozapornimi slepimi zapirali in samozapornimi regulacijskimi zasuni z majhnim premerom, nameščenimi pod slepo zapiralo, da se lahko, preden se slepo zapiralo odpre, preveri, ali tekoče gorivo ni prisotno. Zagotovi se, da morebitno uhajanje goriva skozi regulacijski zasun ne predstavlja nevarnosti vžiga. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .2 Druga sredstva za ugotavljanje količine tekočega goriva v rezervoarju se lahko dovolijo, če jih ni treba vstaviti pod vrh rezervoarja, kakor tiste iz pododstavka .2.6.1.1, in če njihova okvara ali prenapolnjenost rezervoarjev ne povzroči iztekanja goriva. | |
| .3 Naprave iz pododstavka .2.6.2 se vzdržujejo v neoporečnem stanju, da je zagotovljeno njihovo neprekinjeno brezhibno delovanje med obratovanjem. | |
| .7 Sprejmejo se ukrepi za preprečitev čezmernega pritiska v katerem koli rezervoarju za gorivo ali katerem koli delu sistema tekočega goriva, vključno s cevmi za polnjenje iz črpalk na krovu. Vsi izpustni ventili in oddušne ali prelivne cevi imajo izpuste na mestu, ki ne predstavlja nevarnosti za požar ali eksplozijo zaradi uhajanja olja in hlapov, in ne vodijo v prostore za posadko, potnike, pa tudi ne v prostore posebne kategorije, zaprte ro-ro prostore, strojnico ali podobne prostore na ladjah, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje. | |
| .8 Cevi za tekoče gorivo ter njihovi ventili in oprema so iz jekla ali drugega odobrenega materiala, dovoli pa se lahko omejena uporaba upogljivih cevi. Te upogljive cevi in končni priključki so iz odobrenih ognjeodpornih materialov ustrezne trdnosti. | |
| Za ventile, ki so nameščeni na rezervoarje za tekoče gorivo in so pod statičnim pritiskom, je dopuščeno jeklo ali nodularna železova litina. V cevovodih, v katerih je predviden tlak nižji od 7 barov in predvidena temperatura nižja od 60 °C, se lahko uporabijo navadni litoželezni ventili. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .9 Vse zunanje visokotlačne cevi za dovod goriva med visokotlačnimi črpalkami za gorivo in šobami za vbrizgavanje goriva so zaščitene z oplaščenim cevnim sistemom, ki lahko zadrži gorivo iz visokotlačne cevi v okvari. Oplaščena cev ima vgrajeno zunanjo cev, v katero je nameščena visokotlačna cev za gorivo, s katero skupaj tvorita stalni sestav. Oplaščen cevovod vključuje lovilec za uhajajoče gorivo, prav tako je treba predvideti alarmno napravo za primer okvare cevi za gorivo. | |
| .10 Vse površine s temperaturo nad 220 °C, ki so izpostavljene v primeru okvare sistema za gorivo, so ustrezno izolirane. | |
| .11 Cevi za tekoče gorivo imajo zaslon ali drugo ustrezno zaščito, da se po možnosti prepreči, da bi olje brizgnilo ali puščalo na vroče površine, v dotoke zraka v strojnico ali druge izvore vžiga. Število spojev v takih cevovodih je čim manjše. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| .12 Cevi za tekoče gorivo niso speljane tik nad enotami z visoko temperaturo, vključno s kotli, parnimi cevovodi, zbiralnimi cevmi izpuhov, izpušnimi lonci, ali drugo opremo, ki morajo biti izolirane, ali ob njih. Če je mogoče, so cevi za tekoče gorivo speljane daleč proč od vročih površin, električnih naprav ali drugih izvorov vžiga in morajo imeti zaslon ali drugo ustrezno zaščito za preprečitev brizga ali puščanja na izvor vžiga. Število spojev v takih cevovodih je čim manjše. | |
| .13 Pri konstrukciji sestavnih delov sistema za gorivo dizelskih motorjev se upošteva največji konični tlak, ki lahko nastane med obratovanjem, vključno s sunki visokega tlaka, ki nastanejo zaradi delovanja črpalke za vbrizgavanje goriva in se prenašajo nazaj v cevi za dovod goriva ali prelivne cevi. Priključki na ceveh za dovod goriva in na prelivnih ceveh so izvedeni tako, da ne more priti do puščanja olja pod pritiskom med obratovanjem ali po vzdrževanju. | |
| .14 Pri napravah z več motorji, ki dobivajo gorivo iz enega samega vira, se predvidi izolacija dovodnih cevi za gorivo in prelivnih cevi do posameznih motorjev. Sredstvo za izolacijo ne vpliva na delovanje drugih motorjev in omogoča upravljanje z mesta, ki ga ogenj na drugih motorjih ne more doseči. | |
| .15 Če uprava države zastave dovoli, da so olje in druge vnetljive tekočine speljani skozi bivalne in delovne prostore, so cevi, po katerih se pretaka olje ali druge vnetljive snovi, iz materiala, ki ga ob upoštevanju nevarnosti požara odobri uprava. | |
| .16 Obstoječe ladje razreda B izpolnijo zahteve odstavkov od .2.9 do .2.11 najpozneje do 1. julija 2003, razen če se za motorje z močjo 375 kW ali manj, ki imajo črpalke za vbrizgavanje goriva za več kakor eno brizgalno šobo, namesto oplaščenih cevovodov iz odstavka .2.9 uporabi ustrezna zaščita. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .3 Ukrepi za mazalno olje | |
| Ukrepi za skladiščenje, dovajanje in uporabo olja, ki se uporablja v sistemih za mazanje pod pritiskom, so takšni, da ne ogrožajo varnosti ladje in ljudi na ladji, in takšni ukrepi v strojnici izpolnjujejo najmanj določbe iz pododstavkov .2.1, .2.4, .2.5, .2.6, .2.7, .2.8, .2.10 in .2.11, razen če: | |
| .1 to ne izključuje uporabe okenc za nadzor pretoka v sistemih za mazanje, če imajo s preizkusom dokazano ustrezno stopnjo požarne odpornosti. Če se uporabljajo okenca za nadzor pretoka, se zagotovi cev z ventili na obeh koncih. Ventil na spodnjem koncu cevi je samozaporni; | |
| .2 se v strojnici dovoli uporaba sondnih cevi; zahtev iz odstavkov .2.6.1.1 in .2.6.1.3 ni treba uporabiti, če so sondne cevi opremljene z ustreznimi pripomočki za zapiranje. | |
| Pri ladjah, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, veljajo določbe odstavka 10.2.5 tudi za rezervoarje za mazalna olja, razen tistih, ki imajo prostornino manjšo od 500 litrov, rezervoarje za skladiščenje, pri katerih so med normalnim obratovanjem ladje ventili zaprti, ali za katere je določeno, da bi nenamerno aktiviranje ventila za hitro zapiranje ogrozilo varno delovanje glavnega pogona in nujnih pomožnih strojev. | |
| .4 Ukrepi za druga vnetljiva olja | |
| Ukrepi za uskladiščenje, dovajanje in uporabo drugih vnetljivih olj, ki se pod pritiskom uporabljajo v sistemih za prenos moči, sistemih za krmiljenje in aktiviranje ter sistemih za ogrevanje, so takšni, da zagotavljajo varnost ladje in ljudi na ladji. Na mestih, na katerih obstaja možnost vžiga, so takšni ukrepi skladni najmanj z določbami pododstavkov .2.4, .2.6, .2.10 in .2.11 ter določbami pododstavkov .2.7 in .2.8 glede trdnosti in konstrukcije. | |
| .5 Strojnice, ki so občasno brez posadke | |
| Poleg zahtev določb 1 do 4 sistemi tekočega goriva in mazalnega olja izpolnjujejo še naslednje zahteve: | |
| .1 če se rezervoarji tekočega goriva za dnevno uporabo polnijo samodejno ali z daljinskim upravljanjem, se zagotovijo sredstva za preprečevanje prelivanja. Druga oprema, pri kateri se samodejno uporabljajo vnetljive tekočine, npr. čistilniki olja, ki so po možnosti nameščeni v posebnem prostoru za čistilnike in njihove grelce, vsebuje naprave za preprečevanje prelivanja; | |
| .2 če so rezervoarji tekočega goriva za dnevno uporabo ali za usedanje opremljeni z grelnimi napravami, se zagotovi alarmna naprava za visoko temperaturo, če se lahko vnetišče tekočega goriva preseže. | |
| .6 Prepoved prevoza rezervoarjev za vnetljiva olja v sprednjem ali zadnjem podpalubju | |
| Tekoče gorivo, mazalno olje in druga vnetljiva olja se ne prevažajo v rezervoarjih v sprednjem ali zadnjem podpalubju. | |
| 11 Gasilska oprema (pravilo 17) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Gasilsko opremo sestavlja: | |
| .1.1 Osebna oprema: | |
| .1 zaščitna obleka iz materiala, ki varuje kožo pred toploto, ki jo širi požar, pa tudi pred opeklinami in oparinami zaradi pare. Zunanje površine so vodoodporne; | |
| .2 škornji in rokavice iz gume ali drugega materiala, ki ne prevaja električnega toka; | |
| .3 trdna čelada, ki zagotavlja učinkovito zaščito pred udarci; | |
| .4 električna varnostna svetilka (ročna), ki je odobrenega tipa in sveti najmanj tri ure; | |
| .5 gasilska sekira. | |
| .1.2 Odobreni dihalni aparat, ki ga sestavlja samostojni dihalni aparat na stisnjen zrak (SCBA), katerega prostornina zraka v jeklenkah je najmanj 1200 litrov, ali drug samostojni dihalni aparat, ki je sposoben delovati vsaj 30 minut. Vsak samostojni dihalni aparat na stisnjen zrak je opremljen s popolnoma napolnjenimi rezervnimi jeklenkami, katerih rezervna kapaciteta je najmanj 2400 litrov prostega zraka, razen: | |
| (i) če ima ladja pet ali več samostojnih dihalnih aparatov, ni potrebno, da skupna rezervna kapaciteta prostega zraka presega 9600 litrov; ali | |
| (ii) če je ladja opremljena s sredstvom za ponovno polnjenje jeklenk s polnim tlakom z zrakom, ki je nekontaminiran, je rezervna kapaciteta polnih rezervnih jeklenk vsakega samostojnega dihalnega aparata najmanj 1200 litrov prostega zraka, za skupno rezervno kapaciteto prostega zraka na ladji pa se ne zahteva, da presega 4800 litrov prostega zraka. | |
| Vse jeklenke za zrak za samostojne dihalne aparate so med seboj izmenljive. | |
| .2 Vsak dihalni aparat ima ognjeodporno rešilno vrv, dovolj dolgo in trdno, da se lahko s kavljem pripne na ogrodje aparata ali na poseben pas, da se dihalni aparat pri uporabi rešilne vrvi ne bi snel. | |
| .3 Nove ladje razreda B in obstoječe ladje razreda B, dolge 24 metrov ali več, in vse nove ladje razreda C in D, dolge 40 metrov in več, imajo najmanj dve gasilski opremi. | |
| .1 Na ladjah, dolgih 60 metrov in več, če je skupna dolžina prostorov za potnike in delovnih prostorov na krovu, na katerem so ti prostori, večja od 80 metrov ali če je takih krovov več, se na krovu, ki ima največjo skupno dolžino, za vsakih 80 metrov dolžine dodatno zagotovita dva kompleta gasilske opreme in dva kompleta osebne opreme. | |
| Na ladjah, ki prevažajo več kakor 36 potnikov, se za vsako glavno navpično cono zagotovita dve dodatni gasilski opremi, razen za zaprta stopnišča, ki tvorijo posamezne glavne navpične cone, in za glavne navpične cone omejene dolžine po vsej dolžini ladje, ki ne vsebujejo strojnic in glavnih kuhinj. | |
| .2 Na ladjah, dolgih 40 metrov in več, vendar manj kakor 60 metrov, je treba zagotoviti dva kompleta gasilske opreme. | |
| .3 Na novih ladjah razreda B in obstoječih ladjah razreda B, dolgih 24 metrov in več, vendar manj kakor 40 metrov, je treba prav tako zagotoviti dva kompleta gasilske opreme, vendar s samo eno rezervno polnitvijo za samostojne dihalne aparate. | |
| .4 Na novih in obstoječih ladjah razreda B z dolžino, manjšo od 24 metrov, ter na novih ladjah razreda C in D z dolgino, manjšo od 40 metrov, gasilska oprema ni potrebna. | |
| .5 Gasilska oprema in kompleti osebne opreme so shranjeni tako, da so preprosto dostopni in pripravljeni za takojšnjo uporabo, če pa je na krovu več kakor ena gasilska oprema ali če je več kakor en komplet osebne opreme, morajo biti shranjeni na mestih, ki so med seboj zelo oddaljeni. Na vsakem takem mestu je na voljo vsaj ena gasilska oprema in en komplet osebne opreme. | |
| 12 Razno (pravilo 18) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Če so pregrade razreda "A" prebite za napeljavo električnih kablov, cevi, rovov, vodov itd. za trame, prečne vezi ali druge strukturne elemente, se, če je smiselno in izvedljivo, sprejmejo potrebni ukrepi, da požarna odpornost ni zmanjšana. | |
| Pri ladjah, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, ki imajo prebite pregrade razreda "A", so te odprtine preskušene v skladu s Kodeksom postopkov za preskus gorenja za zagotovitev, da požarna odpornost ni zmanjšana. | |
| Za ventilacijske vode veljajo pravila II-2/B/9.2.2b in II-2/B/9.3. | |
| Če so preboji za cevi iz jekla ali enakovrednega materiala debeline 3 mm ali več in dolgi najmanj 900 mm (najbolje 450 mm na vsaki strani pregrade) ter so brez odprtin, preskus ni potreben. | |
| Pri takih prebojih se ustrezno poveča izolacija na istem nivoju pregrade. | |
| .2 Če so pregrade razreda "B" prebite za napeljavo električnih kablov, cevi, rovov, vodov itd. za ventilacijske priključke, svetlobna telesa in podobne naprave, se, če je smiselno in izvedljivo, sprejmejo potrebni ukrepi, da požarna odpornost ni zmanjšana. Pri ladjah, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje se za take preboje sprejmejo potrebni ukrepi, da požarna odpornost pregrad ni zmanjšana. | |
| Cevi, ki so speljane skozi pregrade razreda ‚B‘ in niso iz jekla ali bakra, so zaščitene bodisi: | |
| .1 s požarno preskušeno napravo za prebijanje, primerno za požarno odpornost predrte pregrade in vrsto uporabljene cevi; bodisi | |
| .2 z jekleno pušo, debelo najmanj 1,8 mm in dolgo najmanj 900 mm za cevi premera 150 mm in več, ter najmanj 600 mm za cevi premera 150 mm in manj (najbolje, da je dolžina puše na vsaki strani pregrade enaka). | |
| Cev je na konce puše pritrjena s prirobnicami ali obojkami, ali reža med pušo in cevjo ne sme biti večja od 2,5 mm, ali je vsaka rega med cevjo in pušo zatesnjena z negorljivim ali drugim ustreznim materialom. | |
| .3 Cevi, ki so speljane skozi pregrade razreda "A" ali "B", so iz odobrenih materialov, ob upoštevanju temperature, ki jo morajo pregrade zdržati. | |
| Na ladjah, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, so neizolirane kovinske cevi, ki so speljane skozi pregrade razreda "A" ali "B", iz materiala, katerega tališče presega 950 °C pri pregradah razreda "A-0" in 850 °C pri pregradah razreda "B-0". | |
| .4 V bivalnih prostorih, delovnih prostorih in kontrolnih postajah so cevi za olje ali druge vnetljive tekočine iz ustreznega materiala in konstrukcije, primerne za požarno ogroženost. | |
| .5 Materiali, občutljivi na toploto, se ne uporabljajo za odtoke, izlivanje odplak in druge odprtine, ki so v bližini vodne črte in pri katerih bi okvara materiala v primeru požara pomenila nevarnost poplave. | |
| .6 Električni radiatorji, če se uporabljajo, so pritrjeni in izdelani tako, da je požarna ogroženost minimalna. Noben radiator nima pritrjenih delov tako izpostavljenih, da bi se lahko obleka, zavese ali drugi podobni materiali zaradi toplote teh delov ožgali ali zagoreli. | |
| .7 Vse posode za odpadke so izdelane iz negorljivega materiala in na straneh ali dnu nimajo odprtin. | |
| .8 V prostorih, v katerih je mogoče pronicanje olj, je površina izolacije neprepustna za olje ali oljne hlape. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: Na mestih, na katerih lahko pride do vdora olja ali oljne pare, npr. v strojnici kategorije A, je površina izolacijskega materiala neprepustna za olje in oljne hlape. Če je obloga iz neperforirane jeklene plošče ali drugega negorljivega materiala (ne iz aluminija) in je to zadnja fizična površina, je lahko obloga zvarjena, zakovičena itd. | |
| .9 Prostori za barve in vnetljive tekočine se zaščitijo z odobreno napravo za gašenje, ki posadki omogoča, da pogasi požar, ne da bi bilo treba vstopiti v prostor. | |
| Na ladjah, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje: | |
| .1 Prostori za barve imajo naslednjo zaščito: | |
| .1.1 sistem za gašenje na ogljikov dioksid, katerega prostornina prostega plina je najmanj 40 % bruto prostornine zaščitenega prostora; | |
| .1.2 sistem za gašenje na suh prah, katerega zmogljivost je najmanj 0,5 kg prahu/m3; | |
| .1.3 sistem za brizganje vode ali sistem protipožarnih brizgalk z zmogljivostjo najmanj 5 litrov/m2. Sistemi za brizganje vode so lahko priključeni na glavni požarni vod na ladji; ali | |
| .1.4 sistem, ki zagotavlja enakovredno zaščito, kakor jo določi uprava države zastave. | |
| V vsakem primeru je mogoče sistem upravljati zunaj zaščitenega prostora. | |
| .2 Prostori za vnetljive tekočine so zaščiteni z ustrezno napravo za gašenje požara, ki jo odobri uprava države zastave. | |
| .3 Pri prostorih, katerih površina na palubi ne presega 4 m2 in iz katerih ni dostopa do bivalnih prostorov, se namesto vgrajenih sistemov lahko dovoli prenosni gasilni aparat na ogljikov dioksid, ki je take velikosti, da zagotavlja prostornino prostega plina, ki znaša najmanj 40 % bruto prostornine prostora. | |
| V prostoru je odprtina, ki omogoča, da se gasilni aparat napolni, ne da bi bilo treba vstopiti v zaščiteni prostor. Zahtevani prenosni gasilni aparat je shranjen ob tej odprtini. Lahko je zagotovljena tudi odprtina ali cevni priključek za lažjo uporabo vode iz glavnega požarnega voda. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA A, B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .10 Naprave za cvrtje, kuhanje in praženje: | |
| Če so naprave za cvrtje, kuhanje in praženje nameščene ali se uporabljajo v prostorih zunaj glavne kuhinje, zaradi posebne požarne ogroženosti, ki je povezana z uporabo tovrstne opreme, uprava države zastave lahko zahteva dodatne varnostne ukrepe. | |
| Na ladjah, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, imajo naprave za cvrtje naslednjo opremo: | |
| .1 avtomatski ali ročni sistem za gašenje, preskušen po mednarodnem standardu v skladu s Publikacijo ISO 15371:2000 o sistemih za gašenje požara v kuhinjah s kadmi za cvrtje; | |
| .2 osnovni in rezervni termostat z alarmno napravo, ki delavca opozori, če pride do okvare enega od termostatov; | |
| .3 naprave za avtomatski izklop električne energije, kadar se sproži sistem za gašenje požara; | |
| .4 alarmno napravo, ki opozarja na delovanje sistema za gašenje v kuhinji, v kateri je nameščena oprema; in | |
| .5 krmilniki za ročno upravljanje sistema za gašenje, ki morajo biti jasno označeni, da jih lahko posadka takoj uporabi. | |
| Pri ladjah, izdelanih pred 1. januarjem 2003, nove naprave za cvrtje izpolnjujejo zahteve tega odstavka. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D:. | |
| .11 Toplotni mostovi: | |
| Pri izvajanju protipožarnih ukrepov uprava države zastave stori vse potrebno za preprečitev prehajanja toplote preko toplotnih mostov, npr. med krovi in pregradami. | |
| Na ladjah, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, je na krovu ali pregradi prek odprtin, stičišč ali zaključnih mest pri jeklenih ali aluminijastih strukturah izvedena izolacija na razdalji najmanj 450 mm. Če prostor deli krov ali pregrada, ki je v skladu s standardom razreda "A" in ima različno stopnjo izolacije, se izolacija višje stopnje nadaljuje po krovu ali pregradi z izolacijo nižje stopnje vsaj 450 mm. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA A, B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B:. | |
| .12 Posode za plin pod pritiskom: | |
| Vse prenosne posode za pline, stisnjene, utekočinjene ali razbite pod pritiskom, ki lahko povečajo morebitni požar, se takoj po uporabi umaknejo v ustrezen prostor nad pregradnim krovom, s katerega je neposreden dostop na odkriti krov. | |
| 13 Načrti gašenja (pravilo 20) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Na vseh ladjah so kot smernice ladijskim oficirjem stalno izobešeni splošni pregledni načrti, ki za vsak krov jasno kažejo kontrolne postaje, različne požarne oddelke, ograjene s pregradami razreda "A", oddelke, ograjene s pregradami razreda "B", skupaj s podrobnimi podatki o sistemih za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm, o brizgalni napravi, o sredstvih za gašenje požara, o sredstvih za dostop do različnih oddelkov, krovov itd., prezračevalne sisteme, vključno s podrobnimi podatki o mestu naprave za kontrolo ventilatorjev, o mestu regulacijskih žaluzij in številkami za identifikacijo ventilatorjev za posamezne oddelke. Namesto tega so lahko prej navedeni podatki povzeti v knjižici, katere en izvod dobi vsak oficir, en izvod pa je na ladji vedno na voljo na dostopnem mestu. Načrti in knjižice se obnavljajo in vse spremembe se vanje vpisujejo čim prej. Opisi v takšnih načrtih in knjižicah so napisani v uradnem jeziku države zastave. Če ta jezik ni niti angleški niti francoski, so ti opisi prevedeni v enega od teh dveh jezikov. Če ladja opravlja potovanje po teritorialnem morju druge države članice, je priložen prevod v uradni jezik navedene države gostiteljice, če ta jezik ni angleški ali francoski. | |
| Pri novih ladjah razreda B, C in D, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, so podatki v zahtevanih načrtih požarnega varstva in knjižicah ter grafični simboli, ki se uporabljajo v načrtih požarnega varstva, v skladu z Resolucijama MSC A.756(18) in A.654(16). | |
| .2 Na vseh ladjah, dolžine 24 metrov in več, je za pomoč gasilcem s kopnega na zavarovanem, vidno označenem, proti vremenu odpornem mestu zunaj stavbe na krovu stalno shranjen en izvod načrtov požarnega varstva ali knjižice, ki vsebuje te načrte. | |
| 14 Pripravljenost za uporabo in vzdrževanje | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Splošne zahteve | |
| Ves čas obratovanja ladje se sistemi za požarno zaščito ter sistemi in pripomočki za gašenje požara vzdržujejo v stanju, ki omogoča takojšnjo uporabo. | |
| Ladja ni v obratovanju, če: | |
| .1 je v popravilu ali v doku (zasidrana ali v pristanišču) ali v suhem doku; | |
| .2 jo lastnik ali predstavnik lastnika razglasi, da ni v obratovanju; ali | |
| .3 na ladji ni potnikov. | |
| Naslednje naprave za protipožarno zaščito se ohranjajo v stanju, ki zagotavlja zahtevano učinkovitost ob požaru: | |
| .1.1 Pripravljenost za uporabo | |
| .1 strukturna protipožarna zaščita, vključno z ognjeodpornimi pregradami ter zaščito odprtin in prebojev v teh pregradah; | |
| .2 sistemi za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm; in | |
| .3 sistemi ter naprave poti in izhodov v sili. | |
| Gasilni sistemi in naprave se vzdržujejo v dobrem stanju in so pripravljeni za takojšnjo uporabo. Prenosni gasilni aparati, ki so bili izpraznjeni, se takoj napolnijo ali nadomestijo z enakovredno napravo. | |
| .1.2 Vzdrževanje, preskušanje in pregledi | |
| Vzdrževanje, preskušanje in pregledi se izvajajo po smernicah, ki jih je razvila IMO in na način, ki zagotavlja zanesljivost gasilnih sistemov in naprav. | |
| Načrt vzdrževanja se hrani na krovu ladje in je na voljo za preglede, kadar koli to zahteva država zastave. | |
| Načrt vzdrževanja vsebuje vsaj naslednje sisteme in naprave za protipožarno zaščito in za gašenje požara, če so ti nameščeni: | |
| .1 glavne požarne vode, požarne črpalke in hidrante, vključno s cevmi in šobami; | |
| .2 vgrajene sisteme za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm; | |
| .3 vgrajene sisteme za gašenje požara in druge naprave za gašenje požara; | |
| .4 avtomatske sisteme protipožarnih brizgalk ter sisteme za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm; | |
| .5 prezračevalne naprave, vključno z dušilci ognja in protidimnimi zapirali, ventilatorji in njihovimi krmilniki; | |
| .6 zasilni izklop dovoda goriva; | |
| .7 požarna vrata in njihove krmilnike; | |
| .8 alarmne sisteme v primeru splošne nevarnosti; | |
| .9 dihalne naprave na zasilnem izhodu; | |
| .10 prenosne aparate za gašenje požara, vključno z rezervnimi polnitvami; in | |
| .11 gasilsko opremo. | |
| Načrt vzdrževanja je lahko računalniško podprt. | |
| .2 Dodatne zahteve | |
| Za nove ladje razreda B, C in D, izdelane 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, ki prevažajo več kakor 36 potnikov, se poleg načrta vzdrževanja, navedenega v odstavku .1.2., izdela načrt vzdrževanja osvetlitve za nizke prostore in sistema za obveščanje potnikov. | |
| 15 Navodila, usposabljanje in vaje na krovu | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE: | |
| .1 Navodila, dolžnosti in organizacija | |
| .1 Člani posadke prejmejo navodila o požarnem varstvu na ladji. | |
| .2 Člani posadke prejmejo navodila o dodeljenih dolžnostih. | |
| .3 Organizirane so skupine, odgovorne za gašenje požara. Te skupine so sposobne izpolnjevati svoje dolžnosti ves čas obratovanja ladje. | |
| .2 Usposabljanje in vaje na krovu | |
| .1 Člani posadke se usposabljajo, da se seznanijo z napravami ladje, pa tudi z lokacijo in delovanjem vseh gasilnih sistemov in naprav na ladji, ki bi jih utegnili uporabljati. | |
| .2 Usposabljanje za uporabo dihalnih naprav ob zasilnem izhodu se šteje za del usposabljanja na krovu. | |
| .3 Izpolnjevanje dolžnosti, ki so dodeljene članom posadke v zvezi s požarnim varstvom, se redno ocenjuje z usposabljanjem in vajami na krovu, da se določijo področja, ki jih je treba izpopolniti, ter se tako ohrani sposobnost za požarno obrambo in zagotovi pripravljenost protipožarne organizacije. | |
| .4 Usposabljanje na krovu o uporabi sistemov in naprav za gašenje požara na ladji se načrtuje in izvaja v skladu z določbami pravila III/19.4.1 Konvencije SOLAS 1974, kakor je bila spremenjena. | |
| .5 Protipožarne vaje se izvajajo in beležijo v skladu z določbami pravil III/19.3.4, III/19.5 in III/30 Konvencije SOLAS 1974, kakor je bila spremenjena. | |
| .3 Priročniki za usposabljanje | |
| V vsaki jedilnici za posadko, rekreacijskem prostoru ali vsaki kabini za posadko je na voljo priročnik za usposabljanje. Priročnik za usposabljanje je napisan v delovnem jeziku ladje. Priročnik za usposabljanje, ki lahko zajema več posameznih zvezkov, vsebuje v tem odstavku določena navodila in informacije, napisana v preprosto razumljivem jeziku in po možnosti opremljena z ilustracijami. Kateri koli del teh informacij je lahko namesto v priročniku na voljo v avdiovizualni obliki. Priročnik za usposabljanje vsebuje podrobno obrazložitev: | |
| .1 splošne protipožarne prakse in varnostnih ukrepov, povezanih z nevarnostjo, ki jo povzročajo kajenje, električni tok, vnetljive tekočine, in podobnimi splošnimi nevarnostmi na ladji; | |
| .2 splošnih navodil za gasilne dejavnosti in gasilne postopke, vključno s postopki za obveščanje o požaru in uporabo ročnih klicnih točk; | |
| .3 pomena ladijskih alarmov; | |
| .4 delovanje ter uporaba sistemov in naprav za gašenje požara; | |
| .5 delovanja in uporabe požarnih vrat; | |
| .6 delovanja in uporabe dušilcev ognja in protidimnih zapiral; in; | |
| .7 sistemov in naprav za zapuščanje prostorov. | |
| .4 Načrti požarnega varstva | |
| Načrti požarnega varstva morajo izpolnjevati zahteve pravila II-2/A-13. | |
| 16. Postopki | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C, D IN OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Na ladji se predvidijo operativne knjižice, v katerih so informacije in navodila za pravilno ravnanje z ladjo in tovorom v zvezi s požarno varnostjo. | |
| .2 Zahtevana operativna knjižica o požarni varnosti vsebuje potrebne informacije in navodila za varno upravljanje ladje in postopke za ravnanje s tovorom v zvezi s požarno varnostjo. Knjižica vsebuje podatke o odgovornosti posadke za splošno požarno varnost na ladji med natovarjanjem in raztovarjanjem tovora ter med plovbo. Pri ladjah, ki prevažajo nevarne snovi, knjižica o požarni varnosti vsebuje napotila na ustrezna navodila za gašenje požara in ravnanje s tovorom v primeru nevarnosti, ki jih vsebuje Mednarodni kodeks za pomorski prevoz nevarnih snovi. | |
| .3 Operativna knjižica o požarni varnosti je napisana v delovnem jeziku ladje. | |
| .4 Operativna knjižica o požarni varnosti je lahko združena s priročniki za usposabljanje, zahtevanimi v pravilu II-2/A/15.3. | |
| DEL B | |
| PROTIPOŽARNI VARNOSTNI UKREPI | |
| 1 Struktura (pravilo 23) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Trup, nadgradnje, strukturne pregrade, krovi in krovne hišice so zgrajene iz jekla ali iz drugega enakovrednega materiala. Za uporabo opredelitve za jeklo ali drug enakovredni material, kakor je navedeno v pravilu II-2/A/2.7, je <>ustrezna izpostavljenost ognju<> v skladu s standardi za protipožarno celovitost in stopnjo izolacije, navedenih v tabelah pravil 4 in 5. Na primer, če je za pregrade, kot so krovi ali boki ladje in stranice stavb na krovu, dovoljena protipožarna celovitost "B-0", mora "ustrezna izpostavljenost ognju" trajati pol ure. | |
| .2 Če je kateri koli del strukture iz aluminijeve zlitine, se uporablja naslednje: | |
| .1 Izolacija delov iz aluminijeve zlitine v pregradah razreda "A" ali "B", razen strukture, ki ni obremenjena, je takšna, da temperatura strukturnega jedra ne poraste več kakor 200 °C nad temperaturo okolja kadar koli med ustrezno izpostavljenostjo ognju v standardnem požarnem preskusu. | |
| .2 Posebna pozornost se posveti izolaciji delov iz aluminijevih zlitin, kot so stebri, oporniki in drugi strukturni deli, ki podpirajo območja, na katerih so in s katerih se spuščajo in vkrcavajo rešilni čolni in splavi, ter pregrade razreda "A" in "B", da bi zagotovili: | |
| .1 da za dele, ki podpirajo območja rešilnih čolnov in splavov ter pregrade razreda "A" velja omejitev glede porasta temperature, določene v odstavku .2.1 po eni uri; in | |
| .2 da za takšne dele, ki podpirajo površino rešilnega čolna in splava ter pregrade razreda "B" velja omejitev glede porasta temperature, določene v odstavku .2.1 po pol ure. | |
| .3 Svetline in žrela strojnic imajo ustrezno jekleno konstrukcijo in izolacijo, morebitne odprtine v njih pa so ustrezno nameščene in zavarovane, da se prepreči širjenje požara. | |
| 2 Glavne navpične in vodoravne cone (pravilo 24) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1.1 Na ladjah za prevoz več kakor 36 potnikov so trup, nadgradnje in krovne hišice razdeljeni na glavne navpične cone s pregradami razreda "A-60". | |
| Stopnic in vdolbin je čim manj, kjer pa so potrebne, njihova izvedba ustreza pregradam razreda A-60. | |
| Če je prostor na odprtem krovu, sanitarni ali podoben prostor, rezervoar, vključno z rezervoarjem za tekoče gorivo, praznim prostorom ali pomožno strojnico z majhno nevarnostjo ali brez nevarnosti požara, na eni strani ali če so rezervoarji za tekoče gorivo na obeh straneh pregrade, se standard lahko zmanjša na A-0. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1.2 Pri novih ladjah razreda B, C in D za prevoz več kakor 36 potnikov in pri obstoječih ladjah razreda B za prevoz več kakor 36 potnikov so trup, nadgradnje in krovne hišice na območju bivalnih in delovnih prostorov razdeljeni na več navpičnih con s pregradami razreda "A". Izolacijska stopnja teh pregrad je v skladu s tabelami pravila 5. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .2 Če je izvedljivo, so pregrade, ki tvorijo pregrade glavnih navpičnih con nad pregradnim krovom, v isti ravnini z neprepustnimi pregradami, ki so postavljene neposredno pod pregradnim krovom. Dolžina in širina glavnih navpičnih con je lahko največ 48 metrov, da se konci glavnih navpičnih con skladajo z neprepustnimi pregradami ali da se zagotovi velik javni prostor, ki sega preko cele dolžine glavne navpične cone, če skupna površina glavne navpične cone na nobenem krovu ne presega 1600 m2. Dolžina ali širina glavne navpične cone je največja razdalja med najbolj oddaljenimi točkami pregrad, ki jo omejujejo. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B ZA PREVOZ VEČ KAKOR 36 POTNIKOV: | |
| .3 Takšne pregrade segajo od krova do krova ter do zunanje oplate ali drugih omejitev. | |
| .4 Če je glavna navpična cona razdeljena z vodoravnimi pregradami razreda "A" v vodoravne cone, da se naredi ustrezna ločitev med conami, v katerih je vgrajena brizgalna naprava, in conami, v katerih je ni, pregrade segajo med sosednje pregrade glavne navpične cone in do zunanje oplate ali zunanjih omejitev ladje ter se izolirajo v skladu z vrednostmi za protipožarno izolacijo in protipožarno celovitost, ki so navedene v tabeli 4.2 za nove ladje, ki prevažajo več kakor 36 potnikov, ali v tabeli 5.2 za nove ladje, ki prevažajo manj kakor 36 potnikov, ter obstoječe ladje razreda B za prevoz več kakor 36 potnikov. | |
| .5 .1 Na ladjah s posebnim namenom, kot na primer za prevoz avtomobilov ali železniških vagonov, na katerih bi vgraditev glavnih navpičnih con onemogočila uporabo ladje za določene namene, se lahko enakovredna zaščita doseže z razdelitvijo prostora na vodoravne cone. | |
| .2 Na ladji s prostori posebne kategorije pa je vsak takšen prostor v skladu z ustreznimi določbami pravila II-2/B/14 in če skladnost z določbami ni v nasprotju z drugimi zahtevami tega dela, prevladajo zahteve pravila II-2/B/14. | |
| 3 Pregrade znotraj glavne navpične cone (pravilo 25) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D ZA PREVOZ VEČ KAKOR 36 POTNIKOV: | |
| .1.1 Pri novih ladjah za prevoz več kakor 36 potnikov so vse pregrade, za katere ni potrebno, da bi bile pregrade razreda "A", vsaj pregrade razreda "B" ali "C", kakor je to predpisano v tabelah pravila 4. Vse te pregrade lahko pridejo v stik z gorljivimi materiali v skladu z določbami pravila 11. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D ZA PREVOZ MANJ KAKOR 36 POTNIKOV IN OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B ZA PREVOZ VEČ KAKOR 36 POTNIKOV: | |
| .1.2 Na novih ladjah za prevoz manj kakor 36 potnikov in obstoječih ladjah razreda B za prevoz več kakor 36 potnikov so vse pregrade znotraj bivalnih in delovnih prostorov, za katere ni potrebno, da bi bile pregrade razreda "A", vsaj pregrade razreda "B" ali "C", kakor je to predpisano v tabelah pravila 5. | |
| Te pregrade lahko pridejo v stik z gorljivimi materiali v skladu z določbami pravila 11. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .2 Na novih ladjah razreda B, C in D za prevoz manj kakor 36 potnikov in na obstoječih ladjah razreda B za prevoz več kakor 36 potnikov so vse pregrade hodnikov, za katere ni potrebno, da bi bile pregrade razreda "A", vsaj pregrade razreda "B" in segajo od krova do krova, razen: | |
| .1 če so neprekinjeni stropi in obloge razreda "B" vgrajeni na obeh straneh pregrade, je del pregrade za neprekinjenimi stropi ali oblogami iz materiala, ki je po svoji debelini in sestavi sprejemljiv za konstrukcijo pregrad razreda "B", vendar mora izpolnjevati standarde celovitosti razreda "B" le, če je primerno in izvedljivo; | |
| .2 če je ladja zavarovana z enim avtomatskim sistemom brizgalk, ki je v skladu z določbami pravila II-2/A/8, lahko pregrade hodnikov iz materialov razreda "B" segajo do stropa v hodniku, če je ta strop iz materiala, ki je po svoji sestavi in debelini sprejemljiv za konstrukcijo pregrad razreda "B". | |
| Kljub zahtevam pravila 4 in 5 so takšne pregrade in stropi v skladu s standardom celovitosti razreda "B" le, če je to primerno in izvedljivo. Vsa vrata in okviri na teh pregradah so iz negorljivega materiala ter konstruirani in postavljeni tako, da zagotavljajo dovolj visoko stopnjo požarne odpornosti. | |
| .3 Vse pregrade, ki morajo biti pregrade razreda "B", razen pregrad hodnikov iz odstavka .2, morajo segati od krova do krova in do zunanje oplate ali drugih pregrad, razen če imajo vgrajeni neprekinjeni stropi ali obloge razreda "B" na obeh straneh pregrade vsaj takšno požarno odpornost, kakor jo ima pregrada, ki v tem primeru lahko sega le do neprekinjenega stropa ali obloge. | |
| 4 Protipožarna celovitost pregrad in krovov na novih ladjah za prevoz več kakor 36 potnikov (pravilo 26) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 najmanjša zahtevana protipožarna celovitost pregrad in krovov ne izpolnjuje samo posebnih določb za protipožarno celovitost pregrad in krovov, ki so navedene v drugih pravilih tega dela, ampak tudi zahteve iz tabel 4.1 in 4.2. | |
| .2 Pri uporabi tabel veljajo naslednje zahteve: | |
| .1 Tabela 4.1 se uporablja za pregrade, ki ne omejujejo niti glavnih navpičnih con niti vodoravnih con. | |
| Tabela 4.2 se uporablja za krove, ki ne tvorijo stopnic v glavnih navpičnih conah in ne omejujejo vodoravnih con. | |
| .2 Za določitev ustreznih standardov protipožarne celovitosti, ki bodo uporabljali za omejitve med sosednjimi prostori, so taki prostori glede na nevarnost požara razvrščeni v 14 kategorij. Če sta vsebina in uporaba prostora takšni, da obstaja dvom glede razvrstitve za namen tega pravila, se zanje uporabijo najstrožje zahteve znotraj ustrezne kategorije. Naslov vsake kategorije naj bi bil bolj tipičen kakor omejevalen. Številka v oklepaju pred kategorijo se nanaša na ustrezni stolpec ali vrstico v tabeli. | |
| (1) Kontrolne postaje: | |
| - prostori z zasilnimi viri električne energije in razsvetljave, | |
| - krmarnica in navigacijska kabina, | |
| - prostori, v katerih je ladijska radijska oprema, | |
| - prostori za gašenje požara, sobe za nadzor požara in postaje za registriranje požara, | |
| - kontrolni prostor za pogonske stroje, če je zunaj prostora s pogonskimi stroji, | |
| - prostori s centralno opremo za požarni alarm, | |
| - prostori, v katerih so centralne postaje in oprema sistema za obveščanje potnikov za primere v sili. | |
| (2) Stopnišča: | |
| - notranja stopnišča, dvigala in premične stopnice (razen tiste, ki so v celoti v strojnici) za potnike in posadko ter pripadajoči rovi; | |
| - v tej povezavi se stopnišče, ki je zaprto samo v eni ravnini, šteje za del prostora, od katerega ni ločeno s požarnimi vrati. | |
| (3) Hodniki: | |
| - hodniki za potnike in posadko. | |
| (4) Evakuacijske postaje in zunanji zasilni izhodi: | |
| - prostor za hrambo reševalnih plovil, | |
| - prostori na odkritem krovu in pokriti sprehajalni krovi, namenjeni tudi za vkrcavanje v rešilne čolne in splave ter njihovo spuščanje, | |
| - zbirna mesta, notranja in zunanja, | |
| - zunanja stopnišča in odkriti krovi, ki se uporabljajo za poti in izhode v sili, | |
| - bok ladje do vodne črte v najugodnejših razmerah na morju, stranice nadgradenj in krovnih hišic, ki so pod prostori za vkrcavanje v reševalne splave in drčami in ob njih. | |
| (5) Prostori na odkritem krovu: | |
| - prostori na odkritem krovu in pokriti sprehajalni krovi, ki niso namenjeni za vkrcavanje v rešilne čolne in splave ter njihovo spuščanje, | |
| - zunanji prostori (prostor zunaj krovnih gradenj in stavb na krovu). | |
| (6) Bivalni prostori z manjšo požarno ogroženostjo: | |
| - kabine, v katerih sta pohištvo in oprema z omejeno požarno ogroženostjo, | |
| - uradi in ambulante, v katerih sta pohištvo in oprema z omejeno požarno ogroženostjo, | |
| - javni prostori, v katerih sta pohištvo in oprema z omejeno požarno ogroženostjo, s površino krova manj kakor 50 m2. | |
| (7) Bivalni prostori z zmerno požarno ogroženostjo: | |
| - enako kakor pod (6), v katerih pa sta pohištvo in oprema z drugačno požarno ogroženostjo od omejene, | |
| - javni prostori, v katerih sta pohištvo in oprema z omejeno požarno ogroženostjo, s površino krova 50 m2 ali več, | |
| - izolirane omare in majhne shrambe v bivalnih prostorih s površino manj kakor 4 m2 (v katerih se ne hranijo vnetljive tekočine), | |
| - prodajalne, | |
| - prostori za hrambo in predvajanje filmov, | |
| - dietne kuhinje (brez odprtega plamena), | |
| - čistilnice (v katerih se ne hranijo vnetljive tekočine), | |
| - laboratoriji (v katerih se ne hranijo vnetljive tekočine), | |
| - lekarne, | |
| - majhne sušilnice (s površino krova 4 m2 ali manj), | |
| - ladijski trezorji, | |
| - operacijske dvorane, | |
| (8) Bivalni prostori z večjo požarno ogroženostjo: | |
| - javni prostori, v katerih sta pohištvo in oprema z večjo požarno ogroženostjo od omejene, s površino krova 50 m2 ali več, | |
| - brivnice in kozmetični saloni. | |
| (9) Sanitarni in podobni prostori: | |
| - skupni sanitarni prostori, prhe, kopalnice, stranišča itd., | |
| - majhne pralnice, | |
| - notranji bazen za kopanje, | |
| - izolirane shrambe brez štedilnikov v bivalnih prostorih, | |
| - zasebni sanitarni prostori se štejejo za del prostorov, v katerih so. | |
| (10) Rezervoarji, prazni prostori in pomožne strojnice z majhno požarno ogroženostjo ali brez požarne ogroženosti: | |
| - rezervoarji za vodo, ki tvorijo del ladijske strukture; | |
| - prazni prostori in pregrade; | |
| - pomožne strojnice, v katerih ni strojev s sistemom za mazanje pod pritiskom in v katerih ni dovoljeno skladiščenje vnetljivih snovi, kot so; | |
| - prostori za ventilacijo in klimatizacijo; prostor za vitle; prostor za krmarsko napravo; prostor za opremo stabilizatorja, prostor za električne pogonske motorje; prostori, v katerih so stikalne plošče in izključno električna oprema, razen električnih oljnih transformatorjev (nad 10 kVA); predori osi vijaka in predori cevi; prostori za črpalke in hladilno strojno napravo (v katerih se ne uporabljajo vnetljive tekočine), | |
| - zaprti rovi, ki vodijo do zgoraj navedenih prostorov, | |
| - drugi zaprti rovi, kot so rovi za cevi in kable. | |
| (11) Pomožne strojnice, tovorni prostori, tovorni in drugi rezervoarji tekočega goriva ter drugi podobni prostori z zmerno požarno ogroženostjo: | |
| - rezervoarji za tovor tekočega goriva, | |
| - skladišča za tovor, rovi in žrela, | |
| - hladilne komore, | |
| - rezervoarji tekočega goriva (vgrajeni v ločenem prostoru brez strojev), | |
| - predori osi vijaka in predori za cevi, v katerih je dovoljeno skladiščenje vnetljivih snovi, | |
| - pomožne strojnice kakor v kategoriji (10), v katerih so stroji s sistemom za mazanje pod pritiskom in v katerih je dovoljeno skladiščenje vnetljivih snovi, | |
| - črpalne postaje tekočega goriva, | |
| - prostori, v katerih so električni oljni transformatorji (nad 10 kVA), | |
| - prostori, v katerih so motorji z notranjim zgorevanjem z močjo do 110 kW, pogonski generatorji, brizgalne, drenažne ali požarne črpalke, kalužne črpalke itd., | |
| - zaprti rovi, ki vodijo do zgoraj navedenih prostorov. | |
| (12) Strojnice in glavne kuhinje: | |
| - prostori za pogonske strojne naprave (razen prostorov za motorje na električni pogon) in kotlovnice, | |
| - pomožne strojnice, razen tistih v kategorijah (10) in (11), v katerih so stroji z notranjim zgorevanjem ali druge naprave za tekoče gorivo, ogrevanje ali črpalke, | |
| - glavne kuhinje in pomožni prostori, | |
| - rovi in žrela do navedenih prostorov. | |
| (13) Skladišča, delavnice, shrambe itd.: | |
| - glavne shrambe, ki niso povezane s kuhinjami, | |
| - glavna pralnica, | |
| - velike sušilnice (s površino krova več kot 4 m2), | |
| - razna skladišča, | |
| - prostori za pošto in prtljago, | |
| - prostori za odpadke, | |
| - delavnice (ki niso del strojnic, kuhinj itd.), | |
| - omarice in shrambe s površino več kakor 4 m2 in niso opremljene za hrambo vnetljivih tekočin. | |
| (14) Drugi prostori, v katerih so uskladiščene vnetljive tekočine: | |
| - prostori za barve, | |
| - skladišča z vnetljivimi tekočinami (vključno z barvami, zdravili itd.), | |
| - laboratoriji (v katerih se hranijo vnetljive tekočine). | |
| .3 Če je navedena samo ena vrednost protipožarne celovitosti za omejitev med dvema prostoroma, se ta vrednost uporablja za vse primere. | |
| .4 Če je v tabeli samo pomišljaj, ni posebnih zahtev glede materiala ali celovitosti mej. | |
| .5 Uprava države zastave v zvezi s prostori kategorije (5) določi, ali vrednosti izolacije v tabeli 4.1 veljajo za stranice krovnih hišic in nadgradenj in ali vrednosti izolacije v tabeli 4.2 veljajo za nezaščitene krove. V nobenem primeru zahteve kategorije (5) tabele 4.1 ali 4.2 ne zahtevajo, da so prostori zavarovani, če po mnenju uprave države zastave to ni potrebno. | |
| .3 Neprekinjeni stropi in obloge razreda "B", povezani z ustreznimi krovi ali pregradami, se lahko sprejmejo kot nekaj, kar v celoti ali delno prispeva k zahtevani izolaciji in celovitosti pregrade. | |
| .4 Pri odobritvi strukturnih podrobnosti požarne varnosti uprava države zastave upošteva nevarnost prehajanja toplote pri stičiščih in zaključnih mestih zahtevanih toplotnih pregrad. | |
| Tabela 4.1 | |
| Pregrade, ki ne omejujejo niti glavnih navpičnih niti vodoravnih con | |
| Prostori | (1) | (2) | (3) | (4) | (5) | (6) | (7) | (8) | (9) | (10) | (11) | (12) | (13) | (14) | | |
| | | | |
| Kontrolne postaje | (1) | B-0 [5] | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-60 | A-60 | A-60 | A-0 | A-0 | A-60 | A-60 | A-60 | A-60 | | |
| Stopnišča | (2) | | A-0 [5] | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-15 | A-15 | A-0 [7] | A-0 | A-15 | A-30 | A-15 | A-30 | | |
| Hodniki | (3) | | | B-15 | A-60 | A-0 | B-15 | B-15 | B-15 | B-15 | A-0 | A-15 | A-30 | A-0 | A-30 | | |
| Evakuacijske postaje ter zunanje zasilne poti in izhodi | (4) | | | | | A-0 | A [8]-60 [6] | A [8]-60 [6] | A [8]-60 [6] | A-0 [8] | A-0 | A-60 [6] | A-60 [6] | A-60 [6] | A-60 [6] | | |
| Prostori na odkritem krovu | (5) | | | | | — | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | | |
| Bivalni prostori z manjšo požarno ogroženostjo | (6) | | | | | | B-0 | B-0 | B-0 | C | A-0 | A-0 | A-30 | A-0 | A-30 | | |
| Bivalni prostori z zmerno požarno ogroženostjo | (7) | | | | | | | B-0 | B-0 | C | A-0 | A-15 | A-60 | A-15 | A-60 | | |
| Bivalni prostori z večjo požarno ogroženostjo | (8) | | | | | | | | B-0 | C | A-0 | A-30 | A-60 | A-15 | A-60 | | |
| Sanitarni in podobni prostori | (9) | | | | | | | | | C | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | | |
| Rezervoarji, prazni prostori in pomožne strojnice z majhno požarno ogroženostjo ali brez požarne ogroženosti | (10) | | | | | | | | | | A-0 [5] | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | | |
| Pomožne strojnice, tovorni prostori, prostori posebne kategorije, tovorni in drugi rezervoarji tekočega goriva ter drugi podobni prostori z zmerno požarno ogroženostjo | (11) | | | | | | | | | | | A-0 [5] | A-0 | A-0 | A-15 | | |
| Strojnice in glavne kuhinje | (12) | | | | | | | | | | | | A-0 [5] | A-0 | A-60 | | |
| Skladišča, delavnice, shrambe itd. | (13) | | | | | | | | | | | | | A-0 [5] | A-0 | | |
| Drugi prostori, v katerih so uskladiščene vnetljive tekočine | (14) | | | | | | | | | | | | | | A-30 | | |
| Tabela 4.2 | |
| Krovi, ki ne tvorijo stopnic v glavnih navpičnih conah in ne omejujejo vodoravnih con | |
| Prostori | (1) | (2) | (3) | (4) | (5) | (6) | (7) | (8) | (9) | (10) | (11) | (12) | (13) | (14) | | |
| | | | |
| Kontrolne postaje | (1) | A-30 | A-30 | A-15 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-15 | A-30 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-60 | A-0 | A-60 | | |
| Stopnišča | (2) | A-0 | A-0 | — | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-30 | A-0 | A-30 | | |
| Hodniki | (3) | A-15 | A-0 | A-0 [5] | A-60 | A-0 | A-0 | A-15 | A-15 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-30 | A-0 | A-30 | | |
| Evakuacijske postaje ter zunanje zasilne poti in izhodi | (4) | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | — | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | | |
| Prostori na odkritem krovu | (5) | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | — | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | | |
| Bivalni prostori z manjšo požarno ogroženostjo | (6) | A-60 | A-15 | A-0 | A-60 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | | |
| Bivalni prostori z zmerno požarno ogroženostjo | (7) | A-60 | A-15 | A-15 | A-60 | A-0 | A-0 | A-15 | A-15 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | | |
| Bivalni prostori z večjo požarno ogroženostjo | (8) | A-60 | A-15 | A-15 | A-60 | A-0 | A-15 | A-15 | A-30 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | | |
| Sanitarni in podobni prostori | (9) | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | | |
| Rezervoarji, prazni prostori in pomožne strojnice z majhno požarno ogroženostjo ali brez požarne ogroženosti | (10) | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 [5] | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | | |
| Pomožne strojnice, tovorni prostori, prostori posebne kategorije, tovorni in drugi rezervoarji tekočega goriva ter drugi podobni prostori z zmerno požarno ogroženostjo | (11) | A-60 | A-60 | A-60 | A-60 | A-0 | A-0 | A-15 | A-30 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 [5] | A-0 | A-0 | A-30 | | |
| Strojnice in glavne kuhinje | (12) | A-60 | A-60 | A-60 | A-60 | A-0 | A-60 | A-60 | A-60 | A-0 | A-0 | A-30 | A-30 [5] | A-0 | A-60 | | |
| Skladišča, delavnice, shrambe itd. | (13) | A-60 | A-30 | A-15 | A-60 | A-0 | A-15 | A-30 | A-30 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | | |
| Drugi prostori, v katerih so uskladiščene vnetljive tekočine | (14) | A-60 | A-60 | A-60 | A-60 | A-0 | A-30 | A-60 | A-60 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | | |
| 5 Protipožarna celovitost pregrad in krovov na novih ladjah za prevoz največ 36 potnikov in obstoječih ladjah razreda B za prevoz največ 36 potnikov (pravilo 27) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D ZA PREVOZ NAJVEČ 36 POTNIKOV IN OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B ZA PREVOZ NAJVEČ 36 POTNIKOV: | |
| .1 Poleg skladnosti s posebnimi določbami za protipožarno celovitost pregrad in krovov, navedenih v drugih pravilih tega dela, se v tabelah 5.1 in 5.2 predpiše minimalna protipožarna celovitost pregrad in krovov. | |
| Pri odobritvi strukturnih varnostnih ukrepov za protipožarno zaščito novih ladij se upošteva tveganje toplotne prehodnosti med toplotnimi mostovi na stičiščih in tam, kjer se naprave za omejevanje toplote končajo. | |
| .2 Tabele se uporabljajo v skladu za naslednjimi zahtevami: | |
| .1 Tabeli 5.1 in 5.2 se uporabljata za pregrade ali krove, ki ločujejo sosednje prostore. | |
| .2 Za določanje ustreznih standardov za protipožarno celovitost, ki bodo veljali za pregrade med sosednjimi prostori, so taki prostori razvrščeni v skladu s požarno ogroženostjo tako, kakor prikazujejo kategorije od (1) do (11) spodaj. Naslov vsake kategorije naj bi bil bolj tipičen kakor omejevalen. Številka v oklepaju pred kategorijo se nanaša na ustrezni stolpec ali vrstico v tabelah. | |
| (1) Kontrolne postaje: | |
| - prostori z zasilnimi viri električne energije in razsvetljave, | |
| - krmarnica in navigacijska kabina, | |
| - prostori, v katerih je ladijska radijska oprema, | |
| - sobe za gašenje požara, sobe za nadzor požara in postaje za registriranje požara, | |
| - kontrolna soba za pogonske stroje, če je zunaj prostora s pogonskimi stroji, | |
| - prostori s centralno opremo za požarni alarm. | |
| (2) Hodniki: | |
| - hodniki in veže za potnike in posadko. | |
| (3) Bivalni prostori: | |
| - prostori, kakor so opredeljeni v pravilu II-2/A/2.10 brez hodnikov. | |
| (4) Stopnišča: | |
| - notranja stopnišča, dvigala in premične stopnice (razen tiste, ki so v celoti v strojnicah) in pripadajoči rovi, | |
| - v tej zvezi se šteje stopnišče, ki je samo v enem nadstropju, kot del prostora, od katerega ni ločeno s požarnimi vrati. | |
| (5) Delovni prostori (nizka ogroženost): | |
| - omarice in skladišča, ki niso primerni za hrambo vnetljivih tekočin in imajo manj kakor 4m2, ter sušilnice in pralnice. | |
| (6) Strojnice kategorije A: | |
| - prostori, kakor so opredeljeni v pravilu II-2/A/2.19.1. | |
| (7) Druge strojnice: | |
| - prostori, kakor so opredeljeni v pravilu II-2/A/2.19.2 brez strojnic kategorije A. | |
| (8) Prostori za tovor: | |
| - vsi prostori, ki se uporabljajo za tovor (vključno s tovornimi naftnimi tanki), ter rovi in žrela, ki vodijo do takih prostorov, če niso prostori posebne kategorije. | |
| (9) Delovni prostori (visoka ogroženost): | |
| - kuhinje, shrambe s kuhalnimi napravami, sobe za hrambo barv in svetilk, omarice in shrambe s prostornino vsaj 4m2, prostori za hrambo vnetljivih tekočin in delavnice, ki niso del strojnic. | |
| (10) Odprti krovi: | |
| - prostori odprtega krova in zaprta sprehajališča, kjer ni požarne ogroženosti. Odkriti prostori (prostor zunaj nadgradnje in stavb na krovu). | |
| (11) Prostori posebne kategorije: | |
| - prostori, kakor so opredeljeni v pravilu II-2/A/2.18. | |
| .3 Pri določanju uporabnega standarda protipožarne celovitosti za omejitev med dvema prostoroma znotraj glavne navpične cone ali vodoravne cone, ki ni zavarovana z avtomatskim sistemom brizgalk v skladu z določbami pravila II-2/A/8, ali med takšnima conama, od katerih nobena ni zavarovana, se uporablja večja od dveh vrednosti iz tabele. | |
| .4 Pri določanju uporabnega standarda protipožarne celovitosti za omejitev med dvema prostoroma znotraj glavne navpične cone ali vodoravne cone, ki je zavarovana z avtomatskim sistemom brizgalk v skladu s pravilom II-2/A/8, ali med takšnima conama, od katerih sta obe tako zavarovani, se uporablja manjša od dveh vrednosti iz tabele. Če se v bivalnih ali delovnih prostorih stikata zavarovana in nezavarovana cona, velja za pregrado med conama večja od obeh vrednosti iz tabele. | |
| .3 Neprekinjeni stropi in obloge razreda "B", povezani z ustreznimi krovi ali pregradami, se lahko sprejmejo kot nekaj, kar v celoti ali deloma prispeva k zahtevani izolaciji ter celovitosti pregrade. | |
| .4 Zunanje meje, ki morajo biti po pravilu 1.1 iz jekla ali kakšnega drugega enakovrednega materiala, so lahko predrte za namestitev oken ali bočnih oken, če ni potrebno, da imajo take meje drugod v tem delu celovitost razreda "A". Prav tako so lahko vrata v mejah, kjer ni potrebna celovitost razreda "A", iz materiala, ki izpolnjuje zahteve uprave države zastave. | |
| Na ladjah, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, na katerih je krov prebit za električne kable, cevi in ventilacijske vode - razen prostora kategorije (10) - se taka odprtina zatesni, da se prepreči širjenje ognja in dima. Pregrade med kontrolnimi postajami (zasilni generatorji) in odprti krovi imajo lahko odprtine za dotok zraka brez sredstev za zapiranje, razen če je nameščen vgrajeni sistem za gašenje požara s plinom. | |
| Za uporabo pravila 2.1.2 zvezdica, kadar se pojavi v tabeli 5.2, razen kategorij (8) in (10), pomeni "A-0". | |
| [9] [10] [11] [12] [13] [14] [15] | |
| Tabela 5.1 | |
| Protipožarna celovitost pregrad, ki ločujejo sosednje prostore | |
| Prostori | (1) | (2) | (3) | (4) | (5) | (6) | (7) | (8) | (9) | (10) | (11) | | |
| | | | |
| Kontrolne postaje | (1) | A-0 [11] | A-0 | A-60 | A-0 | A-15 | A-60 | A-15 | A-60 | A-60 | — | A-60 | | |
| Hodniki | (2) | C [13] | B-0 [13] | A-0 [9] | B-0 [13] | B-0 [13] | A-60 | A-0 | A-0 | A-15 | [15] | A-15 | | |
| | | | | | | | | A-0 [12] | | | | |
| Bivalni prostori | (3) | | | C [13] | A-0 [9] | B-0 [13] | A-60 | A-0 | A-0 | A-15 | [15] | A-30 | | |
| | | | B-0 [13] | | | | | A-0 [12] | | A-0 [12] | | |
| Stopnišča | (4) | | | | A-0 [9] | A-0 [9] | A-60 | A-0 | A-0 | A-15 | [15] | A-15 | | |
| | | | B-0 [13] | B-0 [13] | | | | A-0 [12] | [15] | | | |
| Delovni prostori (nizka ogroženost) neopredeljeni | (5) | | | | | C [13] | A-60 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | [15] | A-0 | | |
| Strojnice kategorije A | (6) | | | | | | [15] | A-0 | A-0 | A-60 | [15] | A-60 | | |
| Druge strojnice | (7) | | | | | | | A-0 [10] | A-0 | A-0 | [15] | A-0 | | |
| Prostori za tovor | (8) | | | | | | | | [15] | A-0 | [15] | A-0 | | |
| Delovni prostori (visoka ogroženost) | (9) | | | | | | | | | A-0 [10] | [15] | A-30 | | |
| Odprti krovi | (10) | | | | | | | | | | | A-0 | | |
| Prostori posebne kategorije | (11) | | | | | | | | | | | A-0 | | |
| Tabela 5.2 | |
| Protipožarna celovitost krovov, ki ločujejo sosednje prostore | |
| Prostori pod | (1) | (2) | (3) | (4) | (5) | (6) | (7) | (8) | (9) | (10) | (11) | | |
| | | | |
| Kontrolne postaje | (1) | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-60 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | [15] | A-30 | | |
| Hodniki | (2) | A-0 | [15] | [15] | A-0 | [15] | A-60 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | [15] | A-0 | | |
| Bivalni prostori | (3) | A-60 | A-0 | [15] | A-0 | [15] | A-60 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | [15] | A-30 | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | A-0 [12] | | |
| Stopnišča | (4) | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | [15] | A-0 | A-60 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | [15] | A-0 | | |
| Delovni prostori (nizka ogroženost) | (5) | A-15 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | [15] | A-60 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | [15] | A-0 | | |
| Strojnice kategorije A | (6) | A-60 | A-60 | A-60 | A-60 | A-60 | [15] | A-60 [14] | A-30 | A-60 | [15] | A-60 | | |
| Druge strojnice | (7) | A-15 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | [15] | A-0 | A-0 | [15] | A-0 | | |
| Prostori za tovor | (8) | A-60 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | [15] | A-0 | [15] | A-0 | | |
| Delovni prostori (visoka ogroženost) | (9) | A-60 | A-30 | A-30 | A-30 | A-0 | A-60 | A-0 | A-0 | A-0 | [15] | A-30 | | |
| | A-0 [12] | A-0 [12] | A-0 [12] | | | | | | | | | |
| Odprti krovi | (10) | [15] | [15] | [15] | [15] | [15] | [15] | [15] | [15] | [15] | — | A-0 | | |
| Prostori posebne kategorije | (11) | A-60 | A-15 | A-30 | A-15 | A-0 | A-30 | A-0 | A-0 | A-30 | A-0 | A-0 | | |
| | | A-0 [12] | | | | | | | | | | |
| 6 Poti in izhodi v sili (pravilo 28) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Stopnišča in lestve, hodniki in vrata se uredijo tako, da se zagotovijo primerne poti in izhodi v sili do krova za vkrcanje v reševalne čolne in reševalne splave iz vseh prostorov za potnike in posadko ter iz prostorov, v katerih je v glavnem zaposlena posadka, razen strojnic. Zlasti je potrebna skladnost z naslenjimi določbami: | |
| .1 Pod pregradnim krovom se iz vsakega neprepustnega oddelka ali podobnega ograjenega prostora ali skupine prostorov predvidita najmanj dve poti in dva izhoda v sili, od katerih mora biti vsaj eden neodvisen od neprepustnih vrat. Izjemoma ena od poti in izhodov v sili ni potrebna, če se ustrezno upoštevata narava in mesto prostorov ter število oseb, ki bi lahko bile običajno tam zaposlene. | |
| V takih primerih samo ena pot zagotavlja varen izhod v sili. | |
| Za ladje, ki so izdelane 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, se odobri zgoraj navedena izjema samo za prostore za posadko, v katere se dostopa samo občasno, in v tem primeru sta zahtevana pot in izhod v sili neodvisna od neprepustnih vrat. | |
| .2 Nad pregradnim krovom se predvidijo najmanj dve poti in dva izhoda v sili iz vsake glavne navpične cone ali podobno ograjenega prostora ali skupine prostorov, od katerih vsaj ena omogoča dostop do stopnišča, ki tvori navpični izhod v sili. | |
| .3 Če radiotelegrafska postaja nima neposrednega izhoda do odprtega krova, se predvidita dve poti in dva izhoda v sili s postaje ali dostop do nje, ena od njih pa je lahko lina ali okno zadostne velikosti ali drugo sredstvo. | |
| .4 Na obstoječih ladjah razreda B hodnik ali del hodnika, od koder je samo ena pot za izhod v sili, ni daljši od 5 metrov. | |
| Na novih ladjah razreda A, B, C in D, dolgih 24 metrov ali več, so hodniki, veže ali del hodnika, od koder sta samo ena pot in izhod v sili, prepovedani. | |
| Slepi hodniki, ki se uporabljajo v delovnih prostorih in so potrebni za praktične namene na ladji, kot na primer postaje za gorivo in prečni ladijski dovodni hodniki, so dovoljeni, če so ti slepi hodniki ločeni od bivalnih območij posadke in niso dostopni iz potniških bivalnih območij. Del hodnika, katerega dolžina ne presega njegove širine, se šteje kot vdolbina ali lokalni podaljšek in je dovoljen. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D Z DOLŽINO 24 METROV IN VEČ, IZDELANE PRED 1. JANUARJEM 2003: | |
| .5 Vsaj eden od poti in izhodov v sili iz odstavka .1.1 in .1.2 ima preprosto dostopno zaprto stopnišče, ki zagotavlja neprekinjeno zaščito pred ognjem od izvorne ravni do ustreznega krova za vkrcanje v rešilne čolne in reševalne splave ali do najvišjega krova, če se krov za vkrcanje ne razteza do glavne navpične cone. | |
| V drugem primeru se zagotovi neposredni dostop do krova za vkrcanje po zunanjih odprtih stopniščih in v prehodih, ki imajo v skladu s predpisom III/5.3 zasilno razsvetljavo in nedrsečo talno površino. Meje ob zunanjem odprtem stopnišču in prehodih, ki so del zasilnega izhoda, so tako zavarovane, da ogenj v katerem koli prostoru za tako mejo ne bi mogel ovirati izhoda v sili do postaj za vkrcanje. | |
| Širine, število in neprekinjenost izhodov so naslednji: | |
| .1 Prehodna širina stopnišča ni manjša od 900 mm, če država članica določi, da je to primerno in izvedljivo, toda v nobenem primeru ni manjša od 600 mm. Stopnišča imajo na vsaki strani držalo. Če je več kakor 90 oseb, se najmanjša prehodna širina za vsako nadaljnjo osebo poveča za 10 mm. Če so stopnišča širša od 900 mm, je največja prehodna širina med držaloma 1800 mm. Predpostavlja se, da je skupno število oseb, ki jih je treba evakuirati po takem stopnišču, dve tretjini posadke in vsi potniki v območju, za katerega je namenjeno to stopnišče. Širina stopnišča je v skladu vsaj s standardom iz Resolucije IMO A. 757(18). | |
| .2 Vsa stopnišča za več kakor 90 ljudi so speljana vzdolž ladje. | |
| .3 Velikost odprtine vrat in hodnikov ter vmesnih podestov, ki spadajo med poti in izhode v sili, se določijo enako kakor velikost stopnišč. | |
| .4 Navpični razpon stopnišča brez zagotovljenega podesta ne presega 3,5 metra, stopnišča pa nimajo kota nagiba, večjega od 45 °. | |
| .5 Površina podestov na vsaki ravni krova ni manjša od 2 m2 in se, če se predvidi več kakor 20 ljudi, za 1 m2 poveča za vsakih 10 oseb, toda ne sme preseči 16 m2, razen pri tistih podestih v javnih prostorih, ki imajo neposredni dostop do zaprtega stopnišča. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D Z DOLŽINO 24 METROV IN VEČ, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| .5a Vsaj eden od poti in izhodov v sili iz odstavka .1.1 in .1.2 ima preprosto dostopno zaprto stopnišče, ki nudi neprekinjeno zaščito pred ognjem od izvorne ravni do ustreznega krova za vkrcanje v rešilne čolne in reševalne splave ali do najvišjega krova, če se krov za vkrcanje ne razteza do glavne navpične cone. | |
| V drugem primeru se zagotovi neposredni dostop do krova za vkrcanje po zunanjem odprtem stopnišču in skozi prehode, ki imajo zasilno razsvetljavo v skladu s predpisom III/5.3 in nedrsečo talno površino. Protipožarna celovitost mej ob zunanjih odprtih stopniščih in prehodih, ki so del zasilnega izhoda, in mej, ki so na takem mestu, da bi njihova neusposobljenost med požarom ovirala izhod do krovov za vkrcavanje, je vključno z izolacijskimi vrednostmi v skladu s tabelami od 4.1 do 5.2. | |
| Širina, število in prehodnost izhodov so v skladu z zahtevami Kodeksa sistemov požarne varnosti. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE PRED 1. JANUARJEM 2003, TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .6 Predvidi se zadovoljiva zaščita dostopa do območij za vkrcavanje na rešilne čolne in reševalne splave iz zaprtih stopnišč. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI KASNEJE: | |
| .6a Varen dostop do območij za vkrcavanje na rešilne čolne in reševalne splave iz zaprtih stopnišč je bodisi neposreden bodisi po zavarovanih notranjih poteh, katerih protipožarna celovitost in izolacijske vrednosti za zaprta stopnišča so v skladu s tistimi, ki so določene v tabelah od 4.1 do 5.2. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .7 Poleg zasilne razsvetljave, ki jo zahtevata pravili II-l/D/3 in III/5.3, je treba poti in izhode v sili, vključno s stopnicami in izhodi, označiti z razsvetljenimi oznakami ali oznakami iz fotoluminiscenčnih trakov, ki so največ 0,3 metra nad krovom na vseh točkah zasilnega izhoda ter tudi na vogalih in stičiščih. Oznake morajo potnikom omogočiti, da prepoznajo vse poti v sili ter z lahkoto prepoznajo zasilne izhode. Če se uporablja električna razsvetljava, se napaja iz zasilnega vira energije in izvede tako, da okvara ene same luči ali prekinitev enega osvetljenega pasu ne bo povzročila neučinkovitost označbe. Poleg tega so vse oznake za poti in izhode v sili in za mesta, na katerih je protipožarna oprema, iz fotoluminiscenčnega materiala ali pa so osvetljene. Uprava države zastave zagotovi, da se taka oprema za osvetlitev ali fotoluminiscenčna oprema oceni, preskusi in uporabi v skladu s smernicami iz Resolucije IMO A.752(18). | |
| Toda za nove ladje razreda B, C in D, izdelane 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, uprava države zastave zagotovi, da se taka oprema za osvetlitev ali fotoluminiscenčna oprema oceni, preskusi in uporabi v skladu s Kodeksom sistemov požarne varnosti. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| .8 Na ladjah za prevoz več kakor 36 potnikov veljajo zahteve odstavka .1.7 tega pravila tudi za bivalne prostore posadke. | |
| .9 Običajno zaklenjena vrata, ki so del poti in izhodov v sili. | |
| .1 Za vrata kabin in luksuznih kabin na ladji niso potrebni ključi, da bi se odklenila od znotraj. | |
| Prav tako ni nobenih vrat na nobeni od določenih poti in izhodov v sili, za katera bi bili potrebni ključi, da bi se odklenila na poti do izhoda. | |
| .2 Zasilni izhodi iz javnih prostorov, ki so običajno zapahnjeni, imajo sistem za hitro odpiranje. Taki sistemi imajo mehanizem za zapah vrat z napravo, ki sprosti zapah ob uporabi sile v smeri zapuščanja prostora. Mehanizmi za hitro odpiranje so konstruirani in nameščeni tako, kakor zahteva uprava države zastave, in zlasti tako, da: | |
| .2.1 imajo palice ali plošče, katerih sprožilni del sega vsaj čez polovico širine vratnega krila, vsaj 760 mm in ne več kakor 1120 mm čez krov; | |
| .2.2 povzroči, da se zapah vrat sprosti, ko se uporabi sila, ki ne presega 67 N; in | |
| .2.3 niso opremljeni z napravo za zaklepanje, nastavnim vijakom ali drugo napravo, ki bi preprečila sprostitev zapaha ob uporabi sile na napravo za odpiranje. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .2 .1 V prostorih posebne kategorije sta število in razporeditev poti in izhodov v sili nad in pod pregradnim krovom taka, kakor določi uprava države zastave, in običajno je varnost dostopa do krova za vkrcavanje vsaj enakovredna tisti, ki je določena v odstavkih .1.1, .1.2, .1.5 in .1.6. | |
| Na novih ladjah razreda B, C in D, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, se taki prostori opremijo z vsaj 600 mm širokimi označenimi potmi za dostop do poti in izhodov v sili in, če je izvedljivo in smiselno, so vzdolžne dostopne poti vsaj 150 mm nad površino krova. Ureditev parkiranja vozil omogoča, da so poti za dostop vedno prazne. | |
| .2 Eden od poti in izhodov v sili iz strojnic, v katerih je posadka običajno zaposlena, ne sme imeti neposrednega dostopa do katerega koli prostora posebne kategorije. | |
| .3 Dvižne dovozne rampe do ploščadi ne smejo ovirati odobrenih poti in izhodov v sili, ko so spuščene. | |
| .3.1 Za vsako strojnico se predvidi dvoje poti in izhodov v sili. Zlasti morajo biti izpolnjene naslednje zahteve: | |
| .1 Kadar je prostor pod pregradnim krovom, imata dve poti in izhoda v sili bodisi: | |
| .1 dvoje jeklenih lestev, ki sta med seboj čim bolj oddaljeni in vodita do vrat v zgornjem delu prostora, podobno razmaknjenih in skozi katera je možen dostop na krov za vkrcanje v ustrezni rešilni čoln ali reševalni splav. Na novih ladjah ena od teh lestev omogoča neprekinjeno zaščito pred ognjem od spodnjega dela prostora do varnega mesta zunaj prostora. Na novih ladjah razreda B, C in D, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, je ta lestev v zavarovanem rovu, ki ustreza kategoriji (2) v pravilu II-2/B/4 ali kategoriji (4) v pravilu II-2/B/5, iz spodnjega dela prostora do varnega mesta zunaj prostora. Samozapiralna požarna vrata iste protipožarne celovitosti so nameščena v rov. Lestev je pritrjena tako, da se vročina v rov ne razširi skozi neizolirana mesta pritrditve. Najmanjša notranja dimenzija zavarovanega rova je vsaj 800 mm x 800 mm in rov ima zasilno razsvetljavo; bodisi | |
| .2 eno jekleno lestev, ki vodi do vrat, od koder je predviden dostop do krova za vkrcanje, in poleg tega so v spodnjem delu prostora in na mestu, ki je dobro ločen od navedene lestve, jeklena vrata, ki se lahko upravljajo z obeh strani in nudijo dostop do varne poti in izhodov v sili iz spodnjega dela prostora do krova za vkrcanje. | |
| .2 Če je prostor nad pregradnim krovom, sta obe poti in oba izhoda v sili med seboj čim bolj oddaljena, vrata, ki vodijo od takšnih poti in izhodov v sili, pa so na mestu, s katerega je predviden dostop do ustreznega krova za vkrcanje v rešilni čoln ali reševalni splav. Če takšne poti in izhodi v sili zahtevajo uporabo lestve, mora ta biti jeklena. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .3 Iz prostorov za spremljanje delovanja strojev in delovnih prostorov vodi vsaj dvoje poti in izhodov v sili, od katerih sta ena pot in izhod neodvisna od strojnice ter zagotavljata dostop do krova za vkrcanje. | |
| .4 Spodnja stran stopnic v strojnici je zaščitena. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .3.2 Na ladjah, krajših od 24 metrov, lahko uprava države zastave opusti enega od poti in izhodov v sili v strojnicah, pri čemer se ustrezno upoštevata širina in razporeditev zgornjega dela prostora. | |
| Na ladjah, daljših od 24 metrov, lahko uprava države zastave opusti eno pot in izhod v sili iz katerega koli prostora, dokler vrata ali jeklena lestev zagotavljajo varno pot za izhod v sili na krov za vkrcanje, pri čemer se ustrezno upoštevata narava in mesto prostora ter ali so osebe običajno zaposlene v tem prostoru. Na novih ladjah razreda B, C in D, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, sta predvidena druga pot in izhod v sili v prostoru s krmilno napravo, če je mesto za krmiljenje v sili v tem prostoru, razen če je tam neposreden dostop do odprtega krova. | |
| .3.3 Dvoje poti in izhodov v sili je predvidenih iz kontrolne sobe strojnice, ki je v strojnici, od katerih bosta vsaj ena pot in izhod zagotavljala neprekinjeno zaščito pred ognjem do varnega mesta zunaj strojnice. | |
| .4 V nobenem primeru dvigala niso del zahtevanih poti in izhodov v sili. | |
| .5 NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B, DOLŽINE 40 METROV IN VEČ: | |
| .1 Na ladji so naprave za dihanje med zapuščanjem prostorov v sili, ki so v skladu s Kodeksom sistemov požarne varnosti. | |
| .2 Vsaj dve napravi za dihanje med zapuščanjem prostorov v sili sta nameščeni v vsaki glavni navpični coni. | |
| .3 Na ladjah za prevoz več kakor 36 potnikov sta v vsaki glavni navpični coni nameščeni še dve napravi za dihanje med zapuščanjem prostorov v sili, poleg tistih, ki jih zahteva pododstavek .5.2. | |
| .4 Pododstavka .5.2. in .5.3 pa se ne uporabljata za zaprta stopnišča, ki tvorijo posamezne glavne navpične cone, in glavne navpične cone po vsej dolžini ladje, ki nimajo prostorov kategorije (6), (7), (8) ali (12), kakor je opredeljeno v pravilu II-2/B/4. | |
| .5 V strojnicah so naprave za dihanje med zapuščanjem prostorov v sili nameščene tako, da se lahko takoj uporabijo, so na vidnih mestih, do katerih je v primeru požara vedno mogoče priti hitro in enostavno. Ob namestitvi naprav za dihanje med zapuščanjem prostorov v sili se upoštevata razporeditev v strojnici in število oseb, običajno zaposlenih v prostoru. | |
| .6 Sklicuje se na smernice IMO za zmogljivost, namestitev, uporabo in vzdrževanje dihalnih naprav ob zasilnem izhodu. (Okrožnica MSC 849). | |
| .7 Število in namestitev teh naprav sta označena na načrtu požarnega varstva v skladu s pravilom II-2/A/13. | |
| 6-1 Poti in izhodi v sili na ro-ro potniških ladjah (pravilo 28-1) | |
| .1 PRAVILA, KI SE UPORABLJAJO ZA NOVE RO-RO POTNIŠKE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE RO-RO POTNIŠKE LADJE RAZREDA B | |
| .1.1 Ta odstavek se uporablja za nove ro-ro potniške ladje razreda B, C in D ter obstoječe ro-ro potniške ladje razreda B. Za obstoječe ladje se zahteve pravila začnejo uporabljati najpozneje na dan prvega rednega pregleda po datumu iz odstavka .1 pravila II-2/B/16. | |
| .1.2 Držala in drugi oprijemni drogovi so predvideni v vseh hodnikih na poti za izhod v sili, tako da je trden oprijemni drog po možnosti na voljo na vsakem koraku do zbirnih mest in postaj za vkrcanje. Taka držala so predvidena na obeh straneh vzdolžnih hodnikov, širših od 1,8 m, in v prečnih hodnikih, širših od 1m. Zlasti se upošteva potreba po prečkanju preddverij, atrijev in drugih večjih odprtih prostorov na poteh za izhod v sili. Držala in drugi oprijemalni drogovi so tako trdni, da vzdržijo porazdeljeno vodoravno obremenitev 750 N/m, usmerjeno v sredino hodnika ali prostora, ter porazdeljeno navpično obremenitev 750 N/m, usmerjeno navzdol. Ni nujno, da obe obremenitvi delujeta sočasno. | |
| .1.3 Pohištvo ali druge ovire ne smejo ovirati poti za izhod v sili. Razen miz in stolov, ki se lahko odstranijo, da se pridobi prosta pot, se omare in druga težka oprema v javnih prostorih in na poteh za izhod v sili pritrdijo tako, da se prepreči njihovo premikanje, če bi se ladja bočno ali vzdolžno nagibala. Tudi talne obloge se pritrdijo. Med plovbo na poteh za izhod v sili ni ovir, kot so npr. čistilni vozički, posteljnina, prtljaga in zaboji z blagom. | |
| .1.4 Poti za izhod v sili so predvidene iz vsakega običajno zasedenega ladijskega prostora do zbirnega mesta. Te poti za izhod v sili so načrtovane tako, da vodijo čim bolj naravnost do zbirnega mesta in se označijo z znaki, povezanimi z reševalno opremo in napravami, ki jih je sprejela IMO z Resolucijo A.760(18). | |
| .1.5 Če zaprti prostori mejijo na odprti krov, se lahko, kjer je izvedljivo, uporabljajo odprtine iz zaprtega prostora na odprti krov kot zasilni izhod. | |
| .1.6 Krovi se oštevilčijo z zaporednimi številkami, ki se začnejo z "1" na najvišjem ali na najnižjem krovu. Te številke so na vidnem mestu na podestu stopnic in v preddverjih z dvigali. Krovi se lahko tudi poimenujejo, toda številka krova je vedno označena skupaj z imenom. | |
| .1.7 Poenostavljeni shematični načrti z označenim mestom "tukaj ste" in s puščicami v smeri poti za izhod v sili so na vidnem mestu na vsakih vratih kabine in v javnih prostorih. Načrt kaže smeri poti za izhod v sili in je pravilno usmerjen glede na položaj na ladji. | |
| .1.8 Za kabino in luksuzno kabino na ladji niso potrebni ključi za odklepanje od znotraj. Prav tako ni nobenih vrat na nobeni od določenih poti za izhod v sili, za katera bi bili potrebni ključi, ki bi se odklepala na poti do izhoda. | |
| .2 ZAHTEVE ZA NOVE RO-RO POTNIŠKE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .2.1 Najnižjih 0,5 m pregrad in drugih vmesnih zidov, ki navpično pregrajujejo poti za izhod v sili, lahko vzdržijo obremenitev 750 N/m2, da se lahko uporabijo kot podlaga za hojo s strani k izhodu, kadar je ladja prečno nagnjena pod velikim kotom. | |
| .2.2 Pot za izhod v sili iz kabin vodi do zaprtih stopnišč čim bolj naravnost in čim manjkrat spremeni smer. Da bi prišli do poti za izhod v sili, ladje ni treba prečkati z ene strani na drugo. Ni se treba povzpeti ali spustiti za več kakor dva krova, da bi prišli do zbirnega mesta ali odprtega krova iz katerega koli prostora za potnike. | |
| .2.3 Predvidijo se zunanje poti iz odprtih krovov, navedenih v odstavku 2.2, do postaj za vkrcanje v rešilno plovilo. | |
| .3 ZAHTEVE ZA NOVE RO-RO POTNIŠKE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JULIJA 1999 ALI POZNEJE | |
| Na novih ro-ro potniških ladjah razreda B, C in D, izdelanih 1. julija 1999 ali pozneje, se poti za izhod v sili ocenijo z analizo evakuacije v zgodnji fazi projektiranja. Analiza se uporabi, da se, če je izvedljivo, prepozna in odpravi zastoj, ki bi med zapuščanjem prostorov lahko nastal zaradi normalnega gibanja potnikov in posadke na poteh za izhod v sili, vključno z možnostjo, da bi se posadka morala gibati po teh poteh v smeri, ki je nasprotna gibanju potnikov. Poleg tega se analiza uporabi za prikaz, da so ukrepi za izhod v sili dovolj prilagodljivi, četudi zaradi nezgode nekatere poti za izhod v sili, zbirna mesta, postaje za vkrcanje ali rešilna plovila ne bi bili na voljo. | |
| 7 Predrtine in odprtine v pregradah razredov "A" in "B" (pravili 30, 31) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| 1.1 Vse odprtine v pregradah razreda "A" imajo stalno pritrjena sredstva za zapiranje, ki so vsaj tako odporna proti ognju kakor pregrade, v katerih so nameščena. | |
| .2 Konstrukcija vseh vrat in okvirov zanje v pregradah razreda "A" s sredstvom za njihovo zavarovanje, kadar so zaprta, je, če je izvedljivo, enako odporna proti ognju ter uhajanju dima in ognja kakor pregrade, v katerih so vrata nameščena. Taka vrata in okviri zanje so iz jekla ali drugega enakovrednega materiala. Neprepustnih vrat ni treba izolirati. | |
| .3 Vsaka vrata lahko z obeh strani pregrade odpre in zapre samo ena oseba. | |
| .4 Požarna vrata pregrad in zaprtih stopnišč v glavni vertikalni coni, razen električnih drsnih neprepustnih vrat in vrat, ki so običajno zaklenjena, izpolnjujejo naslednje zahteve: | |
| .1 Vrata se sama zapirajo in se lahko zaprejo, četudi je kot v nasprotni smeri zapiranja do 3,5 °. Hitrost zapiranja se po potrebi nadzira, da se prepreči nepotrebno ogrožanje oseb. Na novih ladjah enotna hitrost zapiranja ni večja od 0,2 m/s in ne manjša od 0,1 m/s, ko je ladja v pokončnem položaju. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .2 Drsna ali električna vrata z daljinskim nadzorom imajo alarm, ki se vklopi vsaj 5 sekund in največ 10 sekund, preden se vrata začnejo premikati, ter zvoni, dokler se vrata povsem ne zaprejo. Vrata, načrtovana tako, da se ponovno odprejo, ko pridejo v stik s predmetom, ki jim je na poti, se ponovno odprejo dovolj široko, da je možen nemoten prehod vsaj 0,75 metra in največ 1 meter. | |
| .3 Vsa vrata, razen požarnih vrat, ki so običajno zaprta, se lahko odprejo daljinsko in avtomatsko iz osrednje kontrolne postaje s stalno posadko bodisi sočasno bodisi v skupinah in prav tako posamezno z mesta na obeh straneh vrat. V osrednji kontrolni postaji s stalno posadko mora biti z oznako na protipožarni nadzorni plošči razvidno, ali so vsa vrata z daljinskim nadzorom zaprta. Mehanizem za odpiranje je načrtovan tako, da se vrata avtomatsko zaprejo, če pride do motnje nadzornega sistema ali motnje centralne oskrbe z električno energijo. Sprožilna stikala imajo funkcijo vklop-izklop, da se prepreči avtomatska ponovna nastavitev sistema. Na vratih ni dovoljeno uporabljati kljuk, ki se ne morejo sprostiti iz kontrolne postaje. | |
| .4 Lokalni električni akumulatorji za električna vrata so v neposredni bližini vrat, da se lahko vrata premaknejo vsaj 10-krat (popolnoma odprejo in zaprejo) z uporabo lokalnih krmilnikov. | |
| .5 Dvokrilna vrata z zapahom, potrebnim za njihovo protipožarno celovitost, imajo zapah, ki se sproži avtomatsko s premikanjem vrat, ko jih sistem sprosti. | |
| .6 Ni nujno, da imajo električna vrata in vrata za avtomatsko zapiranje, ki dajejo neposredni dostop do prostorov posebne kategorije, alarme in mehanizme za daljinsko odpiranje, kakor se zahteva v .4.2 in .4.3. | |
| LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| Namesto .4 se uporablja naslednji odstavek .4a | |
| .4a Požarna vrata v pregradah glavne navpične cone, pregradah kuhinj in na zaprtih stopniščih, razen električnih neprepustnih vrat in vrat, ki so običajno zaklenjena, izpolnjujejo naslednje zahteve: | |
| .1 vrata se sama zapirajo in se lahko zaprejo s kotom naklona v nasprotni smeri zapiranja do 3,5 °; | |
| .2 približni čas zapiranja vrat na tečajih ni daljši od 40 sekund in krajši od 10 sekund od začetka njihovega gibanja, ko je ladja v pokončnem položaju. Približna enotna hitrost zapiranja drsnih požarnih vrat ni večja od 0,2 m/s in ne manjša od 0,1 m/s, ko je ladja v pokončnem položaju; | |
| .3 vrata se lahko daljinsko odpirajo iz osrednje kontrolne postaje s stalno posadko bodisi sočasno ali v skupinah in se lahko sprožijo tudi posamično z mesta na obeh straneh vrat. Stikala za sprožitev imajo funkcijo vklop-izklop, da se prepreči ponovna avtomatska nastavitev sistema; | |
| .4 na vratih ni dovoljeno uporabljati kljuk, ki se ne morejo sprostiti iz kontrolne postaje; | |
| .5 vrata, ki se zapirajo daljinsko iz osrednje kontrolne postaje, se lahko ponovno odprejo z lokalnim krmilnikom na obeh straneh vrat. Ko se vrata lokalno odprejo na ta način, se ponovno avtomatsko zaprejo; | |
| .6 na indikatorskih tablah požarnih vrat v osrednji kontrolni postaji s stalno posadko se prikaže, ali so vsa vrata z daljinskim nadzorom zaprta; | |
| .7 mehanizem za odpiranje je tako načrtovan, da se vrata avtomatsko zaprejo, če pride do motnje nadzornega sistema ali motnje centralne oskrbe z električno energijo; | |
| .8 lokalni električni akumulatorji za električna vrata se zagotovijo v neposredni bližini vrat, da se lahko po motnji kontrolnega sistema ali glavnega vira električne energije vrata premaknejo vsaj 10-krat (popolnoma odprejo in zaprejo) z uporabo lokalnih krmilnikov. | |
| .9 motnja kontrolnega sistema ali glavnega vira električne energije pri enih vratih ne ogrozi varnega delovanja drugih vrat; | |
| .10 drsna ali električna vrata z daljinskim odpiranjem imajo alarm, ki se vklopi vsaj 5 sekund in največ 10 sekund potem, ko se vrata prožijo z osrednje kontrolne postaje, in preden se vrata začnejo premikati, ter zvoni, dokler se vrata povsem ne zaprejo. | |
| .11 vrata, načrtovana tako, da se ponovno odprejo, ko pridejo v stik s predmetom, ki jim je na poti, se ponovno odprejo za največ en meter od točke stika; | |
| .12 dvokrilna vrata z zapahom, ki je potreben za njihovo protipožarno celovitost, imajo zapah, ki se sproži avtomatsko s premikanjem vrat, ko se kontrolni sistem sprosti; | |
| .13 ne zahteva se, da imajo električna vrata z avtomatskim zapiranjem, ki dajejo neposredni dostop do prostorov posebne kategorije, alarme in mehanizme za daljinsko odpiranje, kakor se zahteva v odstavku .3 in .10; | |
| .14 sestavni deli lokalnega kontrolnega sistema so dostopni za vzdrževanje in prilagajanje; in | |
| .15 električna vrata imajo kontrolni sistem odobrenega tipa, ki se lahko upravlja v primeru požara, kakor je določeno v skladu s Kodeksom postopkov požarnega preskusa. Ta sistem izpolnjuje naslednje zahteve: | |
| .15.1 kontrolni sistem, ki ga napaja vir energije, lahko upravlja vrata vsaj 60 minut pri temperaturi vsaj 200 °C; | |
| .15.2 vir energije za vsa druga vrata ni odvisen od požara in se ne poškoduje, in; | |
| .15.3 pri temperaturi nad 200 °C se kontrolni sistem avtomatsko izolira od vira energije in lahko zadrži vrata zaprta do vsaj 945 °C. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .5 Zahteve za celovitost razreda "A" zunanjih mej ladje ne veljajo za steklene razdelke, okna in bočna okna, če v pravilu 10 ni zahteve, da ima taka meja celovitost razreda ‚A‘. Prav tako ne veljajo zahteve za celovitost razreda ‚A‘ za zunanja vrata v nadgradnjah in stavbah na krovu. | |
| LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| Namesto .5: se uporablja naslednji odstavek .5a: | |
| .5a Zahteve za celovitost razreda "A" za zunanje meje ladje ne veljajo za steklene razdelke, okna in bočna okna, če v pravilu 10 ni zahteve, da ima taka meja celovitost razreda "A". | |
| Zahteve za celovitost razreda "A" zunanjih mej ladje ne veljajo za zunanja vrata, razen za tista vrata v nadgradnjah in stavbah na krovu, ki so nasproti reševalnih naprav, območij za vkrcanje in zunanjih zbirnih mest, zunanjih stopnic in odprtih krovov, ki se uporabljajo za poti za izhod v sili. Ni potrebno, da vrata, ki vodijo do zaprtih stopnišč, izpolnjujejo to zahtevo. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .6 Razen neprepustnih vrat, vrat, odpornih na vremenske vplive (polprepustnih vrat), vrat, ki vodijo do odprtega krova, in vrat, ki morajo biti primerno neprepustna za plin, imajo vsa vrata razreda "A" na stopniščih, javnih prostorih in pregradah v glavnih navpičnih conah na poti za izhod v sili samozapiralno cevno lino iz takega materiala, take izvedbe in požarne odpornosti, kakor vrata, v katera je nameščena, in 150 kvadratnih milimetrov čiste odprtine, ko so vrata zaprta, nameščena pa je v spodnjem robu vrat, nasproti tečajev vrat ali ob odprtini pri drsnih vratih. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .7 Vrata in okviri vrat v pregradah razreda "B" in mehanizmi za njihovo zapiranje ustvarijo zapah, ki je odporen proti ognju, tako kakor pregrade, le da so v spodnjem delu takih vrat dovoljene odprtine za prezračevanje. Kadar je taka odprtina v vratih ali pod njimi, celotna čista površina vsake take odprtine ali odprtin ne preseže 0,05 m2 Alternativno pa se dovoli negorljiv vod za izravnavanje zraka, ki poteka med kabino in hodnikom ter je nameščen pod sanitarnimi prostori, če premer vodov ne presega 0,05 m2. Vse odprtine za prezračevanje imajo nameščene rešetke iz negorljivega materiala. Vrata so negorljiva. | |
| .7.1 Zaradi zmanjševanja hrupa lahko uprava kot ustrezna vrata odobri vrata z vgrajenimi dušilci hrupa prezračevanja z odprtinami spodaj na eni strani vrat in zgoraj na drugi strani, če so izpolnjeni naslednji pogoji: | |
| .1 Zgornja odprtina je vedno usmerjena na hodnik in ima rešetke iz negorljivega materiala ter avtomatski dušilec ognja, ki se sproži pri temperaturi nad 70 °C. | |
| .2 Spodnja odprtina ima rešetke iz negorljivega materiala. | |
| .3 Vrata se preskusijo v skladu z Resolucijo A.754(18). | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .8 Vrata kabin pregrad razreda "B" so samozapiralnega tipa. Kljuke niso dovoljene. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .9 Zahteve za celovitost razreda "B" zunanjih mej ladje ne veljajo za steklene razdelke, okna in bočna okna. Podobno ne veljajo zahteve glede celovitosti razreda ‚B‘ za zunanja vrata v nadgradnjah in stavbah na krovu. Uprava države zastave lahko za ladje, ki prevažajo več kakor 36 potnikov, dovoli uporabo gorljivih materialov za vrata med kabino in posameznimi notranjimi sanitarnimi prostori, npr. prhami. | |
| 8 Varnost stopnic in dvigal v bivalnih in delovnih prostorih (pravilo 29) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Vsa stopnišča imajo jeklen okvir in so v zaprtem delu pregrad razreda "A", ki ima učinkovit mehanizem za zapiranje vseh odprtin, razen če: | |
| .1 stopnišč, ki povezujejo samo dva krova, ni treba ograditi, če se ohrani celovitost krovov z ustreznimi pregradami ali vrati v enem medpalubju. Če je stopnišče zaprto v enem medpalubju, se zaprto stopnišče zavaruje v skladu s tabelami za krove v pravilih 4 in 5; | |
| .2 se stopnišča lahko namestijo v odprtem javnem prostoru, če so v celoti v takem javnem prostoru. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .2 Zaprta stopnišča imajo neposredni dostop do hodnikov in so dovolj velika, da se preprečijo zastoji, ob upoštevanju števila oseb, ki bi lahko stopnišča uporabila v primeru nevarnosti. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: V obsegu takih zaprtih stopnic so dovoljena samo javna stranišča, omarice iz negorljivega materiala, v katerih so shranjeni varnostna oprema in odprti informacijski pulti. | |
| Samo za javne prostore, hodnike, javna stranišča, prostore posebne kategorije, druga stopnišča za izhod v sili v skladu s pravilom 6-1.5 in za zunanja območja je dovoljeno, da imajo neposredni dostop do zaprtih stopnišč. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .3 Dvigalni jaški so tako nameščeni, da se prepreči širjenje dima in ognja iz enega medpalubja v drugega, in imajo sredstva za zapiranje, da se omogoči nadzor nad dotokom zraka in dimom. | |
| 9 Prezračevalni sistemi (pravilo 32) | |
| .1 Ladje za prevoz več kakor 36 potnikov | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Sistem prezračevanja je v skladu z odstavkom .1 tega pravila in tudi s pododstavki od .2.2 do .2.6, .2.8 in .2.9 tega pravila. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .2 Na splošno so prezračevalni ventilatorji tako razvrščeni, da vodi, ki segajo v različne prostore, ostanejo v glavni navpični coni. | |
| .3 Če prezračevalni sistemi prebijejo krove, je treba poleg varnostnih ukrepov iz pravila II-2/A/12.1, ki se nanašajo na protipožarno celovitost krova, sprejeti še varnostne ukrepe za zmanjšanje verjetnosti, da bi se dim in vroči plini razširili skozi sistem iz enega medpalubja v drugega. Poleg izolacijskih zahtev, vsebovanih v tem pravilu, se navpični vodi, če je nujno, izolirajo tako, kakor zahtevajo ustrezne tabele v pravilu 4. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .4 Prezračevalni vodi so zgrajeni iz naslednjih materialov: | |
| .1 vodi s premerom, ki ni manjši od 0,075 m2, in vsi navpični vodi, ki oskrbujejo več kakor samo eno medpalubje, so iz jekla ali drugega enakovrednega materiala; | |
| .2 vodi s premerom, ki ni manjši od 0,075 m2, če niso navpični vodi iz pododstavka .1.4.1, so iz negorljivih materialov. Če taki vodi predrejo pregrade razreda "A" ali "B", se ustrezno upošteva zagotovitev protipožarne celovitosti pregrade; | |
| .3 za kratke vode, katerih premer na splošno ni večji od 0,02 m2 in ki niso daljši od dveh metrov, ni nujno, da so negorljivi, če so izpolnjeni vsi naslednji pogoji: | |
| .1 vodi so iz materiala z nizkim tveganjem požara, kakor to zahteva uprava države zastave; | |
| .2 vodi se uporabljajo samo na samem koncu prezračevalnega sistema in | |
| .3 vod je oddaljen vsaj 600 mm, merjeno ob njegovi dolžini, od predrtine v pregradi razreda "A" ali "B", vključno z neprekinjenim stropom razreda "B". | |
| LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| Namesto pododstavka .1 se uporablja naslednji pododstavek .1a: | |
| .1a vod je iz materiala, ki je odporen proti širjenju ognja. | |
| .5 Zaprta stopnišča prezračuje in jih oskrbuje samo neodvisni sistem prezračevanja in vodov, ki ne oskrbuje drugih prostorov v prezračevalnem sistemu. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .6 Za celotno električno prezračevanje, razen prezračevanja strojnice in prostora za tovor ter katerega koli alternativnega sistema iz pododstavka .9.2.6, se namestijo krmilniki, ki so združeni v skupine tako, da se lahko ustavijo vsi ventilatorji iz katerega koli od obeh ločenih mest, ki sta med seboj čim bolj oddaljena. Krmilniki za električno prezračevanje v strojnicah so prav tako združeni v skupine tako, da se lahko upravljajo z dveh mest, od katerih je eno zunaj takih prostorov. Ventilatorji sistema električnega prezračevanja v prostorih za tovor se lahko zaustavijo z varnega mesta zunaj takih prostorov. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .7 Če javni prostor sega čez tri odprte krove ali več in vsebuje gorljive snovi, npr. pohištvo, ter zaprte prostore, npr. trgovine, pisarne in restavracije, se prostor opremi s sistemom za odvajanje dima. Zahtevani sistem za odkrivanje dima sproži sistem za odvajanje dima, ki ga je mogoče krmiliti ročno. Ventilatorji so take velikosti, da se lahko vsa prostornina v prostoru izčrpa v 10 minutah ali manj. | |
| .8 Vodi za prezračevanje imajo žrela na ustreznih mestih za nadziranje in čiščenje, če je to smiselno in izvedljivo. | |
| .9 Sesalni vodi iz kuhinjskih štedilnikov, v katerih se verjetno nabirata maščoba in mast, izpolnjujejo zahteve iz pododstavkov .9.2.3.2.1 in .9.2.3.2.2 ter imajo: | |
| .1 lovilec maščob, ki se lahko z lahkoto odstrani za čiščenje, razen če je nameščen alternativni sistem za odstranjevanje maščob; | |
| .2 dušilec ognja v spodnjem delu voda, ki se upravlja avtomatsko in daljinsko, poleg tega pa še daljinsko vodeni dušilec ognja v zgornjem delu voda; | |
| .3 vgrajene naprave za gašenje požara v vodu; | |
| .4 naprave na daljinsko vodenje za izklop sesalnih ventilatorjev in vpihovalnih ventilatorjev, za upravljanje dušilcev ognja iz .2 in za upravljanje sistema za gašenje požara, ki je v bližini vhoda v kuhinjo. Če se namesti razvejan sistem, se zagotovi, da se vse veje zaprejo in izpraznijo skozi isti glavni vod, preden se v sistem sprosti sredstvo za gašenje; in | |
| .5 ustrezno nameščena žrela za nadziranje in čiščenje. | |
| .2 Ladje za prevoz več kakor 36 potnikov | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Ventilacijski vodi so iz negorljivega materiala. Ne zahteva se, da so kratki vodi, katerih dolžina navadno ne presega dveh metrov, njihov premer pa ne 0,02 m2, negorljivi, ob upoštevanju naslednjih pogojev: | |
| .1 ti vodi so iz materiala, za katerega uprava države zastave meni, da ima nizko požarno ogroženost; | |
| .2 uporabljeni so lahko samo na koncu naprave za prezračevanje; | |
| .3 od odprtine v pregradah razreda "A" ali "B", vključno z neprekinjenim stropom razreda "B", niso oddaljeni manj kakor 600 mm, merjeno vzdolž voda. | |
| LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| namesto pododstavka .1 se uporablja naslednji pododstavek .1a: | |
| .1a Ti vodi so iz materiala, ki je odporen proti širjenju ognja. | |
| .2a Če vodi za prezračevanje s prostim premerom nad 0,02 m2 potekajo skozi pregrade ali krove razreda ‚A‘, so odprtine obložene s pločevinasto oblogo, razen če so vodi, ki potekajo skozi pregrade ali krove v bližini prehoda skozi krov ali pregrado, jekleni in če vodi ter obloge glede tega izpolnjujejo naslednje pogoje: | |
| .1 Obloge so debele vsaj 3 mm in dolge vsaj 900 mm. Pri napeljavi skozi pregrade se ta dolžina razdeli po možnosti tako, da je 450 mm na vsaki strani pregrade. Ti vodi ali obloge vodov imajo protipožarno izolacijo. Izolacija ima vsaj enako protipožarno celovitost kakor pregrada ali krov, skozi katerega je napeljan tak vod. | |
| .2 Vodi s prostim premerom nad 0,075 m2 imajo poleg zahtevanega iz pododstavka .9.2.2.1 nameščene dušilce ognja. Dušilci ognja delujejo avtomatsko, vendar jih je mogoče zapreti tudi ročno z obeh strani pregrade ali krova. Dušilec ima kazalnik, ki pokaže, ali je odprt ali zaprt. Dušilci ognja pa niso obvezni, če so vodi napeljani skozi prostore, obdane s pregradami razreda "A", ne da bi oskrbovali te prostore, pod pogojem, da imajo ti vodi enako protipožarno celovitost kakor pregrade, skozi katere so speljani. Dušilci ognja so preprosto dostopni. Na novih ladjah razreda B, C in D, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, na katerih so dušilci ognja nameščeni za stropom ali oblogo, se namestijo vrata za njihovo pregledovanje, na vratih pa je tablica z identifikacijsko številko dušilca ognja. Identifikacijska številka dušilca ognja je tudi na vsakem zahtevanem daljinsko vodenem mestu. | |
| .2b Na novih ladjah razreda B, C in D, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, na katerih je skozi pregrade ali krove razreda "A" napeljan vod s tanko plastjo kovine in s prostim premerom 0,02 m2 ali manj, je odprtina obložena z jekleno oblogo, ki ima debelino vsaj 3 mm in dolžino vsaj 200 mm ter je po možnosti razdeljena na 100 mm na vsaki strani pregrade, ali pa je v primeru krova položen tako, da je v celoti na spodnji strani prebitega krova. | |
| .3 Vodi za prezračevanje strojnic, kuhinj, avtomobilskih krovov, ro-ro tovornih prostorov ali prostorov posebne kategorije niso napeljani skozi bivalne prostore, delovne prostore ali kontrolne postaje, razen če so v skladu s pogoji, določenimi v pododstavkih .9.2.3.1.1 do .9.2.3.1.4 ali .9.2.3.2.1 in .9.2.3.2.2: | |
| .1.1 vodi so iz jekla in imajo debelino vsaj 3 mm in 5 mm, če je njihova širina ali premer manjši ali enak 300 mm in 760 mm; pri vodih, katerih širina ali premer je med 300 in 760 mm, pa se debelina določi z interpolacijo; | |
| .1.2 vodi se ustrezno podprejo in ojačajo; | |
| .1.3 vodi se opremijo z avtomatskimi dušilci ognja blizu predrtih mej; in | |
| .1.4 vodi se izolirajo po standardu "A-60" od strojnic, kuhinj, avtomobilskih krovov, ro-ro tovornih prostorov ali prostorov posebne kategorije do točke, ki je vsaj 5 metrov nad dušilci ognja; | |
| ali: | |
| .2.1 vodi so iz jekla v skladu z odstavkoma .9.2.3.1.1 in .9.2.3.1.2; in | |
| .2.2 vodi so v vseh bivalnih prostorih, delovnih prostorih in kontrolnih postajah izolirani po standardu "A-60"; | |
| razen tega pa so odprtine pregrad glavne cone v skladu z zahtevami pododstavka .9.2.8. | |
| Na novih ladjah razreda B, C in D, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, se sistemi za prezračevanje strojnic kategorije A, prostori za avtomobile, ro-ro prostori, kuhinje, prostori posebne kategorije in prostori za tovor praviloma ločijo med seboj in od sistemov za prezračevanje drugih prostorov. Toda sistemov za prezračevanje kuhinj na potniških ladjah za prevoz največ 36 potnikov ni treba popolnoma ločiti, ampak jih lahko oskrbujejo posebni vodi iz enote za prezračevanje drugih prostorov. V vsakem primeru se blizu enote za prezračevanje namesti avtomatski dušilec ognja v vod za prezračevanje kuhinje. | |
| .4 Vodi za prezračevanje bivalnih prostorov, delovnih prostorov ali kontrolnih postaj niso napeljani skozi strojnice, kuhinje, avtomobilske krove, ro-ro tovorne prostore ali prostore posebne kategorije, razen če so v skladu s pogoji, določenimi v pododstavkih .9.2.4.1.1 do .9.2.4.1.3 ali .9.2.4.2.1 in .9.2.4.2.2: | |
| .1.1 če so vodi napeljani skozi strojnico, kuhinjo, avtomobilski krov, ro-ro tovorni prostor ali prostor posebne kategorije, so iz jekla v skladu s pododstavkoma .9.2.3.1.1 in .9.2.3.1.2; | |
| .1.2 avtomatski dušilci ognja se namestijo blizu predrtih mej; in | |
| .1.3 celovitost mej strojnice, kuhinje, avtomobilskega krova, ro-ro tovornega prostora ali prostora posebne kategorije se na mestu odprtin ohrani; | |
| ali | |
| .2.1 če so vodi napeljani skozi strojnico, kuhinjo, avtomobilski krov, ro-ro tovorni prostor ali prostor posebne kategorije, so iz jekla v skladu s pododstavkoma .9.2.3.1.1 in .9.2.3.1.2; in | |
| .2.2 vodi so izolirani po standardu "A-60" v strojnici, kuhinji, na avtomobilskem krovu, v ro-ro tovornih prostorih ali prostorih posebne kategorije; | |
| poleg tega pa so odprtine pregrad glavne cone tudi v skladu z zahtevami pododstavka .9.2.8. | |
| .5 Vodi za prezračevanje s prostim premerom nad 0,02 m2, napeljani skozi pregrade razreda "B", so obloženi s pločevinasto oblogo, dolgo 900 mm, po možnosti razdeljeno na 450 mm na vsaki strani pregrad, razen če je vod iz jekla za to dolžino. | |
| .6 Za kontrolne postaje zunaj strojnic je treba sprejeti vse praktične ukrepe, s katerimi se zagotovi vzdrževanje prezračevanja, vidljivosti in odsotnosti dima, da se tako v primeru požara lahko nadzorujeta strojnica in oprema v njej ter da ta še naprej učinkovito deluje. Zagotoviti je treba alternativne in ločene naprave za oskrbo z zrakom; odprtine za dovajanje zraka na obeh virih oskrbe pa morajo biti nameščene tako, da je nevarnost, da dim istočasno potegne skozi obe odprtini, zmanjšana na najmanjšo možno mero. Ni potrebno, da take zahteve veljajo za kontrolne postaje na odprtem krovu ali tiste, ki se odpirajo na odprti krov, ali tam, kjer bi bile lokalne rešitve zapiranja prav tako učinkovite. | |
| .7 Če sesalni vodi iz kuhinjskih štedilnikov potekajo skozi bivalne prostore ali prostore z gorljivim materialom, imajo pregrade razreda "A". Vsak sesalni vod ima: | |
| .1 lovilec maščob, ki se z lahkoto odstrani za čiščenje; | |
| .2 dušilec ognja v spodnjem predelu voda; | |
| .3 pripravo za izklop sesalnih ventilatorjev, ki jo je mogoče upravljati iz kuhinje; in | |
| .4 vgrajeno sredstvo za gašenje požara v vodu. | |
| .8 Če mora biti vod za prezračevanje napeljan skozi pregrado glavne navpične cone, se zraven pregrade namesti dušilec ognja z avtomatskim zapiranjem, varen pred izpadom. Dušilec se lahko tudi zapre ročno na obeh straneh pregrade. Mesto za upravljanje se doseže z lahkoto in je označeno z rdečo barvo, ki odseva svetlobo. Vod med pregrado in dušilcem je iz jekla ali drugega enakovrednega materiala in po potrebi izoliran, da izpolnjuje zahteve pravila II 2/A/12.1. Dušilec se namesti vsaj na eno stran pregrade in se opremi z vidnim indikatorjem, ki kaže, če je dušilec odprt. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .9 Glavni dovodi in odvodi sistema za prezračevanje se lahko zaprejo z mesta zunaj prostora, ki se prezračuje. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .10 Električno prezračevanje bivalnih prostorov, delovnih prostorov, tovornih prostorov, kontrolnih postaj in strojnic se lahko izključi s preprosto dostopnega mesta zunaj prostora, ki se prezračuje. V primeru požara v prezračevanem prostoru se takega mesta ne da enostavno odrezati. Naprave za izklop električnega prezračevanja strojnic so povsem ločene od naprav za izklop prezračevanja v drugih prostorih. | |
| .3 VSE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| Naslednje naprave se preskusijo v skladu s Kodeksom postopkov požarnega preskusa IMO: | |
| .1 dušilci ognja, vključno z ustreznimi napravami za njihovo krmiljenje; in | |
| .2 preboji za vode skozi pregrade razreda "A". Če so jeklene obloge neposredno spojene z vodi za prezračevanje z zakovičenimi ali privitimi prirobnicami ali če so privarjene, se poskus ne zahteva. | |
| 10 Okna in bočna okna (pravilo 33) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1 Vsa okna in bočna okna v pregradah bivalnih in delovnih prostorov ter kontrolnih postaj, razen tistih, za katere veljajo določbe pravila 7.5, so zgrajena tako, da se ohranijo zahteve glede celovitosti tipa pregrad, v katere so vgrajena. | |
| Na novih ladjah razreda B, C in D, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, se to določi v skladu s Kodeksom postopkov požarnega preskusa. | |
| .2 Ne glede na zahteve tabel v pravilih 4 in 5 imajo vsa okna in bočna okna v pregradah, ki ločujejo bivalne, delovne prostore in kontrolne postaje od zunanjosti, okvire iz jekla ali drugega primernega materiala. Steklo se ohrani s kovinskim okvirom ali kotnikom. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D ZA PREVOZ VEČ KAKOR 36 POTNIKOV: | |
| .3 Okna nasproti reševalne opreme, območja za vkrcanje in zbirališča, zunanje stopnice in odprti krovi, ki se uporabljajo za zasilne izhode, ter okna pod območji za vkrcavanje v reševalne splave in zasilne drče imajo protipožarno celovitost, kakor se zahteva v tabelah pravila 4. Če so za okna predvidene posebne avtomatske brizgalne glave, se lahko kot enakovredna odobrijo okna tipa "A-0". | |
| Na novih ladjah razreda B, C in D, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, morajo posebne avtomatske brizgalne glave biti: | |
| .1 posebne glave nad okni, nameščene poleg običajnih brizgalk pod stropom; ali | |
| .2 običajne brizgalne glave pod stropom, ki so tako nameščene, da se okno zavaruje vsaj s povprečno količino 5 litrov/m2 na minuto, pri izračunu pa se v področje pokrivanja vključi dodatna površina okna. | |
| Okna, ki so na boku ladje pod območji vkrcanja v rešilne čolne, imajo protipožarno celovitost, ki ustreza vsaj razredu "A-0". | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D ZA PREVOZ NAJVEČ 36 POTNIKOV TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .4 Ne glede na zahteve iz tabel pravila II-2/B/5 je treba posebno pozornost posvetiti protipožarni celovitosti oken, ki gledajo na odprta ali zaprta območja vkrcavanja v rešilne čolne in reševalne splave, in protipožarni celovitosti oken pod takimi območji, ki so nameščena tako, da bi, če bi se v primeru požara pokvarila, ovirala spuščanje rešilnih čolnov ali reševalnih splavov ali pa vkrcavanje vanje. | |
| 11 Omejena uporaba gorljivega materiala (pravilo 34) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Razen v prostorih za tovor, poštne pošiljke, prtljago ali v hlajenih oddelkih delovnih prostorov so vse obloge, tla, tesnila, stropi in izolacije iz negorljivega materiala. Delne pregrade ali krovi, ki se uporabljajo za nadaljnjo ločevanje prostorov za uporabne ali umetniške namene so prav tako iz negorljivega materiala. | |
| .2 Ne zahteva se, da so parne pregrade in lepila, ki se uporabljajo skupaj z izolacijskim materialom, in izolacija opreme za cevi hladilnih sistemov negorljive, njihova količina pa mora biti čim manjša, njihove izpostavljene površine pa odporne proti širjenju ognja v skladu s postopkom požarnega preskusa Resolucije IMO A 653(16). | |
| LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| Namesto .2 se uporablja naslednji odstavek .2a: | |
| .2a Za parne pregrade in lepila, ki se uporabljajo skupaj z izolacijo, in tudi za izolacijo opreme cevi hladilnih sistemov ni nujno, da so negorljivi, uporabljajo pa se v čim manjših količinah in njihove izpostavljene površine so odporne proti širjenju ognja. | |
| .3 Naslednje površine so odporne proti širjenju ognja: | |
| .1 izpostavljene površine na hodnikih in zaprtih stopniščih in površine pregrad, obloge zidov in stropa v vseh bivalnih in delovnih prostorih ter kontrolnih postajah; | |
| .2 skriti ali nedostopni prostori v bivalnih in delovnih prostorih ter kontrolnih postajah. | |
| .4 Celoten obseg gorljivih okrasnih obrob, letev, okraskov in furnirja v vseh bivalnih in delovnih prostorih ne presega površine, ki ustreza 2,5 mm furnirja na zidovih in stropu skupaj. Pohištva, pritrjenega na obloge, pregrade ali krove, pri izračunu celotnega obsega gorljivega materiala ni treba vključiti. | |
| Na ladjah z avtomatskim sistemom brizganja vode, ki je v skladu z določbami pravila II 2/A/8, lahko navedeni obseg vključuje nekaj gorljivega materiala za postavitev pregrad razreda "C". | |
| .5 Furnirji na površinah in obloge, ki se uporabljajo po zahtevah iz odstavka .3, nimajo kalorične vrednosti, ki bi bila večja od 45 MJ/m2 površine za uporabljeno debelino. | |
| .6 Pohištvo je na zaprtih stopniščih omejeno na sedeže. Vključuje največ šest pritrjenih sedežev na vsakem krovu in na vsakem zaprtem stopnišču, ki imajo omejeno požarno ogroženost ter ne ovirajo potniških izhodov v sili. Uprava države zastave lahko dovoli dodatne sedeže v glavnem sprejemnem prostoru znotraj zaprtega stopnišča, če so sedeži pritrjeni, negorljivi in ne ovirajo poti za izhod v sili za potnike. Pohištvo ni dovoljeno na hodnikih za potnike in posadko, ki so del poti za izhod v sili v območju kabin. Poleg navedenega se lahko dovolijo omarice iz negorljivega materiala za hrambo varnostne opreme v skladu s pravili. Avtomati s pitno vodo in ledenimi kockami se lahko dovolijo na hodnikih, če so pritrjeni in ne zožijo poti za izhod v sili. To velja tudi za okrasno cvetje ali cvetlične aranžmaje, kipe ali druge umetniške predmete, kot so npr. slike in tapiserije na hodnikih in stopniščih. | |
| .7 Barve, laki in drugi zaključni premazi, ki se uporabljajo na izpostavljenih notranjih površinah, ne smejo tvoriti prevelikih količin dima in strupenih produktov. | |
| LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| Namesto .7 se uporablja naslednji odstavek .7a: | |
| .7a Barve, laki in ostali zaključni premazi, ki se uporabljajo na izpostavljenih notranjih površinah, ne smejo tvoriti prevelikih količin dima in strupenih produktov, kakor je to določeno v skladu s Kodeksom postopkov požarnega preskusa IMO. | |
| .8 Če se v bivalnih in delovnih prostorih ter v kontrolnih postajah uporabljajo osnovne obloge krova, so te iz odobrenega materiala, ki se ne bo takoj vžgal - v skladu s postopki požarnega preskusa Resolucije IMO A.687(17) - in ob visokih temperaturah ne bo pomenil nevarnosti zastrupitve ali eksplozije. | |
| LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| Namesto .8 se uporablja naslednji odstavek .8a: | |
| .8a Če se v bivalnih in delovnih prostorih ter v kontrolnih postajah uporabljajo osnovne obloge krova, so te iz odobrenega materiala, ki se ne bo takoj vžgal in ob visokih temperaturah ne bo pomenil nevarnosti zastrupitve ali eksplozije, kar je določeno v skladu s Kodeksom postopkov požarnega preskusa IMO. | |
| 12 Podrobnosti konstrukcije (pravilo 35) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| V bivalnih in delovnih prostorih, kontrolnih postajah, na hodnikih in stopniščih: | |
| .1 prazni prostori, ograjeni s stropom, opažem ali oblogami, so ustrezno razdeljeni s tesno prilegajočimi se tesnili, ki so med seboj oddaljeni največ 14 metrov; | |
| .2 v navpični smeri so taki zaprti prazni prostori, vključno s tistimi za oblogami stopnišč, rovov ipd., zaprti na vsakem krovu. | |
| 13 Vgrajeni sistemi za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm ter sistem avtomatskih brizgalk, za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm (pravilo 14) (pravilo 36) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Na ladjah za prevoz več kakor 36 potnikov in na ladjah, krajših od 24 metrov, se v vsaki ločeni navpični ali vodoravni coni v vseh bivalnih in delovnih prostorih ter kontrolnih postajah, razen v prostorih, v katerih ni bistvene nevarnosti požara, npr. v praznih prostorih, sanitarnih prostorih ipd., namesti bodisi: | |
| .1 vgrajeni sistem za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm, ki je odobrenega tipa in v skladu z zahtevami pravila II-2/A/9 ter nameščen in razvrščen tako, da zazna prisotnost ognja v takih prostorih; vendar mora na novih ladjah razreda B, C in D, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, ta naprava omogočiti odkrivanje dima na hodnikih, stopniščih in v zasilnih izhodih v bivalnih prostorih, bodisi | |
| .2 sistem avtomatskih brizgalk, za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm odobrenega tipa v skladu s pravilom II-2/A/8 ali smernicami IMO za odobren enakovredni sistem brizgalk, kakor je določen v Resoluciji IMO A.800(19), vgrajen in nameščen tako, da varuje take prostore, poleg tega pa vgrajeni sistem za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm odobrenega tipa in v skladu z zahtevami pravila II-2/A/9, vgrajen in nameščen tako, da omogoči odkrivanje dima na hodnikih, stopniščih in v zasilnih izhodih v bivalnih prostorih. | |
| .2 Ladje za prevoz več kakor 36 potnikov, razen ladij, krajših od 24 metrov, so opremljene: | |
| S sistemom avtomatskih brizgalk, za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm odobrenega tipa, ki izpolnjuje zahteve pravila II-2/A/8 ali je v skladu s smernicami IMO za odobren enakovreden sistem brizgalk, kakor je določen v IMO Resoluciji A.800(19), v vseh delovnih prostorih, kontrolnih postajah in bivalnih prostorih, vključno s hodniki in stopnišči. | |
| Alternativne kontrolne postaje, na katerih lahko voda poškoduje ključno opremo, lahko imajo nameščen odobren vgrajeni sistem za gašenje požarov drugega tipa. | |
| Vgrajeni sistem za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm odobrenega tipa, ki izpolnjuje zahteve pravila II-2/A/9 se vgradi in namesti tako, da omogoči odkrivanje dima v delovnih prostorih, kontrolnih postajah in bivalnih prostorih, vključno s hodniki in stopnišči. Detektorje dima ni treba namestiti v zasebne kopalnice in kuhinje. | |
| V prostore z majhno požarno ogroženostjo ali brez požarne ogroženosti, npr. v prazne prostore, javna stranišča, prostore z ogljikovim dioksidom in podobne prostore, ni treba namestiti sistema avtomatskih brizgalk, za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm. | |
| .3 V strojnice, ki so občasno brez posadke, se namesti vgrajeni sistem za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm odobrenega tipa, v skladu z ustreznimi določbami pravila II-2/A/9. | |
| Ta sistem odkrivanja požara je tako načrtovan, detektorji pa na takih mestih, da hitro zaznajo začetek požara v katerem koli delu teh prostorov v normalnih pogojih delovanja stroja in ob spremembah prezračevanja, kakor to zahteva možen razpon temperatur prostora. Sistemi za odkrivanje, ki uporabljajo samo toplotne detektorje, niso dovoljeni, razen v prostorih omejene višine in če je njihova uporaba še posebno primerna. Sistem za odkrivanje sproži zvočni in vizualni alarm, ki se razlikujeta od alarma vsakega drugega sistema, ki ne javlja požara, na dovolj mestih, da se zagotovi, da so alarm slišali in opazili na poveljniškem mostu in da ga je opazil odgovorni častnik stroja. | |
| Če ni na poveljniškem mostu nikogar, se alarm sproži tam, kjer je dežurni odgovorni član posadke. | |
| Po vgradnji sistema se sistem preskusi pod različnimi pogoji delovanja stroja in prezračevanja. | |
| 14 Zaščita prostorov posebne kategorije (pravilo 37) | |
| .1 Zahteve za prostore posebne kategorije nad ali pod pregradnim krovom | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B, KI PREVAŽAJO VEČ KAKOR 36 POTNIKOV: | |
| .1 Splošno | |
| .1 Ker običajna delitev na glavne navpične cone v prostorih posebne kategorije ni vedno izvedljiva, je glavno načelo, ki je podlaga določb tega pravila, zagotovitev enakovredne zaščite takšnih prostorov na podlagi koncepta vodoravne cone in z zagotovitvijo učinkovitega vgrajenega sistema za gašenje požara. Vodoravna cona za namene tega pravila lahko po tem konceptu vključuje prostore posebne kategorije na več kakor enem krovu, pod pogojem, da celotna skupna čista višina za vozila ne presega 10 metrov. | |
| .2 Zahteve pravil II-2/A/12, II-2/B/7 in II-2/B/9 za ohranitev celovitosti navpičnih con se uporabijo enakovredno za krove in pregrade, ki oblikujejo meje za ločevanje vodoravnih con med seboj in od ostalega dela ladje. | |
| .2 Strukturna zaščita | |
| .1 Na novih ladjah, ki prevažajo več kakor 36 potnikov, se ločevalne pregrade in krovi prostorov posebne kategorije izolirajo na standard razreda "A-60". Če pa je na eni strani pregrade odprt krov (kakor je opredeljeno v pravilu 4.2.2(5)), sanitarije ali podoben prostor (kakor je opredeljeno v pravilu 4.2.2(9)), rezervoar, prazna ali pomožna strojnica, v kateri je nevarnost požara majhna ali je ni (kakor je opredeljeno v pravilu 4.2.2(10)), se lahko standard na eni strani pregrade zniža na "A-0". | |
| Če so pod prostorom posebne kategorije rezervoarji za plinsko olje, se lahko celovitost krova med takšnimi prostori zmanjša do standarda "A-0". | |
| .2 Pri novih ladjah, ki prevažajo manj kakor 36 potnikov, in obstoječih ladjah razreda B, ki prevažajo več kakor 36 potnikov, se ločevalne pregrade prostorov posebne kategorije, kakor se zahteva za prostore kategorije (11) v tabeli 5.1 pravila 5, in vodoravne pregrade, kakor se zahteva za kategorijo (11) v tabeli 5.2 pravila 5, izolirajo. | |
| .3 Na poveljniškem mostu se namestijo indikatorji za javljanje zapiranja katerih koli požarnih vrat, ki vodijo v prostore posebne kategorije ali iz njih. | |
| Vrata v prostore posebne kategorije so narejena tako, da ne morejo biti trajno odprta in so med plovbo zaprta. | |
| .3 Vgrajeni sistem za gašenje požara | |
| V vsak prostor posebne kategorije se namesti certificiran vgrajeni sistem za brizganje vode pod pritiskom, ki se sproži ročno in ščiti vse dele katerega koli krova ali ploščadi za vozila v takšnem prostoru. | |
| V novih ladjah razredov B, C in D, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, imajo takšni sistemi za brizganje vode: | |
| .1 manometer na razdelilniku z ventili; | |
| .2 na vsakem ventilu razdelilnika jasno označbo prostorov, ki jih ventil oskrbuje; | |
| .3 navodila za vzdrževanje in uporabo v sobi z ventili; in | |
| .4 zadostno število izpustnih ventilov. | |
| Uprava države zastave lahko dovoli uporabo katerega koli drugega vgrajenega sistema za gašenje požara, za katerega je bilo dokazano s preskusom v naravni velikosti, v pogojih, ki simulirajo požar tekočega bencina v prostoru posebne kategorije, da ni manj učinkovit pri gašenju požarov, ki bi v takšnih prostorih lahko izbruhnili. Takšen vgrajeni sistem za brizganje vode pod pritiskom ali drug enakovreden sistem za gašenje požara je v skladu z določbami Resolucije A.123(V) IMO in upošteva Okrožnico MSC 914 IMO "Smernice pri izboljševanju dodatnih vodnih sistemov za gašenje požara, ki se uporabljajo v prostorih posebne kategorije". | |
| .4 Patruljiranje in odkrivanje požara | |
| .1 V vseh prostorih posebne kategorije se zagotovi učinkovit sistem patruljiranja. V katerem koli takšnem prostoru, v katerem se ne zagotovi patruljiranje s stalno požarno stražo ves čas plovbe, se vgradi trajen sistem za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm odobrenega tipa, ki izpolnjuje zahteve pravila II-2/A/9. Vgrajeni sistem za odkrivanje požara mora biti zmožen hitro odkriti začetek požara. Tip detektorjev, razdalja med njimi in njihova razmestitev se določijo glede na učinke ventilacije in druge pomembne dejavnike. | |
| Pri novih ladjah razreda B, C in D, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, se sistem po namestitvi preskusi v pogojih normalne ventilacije, pri tem pa mora biti skupni odzivni čas v skladu z določbami uprave države zastave. | |
| .2 Mesta za ročno javljanje se namestijo po prostorih posebne kategorije glede na potrebe, eno pa se namesti blizu vsakega izhoda iz takšnih prostorov. | |
| Na novih ladjah razreda B, C in D, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, so mesta za ročno javljanje razmeščena tako, da ni noben del prostora oddaljen več kakor 20 metrov od mesta za ročno javljanje. | |
| 5 Prenosna oprema za gašenje požara | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE PRED 1. JANUARJEM 2003, TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .5a V vsakem prostoru posebne kategorije so: | |
| .1 vsaj tri naprave za gašenje z vodno meglo; | |
| .2 ena prenosna enota za gašenje s peno, ki je v skladu z določbami pravila II-2/A/6.2, pod pogojem, da sta na ladji vsaj dve tovrstni enoti za uporabo v takšnih prostorih; in | |
| .3 vsaj po en prenosni gasilni aparat na vsakem dostopu do takšnih prostorov. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| .5b Prenosni gasilni aparati se namestijo na vsakem krovu v vsakem skladišču ali oddelku, v katerem se prevažajo vozila, in na nobeni strani prostora med seboj niso oddaljeni več kakor 20 metrov. Vsaj po en prenosni gasilni aparat je nameščen na vsakem dostopu do takšnega prostora. | |
| Razen tega se v prostore posebne kategorije namestijo tudi naslednje naprave za gašenje požara: | |
| .1 vsaj tri naprave za gašenje z vodno meglo; in | |
| .2 ena prenosna enota za gašenje s peno, ki je v skladu z določbami Kodeksa sistemov požarne varnosti, pod pogojem, da sta na ladji vsaj dve tovrstni enoti za uporabo v takšnem ro-ro prostoru. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .6 Prezračevalni sistem | |
| .1 Za prostore posebne kategorije se predvidi učinkovit sistem prisilnega prezračevanja, ki lahko zagotavlja vsaj 10 izmenjav zraka na uro. Sistem za takšne prostore mora biti popolnoma ločen od drugih prezračevalnih sistemov in mora delovati vedno, kadar so v takšnih prostorih vozila. Med nakladanjem in razkladanjem vozil se število izmenjav zraka poveča na najmanj 20. | |
| Prezračevalni vodi, ki oskrbujejo prostore posebne kategorije, se lahko učinkovito nepredušno zaprejo in so za oskrbovanje vsakega takega prostora ločeni. Sistem se lahko upravlja z mesta, ki je zunaj takšnih prostorov. | |
| .2 Prezračevanje je takšno, da preprečuje razslojevanje zraka in tvorbo zračnih žepov. | |
| .3 Nameščena so sredstva, ki na poveljniškem mostu javljajo vsako izgubo ali zmanjšanje zahtevane prezračevalne zmogljivosti. | |
| .4 Namestijo se sistemi, ki omogočajo hitro izključitev in učinkovito zapiranje sistema prezračevanja ob požaru, pri tem pa se upoštevajo vremenske razmere in razmere na morju. | |
| .5 Prezračevalni vodi, vključno z regulacijskimi žaluzijami, so izdelani iz jekla in razporejeni tako, kakor določi uprava države zastave. | |
| Na novih ladjah razreda B, C in D, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, so prezračevalni vodi, ki potekajo skozi vodoravne cone ali strojnice, jekleni vodi razreda "A-60", narejeni v skladu s praviloma II-2/B/9.2.3.1.1 in II-2/B/9.2.3.1.2. | |
| .2 Dodatne zahteve, ki se uporabljajo samo za prostore posebne kategorije nad pregradnim krovom | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1.1 Odtoki | |
| Zaradi resne izgube stabilnosti, ki bi lahko nastala ob nabiranju večjih količin vode na krovu ali krovih pri delovanju vgrajenega sistema za brizganje vode, se vgradijo odtoki, ki zagotavljajo hitro, neposredno odtekanje takšne vode z ladje. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE RO-RO POTNIŠKE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| .1.2 Izlivi | |
| .1.2.1 Izlivni ventili za odtoke, opremljeni s sistemi za neposredno zapiranje z mesta nad pregradnim krovom v skladu z veljavnimi zahtevami Mednarodne konvencije o tovornih črtah, morajo biti med plovbo odprti. | |
| .1.2.2 Vsako premikanje ventilov, ki so navedeni v pododstavku .1.2.1, se zabeleži v ladijski dnevnik. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .2 Varnostni ukrepi za preprečevanje vžiga vnetljivih hlapov | |
| .1 Na katerem koli krovu ali vgrajeni ploščadi, na kateri se prevažajo vozila in na kateri se lahko pričakuje nabiranje eksplozivnih hlapov, razen ploščadi z dovolj velikimi odprtinami, ki omogočajo odvajanje bencinskih hlapov navzdol, se oprema, ki bi lahko povzročila vžig vnetljivih hlapov, zlasti električna oprema in napeljava, namesti v višini najmanj 450 mm nad krovom ali ploščadjo. Tip električne opreme, nameščene več kakor 450 mm nad krovom ali ploščadjo, je takšen, da je oprema ograjena in zaščitena na način, ki preprečuje nastanek isker. Če pa je namestitev električne opreme in napeljav na višini manj kakor 450 mm nad krovom ali ploščadjo nujna za varno obratovanje ladje, se takšna električna oprema in napeljava lahko namestita pod pogojem, da sta certificirana varna tipa, odobrena za uporabo v eksplozivni mešanici bencina in zraka. | |
| .2 Električna oprema in napeljava, če sta nameščeni v izpušnem prezračevalnem vodu, morata biti takšnega tipa, ki je odobren za uporabo v eksplozivnih mešanicah bencina in zraka, izpuh iz katerega koli izpušnega voda pa mora biti nameščen na varnem mestu glede na druge možne povzročitelje vžiga. | |
| .3 Dodatne zahteve, ki se uporabljajo samo za prostore posebne kategorije pod pregradnim krovom | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Črpanje in drenaža z ladijskega dna | |
| Zaradi resne izgube stabilnosti, ki bi lahko nastala ob nabiranju večjih količin vode na krovu ali na vrhu rezervoarja zaradi delovanja vgrajenega sistema za brizganje vode pod pritiskom, lahko uprava države zastave poleg zahtev pravila II-1/C/3 zahteva tudi namestitev dodatnih sistemov za črpanje in drenažo. | |
| Na novih ladjah razreda B, C in D, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, se v takem primeru drenažni sistem dimenzionira tako, da lahko odstrani najmanj 125 % skupne zmogljivosti črpalk sistema za brizganje vode in zahtevanega števila šob požarnih cevi. Ventili drenažnega sistema se upravljajo z mesta zunaj zaščitenega prostora v bližini krmilnikov sistema za gašenje. Drenažni bazeni morajo imeti zadostno prostornino in so razporejeni ob stranskem opločju ladje na medsebojni razdalji največ 40 metrov v vsakem za vodo neprepustnem oddelku. | |
| .2 Varnostni ukrepi za preprečevanje vžiga vnetljivih plinov | |
| .1 Električna oprema in napeljava, če sta nameščeni, morata biti primernega tipa za uporabo v eksplozivnih mešanicah bencina in zraka. Druga oprema, ki bi lahko povzročila vžig vnetljivih hlapov, ni dovoljena. | |
| .2 Električna oprema in napeljava, če sta nameščeni v izpušnem prezračevalnem vodu, morata biti takšnega tipa, ki je odobren za uporabo v eksplozivnih mešanicah bencina in zraka, izpuh iz katerega koli izpušnega voda pa mora biti nameščen na varnem mestu glede na druge možne povzročitelje vžiga. | |
| .4 Stalne odprtine | |
| LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| Stalne odprtine v stranskih stenah, koncih ali stropu prostorov posebne kategorije so na takšnih mestih, da požar v prostoru posebne kategorije ne ogroža prostorov za skladiščenje reševalnih plovil in vkrcavanje v ta plovila, bivalnih prostorov, delovnih prostorov in kontrolnih postaj v nadgradnjah in stavbah na krovu nad prostori posebne kategorije. | |
| 15 Požarne patrulje, odkrivanje, alarmi in sistem za obveščanje potnikov (pravilo 40) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Namestijo se mesta za ročno javljanje, ki izpolnjujejo zahteve pravila II-2/A/9. | |
| .2 Vse ladje imajo vedno, kadar so na morju ali v pristanišču (razen ko niso v obratovanju), posadko in opremo, s katerima zagotovijo, da vsak začetni požarni alarm takoj sprejme odgovorni član posadke. | |
| .3 Namesti se posebni alarm za zbor posadke, ki se sproži s poveljniškega mostu ali požarno nadzorne postaje. Ta alarm je lahko del splošnega alarmnega sistema ladje, mora pa obstajati možnost, da se sproži neodvisno od alarma v prostorih za potnike. | |
| .4 Sistem za obveščanje potnikov ali drug učinkovit način obveščanja mora zajemati vse bivalne in delovne prostore, kontrolne postaje in odprte krove. | |
| Na novih ladjah razredov B, C in D, izdelanih 1. januarja 2003 ali pozneje, mora ta sistem za obveščanje potnikov izpolnjevati zahteve pravila III/6.5. | |
| .5 NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| Pri ladjah, ki prevažajo več kakor 36 potnikov, se zagotovi učinkovit sistem patruljiranja, ki omogoča takojšnje odkrivanje izbruha požara. Vsak član požarne patrulje se usposablja zato, da se seznani s tako ureditvijo na ladji, pa tudi z lokacijo in delovanjem katere koli opreme, ki jo bo utegnil uporabiti. Vsak član požarne patrulje ima prenosen dvosmerni radiotelefonski aparat. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .6 Ladje, ki prevažajo več kakor 36 potnikov, imajo javljalne alarme za sisteme, ki jih zahteva pravilo 13.2, zbrane v osrednji kontrolni postaji s stalno posadko. Na istem mestu so zbrane tudi kontrole za zapiranje požarnih vrat in izklop prezračevalnih ventilatorjev na daljavo. Ventilatorji prezračevanja morajo biti takšni, da jih lahko posadka v kontrolni postaji s stalno posadko ponovno vklopi. Nadzorna plošča v osrednji kontrolni postaji mora imeti funkcijo prikaza odprtega ali zaprtega položaja požarnih vrat in zaprto ali izključeno stanje detektorjev, alarmov in ventilatorjev. Nadzorna plošča ima trajno napajanje in bi morala imeti avtomatski preklop na pomožno napajanje ob izpadu normalnega napajanja. Nadzorno ploščo napajata glavni vir električne energije in zasilni vir električne energije, opredeljena s pravilom II-1/D/3, razen če pravila dovoljujejo drugačne ureditve. | |
| .7 Nadzorna plošča je zasnovana po načelu varnosti pred izpadom, tako da na primer razklenjen tokokrog detektorja sproži alarm. | |
| 16 Posodobitev obstoječih ladij razreda B, ki prevažajo več kakor 36 potnikov (pravilo 41-1) | |
| Poleg zahtev za obstoječe ladje razreda B v tem poglavju II-2 morajo obstoječe ladje razreda B, ki prevažajo več kakor 36 potnikov, izpolnjevati tudi naslednje zahteve: | |
| .1 Najpozneje do 1. oktobra 2000: | |
| .1 se vsi bivalni in delovni prostori, zaprta stopnišča in hodniki opremijo s sistemom za odkrivanje in javljanje dima odobrenega tipa, ki izpolnjuje zahteve pravila II-2/A/9. Takega sistema ni treba namestiti v zasebnih kopalnicah in prostorih, v katerih je nevarnost požara majhna ali je ni, kot so prazni in podobni prostori. V kuhinjah se namestijo detektorji, ki jih namesto dima sproži toplota. | |
| .2 Detektorji dima, priključeni na sistem za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm, so nameščeni tudi nad stropi stopnišč in hodnikov v prostorih, v katerih so stropi iz gorljivih materialov. | |
| .3.1 Požarna vrata na tečajih na zaprtih stopniščih, pregradah glavne navpične cone in pregradah okrog kuhinje, ki so običajno odprta, so samozapirajoča in se lahko zapirajo iz osrednje kontrolne postaje, pa tudi z mesta pri vratih. | |
| .3.2 V osrednji kontrolni postaji s stalno posadko se namesti nadzorna plošča, ki kaže, ali so požarna vrata na zaprtih stopniščih, pregradah glavne navpične cone in pregradah okrog kuhinje zaprta. | |
| .3.3 Izpušni vodi kuhinjskih štedilnikov, v katerih se lahko nabira maščoba in ki potekajo skozi bivalne prostore ali prostore, v katerih so vnetljive snovi, so narejeni iz pregrad razreda "A". Vsak izpušni vod kuhinjskega štedilnika je opremljen z: | |
| .1 lovilcem maščob, ki se lahko preprosto odstrani in očisti, razen če je nameščen drugačen sistem odstranjevanja maščob; | |
| .2 dušilcem ognja, nameščenim na spodnjem delu voda; | |
| .3 sistemi za izklapljanje izpušnih ventilatorjev, ki jih je mogoče upravljati iz kuhinje; | |
| .4 vgrajenimi napravami za gašenje ognja v notranjosti voda; in | |
| .5 primerno nameščenimi vratci za pregledovanje in čiščenje. | |
| .3.4 Znotraj pregrad zaprtih stopnišč so lahko samo javna stranišča, dvigala, omarice iz negorljivih materialov za skladiščenje varnostne opreme in odprti informacijski pulti. Drugi obstoječi prostori znotraj zaprtega stopnišča: | |
| .1 se izpraznijo, trajno zaprejo in izključijo iz električnega sistema; ali | |
| .2 se ločijo od zaprtega stopnišča s pregradami razreda "A" v skladu s pravilom 5. Takšni prostori lahko imajo neposreden dostop do zaprtih stopnišč skozi vrata razreda "A" v skladu s pravilom 5, pod pogojem, da je v njih sistem protipožarnih brizgalk. Kabine se ne smejo odpirati neposredno v ograjen prostor stopnišča. | |
| .3.5 Prostori, razen javnih prostorov, hodniki, javna stranišča, prostori posebne kategorije, druga stopnišča, kakor se zahtevajo po pravilu 6.1.5, prostori na odprtem krovu ali prostori, ki jih ureja odstavek .3.4.2, ne smejo imeti neposredne povezave z zaprtimi stopnišči. | |
| .3.6 Obstoječe strojnice kategorije (10), opisane v pravilu II-2/B/4, in pisarne za informacijskimi pulti, ki se odpirajo neposredno v zaprto stopnišče, lahko ostanejo, pod pogojem, da so zaščitene z detektorji dima in je v pisarnah za informacijskimi pulti samo pohištvo z nizko požarno ogroženostjo. | |
| .3.7 Poleg zasilne razsvetljave, ki jo zahtevata pravili II-1/D/3 in III/5.3, morajo biti poti in izhodi v sili, vključno s stopnišči in izhodi, označeni na vseh točkah poti za izhod v sili, vključno z vogali in stičišči, z lučmi ali fotoluminiscenčnimi označbami, nameščenimi največ 0,3 metra nad krovom. Označbe morajo potnikom omogočati prepoznavanje vseh poti za izhod v sili in hitro prepoznavanje zasilnih izhodov. Če se uporablja električna razsvetljava, jo napaja zasilni vir električne energije in je izvedena tako, da je tudi ob odpovedi katere koli posamezne luči ali prekinitvi svetlobnega traka označba še vedno učinkovita. Poleg tega morajo biti tudi vsi znaki za poti za izhod v sili in označbe mest s protipožarno opremo iz fotoluminiscenčnega materiala ali označeni z razsvetljavo. Uprava države zastave zagotovi, da se takšna razsvetljava ali fotoluminiscenčna oprema oceni, preskusi in uporabi v skladu s smernicami, danimi v Resoluciji A.752(18) IMO ali Standardu ISO 15370-2001. | |
| .3.8 Namesti se alarmni sistem za splošno nevarnost. Alarm mora biti slišen v vseh bivalnih prostorih, običajnih delovnih prostorih posadke in na odprtih krovih, raven njegovega zvočnega tlaka pa mora biti v skladu s standardom Kodeksa o alarmih in indikatorjih, ki ga je sprejela IMO z Resolucijo A.686(17). | |
| .3.9 Sistem za obveščanje potnikov ali drug učinkovit način obveščanja mora zajemati vse bivalne, javne in delovne prostore, kontrolne postaje in odprte krove. | |
| .3.10 Pohištvo na zaprtih stopniščih je omejeno na sedeže. Je pritrjeno, omejeno na šest sedežev na vsakem krovu na vsakem odprtem stopnišču, ima omejeno požarno tveganje in ne sme ovirati poti za izhod potnikov v sili. Uprava države zastave lahko dovoli dodatne sedeže v glavnem sprejemnem prostoru znotraj zaprtega stopnišča, če so ti pritrjeni, negorljivi in ne ovirajo poti za izhod potnikov v sili. Pohištvo ni dovoljeno na hodnikih za potnike in posadko, ki služijo kot poti za izhod v sili v delih ladje s kabinami. Dodatno k zgoraj navedenemu se lahko dovolijo tudi omarice iz negorljivega materiala za hrambo varnostne opreme, ki se zahteva s pravili. | |
| .2 Najpozneje do 1. oktobra 2003: | |
| .1 imajo vsa stopnišča v bivalnih in delovnih prostorih konstrukcijo iz jeklenih okvirjev, razen če uprava države zastave dovoli uporabo drugega, enakovrednega materiala, so znotraj ograjenih prostorov, narejenih iz pregrad razreda "A", ki imajo učinkovita zapirala na vseh odprtinah, razen naslednjih izjem: | |
| .1 za stopnišče, ki povezuje samo dva krova, se ne zahteva, da je ograjeno, če se celovitost krova ohrani z ustreznimi pregradami ali vrati v enem prostoru med krovoma. Če je stopnišče zaprto v enem prostoru med krovoma, mora biti zaprto stopnišče zaščiteno v skladu s tabelami za krove pravila 5; | |
| .2 stopnišče se lahko v javnem prostoru namesti na odprtem, pod pogojem, da je v celoti znotraj takšnega javnega prostora. | |
| .2 V strojnicah je nameščen vgrajeni sistem za gašenje požara, ki izpolnjuje zahteve pravila II-2/A/6. | |
| .3 Prezračevalni vodi, ki potekajo skozi pregrade med glavnimi navpičnimi conami, so opremljeni z dušilcem ognja z avtomatskim zapiranjem, varnim pred izpadom, ki ga je mogoče zapirati tudi ročno z obeh strani pregrade. Poleg tega se dušilci ognja z avtomatskim zapiranjem, varnim pred izpadom, ki se lahko zapirajo ročno iz notranjosti ograjenega prostora, namestijo v vse prezračevalne vode, ki oskrbujejo bivalne in delovne prostore ter zaprta stopnišča, če takšne ograjene prostore predirajo. Za prezračevalne vode, ki potekajo skozi glavno požarno pregrado, ne da bi oskrbovali prostore na obeh straneh, ali ki potekajo skozi zaprto stopnišče, ne da bi ta prostor oskrbovali, se ne zahteva, da so opremljeni z dušilci ognja, pod pogojem, da so vodi narejeni in izolirani po standardu "A-60" in da nimajo odprtin znotraj zaprtega stopnišča ali v vodu na strani, ki se neposredno ne oskrbuje. | |
| .4 Prostori posebne kategorije izpolnjujejo zahteve pravila II-2/B/14. | |
| .5 Zapiranje vseh požarnih vrat na zaprtih stopniščih, pregradah glavne navpične cone in pregradah okrog kuhinje, ki običajno ostanejo odprta, se lahko sproži z osrednje kontrolne postaje in z mesta pri vratih. | |
| .6 Zahteve odstavka .1.3.7 tega pravila veljajo tudi za bivalne prostore. | |
| .3 Najpozneje do 1. oktobra 2005 ali 15 let po datumu izdelave ladje, glede na poznejši datum: | |
| .1 Se bivalni in delovni prostori, zaprta stopnišča in hodniki opremijo z avtomatskim sistemom protipožarnih brizgalk, za odkrivanje požara in za požarni alarm, ki izpolnjuje zahteve pravila II-2/A/8 ali smernice IMO za odobren enakovreden sistem protipožarnih brizgalk, kakor je navedeno v Resoluciji A.800(19) IMO. | |
| 17 Posebne zahteve za ladje, ki prevažajo nevarno blago (pravilo 41) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE PRED 1. JANUARJEM 2003, TER OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B: | |
| Zahteve pravila II-2/54 SOLAS se ustrezno uporabljajo za potniške ladje, ki prevažajo nevarno blago. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| Zahteve pravila 19 dela G poglavja II-2 SOLAS, revidiranega 1. januarja 2003, se ustrezno uporabljajo za potniške ladje, ki prevažajo nevarno blago. | |
| 18 Posebne zahteve za helikoptersko opremo | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| Ladje, ki so opremljene s helikopterskimi ploščadmi, morajo izpolnjevati zahteve pravila 18 dela G poglavja II-2 SOLAS, revidiranim 1. januarja 2003. | |
| POGLAVJE III | |
| REŠEVALNA OPREMA | |
| 1 Opredelitve (pravilo 3) | |
| NOVE IN OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| Če ni izrecno določeno drugače, se v tem poglavju uporabljajo opredelitve pravila III/3 SOLAS 1974, kakor je bila spremenjena. | |
| 2 Komunikacija, reševalna plovila in reševalni čolni, osebna reševalna oprema (pravila 6 + 7 + 18 + 21 + 22) | |
| NOVE IN OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| Vsaka ladja ima na krovu vsaj radijsko reševalno opremo, radarske reflektorje, osebno reševalno opremo, reševalna plovila in reševalne čolne, signalne bakle in rakete ter naprave za metanje vrvi, kakor je določeno v naslednji tabeli in z njo povezanih opombah, na podlagi razreda ladje. | |
| Vsa zgoraj navedena oprema, po potrebi vključno z opremo za njeno spuščanje, mora ustrezati pravilom poglavja III Priloge Konvencije SOLAS 1974, kakor je bila spremenjena, razen če je v naslednjih odstavkih izrecno drugače določeno. | |
| Poleg tega mora vsaka ladja imeti na krovu potapljaške obleke in pripomočke za zaščito pred mrazom, ki jih uporabljajo osebe v rešilnih in reševalnih čolnih, če to zahtevajo pravila poglavja III Priloge h Konvenciji SOLAS 1974, kakor je bila spremenjena. | |
| Ladje, ki na krovu nimajo rešilnega ali reševalnega čolna, imajo za potrebe reševanja vsaj eno potapljaško obleko. Če pa ladja vedno pluje v toplem podnebju, kjer so po mnenju uprave pripomočki za zaščito pred mrazom nepotrebni, takšnih zaščitnih oblek ni treba imeti na krovu. | |
| Razred ladje | B | C | D | | |
| | | | | | | | |
| Število oseb | > 250 | ≤ 250 | > 250 | ≤ 250 | > 250 | ≤ 250 | | |
| Reševalno plovilo [16] [17] [18] [19]: | — obstoječe ladje | 1,10 N | 1,10 N | 1,10 N | 1,10 N | 1,10 N | 1,10 N | | |
| — nove ladje | 1,25 N | 1,25 N | 1,25 N | 1,25 N | 1,25 N | 1,25 N | | |
| Reševalni čolni [19] [20] | | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | | |
| Rešilni pasovi [21] | | 8 | 8 | 8 | 4 | 8 | 4 | | |
| Rešilni jopiči [23] [24] | | 1,05 N | 1,05 N | 1,05 N | 1,05 N | 1,05 N | 1,05 N | | |
| Otroški rešilni jopiči | | 0,10 N | 0,10 N | 0,10 N | 0,10 N | 0,10 N | 0,10 N | | |
| Signalne bakle in rakete [22] | | 12 | 12 | 12 | 12 | 6 | 6 | | |
| Priprave za metanje vrvi | | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | — | — | | |
| Radarski reflektorji | | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | | |
| Dvosmerna UKV radiotelefonska naprava | | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | | |
| 3 Alarm za nevarnost, navodila za uporabo, priročnik za usposabljanje, razpored za alarm in navodila v sili (pravila 6 + 8 + 9 + 19 + 20) | |
| NOVE IN OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| Na vsaki ladji je: | |
| .1 Alarmni sistem za splošno nevarnost (pravilo 6.4.2) | |
| Izpolnjevati mora zahteve odstavka 7.2.1.1 Kodeksa LSA ter biti primeren za pozivanje potnikov in posadk na zbirna mesta in za sprožanje ukrepov, predvidenih v razporedu za alarm. | |
| Pri vseh ladjah, ki prevažajo več kakor 36 potnikov, se alarmni sistem za nevarnost dopolni s sistemom za obveščanje potnikov, ki se lahko uporablja z mosta. Ta sistem mora biti zasnovan, urejen in nameščen tako, da so obvestila, prebrana prek sistema, jasno slišna osebam z normalnim sluhom v vseh prostorih, v katerih bi se osebe med delovanjem glavnega motorja lahko zadrževale. | |
| ZA NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| Alarmni sistemi za splošno nevarnost se morajo slišati na vseh odprtih krovih, minimalni nivoji zvočnega tlaka za ton signala za nevarnost pa morajo biti v skladu z odstavki 7.2.1.2 in 7.2.1.3 Kodeksa LSA. | |
| .2 Sistem za obveščanje potnikov (pravilo 6.5) | |
| .2.1 Poleg zahtev pravila II-2/B/15.4 in odstavka .1 morajo biti vse potniške ladje, ki prevažajo več kakor 36 potnikov, opremljene s sistemom za obveščanje potnikov. Pri obstoječih ladjah zahteve odstavkov .2.2, .2.3 in .2.5 ob upoštevanju določb odstavka .2.6 veljajo najpozneje na dan prvega rednega pregleda po datumu iz člena 14(1) te direktive. | |
| .2.2 Sistem za obveščanje potnikov je sistem zvočnikov, ki omogoča prenos obvestil v vse prostore, v katerih se člani posadke ali potniki ali oboji običajno zadržujejo, in do zbirnih mest. Omogoča prenos obvestil s poveljniškega mostu in iz drugih prostorov na ladji, za katere uprava države zastave meni, da je to potrebno. Pri namestitvi se upoštevajo mejni akustični pogoji in se ne zahtevajo nobeni ukrepi prejemnika obvestila. | |
| .2.3 Sistem za obveščanje potnikov je zaščiten pred nepooblaščeno rabo, jasno slišen ob hrupu iz okolice v vseh prostorih, predpisanih v odstavku .2.2, in opremljen s funkcijo prekrivanja, ki se krmili z enega mesta na poveljniškem mostu in z drugih prostorov na ladji, za katere uprava države, pod katere zastavo ladja pluje, meni, da je to potrebno, tako da so vsa nujna obvestila objavljena tudi v primeru, ko je kateri koli med zvočniki v navedenih prostorih izključen, utišan ali če se sistem za obveščanje potnikov uporablja v druge namene. | |
| ZA NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| Minimalni nivoji zvočnega tlaka za objavljanje nujnih obvestil so v skladu z odstavkom 7.2.2.2 Kodeksa LSA. | |
| .2.4 NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Sistem za obveščanje potnikov ima najmanj dve zanki, ki sta po celi dolžini dovolj ločeni in imata dva ločena, neodvisna ojačevalca; in | |
| .2 sistem za obveščanje potnikov in njegove delovne standarde odobri uprava države zastave, pri tem pa upošteva priporočila, ki jih je sprejela IMO. | |
| .2.5 Sistem za obveščanje potnikov je priključen na zasilni vir električne energije. | |
| .2.6 Obstoječim ladjam z že nameščenim sistemom za obveščanje potnikov, ki ga je odobrila uprava države zastave ladje ter ki glede bistvenih lastnosti izpolnjuje zahteve odstavkov .2.2, .2.3 in .2.5, svojega sistema ni treba zamenjati. | |
| .3 Razpored za alarm in navodila v sili (pravilo 8) | |
| Za vsako osebo na krovu se v skladu z Resolucijo A.691(17) IMO zagotovijo jasna navodila, ki jih mora v primeru izrednih razmer upoštevati. | |
| Razporedi za alarm in navodila v sili, ki so v skladu z zahtevami pravila III/37 SOLAS, se izobesijo na vidnih mestih po vsej ladji, vključno s poveljniškim mostom, strojnico in bivalnimi prostori za posadko. | |
| Ilustracije in navodila v ustreznih jezikih se izobesijo v kabinah za potnike ter vidno namestijo na zbirnih mestih in v drugih prostorih za potnike, da obveščajo potnike o: | |
| (i) njihovih zbirnih mestih; | |
| (ii) bistvenih ukrepih, ki jih morajo opraviti v primeru izrednih razmer; | |
| (iii) načinu oblačenja rešilnih jopičev. | |
| Oseba, ki je v skladu s pravilom IV/16 SOLAS imenovana za prednostno odgovorna za radijsko komunikacijo v primeru stiske, ne sme imeti v takšnih situacijah določenih nobenih drugih dolžnosti. Zgoraj navedeno se zabeleži v razporedu za alarm in navodilih v sili. | |
| .4 Navodila za uporabo (pravilo 9) | |
| Na reševalnih plovilih in krmilnikih za njihovo splavljanje ali v njihovi bližini so plakati ali table, ki: | |
| (i) ilustrirajo namembnost kontrol in postopke za uporabo naprave ter dajejo ustrezna navodila ali opozorila; | |
| (ii) so dobro vidni v pogojih zasilne razsvetljave; | |
| (iii) uporabljajo znake v skladu z Resolucijo A.760(18) IMO. | |
| .5 Priročnik za usposabljanje | |
| Priročnik za usposabljanje, ki izpolnjuje zahteve pravila III/35 SOLAS, mora biti v vsaki jedilnici in družabnem prostoru za posadko ali v vsaki kabini za posadko. | |
| .6 Navodila za vzdrževanje (pravilo 20.3) | |
| Navodila za vzdrževanje reševalne opreme na plovilu ali programi vzdrževanja, načrtovani na ladji, ki vključujejo vzdrževanje reševalne opreme, morajo biti na krovu in temu ustrezno se mora opravljati tudi vzdrževanje. Navodila so v skladu z zahtevami pravila III/36 SOLAS. | |
| 4 Posadka na reševalnih plovilih in nadzor (pravilo 10) | |
| NOVE IN OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Na krovu mora biti dovolj usposobljenih oseb za zbiranje in pomoč neusposobljenim osebam. | |
| .2 Na krovu mora biti dovolj članov posadke za upravljanje vseh reševalnih plovil in naprav za spuščanje, ki se zahtevajo, da vse osebe na krovu zapustijo plovilo. | |
| .3 Vsakemu reševalnemu plovilu, ki ga je treba uporabiti, poveljuje častnik ali potrjena oseba. Vsakemu rešilnemu splavu ali skupini rešilnih splavov pa lahko poveljuje član posadke, izkušen v upravljanju in uporabi rešilnih splavov. Vsakemu reševalnemu čolnu ali motoriziranemu reševalnemu plovilu se določi oseba, ki zna upravljati z motorjem in opravljati manjša popravila. | |
| .4 Poveljnik zagotovi enakomerno razdelitev oseb, navedenih v odstavkih .1, .2 in .3, na reševalnih plovilih ladje. | |
| 5 Zbirna mesta reševalnih plovil in ureditev vkrcanja nanje (pravila 11 + 23 + 25) | |
| NOVE IN OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Reševalna plovila, za katera so potrebne odobrene naprave za spuščanje, se hranijo čim bližje bivalnim in delovnim prostorom. | |
| .2 Zbirna mesta so blizu mest za vkrcavanje, so hitro dostopna iz bivalnih in delovnih prostorov in imajo dovolj prostora za razporejanje potnikov in dajanje navodil. Prostega prostora na krovu je najmanj 0,35 m2 na osebo. | |
| .3 Zbirna mesta in mesta za vkrcavanje, prehodi, stopnišča in izhodi, ki vodijo k zbirnim mestom in mestom za vkrcavanje, so ustrezno osvetljeni. | |
| Takšna osvetlitev se napaja z zasilnim virom električne energije, ki ga zahtevata pravili II-1/D/3 in II-/D/4. | |
| Dodatno in kot del označb, zahtevanih pod II-2/B 6.1.7 za nove ladje razreda B, C in D, so poti do zbirnih mest označene z znakom zbirnega mesta za ta namen v skladu z Resolucijo A.760(18) IMO. Ta zahteva se uporablja tudi za obstoječe ladje razreda B, ki prevažajo več kakor 36 potnikov. | |
| .4 V rešilne čolne je mogoče vkrcavanje bodisi samo neposredno z mesta za njihovo hrambo bodisi samo s krova za vkrcavanje. | |
| .5 V rešilne splave, ki se splavljajo s sošicami, je mogoče vkrcavanje z mesta neposredno ob mestu za hrambo ali z mesta, na katerega je splav pred splavljanjem premeščen. | |
| .6 Po potrebi se namestijo sredstva za pritegovanje splavljenih reševalnih plovil s sošicami k boku ladje in njihovo zadrževanje na tem mestu, da se omogoči varno vkrcanje potnikov. | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .7 Če naprave za spuščanje reševalnih plovil ne omogočajo vkrcavanja v reševalno plovilo, preden je to v vodi, in če je višina mesta za vkrcavanje več kakor 4,5 metra nad vodno črto pri najmanjšem ugrezu ladje, se namesti odobren tip sistema za evakuacijo na morju, ki ustreza oddelku 6.2 Kodeksa LSA. | |
| Pri ladjah, ki so opremljene s sistemom za evakuacijo na morju, se zagotovi komunikacija med mestom za vkrcavanje in krovom reševalnega plovila. | |
| .8 Na vsaki strani ladje je vsaj ena lestev za vkrcavanje, ki izpolnjuje zahteve odstavka 6.1.6 Kodeksa LSA; uprava države zastave lahko ladjo oprosti te zahteve, če pri vseh pogojih prevesa in nagiba pri nepoškodovani ladji ter predpisanih pogojih prevesa in nagiba pri poškodovani ladji nadvodje med predvidenim mestom za vkrcavanje in vodno črto ni več kakor 1,5 metra. | |
| 5-1 Zahteve za ro-ro potniške ladje (pravilo 26) | |
| NOVE IN OBSTOJEČE RO-RO LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Obstoječe ro-ro potniške ladje morajo izpolnjevati zahteve odstavka .5 najpozneje na datum prvega rednega pregleda po datumu iz člena 14(1) te direktive, ter odstavkov .2, .3 in .4 najpozneje na datum prvega rednega pregleda po 1. juliju 2000. | |
| .2 Rešilni splavi | |
| .1 Rešilni splavi na ro-ro potniških ladjah se uporabljajo v povezavi s sistemi za evakuacijo na morju, ki ustrezajo oddelku 6.2 Kodeksa LSA, ali napravami za spuščanje, ki ustrezajo odstavku 6.1.5 Kodeksa LSA, enakomerno nameščenih na obeh straneh ladje. | |
| Zagotovi se komunikacija med mestom za vkrcavanje in splavom. | |
| .2 Vsak rešilni splav na ro-ro potniških ladjah je opremljen s sistemi za hrambo, ki omogočajo samodejno splavljanje ob potopitvi ladje in izpolnjujejo zahteve pravila II/13.4 SOLAS. | |
| .3 Vsak rešilni splav na ro-ro potniških ladjah je opremljen z vrvjo za vkrcavanje, ki izpolnjuje zahteve odstavka 4.2.4.1 ali 4.3.4.1 Kodeksa LSA. | |
| .4 Vsak rešilni splav na ro-ro potniških ladjah je bodisi splav, ki se samodejno izravnava, bodisi obrnljiv splav s šotorom ter je stabilen med plovbo in lahko varno deluje ne glede na to, s katero stranjo navzgor pluje. Lahko se dovolijo odprti rešilni splavi, ki se lahko obrnejo, če uprava države, pod katere zastavo plovilo pluje, meni, da je to primerno glede na zaščiteno naravo plovbe in ugodne podnebne pogoje območja in obdobja plovbe in pod pogojem, da takšni rešilni splavi v celoti izpolnjujejo zahteve Priloge 10 Kodeksa o hitrih plovilih. | |
| Kot alternativa lahko ima ladja kot dopolnitev k svoji običajni opremi rešilnih splavov rešilne splave, ki se samodejno izravnajo ali obrnljive rešilne splave s šotorom, katerih skupna zmogljivost je takšna, da se lahko vkrca vsaj 50 % oseb, ki se ne vkrcajo v rešilne čolne. Te dodatne zmogljivosti rešilnih splavov se določijo na podlagi razlike med skupnim številom oseb na krovu in številom oseb, ki se lahko vkrcajo v rešilne čolne. Vsak tak rešilni splav mora odobriti uprava države zastave ob upoštevanju priporočil, ki jih je sprejela IMO z Okrožnico MSC.809. | |
| .3 Hitri reševalni čolni | |
| .1 Vsaj en reševalni čoln na ro-ro potniški ladji je hiter reševalni čoln, ki ga ob upoštevanju priporočil, ki jih je sprejela IMO z Okrožnico MSC.809, odobri uprava države zastave. | |
| .2 Vsak hiter reševalni čoln se splavlja z ustrezno napravo za spuščanje, ki jo odobri uprava države zastave. Pri odobritvi takšnih naprav uprava države zastave ladje upošteva, da je hiter reševalni čoln namenjen splavljanju in dvigovanju iz vode tudi v zelo slabih vremenskih razmerah, ob tem pa upošteva tudi priporočila, ki jih je sprejela IMO. | |
| .3 Vsaj dve posadki vsakega hitrega reševalnega čolna se usposabljata in imata redne vaje v skladu z oddelkom A-VI/2, tabela A-VI/2-2 "Specifikacije minimalnega standarda usposobljenosti za hitre reševalne čolne" Kodeksa standardov za usposabljanje, podeljevanje spričeval in nadzor pomorščakov (Kodeks STCW) in priporočili, ki jih je sprejela IMO z Resolucijo A.771(18), kakor je bila spremenjena. Usposabljanje in vaje vključujejo vse vidike reševanja, ravnanja, manevriranja in upravljanja s temi plovili v različnih razmerah ter izravnavanje po prevračanju. | |
| .4 Če ureditev ali velikost obstoječe ro-ro potniške ladje preprečuje namestitev hitrega reševalnega čolna, ki se zahteva v odstavku .3.1, se lahko hiter reševalni čoln namesti namesto obstoječega rešilnega čolna, ki se sprejme kot reševalni čoln ali čoln za uporabo v sili, če so izpolnjeni naslednji pogoji: | |
| .1 nameščen hiter reševalni čoln se uporablja v povezavi z napravo za spuščanje, ki ustreza določbam odstavka .3.2; | |
| .2 zmanjšanje zmogljivosti reševalnih plovil zaradi zgoraj navedene zamenjave se nadomesti z namestitvijo rešilnih splavov, ki lahko prevažajo najmanj enako število oseb, kakor jih lahko prevaža zamenjani rešilni čoln; in | |
| .3 takšni rešilni splavi se splavljajo s pomočjo obstoječih naprav za spuščanje ali sistemov za evakuacijo na morju. | |
| .4 Sredstva za reševanje | |
| .1 Vsaka ro-ro potniška ladja je opremljena z učinkovitimi sredstvi za hitro reševanje preživelih iz vode in za premeščanje preživelih iz reševalnih enot ali reševalnih plovil na ladjo. | |
| .2 Sredstva za premeščanje preživelih na ladjo so lahko del sistema za evakuacijo na morju ali del sistema, zasnovanega za namene reševanja. | |
| Ta sredstva mora odobriti država zastave ob upoštevanju priporočil, ki jih je sprejela IMO z Okrožnico MSC.810. | |
| .3 Če je drča sistema za evakuacijo na morju predvidena kot sredstvo za premeščanje preživelih na krov ladje, mora biti opremljena z vrvmi za oprijemanje ali lestvami za pomoč pri vzpenjanju po drči. | |
| .5 Rešilni jopiči | |
| .1 Ne glede na zahteve pravil III/7.2 in III/22.2 SOLAS se zadostno število rešilnih jopičev hrani v bližini zbirnih mest, tako da se potnikom ni treba vračati po rešilne jopiče v svoje kabine. | |
| .2 Na ro-ro potniških ladjah se vsak rešilni jopič opremi z lučjo, ki izpolnjuje zahteve odstavka 2.2.3 Kodeksa LSA. | |
| 5-2 Površine za pristajanje helikopterjev in pobiranje s helikopterjem (pravilo 28) | |
| NOVE IN OBSTOJEČE RO-RO LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Obstoječe ro-ro potniške ladje izpolnjujejo zahteve odstavka .2 tega pravila najpozneje na datum prvega rednega pregleda po datumu iz člena 14(1) te direktive. | |
| .2 Ro-ro potniške ladje imajo površino za pobiranje s helikopterjem, ki jo odobri uprava države zastave ob upoštevanju priporočil, ki jih je sprejela IMO z Resolucijo A.229(VII), kakor je bila sprememenjena. | |
| .3 Nove ro-ro potniške ladje razreda B, C in D, dolge 130 metrov in več, so opremljene s ploščadjo za pristajanje helikopterjev, katero ob upoštevanju priporočil, ki jih je sprejela IMO, odobri uprava države zastave. | |
| 5-3 Sistem za podporo odločanju za poveljnike (pravilo 29) | |
| NOVE IN OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Obstoječe ladje izpolnjujejo zahteve tega pravila najpozneje na datum prvega rednega pregleda po 1. juliju 1999. | |
| .2 Na vseh ladjah je na poveljniškem mostu nameščen sistem za podporo odločanju za ravnanje v izrednih razmerah. | |
| .3 Sistem je sestavljen vsaj iz natisnjenega načrta ali načrtov za izredne razmere. Vse predvidljive situacije izrednih razmer se opredelijo v načrtu ali načrtih za izredne razmere, vključno, vendar ne omejeno, na naslednje glavne skupine izrednih razmer: | |
| .1 požar; | |
| .2 poškodbe ladje; | |
| .3 onesnaženje; | |
| .4 nezakonita dejanja, ki ogrožajo varnost ladje, njenih potnikov in članov njene posadke; | |
| .5 nesreče osebja; in | |
| .6 nesreče, povezane s tovorom; | |
| .7 pomoč drugim ladjam v sili. | |
| .4 Postopki v izrednih razmerah, ki so določeni v načrtu ali načrtih za izredne razmere, nudijo poveljnikom podporo pri odločanju glede ravnanja v kateri koli kombinaciji izrednih razmer. | |
| .5 Načrt ali načrti za izredne razmere imajo enotno obliko in se preprosto uporabljajo. Če je to izvedljivo, se za obvladovanje poškodb ladje uporablja dejanska natovorjenost, izračunana za stabilnost ladje med plovbo. | |
| .6 Poleg natisnjenega načrta ali načrtov za izredne razmere lahko uprava države zastave sprejme tudi uporabo računalniškega sistema za podporo odločanju na poveljniškem mostu, ki zagotavlja vse podatke iz načrta ali načrtov za izredne razmere, postopke, kontrolne sezname itd. in pripravi spisek priporočenih ukrepov, ki jih je v predvidljivih izrednih razmerah treba izvesti. | |
| 6 Postaje za spuščanje (pravilo 12) | |
| NOVE IN OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| Postaje za spuščanje so na takšnih mestih, ki zagotavljajo varno spuščanje v vodo, ob tem pa se zlasti upošteva zadostna razdalja do ladijskega vijaka in navpično previsnih delov trupa ter to, da se lahko reševalno plovilo spusti ob ravnem boku ladje. Če so spredaj, morajo biti na zaščitenem mestu za pregrado proti trkom. | |
| 7 Hramba reševalnih plovil (pravili 13 + 24) | |
| NOVE IN OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Vsako reševalno plovilo je shranjeno: | |
| a. tako, da niti reševalna plovila niti sistemi njihove hrambe ne ovirajo postopkov spuščanja ostalih reševalnih plovil; | |
| b. toliko blizu vodni gladini, kolikor je varno in izvedljivo; pri reševalnem plovilu, ki se splavlja s sošicami, višina glave sošice pri reševalnem plovilu v položaju za vkrcavanje po možnosti ne presega 15 metrov od vodne črte pri najmanjšem ugrezu ladje, namestitev reševalnega plovila, splavljenega s sošicami v položaju za vkrcanje, pa mora biti taka, da pri polno natovorjeni ladji ostane nad vodno črto tudi v neugodnih razmerah prevesa do 10 ° in nagiba do 20 ° v katero koli smer pri novih ladjah, do najmanj 15 ° v katero koli smer pri obstoječih ladjah, ali do kota, pri katerem se rob glavnega krova potopi, glede na manjši kot; | |
| c. v stanju stalne pripravljenosti, tako da lahko dva člana posadke opravita priprave za vkrcavanje in splavljanje v manj kakor 5 minutah; | |
| d. kolikor je mogoče daleč naprej od ladijskega vijaka; in | |
| e. popolnoma opremljeno, kakor to zahtevajo ustrezna pravila SOLAS, razen dodatnih rešilnih splavov, kakor je opredeljeno v opombi 3 k tabeli pravila II/2, ki so lahko izvzeti iz nekaterih zahtev SOLAS glede opreme, kakor je navedeno v tej opombi; | |
| .2 Rešilni čolni se shranjujejo pritrjeni na naprave za spuščanje, pri ladjah, dolgih 80 metrov in več, pa se vsak rešilni čoln shrani tako, da je zadnji del čolna najmanj 1,5-kratne dolžine čolna pred ladijskim vijakom. | |
| .3 Vsak rešilni splav se shrani: | |
| a. s svojo vrvjo za privezovanje, privezano na ladjo; | |
| b. s sistemom za samodejno splavljanje ob potopitvi ladje, ki izpolnjuje zahteve odstavka 4.1.6 Kodeksa LSA in omogoča, da se rešilni splav ob potopitvi ladje splavi in, če je napihljiv, samodejno napihne. En sistem za samodejno splavljanje se lahko uporabi za en rešilni splav ali več, če tak sistem zadostuje za izpolnjevanje zahtev odstavka 4.1.6 Kodeksa LSA; | |
| c. tako, da ga je mogoče ročno sprostiti iz sistemov za njegovo pritrjevanje. | |
| .4 Rešilni splavi, ki se splavljajo s sošicami, so shranjeni v dosegu kljuk za dvigovanje, razen če obstajajo sredstva za njihov prenos, ki ne postanejo neuporabna pri prevesu do 10 ° in nagibu do 20 ° v katero koli smer pri novih ladjah ali najmanj 15 ° v katero koli smer pri obstoječih ladjah, gibanju ladje ali izpadu električne energije. | |
| .5 Rešilni splavi, ki so namenjeni splavljanju s prostim padcem, so shranjeni v položaju, ki omogoča preprost prenos iz ene strani ladje na drugo na odprtem krovu. Če ta sistem hrambe ni mogoč, se poskrbi za dodatne rešilne splave, katerih skupna zmogljivost na vsaki strani omogoča vkrcanje 75 % vseh oseb, ki so na krovu. | |
| .6 Rešilni splavi sistema za evakuacijo na morju so: | |
| a. shranjeni blizu zabojnika, v katerem je sistem za evakuacijo na morju; | |
| b. takšni, da se lahko vzamejo s stojala za hrambo s sistemi, ki omogočajo njihov privez in napihovanje ob ploščadi za vkrcavanje; | |
| c. takšni, da se lahko spustijo kot samostojna reševalna plovila; in | |
| d. opremljeni z vrvmi za približevanje ploščadi za vkrcavanje. | |
| 8 Hramba reševalnih čolnov (pravilo 14) | |
| NOVE IN OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| Reševalni čolni so shranjeni: | |
| .1 v stanju stalne pripravljenosti za splavljanje v največ 5 minutah; | |
| .2 v položaju, ki je primeren za splavljanje in dviganje; | |
| .3 tako, da niti reševalni čoln niti ureditev hrambe ne ovirata uporabe katerega koli drugega reševalnega plovila na kateri koli drugi postaji za spuščanje; | |
| .4 tako, da izpolnjuje zahteve pravila 7, če je hkrati tudi rešilni čoln. | |
| 8a hramba sistemov za evakuacijo na morju (pravilo 15) | |
| NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D IN OBSTOJEČE RO-RO LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| 1. Bok ladje ne sme imeti med mestom za vkrcavanje sistema za evakuacijo na morju in vodno črto pri najmanjšem ugrezu ladje nobenih odprtin in treba je zagotoviti sredstva za zaščito sistema pred kakršnimi koli štrlečimi deli. | |
| 2. Sistemi za evakuacijo na morju so na mestu, ki zagotavlja varno splavljanje, ob tem pa se posebej pazi na razdaljo do ladijskega vijaka in strmih previsnih delov trupa in na to, da se lahko sistem, če je izvedljivo, spusti ob ravnem boku ladje. | |
| 3. Vsak sistem za evakuacijo na morju se hrani tako, da niti prehod niti ploščad niti sistemi za njegovo hrambo ali uporabo ne ovirajo delovanja katere koli druge reševalne opreme na kateri koli drugi postaji za spuščanje. | |
| 4. Po potrebi je ladja urejena tako, da so sistemi za evakuacijo na morju med hrambo zaščiteni pred poškodbami zaradi razburkanega morja. | |
| 9 Sistemi za spuščanje in dvigovanje reševalnih plovil (pravilo 16) | |
| NOVE IN OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Naprave za spuščanje, ki izpolnjujejo zahteve oddelka 6.1 Kodeksa LSA, se namestijo za vsa reševalna plovila, razen za: | |
| .1 OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| a. reševalna plovila, namenjena vkrcavanju s položaja na krovu, ki je manj kakor 4,5 metra nad vodno črto pri najmanjšem ugrezu ladje in ki: | |
| - so težka največ 185 kg; ali | |
| - so shranjena tako, da se lahko splavljajo neposredno s položaja za hrambo v neugodnih razmerah prevesa do 10 ° in nagiba do najmanj 15 ° na katero koli stran; ali | |
| b. reševalna plovila, ki so na krovu kot dodatek k reševalnim plovilom za 110 % vseh oseb na krovu; ali reševalna plovila, namenjena za uporabo skupaj s sistemom za evakuacijo na morju (MES), ki izpolnjujejo zahteve oddelka 6.1 Kodeksa LSA in so shranjena tako, da se lahko splavljajo neposredno s položaja za hrambo v neugodnih razmerah prevesa do 10 ° in nagiba do 20 ° v katero koli smer. | |
| .2 ZA NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| če ob upoštevanju sistemov vkrcavanja na reševalna plovila in reševalne čolne, ki morajo biti učinkoviti v okoljskih razmerah, v katerih bo ladja predvidoma plula, ter v vseh razmerah prevesa in nagiba pri nepoškodovani ladji ali predpisanih razmerah prevesa in nagiba pri poškodovani ladji, nadvodje med predvidenim mestom za vkrcavanje in vodno črto pri najmanjšem ugrezu ladje ni več kakor 4,5 metra, lahko uprava države zastave sprejme sistem, pri katerem se osebe vkrcavajo neposredno na rešilne splave. | |
| .2 Vsak rešilni čoln je opremljen z napravo, ki lahko čoln spusti in dvigne iz vode. | |
| ZA NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| Dodatno se predvidijo načini za obešanje rešilnega čolna, da se omogoči sproščanje mehanizma za spuščanje zaradi vzdrževanja. | |
| .3 Sistemi za spuščanje in dvigovanje iz vode morajo osebi, ki upravlja z napravo na ladji, omogočati opazovanje reševalnega plovila ves čas spuščanja, pri rešilnih čolnih pa ves čas dviganja iz vode. | |
| .4 Za podobna reševalna plovila na krovu ladje se uporablja samo en tip mehanizma za spuščanje. | |
| .5 Če se uporabljajo vrvi za spuščanje, morajo biti dovolj dolge, da reševalno plovilo seže do vode tudi pri najmanjšem ugrezu ladje in neugodnih razmerah prevesa do 10 ° in nagiba do 20 ° na katero koli stran pri novih ladjah ali do najmanj 15 ° pri obstoječih ladjah. | |
| .6 Priprava reševalnega plovila in upravljanja z njim na kateri koli postaji za spuščanje ne sme ovirati hitre priprave in upravljanja s katerim koli drugim reševalnim plovilom ali reševalnim čolnom na kateri koli drugi postaji za spuščanje. | |
| .7 Na voljo morajo biti sredstva za preprečevanje kakršnega koli izlivanja vode na reševalno plovilo med zapuščanjem ladje. | |
| .8 Med pripravo in spuščanjem morajo biti reševalno plovilo, naprava za njegovo spuščanje in vodna površina, na katero bo spuščeno, ustrezno osvetljeni z razsvetljavo, ki se napaja z zasilnim virom električne energije, zahtevanim v pravilih II-1/D/3 in II-1/D/4. | |
| 10 Sistemi za vkrcavanje, spuščanje in dviganje reševalnega čolna (pravilo 17) | |
| NOVE IN OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Sistemi za vkrcavanje in spuščanje reševalnega čolna omogočajo vkrcavanje in spuščanje reševalnega čolna v najkrajšem možnem času. | |
| .2 Omogočeno mora biti, da se reševalni čoln s z vsemi vkrcanimi osebami, določenimi za njegovo posadko na krovu, spusti neposredno s svojega položaja za hrambo. | |
| .3 Če je reševalni čoln prištet k zmogljivostim reševalnih plovil in če poteka vkrcavanje na ostala reševalna plovila s krova za vkrcavanje, mora biti dodatno k odstavku .2 omogočeno tudi vkrcavanje na reševalni čoln s krova za vkrcavanje. | |
| .4 Sistemi za spuščanje izpolnjujejo zahteve pravila 9. Mora pa biti omogočeno, da se vsi reševalni čolni spustijo, po potrebi s pomočjo vrvi za privezovanje, ko se ladja premika naprej s hitrostjo do 5 vozlov na mirni vodi. | |
| .5 Čas, potreben za dviganje reševalnega čolna, natovorjenega z vsemi osebami in opremo, ni daljši od 5 minut v razmerah zmerno razburkanega morja. Če je reševalni čoln prištet k zmogljivostim reševalnih plovil, mora biti ta čas za dviganje dosežen, če je natovorjen s svojo opremo reševalnega plovila in odobreno posadko reševalnega čolna vsaj 6 oseb. | |
| .6 ZA NOVE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D, IZDELANE 1. JANUARJA 2003 ALI POZNEJE: | |
| Sistemi za vkrcavanje in dviganje reševalnega čolna omogočajo varno in učinkovito ravnanje s škatlo z nosili. Zaradi varnosti se namestijo pritezne vrvi škripčevja za slabo vreme, če težko škripčevje predstavlja nevarnost. | |
| 11 Navodila v sili (pravilo 19) | |
| NOVE IN OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| Ob vsakem vkrcanju novih potnikov je treba neposredno pred odhodom ali po njem dati potnikom varnostne napotke. Ti napotki morajo vsebovati vsaj navodila, ki jih zahteva pravilo III/3.3. Dajejo se lahko kot obvestilo v enem jeziku ali več, ki jih potniki verjetno razumejo. Obvestilo se sporoči prek ladijskega sistema za obveščanje ali drugih ustreznih sredstev, da ga lahko slišijo vsaj potniki, ki ga še niso slišali med plovbo. | |
| 12 Pripravljenost za obratovanje, vzdrževanje in pregledi (pravilo 20) | |
| NOVE IN OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Preden ladja zapusti pristanišče in med celotno plovbo je vsa reševalna oprema v delujočem stanju in pripravljena na takojšnjo uporabo. | |
| .2 Vzdrževanje in pregledovanje reševalne opreme se izvaja v skladu z zahtevami pravila III/20 SOLAS. | |
| 13 Usposabljanje in vaje za zapuščanje ladje (pravilo 19 + pravilo 30) | |
| NOVE IN OBSTOJEČE LADJE RAZREDA B, C IN D: | |
| .1 Vsak član posadke, ki ima v izrednih razmerah določene dolžnosti, se s temi dolžnostmi seznani pred začetkom plovbe. | |
| .2 Vaja zapuščanja ladje in protipožarna vaja se izvajata vsak teden. | |
| Vsak član posadke vsak mesec sodeluje na najmanj eni vaji zapuščanja ladje in eni protipožarni vaji. Vaje posadke se izvajajo pred odhodom ladje, če več kakor 25 % članov posadke ladje v prejšnjem mesecu ni sodelovalo pri vajah zapuščanja ladje in protipožarnih vajah na tej ladji. Pri prvi plovbi ladje po večjih rekonstrukcijah ali z novo posadko je treba pred plovbo izvesti prej navedene vaje. | |
| .3 Vsaka vaja zapuščanja ladje mora vključevati ukrepe, ki jih zahteva pravilo III/19.3.3.1 SOLAS. | |
| .4 Rešilni in reševalni čolni se spuščajo z zaporednimi vajami v skladu z določbami pravil III/19.3.3.2, 3.3.3, 3.3.6 in 3.3.7 SOLAS. | |
| Uprava države zastave lahko dovoli, da ladje na eni strani ne spuščajo rešilnih čolnov, če ureditve privezovanja v pristanišču in njihovi programi prometa na tej strani ne dovoljujejo spuščanja rešilnih čolnov. Je pa treba vse takšne rešilne čolne spustiti vsaj enkrat vsake 3 mesece in splaviti vsaj enkrat letno. | |
| .5 Če je ladja opremljena s sistemi za evakuacijo na morju, vaje vključujejo ukrepe, ki se zahtevajo v pravilu III/19.3.3.8 SOLAS. | |
| .6 Zasilno razsvetljavo za zbiranje in zapuščanje ladje je treba preskusiti na vsaki vaji zapuščanja ladje. | |
| .7 Protipožarne vaje se izvajajo v skladu z določbami pravila III/19.3.4 SOLAS. | |
| .8 Usposabljanje na krovu in navodila se dajo članom posadke v skladu z določbami pravila III/19.4 SOLAS. | |
| [1] Glede na to, kateri ima za posledico strožje zahteve. | |
| [2] Arabske številke, ki sledijo črki ‚C‘ v oznakah pregradnih tovornih črt, se lahko nadomestijo z rimskimi številkami ali črkami, če uprava države zastave meni, da je to potrebno za razlikovanje od mednarodnih oznak pregradnih tovornih črt. | |
| [3] Nanaša se na Pravila o ravni hrupa na ladjah, sprejetih z Resolucijo skupščine IMO A.468(XII). | |
| [4] Nanaša se na priporočila, ki jih je objavila Mednarodna elektrotehniška komisija, in zlasti na Publikacijo 92 - Električne napeljave na ladjah. | |
| [5] Če spadajo sosednji prostori v isto številčno kategorijo in je zraven nadpisan a, med temi prostori ni treba vgraditi pregrade ali krova, če uprava države zastave meni, da ni potrebno. Na primer, v kategoriji (12) pregrada med kuhinjo in z njo povezanimi shrambami ni potrebna, če pregrade in krovi shrambe ohranijo celovitost kuhinjskih mej. Pregrada pa se zahteva med kuhinjo in strojnico, celo če sta oba prostora v kategoriji (12). | |
| [6] Bok ladje do vodne črte v najugodnejših razmerah na morju, stranice nadgradnje in stavbe na krovu, ki so pod reševalnimi splavi in drčami ter ob njih, se lahko znižajo na A-30. | |
| [7] Če so javna stranišča v celoti znotraj zaprtih stopnišč, imajo lahko zaprta stopnišča celovitost razreda "B". | |
| [8] Če so javna stranišča v celoti znotraj zaprtih stopnišč, imajo lahko zaprta stopnišča celovitost razreda "B-0". Če so prostori kategorije 6, 7, 8 in 9 v celoti v obsegu zbirnega mesta, imajo lahko pregrade teh prostorov celovitost razreda ‚B-0‘. Kontrolna mesta za avdio, video in svetlobne naprave se lahko štejejo za del zbirnega mesta. | |
| [9] Za pojasnilo glede tega, katera velja, glej pravili 3 in 8. | |
| [10] Če so prostori v isti številčni kategoriji in je zraven nadpis b, se v tabeli prikazana ocena pregrade ali krova zahteva samo, kadar se sosednji prostori uporabljajo za drugačne namene, kot npr. v kategoriji (9). Kuhinja, ki je poleg kuhinje, ne potrebuje pregrade, toda kuhinja poleg sobe za barve zahteva pregrado "A-0". | |
| [11] Pregrade, ki ločujejo krmarnico od navigacijske kabine, imajo lahko oceno "B-0". | |
| [12] Glej odstavka .2.3 in .2.4 tega pravila. | |
| [13] Za uporabo pravila 2.1.2 "B-0" in "C" v tabeli 5.1 pomenita "A-0". | |
| [14] Protipožarne izolacije ni treba namestiti, če je požarna ogroženost v strojnici kategorije (7) majhna ali je ni. | |
| [15] Kjer se v tabelah pojavlja zvezdica, mora biti pregrada iz jekla ali drugega enakovrednega materiala, ne zahteva pa se, da ustreza standardu razreda "A". | |
| [16] Uprava države zastave ladje lahko sprejme naslednje, če tega ne zavrne država članica gostiteljica in če to opravičujejo zaščitena vrsta potovanj in/ali ugodni podnebni pogoji območja, v katerem ladja pluje:rešilne splave, ki ne izpolnjujejo zahtev odstavkov 4.2.2.2.1 in 4.2.2.2.2 Kodeksa LSA glede izoliranosti dna rešilnega splava proti mrazu.Reševalna plovila obstoječih ladij razreda B, C in D morajo biti v skladu z ustreznimi pravili SOLAS 74 za obstoječe ladje, kakor so spremenjena na dan sprejetja te direktive.Sistem ali sistemi za evakuacijo na morju, ki ustrezajo oddelku 6.2 Kodeksa LSA, se lahko zamenjajo s po zmogljivosti enakovredno količino rešilnih splavov in priprav za spuščanje, ki se zahtevajo v tabeli. | |
| [17] Reševalna plovila so čim bolj enakomerno razporejena na obeh straneh ladje. | |
| [18] Skupno število reševalnih plovil je v skladu z deležem, navedenim v zgornji tabeli, skupna zmogljivost reševalnih plovil in dodatnih rešilnih splavov pa je 110 % celotnega števila oseb (N), za katerih prevoz je ladja registrirana. Na krovu mora biti dovolj reševalnih plovil, da lahko v primeru izgube ali onesposobitve katerega koli reševalnega plovila preostala reševalna plovila zagotovijo vkrcanje celotnega števila oseb, za katerih prevoz je ladja registrirana. | |
| [19] Število rešilnih in/ali reševalnih čolnov mora zagotavljati, da v primeru, ko ladjo zapusti skupno število oseb, za katerih prevoz je ladja registrirana, vsak rešilni ali reševalni čoln nadzoruje največ devet rešilnih splavov. | |
| [20] ladja ima dovolj dobre manevrske sposobnosti, da se lahko osebam približa in jih reši v najslabših možnih razmerah. | |
| [21] Vsaj po en rešilni pas na vsaki strani je opremljen s plavajočo rešilno vrvjo, dolgo najmanj dvakrat toliko, kolikor znaša višina, na kateri je rešilni pas shranjen nad vodno črto v najugodnejših vremenskih razmerah, ali 30 metrov, glede na večjo vrednost.Dva rešilna pasova sta opremljena s samosprožilnim dimnim signalom in samosprožilno lučjo; omogočeno mora biti, da se lahko hitro spustijo s poveljniškega mostu. Ostali rešilni pasovi so opremljeni s samosprožilnimi lučmi v skladu z določbami odstavka 2.1.2 Kodeksa LSA. | |
| [22] Signalne rakete in bakle, ki izpolnjujejo zahteve oddelka 3.1 Kodeksa LSA, se hranijo na poveljniškem mostu ali mestu za krmarjenje. | |
| [23] Rešilni jopiči na ro-ro potniških ladjah izpolnjujejo zahteve pravila III/5-1.5. | |
| [24] Za vsako osebo, ki mora opravljati delo na izpostavljenih področjih palube, se zagotovi napihljiv rešilni jopič. Ti napihljivi rešilni jopiči se lahko prištejejo k skupnemu številu rešilnih jopičev, ki jih zahteva ta direktiva. | |
| -------------------------------------------------- | |
